Showing fragments matching your search for: <strong>""</strong>

No matching fragments found in this document.

[Plaintext version 1.0, 17 September 1999]



        TO THE READER:




        Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral

      counseling procedures intended to assist an individual to gain

      greater knowledge of self. The Mission of the Church of

      Scientology is a simple one - to help the individual acheive

      greater self-confidence personal integrity, thereby enabling

      him to really trust and respect himself and his fellow man. The

      attainment of the benefits and goals of Scientology requires

      each individual's positive participation, as only through his own

      efforts can he achieve these.




        This is part of the religious literature and works of the

      Founder of Scientology, L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the

      reader as part of the record of his personal research into Life,

      and should be construed only as a written report of such

      research and not as a statement of claims made by the

      Church or the author.




        Scientology and its sub-study, Dianetics, as practiced by

      the Church, address only the spiritual side of Man. Although

      the Church, as are all churches, is free to engage in spiritual

      healing, it does not, as its primary goal is increased knowledge

      and personal integrity for all. For this reason, the Church does

      not wish to accept individuals who desire treatment of physical

      illness or insanity, but refers these to qualified specialists in

      other organizations who deal in these matters.




        The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in

      the Church confessional. It, in itself, does nothing, and is used

      by Ministers only, to assist parishioners in locating areas of

      spiritual distress or travail.




        We hope the reading of this book is only the first stage of e

      personal voyage of discovery into the positive and effective

      religion of Scientology.




        THE BOARD OF

        DIRECTORS

        Church of Scientology










        This book belongs to _____




        Date _____
















                                      The

                             Organization Executive

                                     Course






                     AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY




                                       by

                                 L. Ron Hubbard




                      FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY




                                    TREASURY

                                    DIVISION

                                       3




                           PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION













                       Published by

                            the




            CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA




                 PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION

                  2723 West Temple Street

                        Los Angeles

                     California 90026

                          U.S.A.




      The Church of Scientology is a Non-Profit Organization.




      Dianetics(R), and Scientology are Registered Names.




      Copyright (c) 1970, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974

      1950, 1951, 1952, 1953, 1954, 1955, 1956, 1957, 1958, 1959

      1960, 1961, 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969

                     by L. Ron Hubbard

                    ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Scientology is an Applied Religious Philosophy




      No part of this book may be reproduced

      without permission of the copyright owner.




                 First U.S. Printing 1974

                Second U.S. Printing 1976




               Complete Set ISBN 0 8840W33-X

                 Volume 3 ISBN 0-88404-028-3




        The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis,

      treatment or prevention of any disease.




        Dianetics and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard

      in respect of his published works.




      Printed in the United States of America by Kingsport Press, Inc.










                                    CONTENTS




                                    TREASURY

                                   DIVISION 3




               1965  Treasury  Division 3 Org Board Outline                1

      26 Aug.  1959  Promotional Functions of Dept of Accts                2

      27 Nov.  1959  Dept of Accounts (excerpt)                            2

      20 Nov.  1965  The Promotional Actions of an Organization

                     (excerpt: Treasury Division 3)                        3

      30 Sept. 1965  Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Org Division 3)    3

      30 Sept. 1970  Credit Collections Defined                            4

      5  Feb.  1971  Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised

                     (excerpt: Treasury Division 3)                        4

      12 Mar.  1971  Treasury Divisions GDSes - All Orgs                   5

      9  Nov.  1956  Accounting & Financial (HCOB)                         6

      11 Mar.  1957  Income Reports (Financial Procedure Letter)           7

      27 Nov.  1958  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                          6

      6  Feb.  1959  HCO Accounts Worldwide                                7

      5  June  1959  Income Report Required                                8

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies                                     9

      14 Feb.  1961  The Pattern of a Central Organization (excerpt: Dept

                     of Material, Dept of Accounts, Admin Report Forms)   11

      23 Nov.  1961  Accounts                                             13

      10 Apr.  1964  Balancing Income-Outgo - Paper, Postage and Printing

                                                                 Vol. 2 - 98

      6  May   1964  Accounts Policies                                    17

      15 May   1964  Accounts Policies (Addenda to 6 May 1964)            20

      29 Mar.  1965  Staff Member Loans   Vol. 0 - 53, Vol. 1 - 587

      23 Jan.  1966  Accounting Policies of Scientology Companies         21

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures                                  23

      2  Aug.  1966  Graph Change - Ad Council Statistic                  25

      16 Oct.  1969  Finance Course - Vital Action                        25




                   FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL PLANNING

           "Financial Planning is an activity that is shared in by

                the head of each Division" - LRH, January 1971.




      1  May   1958  Financial Management (reissued 15 May 1970)          26

      2  June  1959  A Comment on Finance                                 27

      3  June  1959  Financial Management                                 29

      19 July  1959  Accounts Inspection                                  31

      24 Feb.  1964  Org Programming - Solve it with Scientology          26

      18 Jan.  1965  Financial Management - Building Fund Account         32

      19 Jan.  1965  Finance - Org Accounts - Building Fund Account       37

      20 Jan.  1965  Currency Regulations and 10%s                       164

      28 Jan.  1965  How to Maintain Credit Standing & Solvency           39

      2  Mar.  1965  Purchase Order Filing                                43

      4  Mar.  1965  Reserved Payment Account                             44

      28 Mar.  1965  Emergencies and Account Personnel                    46

      26 Apr.  1965  Cancellation of 19 Jan. 1965                         47

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning                                   48

      21 Dec.  1965  LRH Financial Relationships to Orgs                  51

      4  Jan.  1966  LRH Relationships to Orgs                            53

      15 Jan.  1966  Office of the Treasurer                              59

      15 Dec.  1966  Financial Planning                                   61

      25 June  1967  Scientology Orgs Tax and Balance Sheets              63

      22 May   1968  Hiring Personnel - Line for (14 Jan. 1966

                     revised & reissued)                                  57

      20 Apr.  1969  AO-SH Financial Control                              67

      16 June  1969  AO-SH Finance Control (amends 20 April 1969)         69

      11 Nov.  1969  Accounts and PRO                                     71

      4  Nov.  1970  Estimated Purchase Orders                            73

      13 Feb.  1971  Financial Planning Tips                              79

      27 Feb.  1971  First Financial Policy                               81




                                       v







                           PRICES, ESTABLISHMENT OF




      1  May   1958  Financial Management (The cost of an item)           26

      16 Apr.  1959  Books, Cost of                                       82

      14 May   1959  How to Establish Price of Books and Tapes            83

      10 Feb.  1961  Professional Charges                                 84

      14 June  1962  Professional Charges (amends & amplifies 10

                     Feb. 1961)                                           84

      23 Sept. 1964  Policies: Dissemination and Programmes

                     (excerpt: Cost of Service)                           85

      10 Feb.  1965  Ad & Book Policies (excerpt: Book Pricing Formula)   83

      9  May   1965  Auditing Fees - Preferential Treatment of Preclears

                     Scale of Preference                                  86

      12 Oct.  1967  Charges                                              88

      27 Sept. 1970  Cutative Prices                                      89

      31 Jan.  1971  FSM Contest Awards (modifies 27 Sept. 1970)          90




                                PRICE ENGRAM




      27 Apr.  1965  Price Engram                                         91

      18 Apr.  1965  Prices Lowered Because of New Organization

                     Streamline                                           93

      19 Oct.  1964  Pricing Formulas                                     95

      30 Oct.  1964  Mailing Lists for Franchise Holders                 102

      31 Oct.  1964  Current Policies Orgs & Franchise                   106

      3  Dec.  1964  Pricing Meetings Final Policy                       109

      23 Dec.  1964  Field and Public Programming                        117

      15 Mar.  1965  Only Accounts Talks Money                           120

      22 Mar.  1965  Saint Hill Services, Prices and Discounts           127

      22 Mar.  1965  Current Promotion and Org Programme Summary         128

      15 Mar.  1968  Student & Staff Program                             135

      27 Sept. 1970  Cancellation (of 15 Mar. 1968)                      136

      27 Sept. 1970  Cutative Prices                                      89




                                  ALLOCATIONS

                  Banking - Funds Handling - Percents to WW




      19 Apr.  1957  Proportionate Pay Plan                              295

      27 Apr.  1959  Why New Books are Few                               137

      21 May   1959  HCO Monies and Book Stocks                          139

      28 May   1959  Promotional Writing Fund                            140

      9  June  1959  HCO Special Fund                                    141

      24 June  1959  Status of HCO Offices and HCO Secs

                     and HCO Volunteer Secs in US                        142

      22 July  1959  Monies Intended for Scientology Research &

                     Investigation Fund                                  143

      25 July  1959  Membership Monies                                   143

      10 Aug.  1959  Franchise 10%s to WW                                144

      24 Aug.  1959  HCO Financial Arrangements Altered                  145

      3  Sept. 1959  HCO Book Account                                    147

      14 Oct.  1959  Division of HCO Percentage Revised                  148

      23 Oct.  1959  Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st Melbourne

                     ACC and Pre-ACC Congress                   Vol. 2 - 217

      29 Oct.  1959  International Membership                            150

      18 Nov.  1959  HCO Central Org Financial Modifications             151

      30 Dec.  1960  Revision of HCO Percentages (cancels 14 Oct. 1959)  152

      6  Apr.  1961  Remittance of HCO Monies to HCO WW                  152

      9  Aug.  1961  Book Sales                                          259

      17 July  1962  Accounts: Bank Charges on Remittances               153

      19 Sept. 1962  HCO WW Form AC 1                                    154

      26 Sept. 1962  HCO WW Form AC 1                                    154

                     AC 1 Form                                           155




                                       vi




      26 Sept. 1962  ACCs and Special Events Courses                     156

      26 Sept. 1962  Memberships                                         157

      26 Sept. 1962  Hubbard Scientology Research Foundation             157

      1  Feb.  1963  HCO Area 5%s                                        158

                     AC 1 Form                                           159

      13 Feb.  1963  HCO 10%s Due to WW                                  160

      16 Apr.  1963  Revision of Congress Payments to HCO WW             160

      14 Jan.  1964  Continental and Area HCO Finance Policies           161

      30 Nov.  1964  HCO Book Account                                    162

      19 Jan.  1965  Finance - Org Accounts - Building Fund Account       37

      20 Jan.  1965  Currency Regulations and 10%s                       164

      4  Mar.  1965  Reserved Payment Account                             44

      26 Apr.  1965  Cancellation of 19 Jan. 1965                         47

      11 May   1965  HCO Book Account Policy                             165

      9  Dec.  1965  HCO Income - Memberships - Congresses - Tape Plays  168

      21 Dec.  1965  LRH Financial Relationships to Orgs                  51

      4  Jan.  1966  LRH Relationships to Orgs                            53

      26 Apr.  1966  South Africa 10%s                                   168

      3  May   1966  Reserve Fund                                        169

      6  Oct.  1966  Addition to HCO Div Account Policy (amplifies 11

                     May 1965)                                           170

      15 Feb.  1967  Allocation of Income                                172

      15 May   1968  Reserve Fund (reissue & amendment to 3 May 1966)    175

      28 May   1968  Books                                               176

      17 June  1968  HCO Book Account                                    176




                                   SAINT HILL

            Treasury policies originally issued for the Saint Hill

                                  Organization




      24 July  1959  Handling of Monies                                  177

      25 Aug   1959  Purchase Order System (reissued 20 June 1961)       178

      13 Oct.  1959  Invoicing, Accounts, Project 12                     179

      21 Mar.  1960  Economy Wave                                        181

      31 Mar.  1960  Accounts Lines                                      181

      28 July  1960  Losses                                              182

      3  Aug.  1960  Purchasing                                          182

      6  July  1961  Accounts                                            183

      11 July  1961  Purchase Orders                                     186

      4  Aug.  1961  Private Mail and Telephone Calls                    186

      13 Sept. 1961  General Office Orders                               357

      16 Oct.  1961  Income Records                                      187

      20 Sept. 1962  Part-Time Staff and Over-Time                       190

      4  Oct.  1962  Signing POs and Cheques                             191

      6  Oct.  1962  Accounts Irregularities                             191



      7  Jan.  1964  Payment of Monies for Overtime and/or Materiel      192

      2  Mar.  1964  Contracts and Services                              192

      8  May   1964  Transport                                           193

      13 May   1964  Transport (adds to 8 May 1964)                      193

      26 June  1964  Staff Bonuses                                       194

      15 Nov.  1964  Transport Arrangements                     Vol. 1 - 293

      17 Nov.  1964  Bonus                                               198

      12 Nov.  1965  Transfers from SHSBC to Solo Audit Course           199

      6  Jan.  1966  Credit and Discounts                                200

      7  Jan.  1966  Credit (modifies 6 Jan. 1966)                       201

      3  Feb.  1966  Legal, Tax, Accountant & Solicitor, Mail and

                     Legal Officer                                       202

      10 Feb.  1966  Bonuses for Service Delivery                        204

      9  May   1966  Bonuses Adjusted (correction to 10 Feb. 1966)       206

      14 July  1966  Dismissal of Staff                                  207

      22 Aug.  1966  Bonuses Adjusted (amendment & addition to 9 May     207

                     1966)

      11 Oct.  1966  Legal, Tax, Accountant & Solicitor                  203

                     Mail Incoming & Out-going (amends 3 Feb. 1966)      208

      13 Oct.  1966  Invoice Routing (cancels 12 Jan. 1966)              209

      17 Oct.  1966  Bonuses

      21 Nov.  1966  Addendum to HCO Pol Ltr of 17 October 1966

                     "Bonuses"                                           211

      18 Nov.  1967  Blue and Green Accounts Invoices (amends 13

                     Oct. 1966)                                          212

      27 Nov.  1967  Bonuses Adjusted (addition to 17 Oct. 1966,         111

                     cancels 22 Aug. 1966)                               353

      21 Jan.  1968  Chartered Accountants




                                      vii







                                  PES ACCOUNT




      12 Nov.  1969  PES Account versus HCO Book Account                 213

      10 Dec.  1969  PES WW Account                                      215

      24 Dec.  1969  PES Account Amended                                 216

      19 Apr.  1970  PES WW Account (cancels 10 Dec. 1969)               217

      29 Apr.  1970  PES Account Revised (cancels 12 Nov. 1969)          218

      12 June  1970  PES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969 & 29 Apr. 1970)   221




                                DEPARTMENT SEVEN

                                 DEPARTMENT OF

                                     INCOME




      18 Apr.  1969  Org Division - Income Dept                          222

      23 Nov.  1961  Accounts - Income Division                           13

      6  May   1964  Accounts Policies - The Income Section               17

      15 May   1964  Accounts Policies (Addenda to 6 May 1964)            20

      21 June  1965  Orgs are SH FSMs             Vol. 2 - 325, Vol. 6 - 325

      15 Sept. 1965  Only Accounts Talks Money                  Vol. 0 - 275

      7  Nov.  1965  Reception Log-in-the-Org List               Vol. 1 - 73

      5  Aug.  1966  Registered Mail                            Vol. 1 - 178




                                  CASHIER - 1

                            TRAINING AND PROCESSING

                                    CHARGES




      10 Apr.  1958  Re: 5th London ACC (Administrative Directive)       223

      22 Sept. 1958  ACC Accounts and Payments                           224

      19 Jan.  1959  Extra Weeks on HPA Course                           225

      11 May   1959  HPA/BScn "Retreads"                                 225

      27 Oct.  1959  Processing of Children on the HGC                   226

      29 Mar.  1960  HGC and Academy Prices for Minors

                     (cancels & replaces 27 Oct. 1959)                   226

      20 May   1960  Extension Course Prices                       see - 227

      24 May   1960  Extension Course Prices (corrects 20 May 1960)      227

      2  Nov.  1960  HPA/HCA Course                                      227

      27 Feb.  1961  Free Courses                                        228

      13 Mar.  1961  Free Courses (revises 27 Feb. 1961)                 228

      7  Dec.  1961  Inter-Org Exchange of Students                      229

      19 Dec.  1961  Saint Hill Retreads                           see - 230

      14 Feb.  1962  Saint Hill Retreads (amends 19 Dec. 1961)           230

      24 July  1962  Academy Extra Weeks                                 230

      23 Nov.  1962  Saint Hill Retread Fee                              231

      10 May   1963  Student Rates for HGC Auditing in SA Orgs           231

      23 July  1963  Retreads on Saint Hill Special Briefing Course      232

      8  Oct.  1963  New Saint Hill Certificates and Course Changes      233

      6  July  1965  Releases                                            234

      1  Sept. 1965  Saint Hill Services and Prices                      235

      30 Dec.  1965  PTS Auditing and Routing (S & D price)

                                                  Vol. 1 - 439, Vol. 4 - 578

      3  Apr.  1966  Dianetic Auditors Course     Vol. 2 - 120, Vol. 4 - 228

      18 Jan.  1969  Advanced Org Awards                                 236

      19 May   1969  Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course Policy

                                                  Vol. 2 - 286, Vol. 4 - 241

      3  June  1969  Dianetic Course Pricing                             236

      10 July  1969  Org Personnel Recruitment                   Vol. 1 - 88

      2  Sept. 1969  Old ACC Students                                    237

      3  Sept. 1969  Former HDAs, HPAs                                   238

      3  Sept. 1969  Successful Class VIIIs                              238

      15 Nov.  1969  Class VIII Retread                                  239

      28 Nov.  1969  Class VIII Retread (corrects 15 Nov. 1969)          239

      6  Dec.  1969  Inter-Org Exchange of Students

                     (clarifies 7 Dec. 1961)                             240

      10 Dec.  1969  Student Rescue Intensive Pricing                    240

      14 Dec.  1969  Org Protection                                      241

      11 Jan.  1970  Pricing - Rescue Intensive (cancels 10 Dec. 1969)   241

      13 Jan.  1970  Org Personnel Recruitment (Revised)         Vol. 1 - 93

      20 Jan.  1970  Class VIII Retread (corrects 28 Nov. 1969 &

                     15 Nov. 1969)                                       242

      15 July  1970  Retreads                                            242

      20 July  1970  Internships and Case Supervisors                    243




                                  CASHIER - 2

                                   MEMBERSHIP




      25 July  1959  Membership Monies                                   143

      23 Oct.  1959  Attention Registrars and Book Administrators        258

      26 Oct.  1959  Memberships                                         245

      29 Oct.  1959  International Membership                            150

      18 Nov.  1959  HCO Central Org Financial Modifications             151

      28 Dec.  1959  Membership Discounts                                246

      3  May   1960  Keeping Memberships in Force                        246

      6  July  1960  LT Membership Privileges                            247

      13 July  1960  LT Membership Privileges (amends 6 July 1960)       247

      28 July  1960  International Membership Privileges                 248

      25 Oct.  1960  Membership Restrictions                             249

      22 Nov.  1960  There will be no professional rates... (SA only)    249

      29 Dec.  1960  Membership Change                                   250

      27 Oct.  1961  Professional Rates Restored                         250

      29 May   1962  Professional Rates (adds to 27 Oct. 1961)           251

      5  June  1962  Permanent Staff Privilege                           251

      26 Sept. 1962  Memberships                                         157

      11 Apr.  1963  Memberships (cancels 26 Sept. 1962)                 252

      31 Oct.  1964  Current Policies Orgs&Franchise                     106

      21 Apr.  1965  Membership - Attestations                           252

      11 May   1965  HCO Book Account Policy

                     Receipt and Use of Membership Monies                165

      1  Sept. 1965  Current Policy - Franchise                          253

      1  Sept. 1965  Membership Policies                                 254




                                 INVOICING




      1  Apr.  1957  Always Register and Invoice                         255

      21 Apr.  1957  Income                                              255

      16 May   1957  Invoicing Items                                     255

      23 May   1957  Ordering People to Processing or Training           255

      27 Nov.  1958  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                          6

      4  June  1959  Invoicing and Collection of Money                   256

      27 June  1959  Invoicing                                           257

      23 Oct.  1959  Attention Registrars and Book Administrators        258

               1960  Book Orders (LRH Despatch)                          258

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies - Invoicing                         9

      9  Aug.  1961  Book Sales                                          259

      31 Oct.  1963  Reception Hat (excerpt: invoicing)                  260

      24 Sept. 1965  Free Release Check                                  263

      4  Jan.  1966  LRH Relationships to Orgs                            53

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures - Minus Invoices                 23

      11 Feb.  1966  Shipping Charges                                    263

      16 Feb.  1966  Invoice Routing                                     264

      1  Aug.  1966  Sign Ups and Discounts       Vol. 2 - 280, Vol. 5 - 198

      23 Dec.  1966  Accounts Invoices - Names on Invoices               265

      20 Feb.  1967  Security of Invoices                                266

      11 Mar.  1971  Registrar Invoicing Line                            268




                           MAIL OPENING AND INVOICING




      3  Aug.  1956  Mail Line (HCOB)                                    271

      15 May   1957  Method of Opening & Invoicing Mail, Modified

                     (HCO Procedure Letter)                              272

      3  Sept. 1957  Method of Opening & Invoicing Mail         Vol. 1 - 173

      31 Aug.  1965  Mail Opening                                        274




                                       ix




                                  COLLECTIONS




               1957  What Your Money has Bought

                     (Letter issued by HASI Accounts, London)            275

      9  Dec.  1958  Regarding Accounts Receivable (HASI Finance

                     Policy Letter)                                      276

      26 Dec.  1958  Collection of Accounts (HCO Secretarial Letter)     277

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies - Statements Files                  9

      16 Aug.  1965  Collection from SPs and PTSs                        279

      7  Nov.  1965  Reception Log (Use of In-the-Org List)      Vol. 1 - 73

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning - Income Note Collections

                     Summary                                              48

      13 Feb.  1968  Collections Letters                                 280

      9  Oct.  1969  Publications Depts and Orgs - How to

                     Straighten Out                             Vol. 2 - 210




                               DEPARTMENT EIGHT

                          DEPARTMENT OF DISBURSEMENTS




                                   PURCHASING




         Jan.  1957  Mass Purchases and Work Contracts                   281

      17 June  1957  Authorization Required for all Expenditures

                     (Association Secretary Directive)                   281

      1  June  1958  Purchase Orders (HASI London Administrative

                     Directive) (reissued 15 May 1970)                   282

      2  June  1959  Purchasing Liability of Staff Members               283

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies                                     9

      2  Mar.  1965  Purchase Order Filing                                43

      4  Mar.  1965  Reserved Payment Account                             44

      28 Mar.  1965  Emergencies and Account Personnel                    46

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning                                   48

      20 Dec.  1969  Trading Prohibited                                  283

      4  Nov.  1970  Estimated Purchase Orders                            73







                      BILLS HANDLING AND DISBURSEMENT




      27 Nov.  1958  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                          6

      5  June  1959  Handling of Bills                                   284



      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies                                     9

      12 Sept. 1961  Payment for Materials                               284

      23 Nov.  1961  Accounts - Disbursement Division                     15

      21 Apr.  1964  Org Payments for Tape-Recorded Lectures             285

      6  May   1964  Accounts Policies - The Disbursement Section         17

      11 June  1964  Central Organization & City Office Tape Service     285

      28 Jan.  1965  How to Maintain Credit Standing & Solvency

                     How You Pay Your Bills - Paying by Dateline          40

      2  Mar.  1965  Purchase Order Filing                                43

      4  Mar.  1965  Reserved Payment Account                             44

      28 Mar.  1965  Emergencies and Account Personnel                    46

      21 Oct.  1965  Bills Payments                                      286

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning - Disbursement Section & Action   48

      21 Dec.  1965  LRH Financial Relationships to Orgs                  51

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures                                  23




                             CHEQUE SIGNING




      27 Nov.  1958  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                          6

      21 Oct.  1965  Bills Payments                                      286

      21 Nov.  1965  Cheque Signing                                      287

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning - Cheque Signing                  50

      30 Jan.  1966  Cheque Signing Procedure                            288

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures                                  23

      6  Feb.  1971  Transferring Funds                                  289




                                       x







                              ORG SHSBC STUDENTS




      31 July  1962  Org Payments for St Hill Students                   290

      14 Feb.  1963  Saint Hill Special Briefing Course Reimbursement

                     Arrangements                                        291

      5  May   1963  Staff Member Enrolments                             292

      14 Dec.  1969  Org Protection




                                    PAYROLL




      5  Apr.  1957  Proportionate Pay Plan Proposal                     293

      17 Apr.  1957  Advisory Committee Endorsement                      297

      18 Apr.  1957  Minutes of Staff Meeting                            296

      19 Apr.  1957  Proportionate Pay Plan295

      19 Apr.  1957  Trustee Endorsement of 18 April 1957 Staff

                     Meeting Minutes                                     297

      19 Apr.  1957  Note on source of Income                            297

      14 May   1957  Hat Turnover                                        298

      10 Jan.  1958  Inspection of Hat Folders                           298

      26 Mar.  1958  Salary and Unit Pay                                 299

      9  July  1958  All clears on staff...                              300

      27 Nov.  1958  Pay List                                            299

      9  Dec.  1958  Staff List - Notification to Payroll (HASI

                     Finance Policy Letter)                              299

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies - Disbursement Vouchers            10

      28 Apr.  1960  Yearly Salary Increments                            300

      13 July  1960  Sick Leave                                          300

      3  Oct.  1960  Holiday Pay and Sick Leave                          301

      19 Feb.  1961  Accounts: How to do a Payroll                       302

      24 Mar.  1961  Units for Assn Sec and HCO Sec                      306

      28 Mar.  1961  Personnel Policies - Staff Post Qualifications

                     Permanent Executives to be Approved                 307

      22 July  1961  Executives' Pay                                     310

      23 Oct.  1961  Pay of Executives (modifies 22 July 1961)           310

      23 Nov.  1961  Accounts - Disbursement Division                     15

      5  Apr.  1963  Audit of Organizational Books                       311

      4  Nov.  1963  Pay Card                                            312

      29 Apr.  1965  Bonuses                                             313

      14 Sept. 1965  Units and Bonuses for Org Exec Secs and HCO

                     Exec Secs (revises 24 Mar. 1961)                    315

      12 Oct.  1965  Advisory Committees                                 317

      14 Jan.  1966  Hiring Personnel - Line for (amended 22 May 1968)    57

      21 July  1966  Proportional Pay Plan 1966                          318

      15 Sept. 1967  Examiner Bonuses                                    322

      1  Jan.  1968  Hat Write-Ups and Folders - Inspection of Hat

                     Folders                                     Vol. 0 - 68

      10 Dec.  1968  LRHED 64 INT (concerns HCO P/L 10 Dec. 1968)        323

      10 Dec.  1968  Percentage Adjustments and Fixed Salaries           324

      31 Jan.  1969  Percentage Adjustments and Fixed Salaries

                     (Guardian Finance Order 12)                         326




                                      FSMs




      9  May   1965  Field Auditors Become Staff (revised & reissued 14

                     Jan. 1968, cancels 26 March 1965 & 30 March 1965)   328

      21 June  1965  Orgs are SH FSMs                           Vol. 2 - 325

      15 Oct.  1965  Field Staff Member Selection Papers and Commissions 334

      30 Aug.  1966  Selection Regulations (addition to 26 Mar. 1965)    333

      10 Nov.  1966  Field Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965)          336

      9  Jan.  1967  FSM System Administration in Organizations

                     (modifies 9 May 1965 & 15 Oct. 1965)                337

      14 Jan.  1968  Field Auditors Become Staff (9 May 1965 revised

                     & reissued)                                         328

      17 Feb.  1968  Field Staff Member Commissions                      342

      5  June  1968  FSM Commissions                                     342




                                       xi




                                     REFUND




      4  June  1961  Refund of Fee Policy                          see - 343

      12 Oct.  1961  Refund of Fee Policy Revised

                     (revises & replaces 4 June 1961)              see - 343

      27 Feb.  1962  Refund of Fee Policy Revised (revises &

                     replaces 12 Oct. 1961)                              343

      23 Oct.  1963  Refund Policy (cancels 12 Oct. 1961 & 27 Feb. 1962) 344

      23 May   1965  Rebates                                             346

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures - Minus Invoices                 23

      31 July  1966  Refund Notice                                       347

      1  Aug.  1966  Refund Addition (adds to 31 July 1966)              347

      3  Feb.  1969  Legal Standard Waiver                      Vol. 1 - 582

      23 May   1969  Dianetic Contract            Vol. 2 - 287, Vol. 4 - 247

      5  Feb.  1970  Scientology Refunds - Writ of Expulsion and

                     Waiver                                     Vol. 1 - 583




                                DEPARTMENT NINE




                   DEPARTMENT OF RECORDS, ASSETS AND MATERIEL




                     BANKING - SIGNATORIES ON BANK ACCOUNTS






      27 Nov.  1958  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                          6

      3  Sept. 1959  HCO Book Account                                    147

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies - Banking                          10

      30 Nov.  1964  HCO Book Account                                    162

      18 Jan.  1965  Financial Management - Building Fund Account         32

      19 Jan.  1965  Finance - Org Accounts - Building Fund Account       37

      20 Jan.  1965  Currency Regulations and 10%s                       164

      4  Mar.  1965  Reserved Payment Account                             44

      26 Apr.  1965  Cancellation of 19 Jan. 1965                         47

      26 Nov.  1965  Financial Planning - Bank Reconciliation Section     49

      3  May   1966  Reserve Fund                                        169

      13 June  1966  Signatories on Bank Accounts                  see - 348

      3  Aug.  1966  Correction to HCO Policy Letter of 13 June

                     1966                                          see - 348

      2  Apr.  1968  Signatories on Bank Accounts (cancels 13 June 1966) 348

      15 May   1968  Reserve Fund (reissue & amendment to 3 May 1966)    175

      20 June  1968  Commodore and Founder as Signatory on Every Bank

                     Account (modifies 1 Sept. 1966 & 2 Apr. 1968)       348






                              RECORDS AND AUDITS




      23 Apr.  1959  Jack Parkhouse Writes from South Africa             349

      25 Sept. 1959  Accounting Records and Bills                        350

      27 Jan.  1960  Accounts Policies                                     9

      13 June  1960  Accounts Procedure                                  351

      23 Nov.  1961  Accounts - Bank Statements                           15

      19 Jan.  1965  Finance - Org Accounts - Building Fund Account       37

      20 Jan.  1965  Currency Regulations and 10%s                       164

      2  Mar.  1965  Purchase Order Filing                                43

      26 Apr.  1965  Cancellation of 19 Jan. 1965                         47

      21 Dec.  1965  LRH Financial Relationships to Orgs                  51

      9  Jan.  1966  Accounts, Invalidating                              352

      13 Jan.  1966  Records of Bank Deposits                            353

      30 Jan.  1966  Accounts Procedures                                  23

      25 June  1967  Scientology Orgs Tax and Balance Sheets              63

      21 Jan.  1968  Chartered Accountants                               353




                                      xii







                           SUPPLIES, KEYS, EQUIPMENT




      11 Aug.  1959  Cost of Supplies (HCOB)                             354

      7  Jan.  1960  HCO Inventories                                     355

      3  Feb.  1960  HCO Keys                                            356

      12 Mar.  1961  Supplies of Central Organization Forms              356

      13 Sept. 1961  General Office Orders - Supplies                    357

      15 Feb.  1964  The Equipment of Organizations                      358

      2  Apr.  1965  Heed Heavy Traffic Warnings                Vol. 0 - 111

      20 Aug.  1965  Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill                 360

      8  Sept. 1965  Supply Officer                                      362

      22 Sept. 1965  Keys                                                363

      3  Nov.  1965  Equipment                                           363

      15 Nov.  1965  Reporting of Theft and Action to be Taken           364

      7  Jan.  1966  Leaving Post - Writing Your Hat             Vol. 0 - 70

      18 Nov.  1969  Disposal of Org Assets                              365




          Note: The materials in this volume are listed mainly in

        order of appearance. Additionally, some policies are

        listed in more than one section (with page numbers in

        italics), as they deal with more than one area of

        operation.




          Relevant policies from other OEC volumes are also

        listed, with volume and page numbers in italics




          A complete date order index appears in the back of

        the book, starting on page 366.




                                     xiii







                                   YOUR POST




        A post in a Scientology Organization isn't a job. It's e



      trust and a crusade.




        We're free men and women - probably the last free

      men and women on Earth. Remember, we'll have to come

      back to Earth some day no matter what "happens" to us.




        If we don't do a good job now we may never get

      another chance.






        Yes, I'm sure that's the way it is.




        So we have an organization, we have a field we must

      support, we have a chance.




        That's more than we had last time night's curtain

      began to fall on freedom.




        So we're using that chance.




        An organization such as ours is our best chance to get

      the most done. So we're doing it!




        L. RON HUBBARD




                                      xiv




      [Org chart]




      ORG

      ORG EXEC SEC




      DISSEMINATION DIVISION

      2 DISSEMINATION SECRETARY

      DISSEMINATION SEC. SEC.




      UNDERSTANDING ENLIGHTENMENT




      Department 5 Department 6




      DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION

      Director of Registration




      TREASURY DIVISION 3

      TREASURY SECRETARY

      TREASURY SEC. SEC.




      ENERGY ADJUSTMENT




      Department 7 Department 8




      DEPARTMENT or DEPARTMENT OF .




      INCOME DISBURSEMENT




                        Director of

                       Disbursements




                     TECHNICAL DIVISION

                         TECHNICAL

                         SECRETARY

                     TECHNICAL SEC. SEC

                             1

                         ACTIVITY

                       Department 11

                       DEPARTMENT OF

                          TRAINING

                        Director of

                          Training




            BODY PREDICTION

      Department 9 Department 10

      DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT NT OF




      RECORDS, ASSET TECHNICAL

      & MATERIEL SERVICES




      Director of        Director of

      Records, Assets    Technical

      & Materiel         Service




                         DEPARTMENT OF

                         PUBLICATIONS




                         Director of

                         Publications




      Copyright (c) 1965, 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       1







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST AD9




      CenOCon

                                  [excerpt]




                       PROMOTIONAL FUNCTIONS OF DEPT OF

                                     ACCTS




        Accounts is commonly so snowed under with Bookkeeping and Prop

      income that it doesn't think of itself as a promotional unit. But

      it is. Snappy and accurate accounting, quick and accurate and even

      tough rendering of statements is all promotion of a sort. We are

      accustomed to thinking of an Accts Dept as being figure-figure

      non-reach sort of department but this is far from true. (That's

      figure-figure.) Accounts is promotional just by rendering bills

      properly and on schedule. And they're promotional by making sure

      the public contributes to the organization in money; by thoroughly

      backing up the PrR, Accounts does a lot of promotion. Further,

      there is another thing that an Accounts Dept can do in the promotion

      line. We are usually undermanned in the Accounts Dept and seldom

      realize that lack of people in it is one of the most foolish

      economies we can make. it's lack of people in the Accounts Dept

      rather than lack of willingness that keeps our Accounts in a turmoil.

      There should be one person on Statements, one person on Current

      Bills book and one person on Prop Income breakdown even if one or

      two of these people are part-time. If there are three - and there

      should be - part of the work of each would be promotion as follows:

      Statements - noticing that credit is good on some person in the

      Statements book, should write and tell the person so and give a

      list of such people to the Dir of PrR. Current Bills, who should

      handle purchasing and filing too, probably, has a public relations

      function in handling the merchants with whom we deal and getting

      them interested in what we are doing rather than allowing a purely

      trade relationship to exist. Prop income, who also usually does the

      invoicing, has a promotion function in making sure that the receipts

      get back to the payee along with some kind of pat on the back for



      helping Scientology along. MONEY is the attention unit of this

      society. A lot of Scientologists say 'how mercenary' when I start

      talking about money. They don't believe in it to the degree that

      they don't want to attract any attention personally. And that's

      the crude truth. We've got to get over that attitude. The commonest

      sense tells us that if we had enough money we could advertise and

      build and hire our way straight up the line ten times as fast as

      we are doing. Well one of the ways we fail is to fail to use money

      as a promotion factor and to fail to fully utilize commercial

      transactions and monetary exchanges as promotional avenues. Think

      that over and buy the Dir of Materiel the new building he wants and

      see how they start crowding in. The Dept of Accounts is our most

      neglected promotional sphere and this we must overcome.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:brb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Excerpted from HCO P/L 26 August AD9, Promotional Functions

      of Various Depts. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 135.]




                                    PURPOSE

                               DEPT OF ACCOUNTS

                 [From HCO Policy Letter of 27 November 1959,

                Key to the Organizational Chart of the Founding

                   Church  of  Scientology of Washington DC]




        To keep the business affairs of the organization in good order,

      to maintain the good business repute of the organization and to see

      to it that the business activities of Scientology are up to date in

      an excellent condition. To make sure that income exceeds outgo.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [A complete copy of this Policy Letter is in Volume 7, page 138.]




                                       2







                           THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS

                                      OF

                              TREASURY DIVISION 3




        (From HCO PL 20 November 1965, The Promotional Actions

      of an Organization. These are given complete for all divisions

      in Basic Staff Volume 0, starting on page 84.)




      41. ORGANIZATION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the

          promotional functions of Division 3.




      42. DEPARTMENT 7 (Dept of Income) - Persuades payment of cash

          or increase in purchase whenever possible.




      43a. Collects outstanding notes by monthly statements.




      43b. Collects outstanding notes through Field Staff Members via

           Dept 17.




      44. Gets all mail orders invoiced and/or collected so they can be

          shipped at once.




      45. DEPARTMENT 8 (Dept of Disbursement) - Keeps bills paid in such

          a way that the org is in excellent credit repute. (Promotes with

          good credit rating.)




      46. Gets salaries accurately and punctually paid to keep staff happy.




      47. DEPARTMENT 9 (Dept of Records, Assets and Materiel) - Gets proper

          quarters to make the org look good, whether for momentary or

          permanent use for all divisions.




      48. Keeps materiel of org bright.




      49. Acquires reserves to give a reputation of stability to org.




      50. Keeps staff clothing issued and in good order (in those orgs

          providing uniforms).




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965




                           STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS

                                   [Excerpt/




                                Org Division 3 -

                       Credit collections vs Bills paid.




        It will be seen that gross income is established by many in the

      Org but collections as a special income is purely the Org Division's.

      Bills paid require gross money in, so reflects the gross - no money

      in, no bills paid. This is a dual statistic which shows the industry

      of the Division in general. It even touches materiel as no bills

      paid equals no supplies. Monies paid into Reserve Payment do not

      count as Bills Paid.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Note: A complete copy of this Policy Letter can be found in

      Volume 1, page 328.]




                                       3







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1970

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo

      Treas Secs

      Dir income

      SO & Scn




                              CREDIT COLLECTIONS

                                    DEFINED




        CREDIT COLLECTION includes




        1. Monies collected for services given on credit.




        2. Monies collected on bounced checks.




        3. Freeloader collections.




        4. Collection on any amount OWED to the org for service or items

      sold. (Not advance payments.)




        Industrious collection action by Div III is all it represents.

      Any Treas Sec reporting a CREDIT COLLECTION stat differently than

      as above must take this definition and advise CS-3 at once of the

      date and any graph change resulting, with carbons to Cont and WW

      OIC.




      LRH:VP:sb.ka.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      1. Credit Collected




      2. Bills Paid.




      Lt. Vicki Polimeni

      CS-3 for

      L. RON HUBBARD Founder




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971

                                    Issue V




                             ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL

                                  STATISTICS

                                    REVISED

                                   /Excerpt/




                              TREASURY DIVISION 3




        Credit Collected is defined in HCO Policy Letter 30 September

      1970, issue II - Credit Collections Defined.




        Bills Paid includes all org bills, including materiel. Monies

      paid into Reserves do not count as Bills Paid.




      LRH:HE:mes.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        [Note: A complete copy of this Policy Letter can be found in the

      1971 Year Book.]




                                       4




      HCO Aide for L.

      RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 MARCH 1971

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo SO & Scn Orgs

      Treas Secs Starrate on

      all Div 3 Staffs OIC




                           TREASURY DIVISIONS GDSes

                                   ALL ORGS

                 (AMENDS: HCO PL 30 Sept ,65, "Statistics for

               Divisions", HCO PL 5 February 1971 - Issue I, "All

                 Orgs, OIC Cable Change", HCO PL 5 February

                                     1971

             Issue V, "Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised",

                  and HCO PL 8 February 1971, "Handling of

                                   Bounced

                Checks and Refunds", page 2, para 2. CANCELS:

                   HCO PL 30 Sept'70, "Credit Collections

                                  Defined".)




        Effective for ALL ORGS, SO and Scn, FEBC orgs and others, the

      Division 3 Gross Divisional Statistics are revised as follows:




        1. TOTAL ADVANCE PAYMENTS AND TOTAL CREDIT COLLECTED FOR THE

      WEEK.




        2. TOTAL BILLS PAID FOR THE WEEK.




        3. TOTAL ORG MATERIAL AND LIQUID ASSETS.




        ADVANCE PAYMENTS is defined as a payment well in advance of

      readiness or arrival for service




        CREDIT COLLECTED includes collection for Qual Services and any

      other services given on credit, Freeloader collections, and any

      monies OWED to the org for services or sales.




        Credit collections and Advance payments are plotted separately on

      the same graph.




        BILLS PAID include all field creditor bills, and staff salaries

      paid, but does NOT include FSM Commissions paid, as these are

      reported separately as a Public Div stat.




        ORG MATERIAL AND LIQUID ASSETS include all org reconciled

      balances, any cash on hand, value of properly inventoried assets,

      properties and material, and value of bookstocks and inventoried

      supplies.




        The asset value of any item is evaluated against its purchase

      price, its present state and condition, and annual depreciation.




                               FOUNDATION ORGS




        A Foundation org, where one is operating alongside a Day org,

      will only report its TOTAL ADVANCE PAYMENT AND CREDIT COLLECTED

      stat on its OIC cable, as the two other GDSes are shared with the

      day org and need not be reported.




                              OIC CABLE REPORTS




        Effective for the week beginning 8 April 1400 and ending 15 April

      1400 1971 for the first report, and effective thereafter, the new

      Div 3 GDSes are to be reported in the OIC cable as follows: (Per

      the HCO PL 5 Feb 71 "All Orgs-OIC Cable Change").




        After the Gross Income figure:




        Gross Income / NEW Advance Payments / Credit Collected / Bills

      Paid / NEW Org Assets / (Following order of the cable unchanged.)




        On the fourth week following date of change and thereafter, the

      OIC Cable is reported as above, without the prefixes "NEW".




      LRH:LQ:HE:nt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       5




      HCO Aide and

      Treasury Aide for

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                              HASI SOUTH AFRICA






                        HCO BULLETIN OF 9 NOVEMBER 1956




               ACCOUNTING &

      FINANCIAL Accounting Department. To take care of:




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




        Maintenance of adequate ledgers for the corporations.






        2. Filing of tax returns




        3. Preparation of Profit and Loss and Credit statements




        4. Supervision and preparation of bills, of collections on notes

      owed to the organizations, and submission of a monthly statement




        5. Preparation of weekly pay checks for signature by Treasurer




        6. Custody of notes and paid bills for the organizations.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




        To All HCO Secretaries:




        1. All funds received from whatever source shall be scrupulously

      and correctly invoiced on a triple-copy invoice machine.




        2. All monies paid out shall be scrupulously and correctly

      invoiced on a triple-copy invoice machine.




        3. All funds received shall be banked at the main bank HCO

      account. No funds may be withheld for expenses and no funds may be

      withdrawn from cash for any charge or any emergency of any kind.




        4. All cheques are to be signed only by signatories authorized by

      LRH. No new accounts may be started except by mandate from L. Ron

      Hubbard. All bills are to be paid by HASI - except Petty Cash items

      for HCO.




        5. All financial policies to be valid must bear the signature and

      seal of L. Ron Hubbard.




        6. Tax Accounting is to be done entirely by a well-reputed

      accounting firm. All data in the form of copy in and out invoices

      is to be forwarded to them and all books are to be submitted to

      them quarterly for auditing. Any action they wish to take must be

      reviewed by L. Ron Hubbard before being put into effect.




        7. The account system as outlined by LRH above must be installed

      and followed meticulously. This is the HCO account system. Please

      follow it exactly.




        8. The two invoice machines used by HCO shall contain complete

      records of all funds which have entered and exited from the office.

      These should be transferred quarterly to a ledger, in a single IN

      and OUT column system. They are to be entered under various

      categories for which a code system is to be evolved. For example:




        (a) 10% received from HASI (b) Rent received from HASI etc.




        9. The policing of the HCO Accounts system is done by HCO

      Secretary, who is to ensure the above is executed at all times and

      to report to L. Ron Hubbard accordingly.




        10. HCO Secretary is to ensure each Monday morning that the

      correct cheque for the 10% of HASI gross income for the previous

      week is paid to HCO, and recorded properly as above. Also ensure

      HASI rent is regularly paid and that the cheque is promptly

      deposited to the HCO bank account.




        11. HCO may not loan money to any HASI or spend sums for HASI

      bills. The above provisions have the status of law under US and

      British corporation commissions and failure to adhere to them can

      bring about legal or criminal action against an offender or

      confederates.




        All persons connected with the finances of the HCO are required

      to be alert to adherence of these policies to be accused of

      collusion in case of loss of funds.




                               BASIC FINANCIAL

                                    POLICY

                                      HCO




      27 November 1958




                                       6




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      copies to:




      Acct Dept

      Dist Center

      Maxine - invoice Academy

      HGC

      Steves

      HCO File

      Ron




        The income (white) disbursement sheets of the Academy, the

      Hubbard Guidance Center, and the Founding Church for the past week

      (3 sheets in all), must be on my desk by 2.00 p.m., Monday.




      NOT HCO POLiCY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




                        FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

                    1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.




                  FINANCIAL PROCEDURE LETTER OF 11 MARCH 1957




                                    INCOME

                                    REPORTS




        Director of Training is responsible for the Academy Sheet, the

      Director of Processing the Hubbard Guidance Center Sheet, and

      Invoice Academy the Founding Church Sheet.




        The Distribution Center Income Sheet would also be appreciated at

      the same time.




        The Disbursement Sheets of the Academy and Distribution Center

      are made up by Accounting and should be presented by Monday

      afternoon to me.




      LRH:rd

      Copyright (c) 1957

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.l




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 FEBRUARY 1959




                                 HCO ACCOUNTS

                                   WORLDWIDE




        The following will be done to handle Accounting World:




        1. A post will be created in the HCO Office, London, called HCO

      Accounts.




        2. This post will have as its function the receipt from all HASI

      Offices the weekly income report sheets, the bank statements for

      all accounts and a duplicate set of invoices from each office.




        3. This post will check these reports, add all invoices, check

      the proportioning of funds and check the bank statements.




        4. This post will report to the Director of Accounts, World, the

      accuracy or inaccuracy of all reports.




        5. This post will have as its duty the presentation to the

      Executive Director of all requests for sums from the Building Fund

      of the various organizations.




        6. This post will also receive reports from the various

      organizations of HCOs concerning the receipt and expenditure of

      funds from all HCO accounts. This post will check same.




        7. This post will have as its Director the Director of Accounts,

      World, Mary Sue Hubbard.




      LRH:mp.gh.cden




                                       7




      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1959

                         Modifies previous directions

      Convert

      to Sec ED




                            INCOME REPORT REQUIRED




        The Association (Organization) Secretary is entitled to weekly

      income reports from the following departments:




      DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

             Payments on notes

             Payments on loans

             Payments on memberships




      TRAINING DEPARTMENT

             All student enrolment fees

             All Extension Course fees




      PROCESSING DEPARTMENT

             All preclear processing fees

             All testing receipts




      PE FOUNDATION

             All HAS student fees

             All Co-audit student fees




      BOOK SECTION (HCO)

             All mail order sales




      RECEPTION

             All across counter sales




        These reports are made on a large sheet labelled "Income Sheet"

      available from the Department of Accounts or HCO WW.




        These reports are compiled by department heads after Thursday at

      2.00 p.m. on the week's income ending then. They are due on the

      Association (Organization) Secretary's desk by Monday, 2.00 p.m.




        The sheets are compiled from yellow invoice copies by the Dept

      head or his deputy.




        Penalty for missing, inaccurate or incomplete sheets, week's pay

      of department head held until sheet is submitted or corrected.




        The Accounts department collects the sheets and places them on

      Association Secretary's desk.




        The Accounts department clips to these an official record of the

      Bank deposits made into all accounts the preceding Friday.




        The Association (Organization) Secretary initials each sheet and

      gives them to the Advisory Committee on Tuesday, the next day.

      Advisory Committee minutes are compiled from these sheets.




        Immediately after the Tuesday Advisory Committee meeting these

      sheets are returned to the Accounts department by the Director of

      Accounts or his deputy and are there bound into a permanent record.




        The yellow invoice slips from which these are compiled, are

      retained in their respective departments and do not accompany the

      sheets at any time.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      LRH:gh.cden




                                       8







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 JANUARY 1960

      HCO Secs

      Assn Secs

      Div of Accts

      of

      Central Orgs




                               ACCOUNTS POLICIES

                         (Cancels Earlier Directives)




                          Rules Governing Accounting




        All income from whatever source is banked intact. never drawn on

      before being




        All funds are disbursed by cheque even when disbursed again by

      cash.




        All transactions are recorded in full, and all invoices and

      disbursements are given any history known about them on the invoice

      or the voucher. There is no reason for making accounts history a

      matter of memory.




        All financial receipts and disbursements are reported weekly (by

      Monday 2 p.m.) by Accounts to the Org Sec or Assn Sec. These are

      also reported by Dept heads on their income and disbursement

      sheets.




        All purchases require purchase orders before made. If a purchase

      is made with no order or no okay on an order, the staff member

      making it must pay for it.




        The accounts project is responsible for enforcing financial

      policy on staff.




                                Current Bills

                                     File




        Every firm or person - even staff members, has a place in our

      accounts files in a separate file folder. One firm or person = one

      folder. All records, bills, letters, etc relating to such are

      placed in this person or company's file. Any bank or other loan has

      its own file.




        Cancelled cheques and bank statements are kept in their own files

      by account. But, where possible, a photostat of each cheque back

      and front is made and filed with the firm folder to which it was

      issued. So are invoice and disbursement copies also filed as they

      apply in these files.




        A summary sheet of billing and payments to one firm is kept in

      the folder of that firm.




        These folders are retired to dead file each year when actually

      dead.




                               Statements Files




        Each debtor of any company we are handling has his own file and

      all papers related are in it.




        All invoices and papers relating to such debtors are kept in this

      file folder.




        A statement sheet is also kept in this folder.




        A copy of the contract (photostat) is kept in this file. The

      original is kept in a valuable document file in the safe.




        This applies to any company, firm or person who sends us money or

      owes us money.




        Invoicing




        (Note colours may be different in different areas of the world.)




        All monies received are invoiced with full data.




        paper.




        The white goes to the payer as a receipt.




        The yellow goes to the Project Supervisor or person most

      interested.




        The red goes to accounts for filing in folders.




        The blue stays in the machine and is never detached from its

      consecutive pad of




        Invoices are used to sort out banking, reports, statements, etc.




                                       9




      voucher.




                             Disbursement Vouchers




        All disbursements, whether by cash or cheque, are written on a

      disbursement




        Payroll vouchers are signed while still on the machine by the



      recipient.




        Cheque numbers, a firm's bill number, any data applying, is

      written on a voucher.




        The white goes as a complementary statement to the firm,

      obviating letters or other papers. It is all that goes with the

      cheque. (We keep al] bills).




        A copy of the voucher goes to the Project Supervisor most

      interested.




        A copy goes to Accounts for filing in the folder of the firm or

      person.




        A copy remains in the machine and is not disconnected from its

      pad.




                                    Banking




        All monies are placed in the safe at once they are invoiced and

      are only removed to be banked.




        The Accountant is responsible for them from the moment the mail

      is delivered to him until they are banked.




        The Accountant should be bonded.




        All money banked is recorded on deposit slips stamped by the

      bank. These are filed then with bank records along with statements

      and cheques.




        Collections done by the bank are recorded with new invoices and

      must be sent to us by the bank.




        Adjustments and transfers in Accounts are subject to Disbursement

      Voucher recording and should be so recorded. These are done by

      cheque, not letter.




                               Department Files




        When a department head receives his invoices and vouchers, he

      records these on appropriate sheets and presents them by 2 p.m.

      Monday, for the week passed, to the Assoc Sec or Org Sec who then

      passes them to Accounts.




        They are filed by Accounts in appropriate folders. Dept heads may

      have access to these folders.




        Accounts also presents its own report.




                                 Paying Bills




        A cheque is made out on an account and is presented with the full

      folder on the firm or person to receive it.




        The total of cheques is added up on separate slip.




        Current bank statements are also presented.




        These items are necessary to the payment of any bill.




        All bills being paid by bankers order are recorded routinely in

      the folders.




        Bills being paid by cash require the initials of the Assn Sec or

      Org Sec.




                                    Income

                                   Breakdown




        Income breakdown is done weekly on appropriate sheets after

      separating invoice copies into appropriate piles. A tape is run on

      each pile. A total of all tape totals should equal cash in hand.

      Cash is then banked in appropriate accounts as above. The papers

      and all worksheets related to income breakdown are filed in an

      envelope for that week.




        General




        All tapes of addition and other accounting records and all rough

      computations are kept by Accounts and appropriately filed.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rf.cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       10







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961

                                  /Excerpt/

      Cen Orgs

      Copy for each

      Staff Hat

      Not for Franchise




                          THE PATTERN OF A CENTRAL

                                 ORGANIZATION




                               Dept of Material




        Headed by the Director of Material (Dir Mat) the Dept of Material

      owns every Mest object including pieces of paper in the entire

      organization and is responsible for its inventory, existence and

      good repair and usage.




        Material sets up and clears away rooms, keeps the place clean,

      maintains everything, orders and supervises construction and even

      procures new office or auditing space. If it's Mest, take it up

      with Material. If it's service or significance or personnel, take

      it up elsewhere




        Material does all purchasing for the organization.




        Purchasing can be done only after a Dept Head and Assn Sec

      approval on a purchase order, no matter how small the item. The

      greatest single threat to organization survival has been Purchasing

      by Material without proper judgement and authorization by purchase

      order. Both Washington and London have been all but crushed by this

      function done wrongly. Johannesburg, purchasing with bad judgement,

      wound up with very little material despite huge bills. Purchasing

      is a fine art and in Central Orgs a primary threat if done too

      abundantly or wrong. Purchasing can be so bad that the Organization

      can go broke while acquiring nothing. Further, enough money to pay

      its bills and have things is a better index for necessary income

      than the unit. If the disbursement fund is kept more than adequate,

      the unit will also be high. Financial management includes what is

      to be bought. When it's okayed by the Assn Sec. Material can buy

      it. But if Material, in liaison with Accounts, sees danger in

      buying Material must take it up with the Assn Sec with more figures

      even if the Assn Sec has already okayed it.




        The biggest potential upset next to purchasing is "job

      completion". An Organization can be torn apart if each job,

      started, is not finished before new jobs are begun. Unfinished jobs

      can upset everything. They must be avoided.




        Material should be given proper schedules of activities so that

      rooms can be set up or auditoriums procured well ahead of schedule.




        Cleanliness of quarters is a public point of acceptance of

      Scientology.






        Dir Mat is a highly responsible job. It can make or break an

      Organization.




                               Dept of Accounts




        Headed by the Director of Accounts, the Dept of Accounts

      receives, safeguards and expends funds in the Organization. No

      other person can expend money, though others can receive it if it

      is promptly handed to Accounts.




        Scientology Orgs had trouble with accounts until a special

      accounting system for Central Orgs was developed. That system is of

      a vital nature to the Accounts Dept and must be followed without

      additives, ponderous ledgers, peculiar sub-systems or deletions.




        A Scientology Accounts system is simple. It works It consists of

      writing an




                                       11




        invoice on a four-copy machine for everything received and a

      disbursement voucher on a four copy disbursement machine for

      everything expended, even petty cash, with a completed statement of

      what Accounts knows of the expenditure.




        The system consists of four files - one with a file for every

      creditor, one with a file for every debtor, one with a complete

      file for every bank account and one with a file for every weekly

      breakdown envelope.




        A board with nails on it for pinning up invoices for every

      category on the breakdown sheet and a book to put income sheets in

      plus an adding machine and cabinets completes the entire system.




        Then if accounts will file every piece of paper, letter, invoice,

      voucher and receipt that comes in in these files properly, anybody

      can summarize them and financial management becomes possible.




        Monthly, on a mimeo sheet that bears the name of every creditor,

      all bills are listed from the Creditor file (not from bills mailed

      in by firms) added up and presented to the Assn Sec with bank

      statements for his directions as to payment.




        owe us.




        A similar mimeo sheet is made up of debtors each month and the

      amounts they




        Pay is paid not by cheque but in cash by the signature of the

      staff member on a disbursement voucher that tells the whole tangled

      story. Staff members each have a folder in the creditor file at the

      back in which copies of the voucher are filed.




        A chartered or certified accountant can always do a quarterly

      balance sheet for the Central Org rapidly from these files if they

      are kept up and are as designated.




        We don't copy figures from figures into vast piles of day books,

      ledgers, statements and other mysteries unknown. The files are

      these books. The law demands records everywhere. These are the

      records we want.




        When people pay on their bills, invoice it, (send them the white

      with their next statement) and file it in their file folder.




        Our weekly breakdown sheet, showing gross and units, amounts

      deposited to salary sum, disbursement account, building fund must

      be displayed to the staff each week on a staff bulletin board.




        We are interested in complete, orderly files and their individual

      summation. That's accounting in Scientology. If the Accounts

      Department is doing something else, they're still in the 19th

      century when accounting was a vast mystery and managers went broke.




        We have had good accounts and an easy life for Dir Accounts

      everywhere the moment this whole system went in. Even governments

      were satisfied.




                              Admin Report Forms




        Only one report (and its income sheet) is permitted per

      department per week - except in PrR where each of its two sections

      report.




        We don't allow random report forms to develop in a Central

      Organization. Everything anybody wants to know is on a dept's

      single report sheet for the week.




        HCO WW ultimately receives all except income sheets.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:aecJs.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Note: Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter 14 February 1961,

      7.-he Pattern of a Central Organization. A complete copy is in

      Volume 7, page 147.]




                                       12




                           HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER  1961




      Central Orgs

      Accts Depts




                                    ACCOUNTS

              (Modifies HCO Pol Ltr of July 6, 1961, Accounts

                so as to make it suitable for use in Central

                            Orgs or City Offices)




        NOTE: IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THIS POLICY LETTER SHOULD BE

      PUT IN FORCE AT ONCE IN ALL CENTRAL ORGS. BUT IF ANY CENTRAL

      ORG WISHES TO TRY THE SYSTEM OUT, THE ASSOC SEC SHOULD

      REQUEST PERMISSION TO DO SO FROM L. RON HUBBARD. THIS POLICY

      LETTER OUTLINES A SIMPLIFIED SYSTEM OF ACCOUNTS WHICH COULD

      BE USED IN CENTRAL ORGS OR CITY OFFICES. IF THIS SYSTEM IS

      OPERATED, A QUALIFIED OUTSIDE FIRM OF ACCOUNTANTS SHOULD BE

      EMPLOYED TO MAKE A REGULAR QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL BALANCE.




      Two Accounts Divisions are instituted.




      These are: The Income Division and the Disbursement Division.




      They are in separate areas and are run by different persons.




      They must be kept separate.




                                   INCOME

                                   DIVISION




        The Income Division performs the following actions:




        A folder is made for every organization or person who pays the

      Org money. This includes HCO WW and other Scientology Orgs (if

      applicable), and all these income accounts are kept in no other

      place nor by any other person.




        The Income Division sees that Statements, pre-addressed by

      Addresso on proper envelopes, go out to each foldered person or

      organization once each month. This statement is a Thermofax copy of

      the summary sheet in each folder, stuffed in these pre- addressed

      envelopes. New addresses for this list are routinely forwarded to

      Addresso Dept to be added to the monthly list. Old addresses

      withdrawn are also routinely passed to Addresso to be deleted from

      the plates or stencils.




        No ledgers are kept by the Income Division. No notebooks or

      journals are kept. All data is retained in folders.




        Each folder has a summary sheet for Thermofaxing. All accounts

      are written on this sheet.




        All invoicing is done by the Income Division.




        Division.




        Notice of all bank payments paid in, and all bank statements, go

      to the Income




                                       13




        When invoicing, mark each invoice for what it is - Processing,

      Training, Books, etc.




        White Copy (top copy) goes as receipt in the next statement

      mailing.




        Next copy goes to department concerned, and thence to C/F. Next

      copy goes to basket for Income Summary, and when summaried is filed

      in folders. Final machine copy is retained as income summary, not

      torn but kept consecutive.




        On Monday following a week, the basket copies are sorted into

      boxes:




        Processing, Training etc. Each box is totalled and given an

      adding machine tape which is marked Processing, Training, etc. The

      tapes are then totalled and marked; the cash deposited or received

      in the bank must equal the final total.




        These tapes are stapled together and passed to the Registrar,

      Assoc Sec (Org Sec) and HCO Sec. as income information. When

      returned to Income Division they are stapled to the machine Copies.

      These are put in an envelope, dated for the week and filed. This is

      total accounting record.




        The basket copies are now filed in the folders and each figure is

      entered on the statements sheet in the folder. The filing is done

      all at once. Once a month the Statements Sheets are brought to date

      from these invoice slips. When a slip is put on the Statements

      Sheet an X is put on the invoice slip to show it is entered.




        It does not matter if all statements are up to date when

      Thermofaxed for mailing. Bring them routinely to date as a

      continuing activity, not in a monthly rush. Folder Statements

      Sheets not up to date one month as to debit and credit will be up

      to date the next.




        The folder Statements Sheets are mimeoed in general and lettered

      in particular -  i.e. they can be mimeoed in quantity in a

      generalized form, but they must be filled in in detail. Make sure

      that the mimeo ink and the ink or type used is capable of being

      copied on the Thermofax machine, as this machine will not copy

      water based inks.




        On invoicing books (if this is done by Income Division), this is

      the first operation of the day. The invoices go at once by hand to

      Shipping so books may be mailed same day. This is a rush invoice

      item.




        Folders are filed alphabetically by class, which is to say other

      Orgs form a group, individuals form a group, bookstores form a

      group, etc.




        It is the responsibility of the Income Division to know what the

      Org is owed and to see that it is collected.




        If Disbursement Vouchers, bank slips, etc are sent by debtors,

      they are never entered on the Statements Sheets. They are kept in

      the folders, for information only. Only money received in the bank

      is entered.




        The income report from the Income section also includes the

      amount shown on the last statement for each bank account. There is

      no further attempt to balance cash deposited but not shown on

      statement, or cheques issued but not cashed in by the person or

      firm who received them. This weekly report is the Money on Hand

      report. It goes to the Assoc Sec and the HCO Sec. It is then filed

      with the week's income report. It is compiled and despatched when

      all statements for the week are in. It is not attached to the

      Income report but is separate. In practice, if convenient, it could

      be so attached.




        The Income Division retains and has all invoicing machines but no

      Disbursement machine.




        The Income Division makes all deposits of cash and cheques into

      the bank.




                                       14




                            DISBURSEMENT DIVISION




        The Disbursement Division has the responsibility of correctly

      disbursing the money of the Org, such as bills, wages, mortgage

      payments, etc.




        Each creditor, including staff members, has a red folder. Each

      folder has a statements sheet in it.




        Whenever a cheque is disbursed or a wage or cash is paid out, a

      Disbursement Voucher must be written giving all particulars.




        The white Voucher (top copy) is sent or given to the creditor,

      the next copy is filed in the statements folders. The next copy

      goes to Central Files (if applicable). The machine copy is retained

      unseparated and filed in an envelope dated as of the week

      disbursed, in a block.




        The copy of the Disbursement Voucher for filing is placed in a

      basket for filing and then is filed without entering it at that

      time on the Statements Sheet in the folder of the firm or person

      disbursed to.




        All incoming bills are placed in a basket along with the

      Disbursement Vouchers. They are all filed at once at the same time

      as the Disbursement Vouchers. They are not entered on the

      Statements Sheet at that time.




        Once each month minimum, or every two months maximum, the

      folders' Statements Sheets are brought up to date. This is a

      routine and continuing action. All debits and credits are entered

      on the Statements Sheet. These sheets are kept in the folder.




        When a Disbursement Voucher or a company's bill is entered on the

      Statements Sheet a large X is drawn on it. It is returned to the

      folder.




        These folders when brought up to date are brought up on the

      not-X'ed bills and vouchers.




        The Purchase Orders are filed in these folders and bills are

      checked against them.




        Disbursement is from 30 to 60 days on bills.




        Wages are preferably paid by cheque. Each cheque issued for wages

      or bills must be written on a Disbursement Voucher. Persons

      receiving wages do not have to initial or sign the voucher. They

      receive the white copy (top copy). The Folder copy is filed in

      their folder. Their pay books, etc are kept in their folders, not

      in any separate file. The Government has a folder of its own, one

      for each department of the Government to which we pay out. Other

      pay papers than in the folder are kept in the Government folder for

      pay. This folder is filed adjacent to the pay folders of staff.

      There must be no loose tables, folders or booklets kept anywhere

      but in folders.




        BANK STATEMENTS are filed in folders provided for the banks.

      There is one folder for each bank account. The cheque books are in

      the same file drawer but not in the folder.




        Cancelled cheques are filed loose in the bank's folder for each

      account until a cheque book is empty. Then each cheque is scotch

      taped, not stapled, to its counterfoil.




        Counterfoils are kept only in date, and no other data (not even

      amount), as Disbursement Vouchers are used for record, not

      Counterfoils.




        Cheques may not be taped into cheque books in use, neither voided

      nor cancelled cheques.




                                       15




        There is only one report, and that is monthly. Mimeographed

      sheets carrying the name of each company to whom we disburse are

      marked with the last debit figure on the statements sheet and how

      long the amount is owing. It is expected that all such statements

      will be brought up to date before the monthly report is made. This

      report totals all bills owing. When executive directions are given

      on them, cheques are issued as directed against this monthly

      report.




        There are no other reports except when requested for some firm.




                                    SUMMARY




        The Disbursement Division makes no income reports on

      reconciliation of bank statements. The Income Division makes no

      reports on Disbursement.




        Every quarter an Accountant audits the books and submits a

      quarterly report in summation form. He does not make books. The law

      requires records to be kept. We keep records. Actually we keep

      books as above, but their pages are folders.




        HISTORY: The bugbear of accounting is the failure to record all

      one knows about each transaction. An executive is later expected to

      remember it all and spend two or three weeks going over tangled

      accounts with each audit. This is circumvented by writing all you

      know about the transaction on the Disbursement Voucher or on the

      Invoice. We are at this writing being a lot too brief on our

      History. If you know something about the transaction related to

      what it's for and why, or what's odd about it, put it on the

      Invoice or Disbursement machine, not in a dispatch or in memory.

      Example: Joyce Bibbin orders ?2 worth of books but sends ?3.10.0.

      She wants us to retain ?1.10.0 for a future purchase. Make out one

      invoice for ?2.0.0 and one for ?1.10.0 but say on each what and why

      and that it came out of ?3.10.0.




        Also, if you know a purchase was for some particular purpose or

      department of the Organization, put it on the Disbursement Voucher

      when the bill is paid. This way we'll not be racking our brains,

      and can have an audit without the place being torn down.




        The person doing the audit should do it on the spot, on our

      premises. Do not part with folders and records.




        All correspondence relating to a firm or person and all data on

      that person is kept in the same folder. There are no 'Business

      Files'.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD






      LRH:esc.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       16




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MAY 1964




      Sthil

      Cen 4 copies

      to each Org




                                    ACCOUNTS

                                    POLICIES




        There are two sections to the Accounts Department. One is the

      income Section.




        The other is the Disbursement Section.




                              THE INCOME SECTION




        The income Section invoices all monies received on the

      appropriate machines and designates what each amount is for. Sums

      received in one cheque for two or more services are made into two

      or more invoices.




        A copy goes to the appropriate service unit in the Organization

      delivering the service being paid for. Another copy goes to the

      customer's folder in Central Files. Another is retained by accounts

      for the weekly summary. The original goes to the customer as a

      receipt. Invoices must be very legible and complete.




        The money goes to the bank each week. The bank receipts, a copy

      of every invoice for the week and appropriate addition tapes for

      each type of purchase, are all packaged together and submitted

      weekly to the Treasurer, Mrs Hubbard, for review, or in other Orgs

      to the financial manager.




        The accounts week closes at 2.00 p.m. Thursday, at which time a

      new accounts week begins.




        The Income Section also posts all receipts in ledgers starting

      January 1, 1964, one for each company concerned.




        The income Section also furnishes breakdowns of income of various

      types when required.




        The Income Section keeps a firm record of every debtor and a file

      on each debtor. These files are kept up to date and contain the

      full picture of what we are owed by everyone in detail. All related

      correspondence is filed in the income Files.




        The Income Section sends out monthly formal statements to each

      debtor. On those who are consistently delinquent the Income Section

      originates collection letters and also reports the full details to

      the Treasurer, Mrs Hubbard, or in other Organizations to the

      financial manager, for review and additional action. It is the

      purpose of the income Section to permit no past due accounts.




        Any sums owing in any other department such as the Book

      Department is the business of the Income Section and comes under

      its recording and collection function.




        Any legal action for collection is undertaken by the Income

      Section.




        ALL receipts are banked. No cash may be used before being banked.




        Prompt invoicing to facilitate shipment within the working day,

      accurate receipt and recording of all sums owing, safe banking and

      safeguarding sums until banked, rapid and urgent collection and

      accurate and prompt reporting to the Treasurer, or in other orgs to

      the financial manager, summate the main functions of the Income

      Section.




                           THE DISBURSEMENT SECTION




        The Disbursement Section is responsible for the payment and

      recording of all sums owed.




        Every creditor whether paid in cash or cheque, whether submitting

      a bill or not is given a folder in the Disbursement Files and all

      correspondence of a business nature




                                       17




        with that creditor, whether Concerned with money or not comes to

      the Disbursement Files. There must be no separate "Business files",

      only the Disbursement Files. The only exception is debtor

      correspondence about money owed us in the income Files. It is

      mandatory that no other "business file" exists in the Organization.




        Disbursement never pays from a received bill alone. All bills

      received are first filed in the Disbursement Files. Then the file

      is reviewed as a whole when the time comes to pay bills. It is

      forbidden to short circuit this line and pay bills just as they

      drop into the In basket. They are filed. Then all files are

      reviewed once a month, summated and the result entered in a

      statement sheet in the file folder and on a Bills Summary Sheet.

      This Bills Summary Sheet is prepared on the 10th of each month and

      submitted with or without folders (as requested) to the Executive

      Director or Treasurer along with a Summary of the amounts in each

      bank account. When thereafter requested to do so, the Disbursement

      Section makes out the cheques as indicated or readies the cash.

      These cheques are then given to the Treasurer or in other Orgs to

      the financial manager, to sign and when signed are mailed or given

      to the creditors.




        The weekly payroll cheque is drawn for signature and given to the

      Treasurer, or the financial manager, on Wednesday of each week and

      the cash received from the bank on Thursday. The payroll is made up

      and paid on Friday noon, not before. Any bonuses are given at this

      time. The only exception is a Friday holiday.




        All disbursements whether by cash or cheque or petty cash are

      vouchered on the Disbursement machine of the debtor company. No

      payment of any kind may be made without voucher. The voucher must

      clearly state what the payment was for.




        Purchase Orders must accompany every order to Purchasing before

      the fact and must come to Disbursement before a bill can be paid.




        Purchases made for a company without prior purchase order render

      the employee ordering to payment of the account from his own

      salary.




        All contracts drawn must priorly be validated by a Purchase Order

      signed by the Treasurer, or in other Orgs to the financial manager.

      This applies to Service Contracts, contractors and all such.

      Utilities escape Purchase Orders by necessity but fuel oil, etc. do

      not. Domestic expenses (minor charge accounts such as gas) are by

      quota, not purchase order and are exempt so long as they remain in

      quota. Such quotas are set by the Executive Director or the

      Treasurer, or in other Orgs by the financial manager.




        The Disbursement Section posts all vouchers in ledgers for the

      companies concerned with an appropriate breakdown of the amounts

      for each activity to assist in financial management. Posting is

      done in separate ledgers for different companies. Posting is done

      in periods of one week ending 2.00 p.m. Thursday to agree with the

      Income period. To facilitate this Disbursement voucher copies are

      filed as made in trays of the separate divisions of posting.




        Disbursement vouchers are handled as follows:




        The original to the person or firm being paid, a copy to that

      person or company's folder, a copy to the posting trays and copy to

      the weekly Income Report Envelope, the last copies being carefully

      kept in numerical sequence.




        The gross amount of money in each bank account, without any

      adjustments for cheques outstanding, is made up from the bank

      statements weekly and enclosed in the Income Envelope roughly for

      the week in question.




        All bank statements are kept by and all statement-cheque

      reconciliations done by the Disbursement Section.




        The Disbursement Section in England and Commonwealth countries

      may not overdraw a bank account without specific permission. Where

      the permission is given, let us say to ?700 overdraft, the

      Disbursement Section may then not exceed that figure without new

      permission. In the United States no overdrafts are permitted.




        The good credit of the companies involved or the person for whom

      disbursement is being made is the full responsibility of the

      Disbursement Section. Bills should not be carelessly left

      outstanding. Such bills must be called to the Treasurer's, or in

      other Orgs




                                       18




      to the financial manager's attention and note made on the Bills

      Summary Sheet of how long it is overdue when it is not in the same

      month that the Bills Summary Sheet is for. Bank Accounts may not be

      overdrafted antagonizing bank managers and causing endless

      correspondence. The moment things appear critical and margins

      small, the matter must promptly be brought to the attention of the

      Treasurer, or in other Orgs to the attention of the financial

      manager. Under the heading of good credit comes remarks or comments

      on company affairs that threaten its credit reputation. All such

      observations should be made to the Treasurer in good time.




        When money is advanced to anyone above their wage the matter of

      its collection out of wage remains the concern of the Disbursement

      Section. If money is advanced to anyone or any firm, Disbursement

      passes the matter to the Income Division for its collection

      activities when the matter falls due.




                                    SUMMARY






        Procuring money is the main function of the Income Section, not

      merely recording it.




        Safeguarding credit and solvency is the main function of the

      Disbursement Section, not merely spending it.




        Both the Income and Disbursement Sections must keep the Treasurer

      and the Executive Director fully informed of the facts of

      procurement of money and the credit and solvency of the Companies.

      Financial emergencies occur only when both sections have failed to

      do their jobs in keeping management advised, for management can

      always promote income or adjust expenditures easily if given enough

      warning. It takes about half a year for competent management to

      recover from a bad imbalance of income and outgo. It takes as long

      as a year and a half for competent management to recover from a

      real financial emergency.




        Solvency is only that condition where Income exceeds Outgo.

      Insolvency is only that condition where Outgo exceeds income.




        With the Income Section making sure the income is coming in and



      the Disbursement Section making sure that it isn't going out faster

      than it is coming in, and with both sections keeping management

      advised of fluctuations, solvency becomes possible. And jobs for

      people exist only where solvency is maintained.




        (Note: The Treasurer or the Executive Director may, as in London

      which is near to hand, direct that all an organization's cheques be

      signed only by the Treasurer at Saint Hill. Especially in cases

      where insolvency seems chronic and not mending, regardless of

      distance or inconvenience envisioned, the Treasurer may direct that

      no cheques may be signed except by the Treasurer and all other

      cheque signatories dropped from the account. In such cases all the

      above actions are still undertaken and the nominated financial

      manager in the organization receives all the reports and forwards

      only those portions required to the Treasurer with the cheques

      ready for signature in ample time to be airmailed in return. This

      action has uniformly resulted in returned solvency for the

      organization. Such an action changes none of the above except as

      noted here. LRH)




        (Note: in small organizations both Income and Disbursement

      sections are handled by one person, but if so each section has its

      complete files and functions just as above. LRH)




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       19




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MAY 1964




      Sthil CenO 4

      copies to each

      Org




                               ACCOUNTS POLICIES

                 (Addenda to HCO Policy Letter of May 6, 1964)






        At end of first paragraph in the INCOME SECTION, add: TOTALS ON

      ALL Invoices are to be shown in STERLING.




        At line 5 (under INCOME SECTION) add: OR TO Business Files if the

      Invoice shows a debit or credit.




        Between second and third paragraphs (under INCOME SECTION) add:

      If a student has a debit or credit at St Hill, his or her file must

      be in the Business Files, NOT in CF, and CF must be informed of the

      fact. In such cases, where a file would normally be expected to be

      in CF, the fact that the folder is in Business Files must be

      signalled in CF by a dummy folder (i e., a BLANK PINK CARD, the

      same size as a file-folder, bearing only the person's name and

      address) being placed in the correct position in Central Files.




        On page 2, third paragraph, delete "noon, not before".




        At end of twelfth paragraph page 2, add: But bank statements are

      to be available to INCOME SECTION as necessary.




      LRH:jw.oden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: HCO WW Area Secretary for L. RON HUBBARD




                                       20




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1966




      Remimeo

      Exec Sec Hats

      Org Division Hats




                                    URGENT




                              ACCOUNTING POLICES

                                       OF

                                  SCIENTOLOGY

                                   COMPANIES




        (Scientology organizations long have had exact firm rules

      regarding accounting procedure. They are repeated here. These MUST

      be in use from 1 Jan 1966 forward in all organizations. If they are

      not, put them right back to 1I Jan 1966 so we can get a proper and

      swift audit in 1967.)




        The Accounting policies of a Scientology Company are:




        1. ALL AUDITS MUST BE DONE FROM ORIGINAL RECORDS. (No secondary

      books, journals or ledgers may be consulted in doing an audit and

      are illegal in a Scientology Company anyway.)




        2. ALL SUMS RECEIVED FROM ANY SOURCE MUST BE LEGIBLY INVOICED AND

      BANKED. (They may not be spent before banking, not even a penny no

      matter the emergency.)




        3. ALL SUMS DISBURSED MUST BE DISBURSED BY CHEQUE. (Even petty

      cash and salary sums must be drawn by cheque before being

      disbursed.)




        4. ALL SUMS DISBURSED MUST ALSO BE DISBURSED BY LEGIBLE VOUCHER

      GIVING FULL DETAILS AS WELL AS CHEQUE GIVING FULL DATA. (Wages for

      each person must have a disbursement voucher for that person and

      signed by that person. Every cheque also has a voucher. A voucher

      is like an invoice, same machine.)




        5. WEEKLY INCOME INVOICE MACHINE COPIES WITH A CARBON COPY OF THE

      BANK DEPOSIT SLIP FOR THAT WEEK AND A TAPE OF THE INVOICES ADDING

      THEM MUST BE PLACED IN AN ENVELOPE AND DATED AND CAREFULLY FILED.

      (This gives a complete record of bankings for the year by week. )




        6. ALL BILLS MUST BE FILED WHEN RECEIVED IN A FOLDER FOR EACH

      COMPANY AND THE FOLDER SUMMARIZED BEFORE THE BILL IS PAID. (Bills

      may not be paid merely by reason of receipt in mail or before

      filing.)




        7, EVERY MONTH ALL BILLS OWING ARE LISTED ON A MIMEO FORM AND

      PRESENTED TO THE SIGNING EXECUTIVES WITH A LIST OF MONIES IN THE

      BANK AND PLANNED FOR PAYMENT BEFORE ANY CHEQUES MAY BE WRITTEN OR

      SIGNED.




        8. EVERY PERSON OWING ORG MONEY HAS A COLLECTION FOLDER INTO

      WHICH COPIES OF INVOICES OF ALL PAYMENTS MADE ARE FILED, THE FOLDER

      TO INCLUDE COPIES OF ALL CONTRACTS AND NOTES.




        9. COLLECTION FOLDERS ARE SUMMARIZED MONTHLY AND STATEMENTS ARE

      SENT OUT MONTHLY TO DEBTORS. (Any bill written off for tax is still

      billed to the debtor monthly.)




        10. ALL PERSONS OWNING MEMBERSHIPS FREE OR PAID ARE RECORDED IN

      ACCOUNTS AND BILLED 30 DAYS BEFORE MEMBERSHIP, FREE OR PAID,

      EXPIRES.




                                       21




        11. ACCOUNTS ORIGINAL RECORDS AS ABOVE MUST BE SENT TO WORLDWIDE

      EVERY QUARTER FOR AUDIT AND PREPARATION OF BALANCE SHEETS AND TAX

      RETURNS.




        12. BANK STATEMENTS MUST BE RECONCILED (COMPARED TO DEPOSITS AND

      VOUCHERS) WHEN RECEIVED. (TO KEEP THE BANK FROM MAKING ERRORS.)




          13. CHEQUES WHEN CLEARED AND BACK FROM BANK MUST BE TAPED IN TO

      ORIGINAL CHEQUE BOOK ONTO THEIR STUBS (COUNTERFOILS).




          14. EVERY PERSON TO WHOM A SALARY IS PAID HAS A FILE FOLDER

      INTO WHICH ALL HIS PAPERS, CONTRACT, DEBTS TO ORG AND VOUCHER

      SHOWING EACH AMOUNT RECEIVED ARE FILED WEEKLY.




          There is a peg board system of separating the weekly invoices

      and vouchers into categories of income and expense. This refinement

      is described in earlier policy.




          If you have any other accounting system in operation, it is

      contrary to company policy which is based on the above only.




          As Executive Director will not sign any balance sheet or return

      not taken from the original records. Balance sheets or statements

      of affairs based on secondary ledgers and journals or double entry

      systems or punched card computer systems or any "books". The law

      requires that accurate records be kept. This does not mean ledgers

      and double entry and such are not required by law anywhere in the

      world.




          Accounting is no mystery. When it becomes so by complex systems

      executives cannot manage their companies and they go broke.




          The introduction of complex accounting contrary to policy is a

      suppressive act on laymen.




        Scientologists with little or no accounting experience can run

      the above system and interpret it easily.




        The decline of more than one Scientology organization can be

      traced to violations of the above accounting policies. Executives

      could not manage the company when intimidated by mysterious complex

      accounting. Accounting cost more than the company could afford. The

      field ARC Broke on being billed erroneously. Accounts collections

      were neglected and staggering sums went uncollected because they

      weren't billed or poorly billed due to violations of the above.




        This system is a very simple one and a good one, designed for

      Scientology orgs and successful.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD

      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       22




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue III




      Remimeo

      Exec Sec Hat

      Org Sec Hat

      All Org Div Hats

      Org Div




                                  ACCOUNTS

                                  PROCEDURES




                             Minus invoices and

                                   Vouchers




        In invoicing income and in writing disbursement vouchers, all

      corrections are done on additional invoices or vouchers.




        This makes it unnecessary to search wildly for the machine copies

      to correct them. The original invoices or vouchers are often

      already distributed when a need of correction arises.




                                   Invoices




        Instead of correcting the original write a MINUS INVOICE giving

      what transaction was being corrected as fully as possible.




        In case of a REFUND from cash just received or a CORRECTION of

      amounts just received or in case of a BAD CHEQUE informed from the

      bank, write a MINUS INVOICE and clearly mark it so and for how much

      and to whom and why.




        In adding the week's income these show up easily.




        When separating out invoices into classes of Income for an audit

      these MINUS INVOICES show up clearly and are subtracted from the

      type of income.




                               Mark the invoice

                                    MINUS




      in big capital letters so nobody can miss it.




                                Disbursement

                                   Vouchers




        Minus disbursement vouchers are made every time a cheque is

      VOIDED or when a payment comes back unaccepted or when for any

      reason something already Disbursed is found not to be disbursed

      after all and must be added back.




        Mark the voucher




        MINUS




        in Capital letters so nobody can miss it and give FULL DETAILS.




        When sorting out classes of disbursement for an audit these Minus

      vouchers are dealt into the class of expenditure but when it is

      totalled, they are subtracted.




                             Cheque Book Assembly




        Always tape your cheques coming back from the bank into the

      original cheque book, onto their counterfoils.




                                       23




        Never let these cheques drift loose.




        When a cheque book is refilled with cancelled cheques mark on its

      cover:




        19.... Date to Date




                  Corp name and place




                                Packet invoices




        Be sure to packet the week's machine copies of the invoices

      unseparated in an envelope clearly marked for what week and year

      and what org.




        Put the addition tape of the invoices with it.




        Put a copy of the bank deposit slip with it.




        Put another complete set of invoice copies in with it so they can

      be dealt into boxes for classes of income received.




        That is a complete weekly packet.




        File carefully.




        From this a quarterly audit or a yearly audit can easily be done.




                             Packet Disbursement

                                   Vouchers




        Packet the monthly machine copies of disbursement vouchers

      unseparated and a set of loose copies in an envelope.




        Mark the envelope with the year, the month and the corporation

      and place.




        File carefully




        Tallied with the taped cheque book and bank statements, this

      gives the material for quarterly and annual audits.




        It is not hard to do if done on schedule and not all at the end

      of a year - heaven forbid!




                                    Summary




        If you ever had to audit original records it would make you very

      careful to label everything with full details at the time you know

      them.




        And if you ever try to audit a careless accounts personnel's

      work, with bits missing, hell hath no fury.




        Keep your records safe, complete and accurate or somebody will

      inevitably get into trouble which could easily have been avoided.




        It's very important.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       24




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1966




      Remimeo

      Applies to

      Exec Secs,

      Secs Treasury

      Div and OIC




                                 GRAPH CHANGE




                                  AD COUNCIL

                                   STATISTIC




        OIC will graph bills owing as a total accumulation of statements

      and purchases. This makes a true picture of what is currently owed.




        Cash in Hand will be from reconciled bank statements.




                             AD COUNCIL STATISTIC




        A new graph will be added to the Ad Council's statistics that

      shows total debt of the org including all HP, mortgages, any bonds,

      notes or other indebtedness whether due or not, plus the bills

      owing.




        This graph will have a second line showing a current estimation

      of the org's assets and property.




        [See also HCO P/L 1 July 1972 "Cash/Bills and Org Reserves", for

      expanded definitions of "Cash/Bills" and data on Org Reserves.]




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:lb-r.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 OCTOBER 1969




      Remimeo

      HCO ES Hat

      OES Hat

      E/O Hat




                                FINANCE COURSE




                                 VITAL ACTION




        As of 1 Dec 1969 it shall thereafter be a Comm Ev offense for an

      OES or a Treasury Sec or a Deputy Guardian for Finance or any Div 3

      member to be on post or take post without having done the Finance

      Course Pack starrate.




        The financial survival of orgs and for all of Scientology has

      been threatened too many times for staff to be on Finance lines

      without having had this short course.




        It costs orgs a fortune to have this one factor out.




        SO Missionaires are alert to this.




      LRH:rs.ei.kd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                       25







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MAY 1970

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo

                 (Reissue of HASI Policy Letter of 1 May 1958

                             Financial Management)




                             FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT




        Purpose: Makes certain the org makes money and continues in good

      credit.




        Hat Worn By: The Assoc Sec and by his deputization, the Dir

      Admin. Policy comes from Assoc Sec. Execution comes from Dir Admin.




        Financial Management guarantees solvency. It does not concern

      itself with accuracy of bills, payments or collection. This is the

      job of the Treasurer and by deputization, the Disbursement Clerk.

      For example: The order to pay "it" comes from Assoc Sec. The

      correctness of "it" is the task of the Treasurer and Accounting.

      Accounting receives the order from Assoc Sec to pay, passes the

      bill to Treasurer for correctness, and then Accounting pays. Assoc

      Sec passes an order to collect "it" to Accounting. Accounting

      checks with Treas as to correctness and then collects it. The cost

      of an item must be less than selling price. All pertinent items to

      cost no matter how remote are part of the cost. Using this rule,

      financial management prices items. He adds to cost all profit that

      can be made and still make the item sell. He publishes, then, an

      item's "price". That the price of an item is collected is the

      business of the Treasurer who issues proper orders concerning it.




        Financial Management must now establish cost and price of all

      items sold. And must adjust, for organization credit, what bills

      must be paid in concert with how much money there is to pay them.




      LRH:sb.aap

      Copyright (c) 1958, 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                           SOLVE IT WITH SCIENTOLOGY

              [Excerpt from HCO Policy Letter of 24 February 1964

                            Urgent - Org Programming]




        If the Org slumps: Don't engage in "fund raising" or "selling

      postcards" or borrowing money.




        Just make more income with Scientology.




        It's a sign of very poor management to seek extraordinary

      solutions for finance outside Scientology. It has always failed.




        For Orgs as for pcs "Solve it With Scientology".




        Every time I myself have sought to solve finance or personnel in

      other ways than Scientology I have lost out. So I can tell you from

      experience that Org solvency lies in More Scientology, not patented

      combs or fund raising Barbecues.




      LRH:dr.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [A complete copy of this Policy Letter appears in

      Volume 4, page 367.]




                                       26




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1959




                                    Sec ED




                                     one.




                                 A COMMENT ON

                                    FINANCE




        The history of finance in Dianetics and Scientology Organizations

      is an interesting




        But a recent repetition of early financial history in Washington

      and London must bear comment.




        In 1950 and 1951 I did not have financial control of Dianetics

      and Scientology organizations. I was, administratively, a

      figurehead.




        In less than one year from start the early HDRFs were crowded

      into financial difficulties and went broke. In early 1952 I started

      the first organizations I controlled, the "Office of L. Ron

      Hubbard" and the HAS. Impeded badly by the HDRF credit history, I

      nevertheless was able to build the HAS and its successor the HASI

      into a 6 1/2 million dollar organization, fully solvent.




        Now in the past few months I gave check signing and financial

      concerns over to others in Washington for the FCDC and for the past

      two years to London for the HASI London.




        In these few months FCDC went $19,000 into the red from a total

      pay up as of January 1, 1959 when I gave over. To go $19,000 into

      the red and to show every sign of going deeper (while business

      volume remained fairly usual) took some hard work on somebody's

      part.




        In HASI London the organization in two years of non-control went

      ?18,000 into the red!




        I am now busy making FCDC solvent and am sending Nibs over to see

      to it.




        I have already cut the HASI London bills payable from ?18,000 to

      ?7,000 in the past 90 days. And this without even having an

      accounts department to help. I've also made HASI London pay me back

      ?2,000 of the money it has owed me personally for SIX years.




        In other words, we don't have many people who can handle finance

      smartly. That this sag was not accompanied by other slackening or

      increasing activities, is quite a comment.




        Beside myself, only Jack Parkhouse and Julia Lewis Salmen amongst

      all of us have a proven record of good financing.




        It might interest you how I do this trick: I disseminate like mad

      to lots of people and get in lots of money. I don't run up bills if

      I don't have money. I spend money freely only when it has been made

      and is in the bank. I don't worry about wasting money if I have

      made the money first. I never "plan for emergencies". I just make

      lots of money for the organization. To any financial problem I

      answer by making money. To any crucial organizational problem, I

      answer by disseminating like mad, improving service and getting in

      lots of money.




        I answer money problems with lots of money, not with worry or

      sadness or impractical hope. I never count on any one source. I

      always plan to get the total sum of all the money I need from each

      one of 3 or 4 ways or sources.




                                       27







        But most important, I don't run up bills if I don't have the cash

      in sight to pay




        I am not parasitic on the organization. I always make many times

      the amount I may spend on hybrid horned toads with pink ribbons for

      the front hall.




        I do now and then throw money away when it's been made and isn't

      needed.




        Now I've taught you many things. Let me also teach you to make

      tons of money for the organization. It's the one thing staffs do

      poorly-the making and spending of money. They can evidently spend

      it, they don't well make it. So let me teach you this: Disseminate

      like mad and make tons of money. Please? |




        By the way, both DC and London went completely sour in only two

      functions - the buying of printing and the failure to send their

      magazine once a month to everybody in CF. In other words, HCO

      printing hat and the Department of Materiel hats were to blame for

      the sag.




        No ruin faces us. I'm still here, still working hard, still

      communicating.




        But by golly you better learn to do this one for yourselves:

      disseminate like mad and make money: don't incur a single bill

      until you have the cash to pay it already in the bank.




        I've put DC and London on tight budgets for current expenses and

      have other ways to float their barks. If need be I'll pay the bills

      out of my own pocket, which would be unjust, since I didn't incur

      in any way the more serious debts and repayments to me in both

      cases summed only a fraction of their total.




        So get smart about money. It's only money. It's made and if you

      make it, you can have some. If you don't you can't: it won't be

      there to be had.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      LRH:gh.oden




                                       28







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1959

      CenOCon

                             FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT




        The financial management hat of Scientology Organizations has

      assumed a great importance now.




        Financial management is ordinarily done by the Assoc Sec. the Org

      Sec or the Treasurer and possibly, in some cases, the Director of

      Accounts, but is always under the direct responsibility of the

      Assoc Sec no matter who wears the hat.




        It is the purpose of the hat to ensure solvency of the

      organization and its divisions.




        This hat would be worn both in the service organization and HCO

      and/or in some cases for both the service organization and the HCO.




        The basic principle of financial management is a simple one.

      income must be greater than outgo.




        Amongst the principles of financial management are these: One

      cannot spend money unless he has it. Never contract bills or debts

      unless the money is immediately in sight to pay for them. Calculate

      all predictions necessary to security. Disseminate like mad and

      make money rapidly.




        Every organization should be on a contract and purchase budget. A

      certain amount of money is laid aside every week to pay salaries

      and current operating expenses and no debts are incurred until the

      money is there to pay for them or can be predicted to be there to

      pay for them. Any money left over is used to pay past bills and

      handle special projects.




        The calculation of the budget is very simple. It is done as

      follows:




        1. Take a dozen of the lowest weeks in the past year (ignore the

      high weeks), add up these 12 weekly incomes and then divide by 12.

      This gives you an average low week of income. This is then

      obviously a fairly safe figure on which to base a budget.




        2. From this average low income week deduct 10% to HCO. From this

      90% subtract 45% of it, not of the gross. From this 45% deduct 8%

      of the 90% figure. This gives you the amount of money now available

      for operating expenses of the organization, rents, utilities,

      supplies, equipment and other expenditures including advertising.




        Example:




      Average low week

      Less HCO 10%




      90% balance 45% (Exp

      and Bldg F.)




           180

      _.08 Spec. Fund

      14.40




        We can see from this that our total available budget must now

      cover rents, purchases, time payments, hire-purchase, utilities,

      supplies, equipment, paper, printing, the whole works.




        Total available for budget: ?66.12 per week. In calculating the

      10% for HCO and




      Exp and Bldg F.




           Special Fund..




      .?200

           .20

           ... 180

           .45




        . 900

      720




      .. 81.00 ..

      14.4




                                    ?66 .6




                                       29







      the 8% for the Special Fund, one takes these, of course, from the

      actual gross. The figures above show the portion which comes from

      the budget figure in order to establish the budget. After the

      budget is once calculated it is adhered to. The ?66 above is the

      actual figure. It is not recalculated. It is spent for all

      expenses. HCO 10%, Salary Sum, 8% for special Fund ail come out of

      the actual weekly income entire and are transferred at once to

      proper accounts.




        The way HASI London got into trouble was to have an authorized

      buying and contracting at every hand without regard to income and

      the way it tried to stay out of trouble, rather laughably but

      serious enough in the long run, was to only pay as many bills as

      they had money in the expense sum. This, of course, was an idiotic

      procedure. The control point must be on purchasing and contracting

      not on paying bills. As a result of this policy when I returned to

      financial management overall at a board level and put a financial

      management hat into the organization we had ?18,000 of unpaid

      bills, which were so secret that no record was even kept of them by

      the Accounts department. They were evidently waste-basketed. One of

      the methods used to 'follow the comm lines' was after a purchase

      was made, the goods delivered, a purchase order would be hastily

      made out so as to "make the records complete". Accounts not being

      able to pay the bill would then file it carefully in some

      mouse-hole and not advise anybody about it.




        The point of entrance of financial management then is the

      regulation of purchase and contract and the severe calculation of

      and precise ordering of all supplies and the careful calculation of

      future rents.




        Here we are not fooling. We must run within our income or we

      won't have any organization at all.




        What happens to the money which is left after we have spent our

      budget? We can do several things with it, but the best thing is to

      take this money periodically and bring the organization up to snuff

      with equipment and supplies to the degree that we have actual cash

      with which to pay for them, and not to buy one more paper-clip than

      we can buy with cash. Furthermore this money can be utilized for

      wide advertising programs and other things which we so desperately

      need. But unless we budget ourselves within an income and only

      spend money that we have and not contract for expenditures of money

      that we do not have and cannot expect to have we won't survive very

      long.




        Therefore, the fundamental of financial management is

      guaranteeing the survival of the organization within the economic

      framework of the society.




        However, financial management must also be real. If it has a

      ?66.0.0 a week budget for the expenditure of the organization on

      current bills, rents, etc. it must spend it and not try to chip

      down on its actual budget. It counts on high weeks to simply

      provide extra funds which will be needed probably semi-annually to

      buy the things the organization has been out of for a long time or

      to engage in special projects desperately needed for dissemination.




        Running 8-c on money is very difficult to do, I am told. I

      personally have never found it so but many people have.




        If the organization is only permitted to spend a certain amount

      of money it has a prediction and there is no question about it.

      Salary sum varies. All other sums for transfers, of course, come

      out of the main account but the budget sum must cover all the

      expenses, rents, equipment and other things of the organization.




        It is up to a financial manager to be very, very, very tough and

      to learn how to say no, no, no, no. In fact, it would be a very

      good thing if he stood in front of a mirror for ten or fifteen

      minutes a day saying "no". This would be an excellent drill.




        It is very important to this hat to be handled at once and it

      would be enforced ruthlessly, otherwise we are going to continue to

      run into financial jams and never have enough money to do any broad

      advertising in the London "Times" and "Saturday Evening Post" or

      anything else. Besides which, we won't even be there to do it.




        The budget of Washington and London have already been set by Sec

      ED and is not to be changed. Other organizations should set up

      their own budget as above.




      LRH:mp.rd

      4th Jun 59




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       30







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1959




      CenO HCO Sec for seeing

      it gets back to HCO WW

                              ACCOUNTS INSPECTION




        All Assn Secs and Org Secs should inspect their Accts Dept and

      answer the




        Dir of Accounts - Do you have one?




        Are you confident of his or her responsibility with money?_

      records?




        Do you have the following:




        1. Current Bills book where all bills due and all sums paid on

      them are recorded? is it up to date?




        2. Statements Book where all accounts receivable are entered?




        3. Business Files where all business papers, statements, and

      bills are entered?




        4. Mimeographed sheets which assist breakdown into prop income? _






        Are you doing the following?




        (a) Sending out statements to all debtors monthly? accurate?




        (b) Suing all delinquents?




        (c) Reassuring all past due creditors by letter avowing their

      account routinely?




        Do you receive:




        I (a) A report on Monday showing income of past week?_




        I (b) A report on Tuesday so you can OK payroll person by person

      in org?_




        I (c) A weekly summary of bills to be paid?




        I (d) A weekly summary of notes to be collected?




        NOTE: You realize of course that all monies received by an

      organization must be invoiced and banked without being touched and

      that all disbursements must be by cheque. Is this being done?




        The most trouble the old HASI had was financial. Nearly all of it

      stemmed from carelessness in the Accounts section (extravagant

      purchase, bad collections, poor records). Insolvency was not the

      fault of PRr but of accounts.




        As we enter into a new status let us be sure we leave the old

      turmoil behind us.




        Please make your inspection and report. Then report again when

      you have remedied any omissions or negative answers.




      LRH:brb.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       31







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JANUARY 1965

      International

      Board Members

      Sthil Executives




                             FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

                             BUILDING FUND ACCOUNT




        Effective June 1, 1965, no rents, cleaning bills or any other

      actual expense

      sum bills may

      be expended from the Building Fund Account.




        Such sums must be paid from the Expense Sum.




        The weekly proportion of income owing to the Building Fund

      Account must be paid

      into

      it weekly and may not be withheld.




        SIGNATORIES




        Account.




        The Chairman Secretary and Treasurer are the signatories for the

      Building Fund




        Only international Board Members may sign on the Building Fund

      Account. There

      may

      be no local or national signatories.




                       PRIMARY PURPOSE OF BUILDING FUND




        The purpose of this account is to provide a cushion by which an

      organization which is becoming insolvent may be salvaged.




        The following steps should be taken by the International Board in

      event of the threatened insolvency of a local org:




        (a) Remove its Organization or Association Secretary by transfer

      to lower post or, in flagrant cases, dismissal; and




        (b) Use the Building Fund Account to prevent the organization's

      collapse until a new Association/Organization Secretary can be

      found and the newly appointed Organization/Association Secretary

      can get things going; or




        (c) Pay the expense involved in sending a Board representative to

      the area to investigate its activities but only when these show no

      signs of being mended locally.




                               SECONDARY PURPOSE




        The secondary purpose of the Building Fund is to purchase

      property, but when this is done, the purchase must be for cash or,

      if any mortgage is involved, all further payments than the initial

      payment must be made from the Expense Sum.




                                 THIRD PURPOSE




        Building Fund monies, being under the control of only the

      International Board, may also be used for other Board purposes

      without local consultation. These include research projects or

      experimental dissemination projects in the local area, or research

      on an international basis.




                                FOURTH PURPOSE




        The repayment of loans made by the International Board to an area

      may be repaid to the International Board from the Building Fund,

      but only on arrangements originated by the International Board.




                                       32




                                 FIFTH PURPOSE




        Finance of International Board projects may be obtained by the

      international Board by simple withdrawal of funds from the local

      Building Fund Accounts without permission or consultation with area

      or national officers or their accounts units; these, however, must

      be informed of the withdrawals.




                             CURRENCY REGULATIONS




        Where the 10% of the gross income may not be paid to the

      International Area weekly by reason of local currency regulations,

      an additional bank account must be set up locally to receive them

      and the 10% must be paid weekly into that account.




        This account is to be called the HASI INTERNATIONAL

      ADMINISTRATIVE ACCOUNT.




        Only International Board Members may be signatories on the HASI

      INTERNATIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE ACCOUNT.




        Funds so deposited may be handled in any way the International

      Board chooses and are in no way the property of the local area

      organization.




        THIS POLICY ALSO APPLIES TO FRANCHISE HOLDERS. Any "inability to

      transfer funds to the International Organization by reason of

      Currency Restrictions" are handled in the above fashion always.




                               DEMANDS FOR FUNDS




        As in my experience an organization always spends all it makes,

      financial management on an International level consists not of

      carefully balancing income above outgo in an effort to save a

      surplus in am organization, but of (a) preventing an org from

      spending more than it makes and (b) setting aside enough money from

      its income to care for salvage operations and salvage expenses.




        Part (a) is done by good financial supervision.




        Part (b) is done on an International Level without any regard

      whatever for the protests and "financial necessities" of the org in

      question. An organization, whether Standard Oil or any other will

      always spend all it makes and try to spend more. The task is on the

      one hand to keep it from spending more than it makes and on the

      other to make some of its expenditures recoverable in cash.




        Never, on an International basis, be so fatuous as to believe an

      organization will continue to have the difference between its

      income and its outgo. It will never have that. It will spend it in

      some way.




        An avalanche of reasons it must not save money, or (same thing)

      why it must spend it, is routine and is to be expected. "The

      government will tax it", "We can't get auditing rooms" and a

      thousand other reasons may be advanced as to why the org must spend

      all its money.




        Truth told, I could run any org we have on only 25 percent of the

      income I would promote for it and pay high wages. I have done so

      repeatedly. But I do it by making the org apparently spend all it

      makes while actually spending the surplus in a recoverable fashion.

      This is the only way I have ever achieved a surplus for an org in

      actual practice.




        Accountants deal in figures. I deal in people. Some championship

      chess players liken life to chess and yet can't make a go of it in

      life. In life the pieces think. They have impulses. So chess rules,

      like accountants' rules, don't apply.




        Collective-think is always closer to bank-think than individual

      reasoning. That's because the bank is the one constant people have

      in common. And it's crazy. So almost any individual alive can plan

      better than a group will execute and certainly better than a group

      cam plan.




        Scientology groups are far superior to human groups. But the rule

      still applies that collective-think is always less sane than the

      thinking of an individual.




                                       33




        In finance, which is pretty weird to begin with, collective-think

      is always less wise than individual reason. So a group is quite

      certain to behave contrary to good sense in financial matters. This

      factor, far more than accounts balance sheets, must be given

      attention. A group, poorly supervised as in a government, will

      usually try to spend more than it makes. Heavy supervision and

      economy can prevent this. Only the physical removal of money can

      achieve a surplus.




                               INCOME POTENTIAL




        The income potential of any usual group is established by the

      demand for income, not by any other important factor.




        In financial supervision on an International basis, this is the

      only factor one works with. While it is reasonable to suppose that

      income will occur for other reasons and can be achieved in other

      ways, the actual fact is that only demand by the group produces any

      income at all.




        You can, for use in financial supervision, make the requirement

      almost anything you like and so long as a group believes it is

      spending all it makes and needs more, you will have adequate

      income.




        For practical purposes, no other rules apply.




        Scientology orgs have always spent all I would make for them.

      They have adjusted their "need" to how much could be made. In

      supervision of their finance it is only necessary to reverse this

      and they adjust their income to their "needs".




        When a surplus is made part of the "need" by disguised outgo, a

      surplus occurs. Only then will it occur. It will not happen

      otherwise.




        You can waste 15% of an organization's income to obtain a 5%

      surplus and it will be a wise action. If you seek a surplus by

      trying to save the 15% instead in a visible way, you will not only

      lose the 15% but the 5% also.




        You can only attain a financial cushion in an org by removing it

      out of reach so that it appears to be spent, then producing it when

      the org overspends or gets in trouble.




        Orgs, like children, are fantastically improvident. And a group,

      to work, must believe it is spending all it makes.




        Money, to begin with, is only an abstract idea. Therefore it is

      the victim of all manner of thoughts and opinions.




        All we want out of an org is for it to stay there and continue.

      To do that we have to have financial ideas that work. Incredible as

      it may seem, the above are the only practical financial ideas which

      have worked and which have produced surpluses and guaranteed org

      continuation.




        Add to these good promotion and excellent technical and you have

      the reasons we are becoming strong all over the world.




        Financial management is not accountancy. It's people. As head of

      an org, if you can think your way around collective-think you can

      become solvent and even have a surplus. Maybe it shouldn't be that

      way but it is.




                                 LOCAL FINANCE




        When local finance is poor, don't ever look at anything or any

      one but the Association or Organization Secretary. This being can

      either think his way around collective-think or he can't. If he

      can, he's got a solvent org. If he can't, he'll go broke.




        An org that runs only on collective-think will go broke.




        The only symptoms of approaching insolvency in an org one needs

      to look for are (a) demands by it for money belonging to the

      International Org or myself or (b) consistent low income.




                                       34




        In either case, the remedy is to get somebody in charge who

      doesn't demand monies belonging to the International Org or myself

      and who gets a higher income coming in for the org. An Assn/Org Sec

      who can't do this is the effect of the collective-think in his org

      and is not the org leader or the dominant planner of the org.




        At Continental or International level one must never seek for the

      "reason" why International or LRH monies must be used by the org or

      why income is consistently low. You can get reasoned to death. If

      these two facts exist, then there's so much else wrong, one would

      go mad tabulating it.




        The steps to take are:




        Remove the Assn/Org Sec.




        2. Put somebody in who can handle collective-think.




        3. Use any local surplus to carry the org during the upsets of

      transition.




        Experience has taught me that distant efforts to right local

      extreme wrongs are usually disastrous. You can right small wrongs,

      show the way and so on. That's only normal leadership. But when an

      org begins to skid financially or get upset over "its" money being

      used Internationally, you don't fool about. You just act.




        The longer you put off acting, the more local people get hurt.

      Because behind those facts of poor finance are some very ugly other

      abuses always.




        I don't want any orgs in a games condition with the International

      Org. For this is only a symptom of the imminent collapse of the

      local org anyway. It goes into a games condition only after its

      overts stretch from A to Zed.




        You don't see the overts from a distance. You do see financial

      conditions and demands.




        It would be impossible today for a cleanly run, on-policy,

      up-tech org not to own its area totally in 10 years.




        Financial insolvency? What nonsense!




        So financial policy is based on good individual ability heading

      up each org and is not based on either accounting or

      collective-think. Neither one will build any future for Mankind.




        The reasons behind the Building Fund Account have been set forth

      above in full.




        Good local leadership always results in good local financial

      credit and strength. Weak local leadership has always resulted in

      financial insolvency and trouble. Broad general supervision of orgs

      uses financial protests and upsets and trouble to detect weak

      leadership.




        Without adequate and sensible leaders, orgs would slump into

      collective-think in their planning, spend more than was made and

      cease to exist.




        We want orgs to be successful, to stay there and continue. That

      requires sensible financial provisions and management.




                                  STABLE DATA




        1. An org will try to spend more than it makes.




        2. Economy is aimed at preventing it from spending more than it

      makes.




        3. A surplus is achieved only by making it part of what an org

      spends.




         4. An org's expenditures are not regulated by what the org needs

      in order to do business but by what an org thinks it has available

      for expenditure.




        5. Financial management can not achieve a financial surplus by

      economy alone.




                                       35




        6. A surplus to be achieved must be made part of what an org

      thinks it spends. Income is regulated by what an org thinks it has

      to have to operate.




        8. Income is never regulated in a usual org by desires for a

      surplus.




        9. To achieve a surplus it must be masked as a "necessary

      expenditure".




        10. Economy, to achieve a surplus, does not include saving on

      expenses. It includes only adding an "expense" that becomes a

      surplus.




        11. To achieve a surplus one must add an expense that can then

      thereafter convert to a surplus. One can waste up to 50% of an

      org's income to achieve a 10% surplus. In some cases this is the

      only way a surplus can be achieved. Why? See 1 and 2 above.




        12. An individual is always more sensible than a group.




        13. When am org is losing ground financially it is being "run?'

      by someone who is only the effect of the group, and cannot act as

      an individual in planning or control the group.




        14. The only possible Board action when an org is not making its

      way financially is to remove the Association or Organization

      Secretary. The incumbent is only the effect of the group and is not

      planning or controlling.




        15. The earlier one detects a bad Assn/Org Sec and replaces him,

      the better it is for the people in that area.




        16. The ways to detect a bad Assn/Org Sec are:




        (a) Their games condition by any part of the org with the board;




        (b) Their desires to be financed by the board or use the board's

      or my income to run on;




        (c) Generally low income;




        (d) Protests against the board using "their money".




        Under these or any of them will be found an org out of control

      and messing people up. Therefore the quicker the board acts to

      replace the Assn/Org Sec. the easier the situation will be to

      handle and the faster the org will recover.




        17. Board efforts to "straighten up am area" without replacing

      the local head have never been successful in 14 years. If let go

      too long under incompetent management an org's recovery requires

      heroic efforts and vast financial expenditure by the International

      Org.




        18. Bad local publicity and trouble always follows after #16 to

      the degree that the Board d d not act.




        19. Financial management as contained in this policy letter,

      closely followed, will prevent almost all trouble and org upsets,

      not just in finance but in all other areas.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       36









                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JANUARY 1965




      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Saint Hill Executives

      Board Members

                             FINANCE - ORG ACCOUNTS




                             BUILDING FUND ACCOUNT




        Effective June 1, 1965, no rents, cleaning bills or any other

      actual expense sum bill may be expended from the Building Fund

      Account.




        Such sums must henceforth be paid from the Expense Sum.




        The weekly proportion of income owing to the Building Fund

      Account must be paid into that account weekly and may not be

      withheld from it for any reason.




                                  SIGNATORIES




        International Board Members only may be signatories on any

      Building Fund Account - to wit: the Chairman, the Secretary and the

      Treasurer at international Headquarters. No other signatures may be

      designated for this account.




        One signature only as above suffices to withdraw monies.




                                 TAX POSITION




        The Building Fund monies, once deposited, cease to be the

      property or concern of the local organizations and are not part of

      their assets.




        Any tax on Building Fund sums are to be paid from the Building

      Fund but only by the international Board.




        These sums are to be regarded as part of the cost of

      international Management. The regular paid 10% of gross income is

      not affected by this arrangement and continues to be paid.




      USE OF BUILDING FUND




      follows:






        Entirely at the discretion of the International Board, the sums

      may be used as




        1. When an organization's income is low or the organization is in

      danger of insolvency, the International Board may bridge the

      financial gap between the inevitable removal of the old Association

      or Organization Secretary and the appointment of his or her

      replacement.




        2. When serious trouble develops which local officers seem unable

      to handle, the International Board may use the Building Fund monies

      of that or a nearby org to send a representative to handle the

      situation.




        3. Wholly at the discretion of the International Board, Building

      Fund monies may be expended by the International Board to purchase

      property. If such property is bought for cash the whole of the

      purchase price, if available, may be paid from the Building Fund.

      But in case of a down payment and mortgage, the mortgage of a

      building used by a Central Organization or City Office, must be

      paid off from the Expense Sum, as it replaces rent payments which

      would otherwise be made.




        4. Building Fund monies may be expended by the international

      Board or transferred without any consultation with the local

      organization. Such purposes include local dissemination or local

      experimental projects, local collection of data, International

      Research, and any other purpose.




        5. The repayment of loans made before January 1, 1965, by the

      International organization or its board members, may be done by the

      International Board from the Building Fund. Bills owing to the

      international Organization before January 1, 1965, may be collected

      from the Building Fund Account by international Board action.




                                       37







                                    SUMMARY




        Greatly increased local income makes it possible to return to the

      original plan and use of the Building Fund Account.




        It should be realized that this account was made available to the

      local organizations some years ago to bridge the research gap now

      traversed. The actual action here is simply restoring some of the

      status quo extant a few years ago, signalizing the end of an

      emergency assistance period.




        As early as 1957, orgs commonly had surpluses while paying 25% of

      their income into a separate account and this money was never

      touched for local activities. I permitted after this rents to be

      paid from the Building Fund and some other expenses to expedite org

      growth and to ease the research gap until processes stabilized.




        It should also be noted that the above arrangements permit an org

      to catch up on past debts for 10%s, books, tapes (but not Saint

      Hill student enrollment or expenses) owing to the International

      Org.




                             STARTING THE ACCOUNT




        Most such accounts are already started.




        For a new org to start one it is only necessary to obtain the

      usual papers and cards from a nearby bank and send them to Saint

      Hill.




        The Treasurer at Saint Hill completes them and returns them

      direct to the bank and also informs the org of the fact.




        A cheque book must be requested of and received from the bank by

      Saint Hill. All relevant papers and the cheque book are made part

      of the Treasurer's Files.




        Such accounts do not become the concern of either the

      International Org Sec or the Saint Hill Accounts Unit.




                                  ACCOUNTING




        Deposit slips noting deposits into the Building Fund Account of a

      local org are sent to the Board Treasurer at Saint Hill directly

      along with weekly reports.




        These slips are not invoiced by Saint Hill Accounts as the monies

      are not actually received at Saint Hill.




        They are invoiced by the Treasurer on a separate machine and the

      white is returned to the org by usual channels.




        All bank statements on such local accounts are directed to be

      sent only to the Treasurer.




        The Treasurer's Files contain, then, a file book for each org

      with its sections chronologically marked into which the basic

      papers, the bank statements, the copies of the invoices, the cheque

      book and all correspondence and activities relating to that account

      are carefully kept in order and up to date.




        At the org, a routine file for the white slips and deposit slip

      copies is kept. into this file the local accounts unit also places

      its disbursement voucher for each deposit into the Building Fund

      Account. Note that the local org makes out a disbursement. voucher

      for all deposits into the Building Fund Account, treating the money

      as expended. A copy of this voucher accompanies the deposit slip to

      Saint Hill.




        All correspondence with an org relating to the Building Fund

      Account goes only to the Treasurer and is not handled by the

      international Org Supervisor or Saint Hill Accounts.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       38







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JANUARY 1965




      Remimeo

      Int Bd Members

      Cont Dirs

      HCO Cont Secs

      Org/Assn Secs

      HCO Secs

      Accts Units




                           ACCOUNTS HATS FINANCE

                      HOW TO MAINTAIN CREDIT STANDING &

                                   SOLVENCY

               (Hat check on Org/Assn Secs and Accts Assistants)




        Credit does not entirely deal with money. It has everything to do

      with confidence and reliability.




        When the world saw a recently elected government act foolishly

      with customs dues, etc. it had no confidence in that government and

      the currency of that government went to pieces on the world market.




        Money is basically a matter of confidence. So is credit.




        An accounts unit that handles money poorly wrecks the org's

      credit rating. Insolvency is much less often the source of poor

      credit than just poor money handling.




        Almost all our orgs have good credit. But where they don't it is

      money handling, not the amount of money available, that wrecks

      credit.




        An Assn/Org Sec who handles bills in a certain way has good org

      credit. One who doesn't has bad credit.




        To try to assign credit to the amount of money available is

      completely false.




        You can have lots of money and horrible credit. You can have

      little money and excellent credit. So saying "our income has been

      poor so our credit is bad" is a lie.




        The business world judges Scientology not on its scientific

      validity but on its financial credit rating. If the org's credit is

      good, then "Scientology is okay". If your credit is bad,

      "Scientology is a racket", in business general opinion.




        Melbourne's financial credit went bad before its general repute

      earned it an Enquiry.




        Good credit is a primary dissemination line. It breeds

      confidence. You can't have bad credit and still be thought of as a

      valid science.




        So financial management must help general dissemination by

      maintaining good credit.




        A bad credit rating comes from negligence in Accounts, not from

      the lack of industry of the Registrar.




        To begin with, an org has no business spending more than it

      makes. To do so shows stupidity in management and accounts, lack of

      a purchase order system and a general beatnik state of

      organization.




        Make all the money you can. Spend less than that. That's the

      simple ABC of financial control.




        Make sure all the income is accounted for and banked.




        Make sure no unauthorized purchases can be made by executives or

      staff by requiring an authority to purchase or contract from the

      head of the org before any purchase can be made or contract signed.

      Sure that's slow. Who wants it fast? The slower it is, the less you

      spend.




        You want speed on the income line. The disbursement line is

      something else.




        So never listen to somebody saying "But it takes so long to get a

      purchase order that I just bought it ---". Yawn and say, "You

      bought it without authorization. You can pay for it personally."

      Never let your Purchase Order system break down. If you do you will

      soon be spending more than you make. Fact. No exceptions.




                                       39







        A company to most people is something to bleed. They never

      realize that a company can only spend what it makes and that what

      it has is made by individuals. So if you have somebody around who

      is always saying "the org will pay or should pay", point out that

      the org is its staff's collective pocket book and that that pocket

      book has a bottom.




                                   SOLVENCY




        You sometimes hear around an org a wave of "we're broke" when

      spending is restrained. This hurts credit. For it's not true.

      Economy is not a sign of being broke. It's a sign of increasing

      prosperity. Without curtailed and watched spending you never have

      prosperity.




        So don't tell everybody "We can't buy it because we're broke".

      That's a lazy, dull reason. A better one is, "We can't buy it

      because we don't need it", and is usually the truth. "We have a

      P.O. system because we want to prosper" is the real reason you have

      one.




        Make lots of money. Spend it frugally.






        So it gives a tax problem. So what? Your accountants should be

      capable of avoiding tax problems. Whether you do or don't have

      money you will always have a tax problem because governments are

      crazy. The way to solve tax problems is to have money, not to be

      broke.




        Taxes exist only to destroy businesses. Be impudent. Get rich and

      to hell with them. Governments are just a reactive bank we have to

      live with for a while. Learn to handle them. But not by refusing to

      make money or have it.




        But solvency depends on how you handle things, not on how much

      you have. Micawber, in "David Copperfield", said that if you had

      twenty-one shillings and spent a pound, you had happiness. But that

      if you had nineteen shillings and spent a pound, you had misery! A

      pound being twenty shillings, that's all there is to solvency.




        If you have to spend a million dollars, then you better make one

      million one hundred thousand first. And then make sure you don't

      spend one million two hundred thousand.




        The secret of solvency is:




        Make a lot of money. The way to do that in Scientology is covered

      in HCO Policy Letter of January 21, 1965 - "Promotion and

      Organization"




        2. Spend less than you make. That's covered by having a good P.O.

      system and alert financial management.




        3. Make it before you have to spend it.




        4. Gather bit by bit a cushion of cash to fall back on and don't

      ever fall back on it.




        5. Keep your credit excellent as a second cushion.




        6. Refuse to spend reserves. Make more money to meet the

      emergency instead. (It's usually quicker to make it than to dig it

      out of old hiding places. Never borrow to pay bills It's less

      trouble just to make the money )




        7. Realize that collective-thought regarding finance is just bank

      and that bank is dead against the creation of anything good and all

      for eating up everything that exists. Thus financial planning and

      control is an individual job, is often contrary to group demands

      and succeeds only when the individual handling it can rise superior

      to the group. A tame dog financial manager, trailing along behind

      the group, yessing everything, will always make the group

      insolvent. The person you put in charge of financial management

      should be able to say "No!" no matter how popular a silly "Yes"

      would be. The financial manager is not there to buy his own

      popularity with org funds.




        In the early years of Scientology, my whole answer to org

      solvency was just to make a lot more money than people could waste.

      It's a good answer, lacking all others. When I finally attained

      control of orgs, I was able also to curtail the waste while making

      lots of money and we've been pretty solvent ever since. The

      principles I used to achieve and continue this state of solvency

      are accurately and completely listed in 1 to 7 above.




        CREDIT




        When you realize FINANCIAL CREDIT is vital in dissemination, you

      become very interested in what it is. As I said above, this is

      confidence.




        Given some degree of solvency, you still do not have a good

      credit rating. That is achieved by HOW YOU PAY BILLS.




                                       40




        This is the one big point that is vital to know thoroughly in

      this policy letter.




        If an Association or Organization Secretary and the Accounts

      Assistant does not know exactly this data, the org will have bad

      credit and financial trouble, no matter how much they make.




        There is an exact way to pay bills.




        This is to pay the bills up to a certain date always. It is

      called "Paying by dateline".




        Never "pay a little bit on each bill" to save money or help cover

      a lean period. That will never help. On the contrary, it advertises

      your lean period and hurts your credit.




        Instead, always, lean or fat, pay all the bills behind a certain

      date and none closer to PT than that date.




        That's why we have the type of disbursement system we have. So

      you can do this trick. If your disbursement system and its files

      are not up to the mark and are sloppy, you will always have bad

      credit because they can't then do this trick of Dateline Paying.




        Look to the inefficient accounts unit and the lack of this

      bill-paying system if your local credit is poor. Don't go off into

      income-outgo. Just demand that our general accounts system be

      followed and that Disbursement Files are up to date.




        If you find an accounts personnel giving financial management the

      razz-ma-tazz about why it can't have good disbursement files and if

      this bills-paying schedule is always being violated, assume at once

      that that personnel is overtly wrecking the org's credit and get

      him or her away from that post and get somebody in who will follow

      our system accurately and help pay bills only by dateline.




        You can have six months worth of unpaid bills in some areas of

      the world and still have a good credit rating providing you do not

      have one bill that is ten months unpaid.




        Never "pay bills" any old way. A financial manager should always

      refuse to pay bills one at a time on different days, or when

      accounts submits a check.




        Tell Accounts "Give me every bill we owe prior to August (three

      months ago)." Add these up. Let's say the amount exceeds our cash.

      Cut it back one month. Order "Write cheques for every bill up to

      July 1." (That's four months back.) That we can cover fully with

      cash. We pay all bills up to July 1. We demand of Accounts "Are you

      very very very very sure that no bills dated prior to July 1 now

      exist?" If the answer is "None exist", okay. But if we find out

      next week that one existed for April 1 that wasn't included, we

      overhaul the unit as destructive of credit.




        Business men handle their books by bills owed month by month, not

      by total sums owed. When a Check comes in paying his July 1 bill,

      then it's plain you're paying your bills. If you send a small sum

      hopefully to "stave them off" they can't dismiss any one statement

      with it and so get panicky. It looks like you aren't paying your

      bills.




        After you've paid all bills older than 4 months, get busy and

      make money. In 30 days, request of accounts "all bills up to 15

      August". Let's say we find that we have cash to cover. We say "Pay

      all bills up to August 15". Now we're only 3 1/2 months behind.




        A month hence we pay "All bills up to Oct l." Now we're only 3

      months behind.




        If you get some eager beaver into finance who doesn't use or

      understand how to do this, you can suddenly look up and find that

      you thought you were doing all right but you're broke. The eager

      beaver paid randomly anything in the files he or she came across

      "in order to pay our bills". We aren't interested in bills as

      bills. We're interested in "all bills earlier than a given date".




        You can go pretty smash on an eager-beaver bills-paying spree

      with no regard to the age of each bill.




        Only pay by this system: PAY EVERYTHING UP TO A DATE ALWAYS and

      no further.




        And get a new Accounts Unit if Disbursement Files aren't

      accurately kept so financial management can do this.




                                  EXCEPTIONS




        Government tax bills, water bills, occasionally rent or 'phone

      are sometimes accompanied by threats of vast action unless the

      whole bill is paid instantly. Still try to




                                       41







      use the above system. But if you can't, pay it and retard other

      bills accordingly. And thereafter, don't pay that outfit's bill on

      any other terms than threatened trouble.




        If a tradesman, despite the use of the above system, demands

      further payment or threatens suit, caution him that if he carries

      on this way you'll deal elsewhere. And carry out the threat. Never

      continue to use a private business firm after they become obnoxious

      about bills. Trade elsewhere. And say why.




        If you're using the above dateline system and a tradesman gets

      upset, then he is gypping you or he has too little finance to

      handle your account, so stop trading with him. Always make that an

      iron-bound policy. Be very proud and haughty about bills. Never

      propitiate.




        So the points here that are important are:




        1. Pay by dateline only and pay all up to that dateline. Put the

      dateline far enough back so you can pay all up to that date.




        2. Have an Accounts Unit that can do this and change one that

      flunks it.




        And that handles the whole of credit rating.




        Simple?




                                  OUR SYSTEM




        The other day two high-geared chartered accountants were giving

      me a lot of stuff about how I needed a double entry system and that

      the existing system was wrong.




        They said, "We can tell you 21 days after the 30th of the month

      where you stood in that past month using our double entry system."




        I said, "The system we have to have must tell us four days after

      the past week exactly where I stand. We operate in the 20th

      Century, not the 19th."




        They said, "But your system is wrong."




        I said, "In a double entry system, you need each bit we have,

      don't you? Invoice all the money, bank it, reconcile the deposits

      with the slips and statements, file all the bills, verify them, pay

      them by cheque and voucher and keep all records."




        They looked at each other and were very quiet. "Yes, that's

      correct," they said.




        I said, "All right, that's our system. Now you can do anything

      you like with that system from there on, so long as you don't

      prevent us from knowing where we stand four days after the past

      week and don't bar out a non-accountant from discovering what's

      what in the Accounts Unit. Now go ahead and on our system erect any

      system you like. No government requires anyone to have books. They

      only require records. But books, if they help, should also be kept

      made up from our records." They agreed.




        So if you are getting propaganda about how our system is

      inadequate as a reason not to operate and have accounts, get

      somebody in who can make it work. For our system is the basis of

      every other system and if it's in order and done, you can have

      books. If it isn't in order, no books can be kept by any system.




        So we don't care what accountants do with our basic system so

      long as we still at least have that. On that, any type of books can

      be erected or any balance sheet made.




        If you have the basic data you can add it up.




        If your accounts unit can't add up whatever you need then our

      system is not kept up and no system would work in that unit. Where

      there is Accounts trouble there is:




        1. Non-comprehension of our basic system as the basic of any

      accounts system,




        2. Nothing being done.




        Get our system in so you know where you are with cash and bills.




        Manage by paying all bills up to a specific dateline only.




        Advance the dateline as you can cover all with your cash and make

      lots of money so you can advance it further toward PT. Practise

      economy so you can advance it even closer.




        Continue to do that and you'll always have a good credit rating.




        We have a lot of fine accounts units. They do a good job. They

      can handle this if they understand it. It's your job now to get it

      understood and done.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       42







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1965

      Remimeo

      Int Bd Members

      Cont Dirs

      HCO Cont Secs

      All Accts Executives




                             FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

                                (ACCOUNTS HATS)

                        (Ref: HCO Pol Ltr Jan 28, 1965)




                             PURCHASE ORDER FILING




        All Purchase Orders must be filed in the folders of companies

      from whom material is ordered regularly or in the Unpaid bills file

      immediately the purchase is made.




        There may be no additional "Purchase Order File" which retains

      original POs.




        When making up the monthly bills statement the Accounts Unit must

      examine folders for POs outstanding not covered by statements and

      report these on the monthly bills statement to the financial

      manager.




        Failure to so check lays us open to error in dateline paying of

      bills. An account from a company that is sloppy in sending

      statements can suddenly emerge from a period earlier than the

      dateline set and mess up our paying of other bills.




        For instance, you confidently pay all bills up to, say,

      September, only three months earlier than current. Two weeks later

      Accounts tells you that you owe another ?5,000 back from summer.

      You have to back up the dateline to handle them. There is nothing

      wrong with backing up the dateline. But there is everything wrong

      with having ?5,000 more bills than you bargained for. it's a nasty

      shock and oversets all financial planning and estimates of the

      state of the org.




        The way this can happen is that two or three companies have never

      submitted statements for work done and accounts didn't see the

      bills were missing. Then said companies submit bills and bang,

      there goes financial management.




        We care nothing for the interest the money would draw if we

      didn't pay until a statement was sent. We do owe the money and it

      is better to pay it. That they sent a statement five months late is

      no advantage to us. Actually it's a mess up.




        So keep all POs in the proper files so you can also check them

      for appearance and in lack of appearance on the statements we get.

      Don't be hopeful such firms will forget. They never do. They just

      jump up suddenly and scream for money right when you think you're

      going great. Their failure to send statements will get them into a

      financial mess which they then solve by frantic demands for money.




        Try not to deal with such firms as they have pretty lousy

      managers and will mess us up by slow delivery and all.




        But even so, look for big POs particularly that don't appear on

      statements yet before you feel secure that your monthly bills

      summary for financial management is "all there is up to September".

      Otherwise you put our credit at risk and wreck all efforts to

      estimate the condition the org is in.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       43







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 MARCH 1965

      Gen Non-



      Remimeo Assist

      Treasurers Accts

      units Sthil




                                 ACCOUNTS HATS

                            RESERVED PAYMENT ACCOUNT




        All organizations must start,. as an additional bank account, a

      Reserved Payment Account with signatories the same as other routine

      org accounts.




        The Reserved Payment Account, as its name indicates, is money set

      aside for a certain destination but not yet sent.




        PURPOSE OF THE RESERVED PAYMENT ACCOUNT: To prevent a false idea

      of the financial position of the org from occurring by providing a

      place where money awaiting disbursement can be placed before it is

      actually paid out, thus removing it from the general accounts and

      estimates of financial position of an org.




        QUESTIONED BILLS: Anytime a bill is in question, it is not paid

      to the creditor until fully settled. However, dateline paying

      becomes very disrupted by such sums and the actual financial

      position of the org becomes difficult to estimate while such sums

      remain in its regular accounts. When a past bill prior to the

      dateline is being challenged and corrected, the full amount is

      deposited in the Reserved Payment Account. To pacify the creditor

      who may get the idea you are just stalling, also always send him a

      copy of the Reserved Payment Account Transfer Voucher, writing:

      "Dear Blitz & Co: Your bill is being audited for verification or

      correction. Meanwhile its payment is being held in our Reserved

      Payment Account. If verified or corrected the amount owing to you

      will be paid to you from this account." The transfer voucher is

      clearly marked "Blitz & Co, Reserved Payment Account Transfer for

      March bill, being checked." Such vouchers accompany other cheques

      being presented to the signatories of accounts. When the actual sum

      is verified, that amount is then paid the creditor by a cheque from

      the Reserved Payment Account. For any money not paid, it is

      eventually returned to the regular accounts.




        At times when the books are being closed for the period just

      past, any excess money in the Reserved Payment Account is returned

      to the regular accounts as a transfer or left as a saving for

      future purchases as directed by financial management.




        TAXATION: All taxation monies which are owed governments but are

      not yet paid are deposited in the Reserved Payment Account and

      eventually paid to the government as owed. This means that where an

      org must pay withholding tax, PAYE and other such sums, TWO salary

      cheques are drawn each week, one for the staff, one for the

      government. The government cheque is deposited to the Reserved

      Payment Account. Once a month or as wise, the government is paid

      off to date with a Reserved Payment Account cheque or cheques

      amounting to the sum owed. In cases of org income tax payments, any

      sum estimated can be placed in the Reserved Payment Account as

      seems prudent, fitting the conditions of the area.




        OUTSTANDING PURCHASE ORDERS: Where, on preparing a Monthly Bills

      Summary for dateline paying, large POs for which statements are not

      yet received, incurred prior to the dateline must have their

      amounts deposited in the Reserved Payment Account or a liberal

      estimate of the amount. Such large POs must not remain undetected

      and must be part of the dateline payment system. If a large PO

      exists for August but the creditor has sent no statement and the

      dateline being paid to is September 1, then the amount of the large

      PO is deposited in the Reserved Payment




                                       44




      Account when the other bills are paid. There it remains until a

      statement is submitted by the creditor.




        SAVINGS: When the org desires to buy something big or expensive,

      it should not use time payments, hire purchase or mortgages. It

      should start putting money into its Reserved Payment Account and

      when the full sum is there, buy the item for cash, using the fact

      to obtain a good big discount. While the Building Fund on Building

      Purchases is also intended to help buy buildings outright, there is

      nothing wrong with also depositing available amounts of the

      Disbursement Sum in the Reserved Payment Account to help out.




        All monies transferred to the Reserved Payment Account are made

      the subject of a Disbursement Voucher which clearly states why and

      for what the payment is being reserved for. Of course, when any

      amount is paid from the Reserved Payment Account another voucher is

      written, referring to the first one regarding the original

      transfer. So it is necessary that when one makes a Disbursement

      Voucher for transfer into the Reserved Payment Account, a copy of

      that voucher is spindled or put into a handy single file. Otherwise

      one won't be able to recall why the Reserved Payment Account has

      money in it and so may let it be used for something else as an

      apparent overflow-much to everyone's eventual embarrassment when

      the X bill gets straightened out and wants money to pay it.




        The Reserved Payment Account is an easy system. People often

      handle their own personal money this way - $20 aside for a new

      jacket, 515 for this week's share of the rent when it falls due.

      Add to this $12.50 "for the money Bill says I borrowed and he has

      to find the note for" and put it all in the broken tea-pot on the

      top shelf and you've got the purpose and action of the account.




        You can object to it on the grounds that "it ties up capital on

      which we pay interest in another account" etc. but frankly such

      small interest bits are little to pay for the security of knowing

      you can meet your obligations. To juggle with already committed

      funds is financial Brinkmanship.




        You see, by just an orderly scheduling of payments (as per

      dateline paying) and being prudent in setting big amounts owing but

      not paid aside, an org can move up to present time.




        I know no other way of getting an org's finance (or a pc) to

      present time except by pulling off the things which hold him in the

      past.




        An org is far more aware, and far saner if it's in Present Time.

      Just like preclears. Hence dateline paying and the Reserved Payment

      Account.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       45







                          HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MARCH 1965

      Gen Non Remimeo

      Accts & Financial

      Management Hats

      HCO Sec Hats

      Assn/Org Sec Hat




                           EMERGENCIES AND ACCOUNTS

                                   PERSONNEL




        Any tendency of Accounts to use "we're poor" or "we're in an

      emergency" to turn down POs or explain to tradesmen why bills are

      not paid reverses the emergency formula (1) Promote (2) Change (3)

      Economize and (4) Deliver. Crying poverty is a violation of the

      formula, to say nothing of being a sour postulate. All you have to

      do to really fail in an emergency is to use the wrong sequence in

      the formula. If you use economy in the name of "promotion", the

      whole org is threatened and may collapse.




        When the org is doing all right and accounts personnel falsely

      uses an emergency formula to turn down POs the org can be thrown

      into an urgency condition, since poverty, wrongly announced, brings

      poverty and frantic promotion becomes necessary to save credit. In

      the Emergency Formula the first action is Promote. This applies to

      the money section of the org as well. While they don't have to

      write letters to new applicants they do have to promote the org's

      credit standing both to staff and tradesmen.




        Accounts and finance promotion in a time of emergency is to

      bolster confidence in the org's credit by putting a good face on

      things and encourage the staff to make more money.




        For example, a politician recently destroyed his country's credit

      abroad by howling "economic money crisis" instead of promoting

      England. Saying to somebody, "You cannot have this Purchase Order

      because we're broke" is sometimes a social falsehood, told to

      escape having to tell the applicant that the Purchase Order is

      silly. One doesn't downgrade the org's credit to make an

      extravagant staff member stop blowing our money. One says, "Maybe

      if your department made more money, you could have this. Until your

      department does, you can't." It's really a matter of they are

      broke, not the org. If the department is doing well and still

      submits a wasteful Purchase Order, just say so. Say, "We aren't

      making money to be silly with it. We need what we make to expand,

      not to buy " whatever the PO calls for. The criterion of all POs

      is, "Is this PO for something that will increase our ability to

      expand or is it just somebody's got-to-have?" That's the judgement

      in signing a Purchase Order as OK. Some items actually retard

      expansion, consuming more time to us than they save.




        In the case of a tradesman demanding for a bill only slightly

      overdue you will usually find they have done poor work or slow work

      if you're at all solvent and paying your bills. Don't say, "We're

      too poor and we can only send you a little but we will try." If you

      do and anybody hears of it in the org, it may become the subject of

      discipline if not Committee of Evidence. Say properly, "I don't see

      that your bill is much overdue. It takes a bit of time to pay a

      bill you know. I will check over your account and see if it is all

      right. And by the way, people who dun us either have insufficient

      finance to handle our business or something is wrong with their

      bill. I am setting your bill aside for audit and if you call again

      about it, we will sever the account."




        Be tough. They're probably a gyp outfit anyway. I've never found

      otherwise.




        For a bill in actual question say, "The amount of your bill is

      deposited to our Reserve Payment Account and will be freed when we

      have finished an audit on your statement." And tell them how they

      can help.




                                       46




        If the org has foolishly let itself get deep in debt and there is

      little money, the surest way to make tradesmen demand full payment

      is to tell them how "poor" you are. They will instantly rush to

      serve you with suits. Just say, to tradesmen who dun, "Oh really?

      We'll send you a cheque." Never say how much. And stay steady with

      dateline paying and you'll make it. Your casual air is itself

      promotion. If a personnel has money trouble of his own he thinks

      everybody else must have. That is not true. Very few people have

      real money problems. So don't sell money problems. That's not

      promotion, that's sabotage. Sell good sense and sound finance and

      good credit.




        Downgrading Scientology credit rating by careless or false

      statements concerning its financial condition is very, very,

      serious. And should be regarded as such.




        We control an awful lot of money in Scientology. We are as rich

      as we promote and deliver and handle our money sensibly. To say

      "Scientology is broke" is very, very much a suppressive act.

      Bolster credit in emergencies, that's the promotion action for

      Accounts.




        I never write a letter that concerns money without promoting our

      credit standing. Never. I always promote our credit. "Dear Bank

      Manager: Our expansion is going so rapidly that" or "Dear Blitz and

      Co: Demands for Scientology are such that our org wishes to buy a

      new Blitzet, providing we don't have to wait on delivery. We can't.

      Etc." Promote the org's credit. Public confidence in Scientology

      depends on our promoting and maintaining excellent credit

      everywhere, and even when you're on the ropes in emergencies, still

      promote our good credit. After all, we'll be around for the next

      trillion or more. Why not have good credit standing while we work.

      Credit is just an idea. Help plant it. And then make it come true.




      LRH:wmc.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 APRIL 1965

                                   Issue II

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Saint Hill Execs

      Board Members




      HCO Policy Letter of January 19, 1965 "Finance - Org Accounts"

      is herewith cancelled.




      LRH:wmc.eh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       47







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1965

      Gen Non-

      Remimeo Ad

      Council Hats

      Org Div Hats




                              Executive Division

                                 Org Division

                              FINANCIAL PLANNING




        The Financial Planning Hat is worn by the Advisory Council.




        Financial Planning means-How to handle the money and assets of an

      org so as to maintain outgo below income.




        The actions of Financial Planning are as follows:




        1. Directing the payment of bills (as designated by the Ad

      Council);




        2. Directing any necessary delay in the payment of certain bills;




         3. Handling finances in accordance with "dateline paying" as

      covered in an early policy letter;




        4. Setting limits on the Purchase Orders that may be signed;




         5. Preventing divisions or departments in Emergency from buying

      any but essential promotional supplies or postage;




        6. Adjusting payrolls;




         7. Setting limits on pay, overtime or bonuses and all

      authorizations for pay overtime or bonuses;




        8. Fixing prices;




        9. Directing any transfers of funds;




        10. Deciding upon any large purchases;




        11. Authorizing the sale of any equipment or property;




        12. Passing upon prices offered for any equipment or property.




        Any matter affecting the financial health of the organization has

      to be passed upon or planned by the Advisory Council.




        LRH (Office of LRH, Financial Planning Authority) can set aside

      Advisory Council decisions in any Financial Planning matter whether

      referred to him or not.




        Only large transactions or important long range decisions should

      be referred to the Office of LRH and then only when the Advisory

      Council is divided.




        DISBURSEMENT SECTION




        The Disbursement Section furnishes the data without which

      financial planning is impossible.




        A short summary of the data required for financial planning is as

      follows:




        The Disbursement Section files every bill received in the

      Disbursement Files.




        Those bills that are repetitive are filed in folders under the

      company name. The one- time bills are filed in a loose folder for a

      single month.




        The Disbursement Section has made up a Mimeographed form. This is

      the Monthly Bills Summary.




        This form has the name of each company with which the org does

      business plus adequate blanks after each alphabet letter for new

      companies to be added.




        This form has four columns. The first column is the company owed.

      The second column is the grand total of money owed that company.

      The third column is the amount that is past due. The fourth column

      is the month since when the bill has been past due.




        All bills are filed on arrival. They are not kept out and

      entered. They are filed in the folders. This is important. No one

      must pay bills just taken from the post and save up. They are

      promptly filed.




        Then one takes the folders one by one and makes up the Monthly

      Bills Summary. As each folder is taken up the bills are examined

      for correctness, straightened up and entered in the Monthly Bills

      Summary.




                                       48







        The way the system breaks down is to make up too many folders.




        Only a repeating creditor rates a folder. One the org does

      business with routinely like the light company, the landlord, the

      paper company, etc. The occasional bills go into the folder for the

      month.




        Each time a Monthly Bills Summary is made up, the occasional

      folders for past months containing unpaid bills are gone through

      again and added to the statement.




        The Statement for one month complete, then tells one the total

      monies owed by the org for that month. Thus there is a statement

      for each month. The Monthly Bills Summary is due in the hands of

      the Ad Council on the second Tuesday of each month.




                          BANK RECONCILIATION SECTION




        The Bank Reconciliation Section of the Dept of Records, Assets

      and Material makes up the latest bank records of monies on deposit

      concurrent with the Monthly Bills Summary.




        This section once each month (concurrent with the Monthly Bills

      Summary) reconciles all bank statements, tapes all cancelled

      cheques on their counterfoils and in short makes certain there are

      no bank errors or omissions.




        A Monthly Accounts Summary is then prepared showing the amount in

      each bank account. This too is a mimeographed form showing the

      names of the bank used, cheques outstanding, etc. It also carries a

      total sum of monies in the bank.




        This form also carries a section devoted to loans outstanding

      that the org must pay.




        This form, made out, is submitted to the Ad Council on the 2nd

      Tuesday of each month.




                        INCOME NOTE COLLECTIONS SUMMARY

                            THE COLLECTIONS SECTION




        The Collections Section of the Department of Income submits to

      the Ad Council a form called the income Note Collections Summary.




        This form carries an amount for cash collectible from notes

      (possible to collect) and a cash collectible from notes past due

      and the amount of notes that are, apparently uncollectible. The

      total is added into grand total of Credit Advanced.




        It gives the total of payments received during the month past

      (the 1st to the last day of the month).




        It gives the number of statements mailed in the month just past.




        It gives the number of persons with overdue notes who have been

      handed over to the Director of Clearing and passed on to Field

      Staff Members.




        It gives the number of notes to date given to lawyers for

      collection that remain uncollected.




        This income Note Collections Summary is placed in the hands of

      the Advisory Council on the 2nd Tuesday of each month.




                            ADVISORY COUNCIL ACTION




        The first action of the Advisory Council is to prepare and get

      mimeographed the three forms described herein.




        The second action of the Advisory Council is to make sure the Org

      Division is so organized as to be able to make out the forms

      provided easily, that their files are so arranged as to do so and

      that personnel exists to do them.




        The third action of the Advisory Council is to make sure the

      persons making up the forms know this and other pertinent policy

      letters.




        The fourth action of the Advisory Council is to make sure that it

      receives the proper forms on the second Tuesday of each month,

      ready for use in Financial Planning.




        The fifth and continuing action of the Advisory Council is to

      make sure routinely the forms are accurate and actual and not

      generalized or "roughly estimated".




        The sixth and most important action each month is to plan

      financially on the basis of the three reports and set limits or

      restraints on POs or personnel numbers or whatever is necessary to

      achieve "Outgo less than Income" and get or keep the org solvent.




                                       49




                                     INCOME




        The Advisory Council's Actions of assigning conditions to

      divisions on the basis of the gross divisional statistic and

      actions in straightening up Divisions in Emergency and pushing

      standard Promotion as per HCO Policy Letter 22nd November 1965,

      will keep income up.




        It is more vital to pressure income up than to save money by

      Financial Planning restrictions. The emergency formula places,

      rightly, economy after promotion Promotion comes first.




        But economy is also vital. It is handled in relation to income.




        When income is far down the Advisory Council simply shuts off all

      but promotionally vital POs.




        Where a Division is in Emergency the Ad Council shuts off all POs

      except those vital to promotion in that division. (The tendency of

      a Division in emergency is sometimes to demand extravagant or

      unwise purchases.)




                                CHEQUE SIGNING




        The Cheque signing line contains all three of the above reports

      as of the last time they were prepared and a tape of all cheques

      paid since.




        Cheque signing policy as already released thus requires the other

      two monthly reports as well as the other items specified.




        To that policy, also add, that a cheque signer must, to sign a

      cheque, also have before him the last issued orders of Financial

      Planning.




        It is very easy to confuse a cheque signing line with a Financial

      Planning line.




        They are, however, completely different.




        One signs any Cheque only after Financial Planning has been done

      and with the total reports of Financial Planning and decisions

      taken, before one.




        Cheque signing is a secondary action and is the result of

      Financial Planning decisions.




        One pays only what Financial Planning has okayed to be paid and

      how.




                              DISBURSEMENT ACTION




        When Financial Planning indicates what to pay or not to pay,

      Disbursement makes up the cheques and sends the lot to cheque

      signers.




        Cheques signed during the period are signed as authorized by

      Financial Planning each week, such as, "Franking Machine, FSM

      Commissions and Petty Cash up to may be paid in the coming month."

      This, part of the Financial Planning Minutes of each meeting, is

      the guide by which weekly cheques are made up, submitted to

      signers, signed and sent.




                                    SUMMARY




        Unless all these actions are done, an org cannot in fact prosper,

      has poor credit and is generally upset.




        One has to get in the Income. That is done by making divisions do

      their proper promotions and keep their statistics up. The mechanism

      is Gross Divisional Statistics, assignment of conditions and

      investigating and putting right Divisions in Emergency by Ad

      Council personal inspection. Sometimes, where a divisional

      emergency is continued too long, the Ad Council has to order an

      E-Meter and case survey of its personnel as an SP is surely about.




        In Financial Planning one safeguards what one gets in as

      described above.




        Cheque signers and PO Signers are not necessarily Ad Council

      members but whether they are or not, are governed entirely by the

      last Ad Council Financial Planning directive.




        The Financial Planning Directive of the Month is issued promptly

      after the second Tuesday meeting of the month as an Exec Division

      Admin Letter with the Month and Financial Planning of it in caps

      such as FINANCIAL PLANNING FOR MARCH.




        This is the second part of the Ad Council Assignment of

      conditions to divisions.




        Long range planning also appears on this directive, this long

      range financial planning is not binding and is often changed in

      view of current happenings. It is a guide by which other executives

      can tentatively plan.




      LRH:ep.ca.rd                           L. RON HUBBARD

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       50







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1965

      6 copies to

      Each Org

      Master Files

      Org Exec Sec Hat

      HCO Exec Sec Hat

      Org Sec Hat

      Dir Dept S

      LRH Communicator




                        LRH FINANCIAL RELATIONSHIPS TO

                                     ORGS




        After a careful review of various tax situations in orgs I have

      come to the




        following conclusion:




        1. That no understanding is given by tax officials when the

      relationships of LRH, an individual, to organizations has been

      handled on a very charitable basis by LRH an individual;




        2. That when LRH an individual does not precisely bill and demand

      payment of debts by orgs to LRH an individual, the tax authorities

      twist the matter to our discredit;




        3. That leniency where financial relationships between LRH, an

      individual, and any org rebounds to our discredit tax wise;




        4. That when sums owing by an org to LRH, an individual, are not

      fully accounted for in the books and balance sheets of an org as

      due and owing to LRH, an individual, tax problems arise for the org

      and for LRH, an individual;




        5. That tax problems stem from the leniency in this relationship.




        For fifteen years I have personally paid for research, have

      loaned and advanced orgs money, have guaranteed their overdrafts,

      have given them the benefit of my personal credit rating which is

      high. I have not sought for reimbursement; I have not collected

      adequate pay or given orgs bills for what they owe me.




        The 10% sent by orgs is fully consumed by administrative service

      (and much more than 10%) and is routinely invoiced to the managing

      organization and spent by it, or is sometimes held by LRH as a

      trustee. It is not given to LRH, an individual as records prove

      without exception.




               All this for 15 years has been an effort on my part to

      help our organizations. But it is interpreted in other ways by tax

      officials, winds orgs up with what it owes LRH an individual

      showing as a "profit" and upsets LRH, an individual's personal tax

      picture. Thus I have had to conclude that the majority of tax

      troubles stems from




        (a) Orgs not keeping a proper record of monies owed to LRH an

      individual.




        (b) LRH an individual not regularly billing orgs for monies owed.




        (c) LRH, an individual not exacting proper salary, payment and

      reimbursement!




        In 1966 we will begin to set this right. A recapitulation will

      have to be made and records corrected.




        Although it is not easy to imagine that a benign attitude on the

      part of LRH an individual is incomprehensible to tax officials, it

      is easy to realize that tax persons are unused to dealing with

      unselfish acts and suspect anyone so engaging.




        Therefore the following policies are laid down:




        A. Every org must carefully record and keep in record all sums

      owing to LRH, an individual;




        B. All sums owing to LRH, an individual, must be reflected on

      yearly balance sheets;




        C. Adequate salary and compensation must be allowed for LRH, an

      individual by all orgs;




        D. The Office of LRH must also keep a record;




        E. The Office of LRH must bill the orgs routinely;




        F. Sums so owing must be paid;




        G. Every effort must be made to set the earlier records in order;




        H. The current indebtedness must be carefully accounted for;




        1. The LRH Communicator is responsible for the LRH an individual

      financial sums




                                       51




      appearing in the balance sheets of the org and that routine bills

      are rendered.




        Note: These policies stem from US internal Revenue actions by

      which the Founding Church of Washington DC is under threat of large

      tax bills it does not owe and the tiny amount reimbursed to LRH, an

      individual, for actual outlays on behalf of that org are under

      challenge and actual sums owing to LRH, an individual, are not

      properly recorded or taken into account. All the trouble stems from

      the lack of A to I policies immediately above.




                                  DEFINITIONS




        LRH, AN INDIVIDUAL, means L. Ron Hubbard, a private person as

      distinct from a trustee, a director or a staff member. LRH, an

      individual often advances goods or sums without reimbursement, has

      borne the whole cost of research of Scientology and used his own

      money to found organizations.




        LRH, TRUSTEE. This is L. Ron Hubbard in the capacity of a trustee

      as distinct from a director or individual or staff member. LRH,

      Trustee, holds money for corporations or persons or holds property

      for them.




        LRH, TRUSTEE FOR TRANSFER. For some years the Commonwealth

      (overseas, not US) interests belonging to the Hubbard Association

      of Scientologists, International, incorporated, in Arizona, have

      been held by LRH, Trustee for Transfer. As the overseas interests

      were worthless to the US Corporation in the US (HASI, Arizona) due

      to currency exchange laws, and was costing it money, the board of

      HASI, Arizona, appointed LRH a Trustee for Transfer for all

      Commonwealth Corporation property or interests with orders to hand

      it over to a UK corporation. As Arizona law forbids giving the

      assets to any but a non- profit corporation, non-profit UK and

      Commonwealth Corporations had to be formed. The UK tax authorities

      make a company operate for a year before declaring it non-profit.

      So far no Commonwealth company has been granted tax exemption for

      companies LRH attempted to form. HASI Ltd was such an effort. Non

      Profit status was refused it. But progress is now being made in

      another direction so these assets can be delivered eventually to UK

      and Commonwealth companies.




        LRH, A DIRECTOR, is a director on the board of directors of

      several companies. No salary may be paid for this post.




        LRH, A STAFF MEMBER, works on staffs as a case consultant,

      training officer, lecturer, design and planning consultant,

      promotions adviser and a department head of the Office of LRH and

      as such should receive compensation. As a staff member his expenses

      are paid by orgs. The pre-Dianetic salary level of LRH an employee

      was several times that given by orgs subsequently.




        10% ROYALTY, LRH an individual owns, since he paid for the

      original research as well as later research and never received a

      salary for doing it, all Copyrights, registered marks and trade

      marks and rights of Dianetics and Scientology. Orgs send 10% to

      Saint Hill and this is used by HASI to administer orgs, paying for

      communication costs, administration, bulletins, etc. etc. It is

      invoiced to the Saint Hill Org and has never been given to LRH, an

      individual, a matter of record. Some US 10%s have been held by LRH,

      a trustee, and returned in legal in loans and other official

      matters to orgs in the US. Therefore the 10% royalty owed for use

      of name, materials and research by orgs has never in fact been

      paid. The Franchise 10% is similarly used up by Saint Hill in

      giving service. No org or field auditor or Franchise Holder has

      ever paid for its use of name, copyrights, material, writing and

      research.




        SALARY, LRH, an individual has received a salary from time to

      time always less than that given to comparable positions in other

      orgs. It is currently ?25 a week, advance.




        I have tried to put as little financial strain as possible on

      Scientology orgs. This is not understood and we are penalized for

      it.




        Therefore we must bring earlier arrangements up to date and keep

      current.




        This does not mean I want money. I spend my money on behalf of

      Scientology one way or another anyway. It does mean that to stay

      away from tax trouble in the future we must understand and put my

      relationships to orgs on a sound current footing financially and

      keep scrupulous records of it.




      LRH:ml.rd                              L. RON HUBBARD

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       52







                          HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue VI

      Gen Non-Remimeo LRH

      Communicator Hat HCO

      Area Sec Hat Exec Sec

      Hats Org Secs Hats




                            LRH RELATIONSHIPS TO ORGS




        I have several posts and relationships to orgs which make up

      several identities.




        Unless these are understood many errors can occur, not the least

      of which are tax errors, and not the least dangerous, power pushes

      and upsets.




        For instance, there are two Offices of LRH at Saint Hill. And one

      more for every other org. This is a familiar situation. It has

      happened in LA, Phoenix, DC and London-l always specially work with

      the org where I am situated as well as continue to handle all other

      orgs on an International basis and remain the chief executive of

      each org elsewhere.




        An org where I am, making more than other orgs, always bears the

      expense of international activities. In this case, here at Saint

      Hill, the org also shares international income and so its cost is

      light.




        Thus I have several hats and resultant Comm lines here at Saint

      Hill and at least one more in each org. These can be described as

      identities and posts as follows:




                              LRH, AN INDIVIDUAL




        This is LRH a private person. This identity is the one who is

      entitled to any royalties and leases copyrights and trademarks and

      technology for use by Scientology organizations. This identity paid

      for and did the research, organized the organizations. This is the

      identity that loans orgs money or guarantees their bank accounts,

      etc. and on death is a private trust for my family.




                                 LRH, TRUSTEE




        This identity is a trustee who holds in trust properties and

      money for Scientology and since 1957 has held UK and Commonwealth

      corporations in trust for the original US company until these

      assets can be transferred to a UK non-profit corporation. As UK tax

      people will not okay such a non-profit status until after a year of

      operation we have formed other corporations in the UK and

      Commonwealth time and again only to have them refused non-profit

      status. The laws of Arizona prevent transfer of HASI assets abroad

      to any but a corporation with non-profit status. This leaves me as

      a Trustee of all assets outside the US until they can be

      transferred. But even after transfer I will still be a trustee for

      Scientology corporations. All money sent to LRH an individual is

      received by LRH a trustee or a corporation and is seldom paid to

      LRH an individual but turned over to companies without being given

      to LRH, an individual. This is a vital point, often missed even by

      accountants who then get us involved. If the money were 1. received

      by LRH, an individual and then 2. turned over to LRH a trustee

      and/or 3. received and used by a company, it would hang LRH an

      individual for huge tax sums for money he has never really received

      or used and indeed won't ever get. Example: Mr. X sends a $20

      franchise pay to "L. Ron Hubbard". This is always invoiced by an

      org as "Franchise payment". Therefore one concludes that "LRH" in

      that case is LRH, a trustee. If one erred and said it was the

      income of LRH, an individual, that identity, never seeing the

      money, would yet owe tax on it, which is unfair. All




                                       53




      incoming 10%s to "LRH" mean LRH, a trustee, and are used in

      company expenses or are put away to be in general defense. The

      point of confusion is that LRH, an individual, is actually owed

      those 1 10%s as royalties to support research, etc. But the

      companies receive and use the money and it doesn't even go through

      the hands of LRH an individual. LRH, an individual, has not

      cancelled monies owed to him. He has not received them. LRH, a

      trustee, seldom gives LRH an individual any Scientology money. Tax

      authorities are astounded at this (believing the worst of everyone)

      but those on our accounts lines know it is so. This is LRH, a

      trustee. "Trustee" is an identity and activity almost all

      movements, churches, and benevolent associations have and in each

      case the "Trustee" does just what LRH a trustee is doing -

      safeguarding property and assets of an association. It's a very

      usual role.




                               LRH, BOARD MEMBER




        This is an unpaid identity on several boards. It is entitled only

      to out-of-pocket expenses and almost never puts in for any. This is

      a member of a board of directors. These must be paid no salary in a

      non-profit corporation, only expenses. "Chairman" comes under this.

      Also "President".




                            LRH, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR




        This is better understood as "General Manager" as it isn't as a

      member of the board that it is held but as a manager. This is a

      paid post in any corporation or association. There are numerous LRH

      Exec Dir titles and identities; for this title repeats in each area

      and org and in the international Division.




        It means "highest executive of the organization", "third member



      of the Advisory Council", "head of the department called the Office

      of LRH". Therefore there is one of these titles for each org we

      have and for the international Exec Division as well. Perth for

      instance has an LRH Executive Director, Perth, LA has LRH Executive

      Director LA, etc. Then there is LRH Executive Director WW.




        The identity of the LRH Communicator in the org or activity gives

      clue to this. Each LRH Executive Director title has an LRH

      Communicator.




        There are two LRH Communicators at Saint Hill, LRH Communicator

      WW, who attends to each org for LRH Executive Director WW via each

      org's LRH Communicator and LRH Communicator SH who handles the

      traffic both of LRH Executive Director WW as sent to it from the

      LRH Communicator WW and for LRH Executive Director SH.




        This is only possible as the orgs are all similarly engaged. HCO

      Area Secs filled this role for years and still do where there is no

      LRH Communicator. HCO Area Secs still have duties for the Executive

      Director regardless of the LRH Communicator as old policy letters

      show. "Sec Ed issue" is one of these.




        Proper routing from an org is through the LRH Comm of that org to

      LRH Executive Director of that org and forwarded on to LRH Comm WW

      who sees that LRH Exec Dir that org receives it in absence. LRH

      Exec Dir WW may issue a blanket order concerning it but it is

      usually answered by LRH Exec Dir that org.




        The Advisory Council of any org operates without its third

      member, LRH Exec Dir of that org but in case of disputes or errors

      finds LRH Exec Dir that org taking it up.




                               LRH, STAFF MEMBER




        In addition to all these other identities and titles there is

      that of LRH, Staff Member. As such I give staff lectures in the org

      where I am, assist where I can, crack cases and train students as

      "Co-ordinator of Research" (meaning application of




                                       54







      research), write magazines, take pictures, act as a routing

      expert, listen to problems, and do a lot of other things.




        I am chiefly a staff member of the org where I am located but am

      also a staff member of each org.




                                  COMPLEXITY




        Necessarily, no one person can hold all these posts and

      identites. But at the same time, over the years, I have found they

      are the minimum number I must give attention to.




        To handle this complexity I have many persons assisting me. I

      expect them to act with initiative. I expect them to carry out the

      purposes I have regarding orgs and Scientology so as to keep things

      expanding and the lines clean and flowing and keep me from getting

      so involved on just one point I can't do the rest of my jobs.




        For quite in addition to these posts, I have my research hat (our

      most important hat) and an organizing hat and a promotion hat and a

      public relations hat. My writing-books hat should absorb most of my

      time with research complete but not wholly published.




        Thus I expect people to do their jobs so I can then do my job and

      don't like people to flub theirs and require special attention on

      it. Only this holds us back because I then can't do my jobs which

      eventually breaks down our expansion and dissemination.




                              OTHER ARRANGEMENTS




        Many other arrangements have been tried, fewer "identities" less

      traffic for me. But each time some catastrophe has occurred. This

      then required more work than wearing that hat in the first place.

      The early Dianetic corporative catastrophes occurred because I did

      not have or wear all my Exec Director hats and had no legal control

      of the orgs. Since I began to wear these and took responsibility

      things have been much better indeed, so I can't shed them. So these

      identities are a minimum by trial and error and by success.




                                    SUMMARY




        Anyone on high executive and Accounts lines should understand

      these things thoroughly and LRH Communicators should point them

      out.




        Only when these relationships are misunderstood do we get in

      trouble.




        Our growth depends on our staying out of trouble, getting our

      lines in and keeping corporate structure straight. And

      understanding these separate identities or titles and functions and

      using them.




        It is doubtful if this situation will change. As orgs grow, my

      assistants grow also and become more competent and refer less to me

      and work on delegated authority. My work is lighter the bigger we

      get so eventually I will hold only titles with no actions or

      duties. This can be continued easily and so there is no need to

      reduce identities to simplify lines. And there wouldn't even be a

      need to reorganize if I wasn't there in the flesh at all. All I

      need to do is work out a succession of assistants to make the

      activities continue. There is no succession of myself to be worked

      out in any identity regardless of what happens to me simply because

      I did the original work and as it is done there is no reason to

      have a succession for it as it is itself.




                                       55




        My identities are therefore woven in to the pattern so they don't

      have to be altered to keep things going. LRH an individual becomes

      an estate. The rest is by appointment from "LRH Executive Director"

      with that title activated by the Int AdCouncil or board but still

      used as a title but not of a person. The "Office of LRH" is part of

      org structure. And before long even LRH "a board member" will be

      needless to be filled in the flesh by delegated signature of LRH.




        This is not only today then, but tomorrow as well and the above

      identities are firm as identities whether I am here or not. Even

      today 99% of my functions are done by delegated authority. The 1%

      left is heavy enough for 20 men but it is getting lighter each year

      and so can be seen to be only a post in a few years and so it can

      continue. Trying to fill up the post is all that would cause "a

      war", so leave it activated as itself, none assigned to it,

      assistance to it by established formula. We won't vanish if I as a

      person vanish. And these identities never were me anyway so they

      can survive. It is a part of basic org structure. My post title is

      used ten thousand times a day on matters I never will hear of, so

      why should I hear of any in the long run as only the delegation of

      authority is in action anyway.




        So whatever happens to me as a person leave these LRH identities

      on the org board unfilled and all will be well. If you try to fill

      them catastrophe will result. Only how authority is delegated by

      "LRH Executive Director" in my absence needs to be worked out and

      that will be published.




        Somebody some day will say "this is illegal". By then be sure the

      orgs say what is legal or not.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       56







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1968

                                    Issue I

                  (Amendment of HCO Pol Letter of 14 Jan 1966

                                   Issue II)

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      HCO Exec Sec Hat

      Org Exec Sec Hat

      Dept 1 Hats

      Financial Planning Hats

      Org Sec Hat

      Qual Sec Hat




                               HIRING PERSONNEL




                                   LINE FOR




        This is the exact line to be followed for the hiring of

      personnel.




        A person who comes in or calls in response to an ad is put on

      lines to the Personnel Procurement Officer in Dept 1, Div 1.




        The Personnel Procurement Officer finds out all the pertinent

      data about the person, i.e. past experience, training, what

      position or type of position they are interested in taking and only

      if the person mentions it, their expected wages.




        The Personnel Procurement Officer takes him to Personnel Control

      Officer to be put on post immediately.




                               ALLOCATION BOARD




        In Dept 1, an Allocation Board is to be kept which shows

      vacancies. This Board is a piece of cardboard which shows all Divs

      and Depts of the Org Board aligned much as the Org Board. It is

      kept by Personnel Control and when a request for a staff member

      comes in, the Personnel Control Officer writes on a small strip of

      paper the post that is vacant and who requested the personnel on

      the reverse side of the paper. A pin is then stuck through the end

      of the paper and it is stuck in the Dept where the vacancy is. The

      same action is taken when an ED comes out in which new personnel is

      authorized, and these are taken up at once, with all priority.




        The Personnel Procurement Officer is never told what kind of

      personnel to procure, unless a professional photographer or some

      such is required and he has to put ads in the paper. Mostly his

      whole attention is just to be on procuring staff, all kinds, not

      categories.




        The Personnel Control Officer, when he receives a new Staff

      member from PPO, looks over the person's qualifications, checks his

      allocation board and places him in a suitable position. Or, he can

      be allocated to replace a staff member who is wanting to be

      transferred.




        At the top of each Div and Dept is the maximum Quota of personnel

      authorized for that Dept or Div by the Exec Council and the current

      number of persons in the Dept concerned and the Division.




                              FINANCIAL PLANNING




        Since Wages comes under Financial Planning and the Quota is set

      by Exec Council, all this data must be presented to them, however

      it is sent to them after the person is put on post, with all

      details about his qualifications and where he has been placed.




                                       57







        Council:




        The. Personnel Procurement Officer then. when hiring a new

      person. sends to Exec




        (a) A P.O. giving all details of the interview with the new

      person. (b) The person's preference as to where to work. (c)

      Personnel Procurement's recommendation as to placement. (d) The

      Allocation Board up to date.




        Financial Planning gives a maximum figure for the person taking

      into consideration his/her training, and the type of position to be

      filled.




        The final say in the Placement of the Personnel remains with the

      HCO Exec Sec as one of the functions of her office.




                                  DISMISSALS




        The Org Exec Sec through the Org Sec and Qual Sec has the power

      to dismiss personnel in accordance with Ethics and status policies.




                                    SUMMARY




        Since the hiring of Personnel and Wages play a big role in the

      overall well-being of the org, planning and care has to be taken on

      each person or else we will find ourselves way overboard on the

      admin side or paying huge wages to clerical help and a consequent

      disintegrating organization turned bureaucracy.




        The way to keep this under control then is not to cut down your

      procurement. This should go ahead at a tremendous rate, and

      meanwhile you should be pushing your people out the top of the

      organization to the next highest org or sending those eligible for

      training. Allow your staff to expand and move on. Do this by

      procuring enough replacements as want to leave.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        [Note: This issue of 14 January 1966 policy of same title puts in

      the line from Personnel Procurement Officer to Personnel Control

      Officer for immediate placement on post (paragraph 4), instead of

      Personnel Procurement Officer "...tells them the data will be

      forwarded to the proper person and they will be notified in the

      next day or two"; changes keeping of Allocations Board from PPO to

      PCO; adds paragraphs 6 and 7; gives CSW to Exec Council for

      Financial Planning purposes after placing new person on post

      (paragraph 9); and adds final paragraph. "Ad Council" is amended to

      "Exec Council" throughout.]




        [This 22 May 1968 issue was later amended by HCO P/L 21 July

      1972, issue IV, Staff Qualification Requirements for Hiring

      Cancelled, where the procedure of putting new persons on post

      immediately was changed to assigning new personnel to the HCO

      Expeditor Pool and instant hatting them on what they are to do and

      putting them to work immediately under supervision.]




                                       58







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue II




      Remimeo

      Exec Secs Hats

      Org Secs Hats

      All personnel Org

      Division Hats




                                OFFICE OF THE

                                  TREASURER




        The Office of the Treasurer is formed herewith at Saint Hill.




        On the Org Board it belongs under the corporate name at the upper

      right of the Board. Its personnel come directly under the Treasurer

      but for staff posting belong in the Org Advisory Section of the

      Office of the Org Exec Sec Int Executive Division. There may be

      other personnel in that section and also an Org Division Advisor

      but the section is junior to the Treasurer.




        The Office of the Treasurer has the following purpose:




        TO HELP RON SAFEGUARD THE FUNDS AND ASSETS OF THE

      ORGANIZATION AND THROUGHOUT THE WORLD AND TO BE RESPONSIBLE

      FOR THOSE FUNDS, THEIR PROPER RECEIPT, ACCOUNTING AND

      DISBURSEMENT BY ALL STAFF PERSONS AND TO PREPARE PUNCTUALLY

      ALL QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS FOR ANY AND ALL PURPOSES.




        All Organization Secretaries and Organization Division staffs

      must concur and act at once upon any orders issued by the Treasurer.

      Such orders issued and signed by the Treasurer take precedence over

      any local orders which may conflict or seem to conflict with them.




        The duties and policies of the Treasurer are issued as HCO Policy

      Letters, SEC EDs and Treasurer's Directives, the latter serving to

      amplify or explain HCO Policy Letters or SEC EDs.




        The "B" Routing channel of Communication is from the Treasurer to

      the Org Exec Sec WW to the Office of LRH WW to the LRH Communicator

      WW to the LRH Communicator Area to the Org Exec Sec of the Area to

      the Org Sec of the Area.




        The "A" Routing is from the Treasurer WW to the Org Sec Area.




        Any orders passed on "A" Routing must be available to the Org

      Exec Sec WW and the Org Exec Sec Area and may not be denied them.




        Within ten days after the end of every quarter the standard

      accounts items required for summary, as specified by the Treasurer,

      must be airmailed or HCO Couriered from the area org to the

      Treasurer at Saint Hill. These dates are:




        April 10

        July 10

        October 10

        January 10




        The Treasurer will prepare and summarize accounts from these

      records and return them by air or HCO Courier to the Org.







                                       59




        At the end of the Org's year a full accounting will be furnished

      suitable for filing with Company Registrars and Tax authorities.






        All orgs should shift their reporting year to the actual year Jan

      1 to Dec 31 as feasible.




        The employment of outside accounting firms is no longer required.




        Advices for tax reporting may be obtained from the Office of the

      Treasurer WW.




        This policy letter does not interrupt or cancel any obligation of

      the org to account to governments for the year 1965. The earliest

      reports to be done by the Treasurer will be 1966.




        All orgs must adhere severely to the 20th Century accounting

      systems of Scientology without variation and may not revert in any

      way to older accounting methods as these obscure from executives of

      the org their true financial position and delay knowledge of

      affairs.




        The Office of the Treasurer is formed to make the burden of

      accounting easier and to regularize the accounting activities of

      all organizations and improve their position and reputation.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




      Remimeo

      Ad Council

      Members




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 DECEMBER 1966




                              FINANCIAL PLANNING




        A set of proportionate figures recently compiled on Financial

      Planning at Saint Hill are of general interest to Ad Council

      members.




        The period chosen was a fairly average one for income, covering

      the three months (12 weeks) late August, Sept, October, 1966.




        Four sums of monies actually disbursed were obtained.




        These were:




        1. Total Salaries Paid.




        2. Total gross of Building POs (would constitute maintenance

      expenses and rent).




        3. Total gross org expenses.




        4. Total FSM Commissions.




        The total gross income of the period was added up.




        10% was deducted from it for Research (adding up to Admin 10% of

      most orgs).




        10% of the gross was taken to operate as a Reserve or to catch up

      errors and overages in planning and in case income went down in the

      next quarter.




        The remaining 80% was then proportioned amongst 1 to 4 above.




        The percentage results were as follows:




        1. Total salaries pd Government payroll deductions




        2. Total Building




        3. Total Org Expenses




        4. FSM Commissions




        10% Admin or Research




        10% Leeway or Reserve




        This gives some sort of a guide.




      31%

           4%

           17%

           21%




      7%




      80%

      10%

      10%




      100%




      =




        During this period the org was being pulled up from a high bills

      - low cash ratio so the expense sum is perhaps a trifle high. And

      it had a building programme going so Building POs may be a trifle

      high. Its Leeway or Reserve simply paid off back bills.




        However, the fact remains that this was a period of gain of org

      financial affairs and, being at the end of summer and into autumn,

      not a period of extraordinary income which occurs just before

      summer at Saint Hill. So it is felt that these percentages are

      safe.




        The way one could use this table would be to calculate the past

      quarter of the year's gross income when the new quarter begins and

      then allocate these percentages each month for the next quarter.




                                       61




        The percentages took a 12 weeks quarter but expenses were also

      for 12 weeks so they are just percentages and so are valid for a 13

      week quarter.




        Let us say income Jan-Feb-Mar (13 weeks) was Q dollars.




        One could then divide Q by 13 and get an estimated future weekly

      gross figure. We will call this W (meaning gross income for a

      week).




        One could then divide Q by 3.12 and get an estimated future

      monthly gross income average. We could call this M.




        Therefore to set a ceiling on all expenses for the coming 13

      weeks for each week we would have:




        .31 x W = Weekly salaries




        .04 x W = Weekly Tax pd by company or personnel .17 x W =

      Building and Rent ceiling




        .21 x W = Weekly org expense ceiling .07 x W = FSM Commission

      estimate .10 x W = Admin or Research 10% .10 x W = Leeway or

      Reserve 10%.




        Then we would also have our figures as an estimate of-monthly

      expenses where Financial Planning is done monthly:




        .31 x M = Salaries/Month




        .04 x M = Company pd salary tax .17 x M = Bldg and Rent Ceiling




        .21 x M = Org Exp Ceiling .07 x M = FSM Commission Estimate




        .10 x M = Monthly Admin or Research 10% .10 x M = Leeway or

      Reserve 10%.




        Org Exp includes all utilities, bills, services, the lot.




        By keeping to or under these figures one could then be considered

      to be planning safely.






        By getting departments and divisions to turn in their estimated

      POs before the beginning of the month for the next month one could

      plan successfully (remembering their POs don't include utilities

      and many routine bills which must be deducted from the org expense

      amount before one signs any POs).




        It is realized that where one is on a 55% of 90% proportionate

      pay plan, the above indicated safe salary sum is greatly exceeded

      which is on (in all) 35% of 80%. This may be why orgs tend to

      develop a high bills-low cash ratio. Lack of stability (poor

      financial picture) and expense money may reflect back on the gross

      income tending to depress it and thus really reduce wages despite

      the 55% of 90% proportionate wage allocation. The staff might make

      more and have more future if their pay was only 31% of 80% with 4%

      of 80% for tax. Certainly staff at Saint Hill makes more than staff

      in other orgs and has consistently even in low income years.




        Anyway there are some figures on which financial planning can be

      based.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       62










                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JUNE 1967




      All Executives of all orgs

      All Accountants LRH

      Finance Comm OT

      Central Committee

      Guardian WW

      Treasurer WW




                               SCIENTOLOGY ORGS

                            TAX AND BALANCE SHEETS




        There is a confusion on the subject of tax and balance sheets as

      they involve or concern monies owed on balance sheets.

      Extraordinary solutions are being advanced and the matter should be

      reviewed.




        There are certain principles involved here which vitally affect

      Scientology companies as companies and indeed are basic in any

      business.




        1. If you acquire the profit of an asset without paying for it,

      all monies received become a false profit and taxable.




        2. If you invoice money as your own that is in fact owed to

      someone else you wind up with a false profit and get taxed for it.




        3. There are certain principles of business having to do with

      income and debts which cannot be thrown aside even by a tax

      department.




        4. The moment you vary from the exact truth of any transaction

      you involve yourself in potential confusion that requires

      extraordinary solutions.




        5. When you find yourself being asked for extraordinary solutions

      you have departed from the truth of the transaction.




        As tax departments have never to my knowledge accepted without

      question the year's return or balance sheet of any corporation,

      efforts to get such departments to accept a return or balance sheet

      by putting in wild solutions avail nothing. The tax people aren't

      going to accept anything at all anyway ever without challenge. If

      you are challenged, you better have the REAL facts right there.

      This doesn't mean one should tell them all the truth in a geyser

      and gush. The real stable datum in handling tax people is NEVER

      VOLUNTEER ANY INFORMATION. It does mean one must not tell them or

      give them false data. It only means that when you give them data

      you can't back up or report profit you didn't make you will get

      into severe trouble.




        The basic errors of Scientology corporations in accounting and

      tax matters lie in (1) to (5) above.




        Under (1), all existing companies have acquired assets from me

      without paying for them and therefore show a false profit.




        They sell books they do not own the copyrights for, acquire

      technology they never paid for and, in the case of Saint Hill,

      acquired a business worth upwards of two million pounds and an

      estate worth ?80,000 without ever showing any debt. So the profits

      then look very large in any Scientology company. And this involves

      them with tax.




        Because the government accuses them of paying me (which they

      don't), they think it must be a crime to pay me anything and so are

      pushed into a profit situation because they have never paid for

      their main assets. Of course, a tax department wants to see them

      with a big profit which can be taxed and so blocks the truthful

      fact that the companies owe me money.




                                       63




        Recently a law in England, passed by the boilermakers playing

      politician, threatened to call any company a Close Company which

      owed any money to an individual and put Close Company tax at 67%.

      Well, the loophole is that if they don't owe it to an individual

      they'd pay tax anyway at high percent. And if they did owe it

      they'd have no profit. And 67% of nothing is exactly nothing. So

      using the Close Company law to say I can't be owed anything is just

      bad thinking. And it leaves SH with ?2m of "profit" that CAN be

      taxed which it doesn't really own as profit at all.




        Under (2) above, whenever you invoice money as your own income

      that is owed to somebody else you wind up with a false profit on

      which you will then have to pay tax you don't owe.




        Let us take an Advanced Clinical Course I have given. I paid my

      fare, often the bulk of expenses and took no fee. The ACC was

      invoiced in as org income. Yet it wasn't. It was my income. Yet the

      org not only invoiced it in, it didn't even note on its balance

      sheets it owed it to me and so wound up with a taxable profit.




        Take the book "Dianetics, Modern Science of Mental Health" as a

      property. I bought it back from the publishers in New York for

      $15,000 of my cash. I turned it over to the Distribution Center Inc

      in DC which then sold tons of copies of it, invoiced each one as

      its own income and never paid me any royalty at all. Further, it

      never noted on its balance sheets it owed me for it and soon had US

      Tax bills against it for its "profit".




        In addition to all that, DC, London and notably Saint Hill have

      taken over bank accounts of mine, have invoiced royalties owed to

      me only for movies and books, even my veteran's cheques and yet

      never noted in any balance sheet or return that it owed it. So it

      wound up with a taxable sum.




        Of course the government tax offices will say not to put down

      your debts as then they have a profit to tax!




        Under (3) governments can pass all the legislation they want, but

      certain business actions remain themselves. One buys, one sells,

      one collects, one owes. The government would like to upset all this

      but truth is no government really can, not even in Russia, as they

      are flying in the teeth of the fundamentals of commercial

      interchange.




        If one acquires a $10 dress for nothing one now has $10 worth

      more than one had before. If one paid $10 out and took a $10 dress

      in the books balance. A thief must be in continual trouble in

      economics and with tax agencies as he acquires without spending

      which leaves him heavily asseted without debt and so taxable to the

      hilt.




        Under (4) above, the moment you depart from the truth of records

      with explanations or gimmicks, you cannot substantiate your

      statements. The records no longer line up.




        So you have to destroy the accounts system or muck it up so it

      can't be read and promptly you are in real trouble.




        You can assign new values to some data, you can honestly reassess

      the meaning of your figures (such as advanced payments are not

      income) but note you are going in the direction of more truth.




        The truth of Scientology orgs is that I built them with my own

      money (which they didn't record) and made them affluent where they

      are without pay. I gave them technology they did not Nuance, books

      on which they pay no royalty and cash they forgot to mark down.




        The result is that they show a profit which does not exist in

      fact as the wherewithal by which the money was made was not ever

      reimbursed.




        Not only were assets acquired which had not been paid for, but

      additional monies were invoiced they did not have coming. The

      result is an apparent profit and, of course, trouble with the tax

      people.




                                       64




        Under (5) when you depart from facts and basic planning you then

      have to have very extraordinary solutions. And when you seem to

      have to have extraordinary solutions you have departed from basics

      and fact.




        Right now there is a lot of tax yap. And it is being set up to

      clobber Scientology with huge tax bills in England and the U.S.




        This isn't because people are mad at Scientology, It's because

      Scientology orgs have given themselves a huge swollen profit by not

      keeping good records and by not letting the real debts be debts.




        Every SP on the lines is of course frantic at the thought of Ron

      getting hold of any money. What will Ron do with it? More research,

      more orgs, more Scn more freedom. The record clearly states this is

      the case. When I draw $10,000 as a repayment of debt which it was,

      I promptly expand Scn to make it another $100,000. So it goes.

      Sometimes, in development, some money gets "wasted". But it always

      comes back 10 for 1 in the long run.




        So of course an SP tries anything or says anything to prevent my

      getting hold of any more money than I have. And all sorts of weird

      "laws" and opinions are dug up to show that I can't be paid.




        The last phoney was that if money owed me was shown on current

      balance sheets then All Past Years of All Orgs would have to be

      redone. Not so: It's up to the government to demand that and in

      that case it would all be corrected anyway so it's no argument and

      wouldn't even happen. In past orgs, I had control. I no longer have

      it. So it's natural that the investment had to be added up and paid

      back.




        A debt is a debt. Newly discovered debts are common in any

      accounting system.




        So what does one do? Report it all as profit arid get taxed out

      of existence? And help it happen by telling a lie-that it owes me

      no money?




        As for the sale of SH to C of S of Calif, the tax on any sum paid

      is on me not the org. So it is not the org's business. It IS the

      org's business to be sitting there with the full income of several

      million all invoiced as profit. That is the road to ruin taxwise.




        There are a lot of people around who "know best". This "best"

      usually winds us up in the soup.




        MY orders on this stand and are not open to opinion. And these

      orders are:




        1. Record in balance sheets as owed proper payment for any

      property or business acquired from me.




        2. Record all sums invoiced into an org that were really mine as

      still owed to me.




        3. Carry on with standard income-outgo recordings and business

      procedures regardless of "law".




        4. Tell and record the exact truth of all transactions past and

      present.




        5. Put into effect the basic solutions I have written out in full

      for the handling of monies and debts.




        Don't be dismayed because somebody in a "panic" says one must do

      something odd to "stay within the law". They probably don't realize

      how lawful our conduct of business really is.




        And Scientology orgs if they record their debts owed for assets

      and their incorrect invoicing of my money as their own and report

      what is really owed on their balance sheets, will come out straight

      on tax.




        The governments are in the business of falsifying other people's

      records so as to collect more tax. If you report a bad debt they

      say it's a good debt. If you report a debt you owe, they say it

      isn't a debt. They can be counted on absolutely to assign a

      significances to figures to increase tax. But even the craziest

      pervert in the tax office




                                       65




      CAN'T argue down actual records so your only defense is actual

      records.




        When YOU fall for the gag that YOU must falsify your records to

      "satisfy" some "law" or some cookey official stick you are just

      playing into their hands.




        Further, some accountants paint black pictures of the government

      to cow their clients and ask them to falsify records by omitting

      actual facts or demanding weird solutions. The thing to do is stick

      with the truth and the real invoices doggedly.




        Now as to TAX, why this is mainly anybody's game of what is a

      PROFIT. The thing to do is to assign a significance to the figures

      before the government can. The whole thing is a mess only because

      arithmetic figures are symbols open to ANY significance. So I

      normally think of a better significance than the government can. I

      always put enough errors on a return to satisfy their bloodsucking

      appetite and STILL come out zero. The game of accounting is just a

      game of assigning significances to figures. The man with the most

      imagination wins. BUT there must be correct figures and there must

      not be gross misassignment of debts as profits or the whole thing

      won't hang together.




        Income tax is a suppressive effort to crush individuals and

      businesses and deprive the state of national gross product (since

      none can expand). The thing which baffles any suppressive is truth.

      It's the only thing that works. Significances one assigns figures

      are neither true nor false but always must be reasonable and

      defendable. And the figures themselves must always check out.




        Income does not mean profit One can and should make all the

      INCOME one possibly can. Always. The only crime really is to be

      broke. But when one makes INCOME be sure it is accounted for as to

      its source and that one covers it with expenses and debts. Handling

      taxation is as simple as that.




        Scientology income is high in most orgs. But it IS high due to

      the investment of time and money in earlier years. So if the

      balance sheets omit all the money that was invested and show only

      the money that was made, they are false balance sheets. And that is

      what the government wants us to turn in - a false balance sheet

      that shows all income as profit, with no repayment OT retirement of

      debt.




        Yesterday's unreported debts became invested money for expansion.

      The debts of 1950 have not been lost at all where they remain

      unpaid, but show up as DEVELOPED business.




        When the debt was not paid, that sum was used to expand. So the

      debt is still there and today's "profit" in no small way can be

      traced to the orgs not having to pay. Instead the money was used to

      develop the org and area. The income from that development is still

      there. Thus the debt must be there, must be shown on the balance

      sheets and books, or it will involve the org eventually in tax

      trouble.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       66







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE,

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 APRIL 1969




      Remimeo




                                AO-SH FINANCIAL

                                    CONTROL




        With the current advent of Sea Org expansion and the recent

      establishment of an AO- SH, firm policy is established, as below,

      outlining who controls AOs and AO-SHs financially around the world.




        FLAG BANKING OFFICER INTERNATIONAL




        1. The post of Flag Banking Officer International is established

      herewith alongside and under the EC AOs, but subject to the orders

      of the EC AOs for administrative purposes only.




        The purpose of this post is:




        TO SAFEGUARD SEA ORG MONIES BY ENSURING MORE IS NEVER SPENT THAN

      ALLOCATED AND SUBSTANTIAL RESERVES ARE BUILT UP.




        2. The FBO INT receives and evaluates financial data from FBOs

      attached to AOs, AO-SHs, OTLs and the Pursers of any ships and

      Missions in his area. Essential data from the financial reports as

      required by current Flag Orders, is then forwarded to the Staff

      Banking Officer as one report, so organized that costing analysis

      is possible at Flag and that any non-optimum use of funds from any

      area under his control can be quickly spotted and handled by the

      FBO INT as a matter of course.




        3. Proposals relating to tax, leases, purchase or rental of

      buildings, long term financial commitments, major changes in the

      Sea Org financial set-up must be approved by the FBO INT and

      forwarded to the 2nd Deputy Guardian for Finance WW for final okay

      before such can be activated.




        4. The FBO INT in addition to his normal duties has the added

      responsibility of seeing Ships, Bases and Missions adhere to Sea

      Org finance policy and handles their financial needs through the

      FBOs.




        5. Responsibility for handling any urgent matters relating to

      finance needs of Sea Org Missions must be delegated to the local

      FBO in the area.




        6. An FBO must first see a copy of the Mission Orders and ensure

      that any proposed disbursements requested by the Mission are

      essential to the Mission, not excessive and in line with their

      orders. He may disapprove any proposed expenses on this basis.




        Ships in the area will normally conduct their Missions on their

      usual allocation amount, no further expense is usually required.




        7. Allocation sums for AO, AO-SH, OTLs, and Sea Org Ships in the

      area, etc are set by and may not be changed without first obtaining

      approval from the FBO INT Any disbursements over and above

      allocation requires the FBO INT's approval also before the

      disbursement can be activated.




        8. The FBO INT may issue of his own determinism, and when

      required, Finance Base Orders applicable to one or all FBOs.




        9. In the event of an FBO's failure to do his duty thereby

      bringing Sea Org monies to risk, the FBO INT has the authority to

      remove him/her from post. His approval is required before an FBO

      may be appointed to an area.




        FLAG BANKING OFFICERS




        1. Attached to each AO or AO-SH is an FBO who has the duty of

      ensuring that




                                       67




      the AO, or AO-SH and their adjacent OTL complies with Sea Org

      Finance Policy and is directly responsible in these duties to the

      FBO INT, receiving orders only from the FBO INT on financial

      matters. The Commanding Officer of an AO or AO-SH may issue orders

      to the FBO, but only on an administrative basis-NEVER ON MATTERS

      PERTAINING TO FINANCE.




        2. In the case of an AO, AO-SH or OTL's gross non-compliance and

      failure to adhere to Sea Org Finance Policy, the FBO has the

      authority to temporarily reduce the org's allocation or allowances

      of the crew.




        3. Financial Planning for an AO, AO-SH or OTL may not be

      activated without the final approval of the FBO. The major duty of

      the FBO in this regard is ensuring that promotion is adequately

      provided for within the allocation and is not reduced by wasteful

      expenditure on non-essentials.




        4. In the event of any operational failure of a Division 3 AO or

      AO-SH, such as FSM Commission Payments backlogging, the FBO steps

      in, issues the orders necessary to handle the situation and obtains

      compliance.




        5. The banking of an AO or AO-SH daily takings is handled by the

      FBO as laid down in Flag Orders. Care must be taken to ensure

      separate Income records are maintained for an AO-SH, as 10% of the

      SH's Corrected Gross income is forwarded to WW weekly for their

      defense purposes.




        STAFF BANKING OFFICER




        1. The Staff Banking Officer (Commodore's Staff) located at Flag,

      is responsible for receiving from AOs, and AO-SHs, that portion of

      their income which is paid by them to Flag.




        2. All reports formerly forwarded to the SBO, will now be

      received by the FBO INT. The additional duty of the Staff Banking

      Officer with regard to AOs and AO-SHs finance will be to receive

      monthly figures from the FBO INT and prepare from these a monthly

      costing analysis and income Summary.




        2ND DEPUTY GUARDIAN FOR FINANCE WW




        1. The 2nd Deputy Guardian for Finance WW, in addition to his

      other duties, is appointed as the Finance Guardian over all AOs and

      AO-SHs. His primary duty in this new role is overseeing these orgs

      are given any help and advice they may require in handling matters

      relating to finance and tax.




        2. He may not issue orders with regard to the disposal of Sea Org

      funds, aside from seeing the routine financial arrangements and

      policies governing the above-mentioned orgs are adhered to. His

      terminal on these matters is the FBO INT. However, in the event of

      Sea Org monies being subjected to grave risk, he may assume the

      role of a heavy hussar and take actions and steps necessary to

      resolve the situation.




        3. A Saint Hill which was under WW control transferred

      temporarily out from WW and placed under the Sea Org, would still

      remain under the direct control financially of the 2nd Deputy

      Guardian for Finance WW. Under this arrangement no changes would be

      made regarding their financial set-up. Administratively, the org

      would take their orders from the Sea Org.




      Lt. Robin Roos

      CS - 3, Material Aide

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




      LRH:ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       68







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1969

                      (Amends HCO P/L of 20th April 1969)




      Remimeo




                                 AO-SH FINANCE

                                    CONTROL




        With the current advent of Sea Org expansion and the recent

      establishment of an AO- SH, firm policy is established, as below,

      outlining who controls AOs and AO-SHs financially around the world.




        FLAG BANKING OFFICER INTERNATIONAL




        1. The post of Flag Banking Officer International is established

      herewith under the Staff Banking Officer, but subject to the orders

      of the 2nd Deputy Commodore for administrative purposes only.




        The purpose of this post is:




        TO SAFEGUARD SEA ORG MONIES BY ENSURING MORE IS NEVER SPENT THAN

      ALLOCATED AND SUBSTANTIAL RESERVES ARE BUILT UP.




        2. The FBO INT receives and evaluates financial data from FBOs

      attached to AOs, AO- SHs, OTLs and the Pursers of any ships and

      Missions in his area. Essential data from the financial reports as

      required by current Flag Orders, is then forwarded to the Staff

      Banking Officer as one report, organized as a costing analysis and

      so that any non-optimum use of funds from any area under his

      control can be quickly spotted and handled by the FBO INT as a

      matter of course.




        3. Proposals relating to tax, leases, purchase or rental of

      buildings, long term financial commitments, major changes in the

      Sea Org financial set-up must be approved by CS-3 Material Aide for

      final okay before such can be activated.




        4. The FBO INT in addition to his normal duties has the added

      responsibility of seeing Ships, Bases and Missions adhere to Sea

      Org finance policy and handles their financial needs through the

      FBOs.




        5. Responsibility for handling any urgent matters relating to the

      finance needs of Sea Org Missions must be delegated to the local

      FBO in the area.




        6. An FBO must first see a copy of the Mission Orders and ensure

      that any proposed disbursements requested by the Mission are

      essential to the Mission, not excessive and in line with their

      orders. He may disapprove any proposed expenses on this basis.

      Ships in the area will normally conduct their Missions on their

      usual allocation amount, no further expense is usually required.




        7. Allocation sums for AO, AO-SH, OTLs and Sea Org Ships in the

      area, etc. are set by and may not be changed without first

      obtaining approval from CS-3. Any disbursements cover and above

      allocation requires CS-3's approval also before the disbursement

      can be activated.




        8. In the event of an FBO's failure to do his duty thereby

      bringing Sea Org monies to risk, the FBO INT has the authority to

      remove him/her from post.




        Anyone appointed to the post of FBO, must be first cleared for

      such by the local Ethics Officer and the Ethics Officer

      International before they can be placed on post.




                                       69







        FLAG BANKING OFFICERS




        1. Attached to each AO or AO-SH is an FBO who has the duty of

      ensuring the AO, or AO- SH and their adjacent OTL complies with Sea

      Org Finance Policy and is directly responsible in those duties to



      the FBO INT, receiving orders only from the FBO INT on financial

      matters. The Commanding Officer of an AO or AO-SH may issue orders

      to the FBO, but only on an administrative basis - NEVER ON MATTERS

      PERTAINING TO FINANCE.




        2. In the case of an AO, AO-SH or OTL's gross non-compliance and

      failure to adhere to Sea Org Finance Policy, the FBO has the

      authority to temporarily reduce the Org's allocation or allowances

      of the crew.




        3. Financial Planning for an AO, AO-SH or OTL may not be

      activated without the final approval of the FBO. The major duty of

      the FBO in this regard is ensuring that promotion is adequately

      provided for within the allocation and is not reduced by wasteful

      expenditure on non-essentials.




        4. In the event of any operational failure of a Division 3 AO or

      AO-SH, such as FSM Commission Payments backlogging, the FBO steps

      in, issues the orders necessary to handle the situation and obtains

      compliance.




        5. The banking of an AO or AO-SH's daily takings is handled by

      the FBO as laid down in Flag Orders. Care must be taken to ensure

      separate Income Records are maintained for an AO-SH, as 10% of the

      SH's Gross Income is forwarded to WW weekly for their defense

      purposes.




        STAFF BANKING OFFICER




        1. The Staff Banking Officer (Commodore's Staff under CS 3,

      located at Flag) receives from the FBO INT a monthly costing

      breakdown and income summary, made up from the combined reports of

      FBO's and subject to current orders from SBO as to content and

      format.




        2. The SBO acts as senior to the FBO INT to originate programmes

      related to banking and reserves, and gets Finance policy and FOs

      complied with and to control the AO Banking and finance lines in

      co-ordination with CS-3. The SBO is responsible that the FBO INT

      performs his duties.




        3. The FBO INT holds all administrative duties formerly done by

      SBO and he acts as senior to AO and AO-SH FBOs to accomplish the

      purpose of his post, reporting fully his actions and a summary of

      info received from each FBO in his daily reports to the SBO.




        2ND DEPUTY GUARDIAN FOR FINANCE WW




        1. The 2nd Deputy Guardian for Finance WW in addition to his

      other duties, is appointed as the Finance Guardian over all AOs and

      AO-SHs. The purpose of this hat is to assume the role of a heavy

      hussar if Sea Org Monies should be subjected to grave risk and to

      take actions and steps necessary to resolve the situation. His

      terminal is CS-3.




      LRH:ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3

      Material Aide




      for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                       70










      It's a PRO world today.




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 NOVEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      PES Hat

      OES Hat

      Accounts Hats

      Finance Course Chksht

      PRO Course Checksheet




                               ACCOUNTS AND PRO




        Public Relations Office or Officer is meant by "PRO". it is also

      slang for "Controlled Good Relations in the Community or Area".




        When you "PRO" something you visit, write, handle it so as to

      enhance and improve your Public Image.




        A terrific amount of PRO effect occurs on ACCOUNTS lines.




        Bad or inaccurate statements of debt can ruin your PRO with a

      customer, pc or student.




        Unfair accounts decisions can mess up the PRO of a whole area.




        Unpaid bills can ruin your PRO in a whole town.




        So there is a lot of PRO connected with accounts actions.




        Repairing the damages done by not submitting correct accounts to

      customers or failing to pay commercial bills or rents or utilities

      is a PRO action and requires sane thought and careful handling so

      as to restore the org's PRO.




        The biggest crime one can commit in this modern society is to be

      without money. Even in a Supersocialism this is a crime.




        For an org not to have and make lots of money is stupid. Given a

      potentially remunerative activity, only thoroughly lousy service

      and horribly bad handling of promotion or criminal carelessness in

      accounts can leave an org without money. Doing standard org

      actions, giving excellent service and adequate promotion brings m

      plenty of money. The outnesses which prevent income or waste outgo

      have to be truly glaring and goofy to leave an org without money.




        The way to have NO PRO is to have no money at all.




        Lack of money or wild outnesses in handling money can practically

      destroy an org's PRO.




        "Credit" as a quality is a sort of god in Western society. If

      your "credit is bad" that finishes you to one and all. It is a

      statement far worse than mere "murderer". it must be since

      psychiatry murders daily but is well thought of in governments.




        So you get the extreme value of "good credit".




        Dateline paying and other accounts policies prevent bad credit.




        But when it has gone bad, it takes making money and brilliant PRO

      actions to restore a good credit image. AND IT MUST BE RESTORED.




        Money as a total motivation for an action is not high grade

      motivation. In espionage services the man who works for money only

      is expected to turn his coat and allegiance and is regarded with

      contempt.




        But money is a basic point of judgement on which higher levels of

      motivation can be built in a wog world. It is PRO to the commercial

      world which has no real dedications.




        So billing debtors and paying creditors have high PRO value to an

      org.




        All this can become a Strange cycle. The org mucks up its area,

      let us say, by bad




                                       71




      or indifferent service, promotion then is unreal so the org PRO

      with customers collapses. These don't buy service. The org runs out

      of money. Its bills mount up and its commercial community PRO

      collapses so it has no public credit. There goes the org.




        Accounts is the area hit and will go on being hit until it begins

      to insist on GOOD SERVICE, the repair of all bad service, good real

      promotion and finds money to spend on PROMOTION. Then money will

      come in. Accounts actions must now PRO the commercial field, get

      that handled with good PRO accompanied by money on dateline

      payments and sound arrangements.




        Further money is spent on more PROMOTION. Former bad service is

      handled. Credit is re-established in the area. Any accounts trouble

      with customers is cleared up. The org is fully there again. i




        There is no substitute in Accounts PRO for knowing one's finance

      policy and following it.




        Sloppy accounts files, no Financial Planning, no Purchase Order

      system, ignorance of finance policy as in the Finance Checksheet

      can lead an org directly into losing its community PRO regardless

      of service quality or promotion. So just as accounts can be mucked

      up by lack of money coming from bad service or bad promotion, it

      also happens that Accounts all by itself can wreck an org's

      Community PRO.




        Therefore it is VITAL to PRO that an org:




        1. Has its Accounts personnel have their Accounts Hats on and

      finance policy being closely followed.




         That Financial Planning is real and income remains greater than

      outgo.




        3. That adequate funds are available for promotion and that org

      funds do not get all soaked up by the HCO ES and OES divisions on

      film cabinets and new roofing paper.




        4. That the pcs and students (customers) of the org are handled

      to generate high PRO on their accounts contacts.




        5. That the commercial connections of the org in the community,

      the org's creditors, are smoothly handled to generate high PRO.




        6. That any adverse reactions along accounts lines are instantly

      handled to restore good PRO. These can include a covert operation

      to one's creditors by some enemy - which is handled by proving the

      falsity of the accusation. They can include wrong change, failure

      to refund, reluctant or inaccurate or failed payment to Field Staff

      Members. These and any other adverse Accounts action MUST be pushed

      back to good PRO fast.




        Lack of money comes from slow or bad service, and a failure to go

      flat out to remedy it or from no or poor or unreal promotion. Or no

      money can stem directly from off-policy or messy handling of

      accounts and org finances.




        In the final analysis it's a PRO world and high PRO cannot be

      effected for an org if there is anything wrong in its accounts

      lines. Thus PRO is affected strongly by accounts and finance

      actions.




        Our orgs do not go into debt, do not finance themselves by

      borrowings. Our orgs make their own way. That is why they are still

      our orgs. And Accounts PRO has a lot to do with it.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:rs.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       72







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 NOVEMBER 1970

                                   Issue IV

      Remimeo SO & Scn Orgs

      and ships COs & Exec

      Dirs FBOs & A/GFs &

      ECs to activate All Div

      Secs Treas Sec Hat Dir

      Disbs Hat Purchasing Hat

      Accts & Materiel Bureau




                             ESTIMATED PURCHASE

                                    ORDERS




                                 NECESSITIES




        The divisions and staff of an org or ship require certain

      necessities to operate and promote and deliver service.




        Stats enter this where stat rise and vital function require

      certain quantities of supplies directly related to a particular

      stat or function.




        To get more letters out would require more letterhead paper.




        NECESSITY = Materiel needs directly related and necessary to the

      vital functions, promotion, delivery, stats and acceptable image of

      a division or org or ship.




        Financial Planning operates to create and maintain viability by

      causing the org to make money and continue in good credit.




        It directs payment of existing bills (dateline) and authorizes PT

      expense.




        In handling PT expense, Finance is planned and used to back and

      provide the necessities with which Div Secs and staff can cause GDS

      and income rise. Not every stat or function requires materiel. Some

      do. Some don't. Some do more than others.




        The judgment required is the line drawn between actual need and

      "got to have". Finer judgments are "how much" and "what quality".




        Aligned to stats and vital function the judgment becomes easier.




        A Financial Manager who would permit vast quantities of

      letterhead ordered far in excess of need and at the expense of

      other necessities actual in present time or would approve an

      expensive paper when a less expensive one would do as well would be

      as unwise as one who would ignore the need and reduce or halt the

      letter stat by denying paper altogether.




        The object and orientation and action of FP is to enhance

      viability by providing promotional and operational necessities

      which assist or cause stat rise.




        The operative term is NECESSITY. Not because an org should ignore

      facilities that better image and conditions. But because finance

      channeled into NECESSITIES first brings back the return and

      increase which permits facility improvement.




                      ESTIMATED PURCHASE ORDERS HISTORY




        An FP system which seeks to provide necessities but admits only

      exactly priced




                                       73







      purchase orders sometimes collides with the fact that the exact

      cost of a vitally needed Item is sometimes not known or obtainable

      when FP convenes.




        Extensive and time consuming price searches for items then not

      accepted by FP is time lost.




        Ships, being mobile, are subject to price variations from port to

      port.




        Bills files have prices but many items are infrequently purchased

      and have no price on file or easily accessible.




        Or a vital dissem mailing may lack the 3 required quotes when FP

      is held.




        This leaves FP members with 3 choices:




        1. Delay the whole FP to obtain the missing prices.




        2. Delete the unpriced items ignoring need.




        3. Accept POs which, although apparently valid, are actually a

      guess and which get the originator into trouble with accounts or

      which deny him the item anyway when the real cost is discovered, or

      even worse, results in a bill far exceeding the planned amount.




                                   SOLUTION




        To solve all this and provide a workable FP system which prevents

      exclusion of

      vital

      org necessities, ESTIMATED PURCHASE ORDERS were developed aboard

      Flag and

      are established by this policy letter for use in all ships and orgs.




                                      EPO




        EPO = ESTIMATED PURCHASE ORDER.




        AN EPO IS NOT A PURCHASE ORDER AND GIVES NO AUTHORITY TO

      PURCHASE.




        An EPO is submitted to FP in place of an actual and valid

      purchase order when the exact cost of a needed item is not yet

      known: it serves to hold aside the ESTIMATED amount needed until an

      ACTUAL purchase order with exact cost can be raised against it.




        That's all it does.




        No purchase or order may occur by reason of an EPO.




        EPO format and color are distinct and different from that of an

      actual and valid Purchase Order.




        An EPO is mimeoed in black ink on white low grade low cost paper.




        CSW required of an EPO is the full and exact reason for need.




        EPOs are made in duplicate-one for FP use, carbon for Div Sec to

      retain and use when making actual POs against them.




                                    RED PO




        An actual and valid PURCHASE ORDER is on deep pink paper and

      because of this is called a RED PO.




        ONLY AN ACTUAL (RED) PURCHASE ORDER EXACTLY PRICED AND




                                       74







      SIGNED BEFORE PURCHASE AUTHORIZES PURCHASE AND NO PURCHASE

      OR COMMITMENT TO EXPENSE MAY OCCUR WITHOUT ONE.




        A Red PO has the exact cost of an item and any specifications

      (size, color, quantity) required by Dept 8 to purchase. It is not

      another estimate or an EPO re-copied on a Red PO form. It is

      EXACTLY COSTED.




        Red POs may go direct to FP before meeting.




        Red POs raised between FP meetings are only against already

      approved EPOs.




        This gives two possible sequences:




        A. I. Red PO made and complete prior-to FP meeting.




        2 FP meets.




        3. Red PO approved (or not).




        4. Purchase occurs if Red PO approved.




                                      -OR




        B. 1. Exact cost unknown, an EPO is made instead.




        2 FP meets.




        3. EPO approved (or not).




        4. If approved, exact price obtained as and when available.




        5. Red PO made up.




        6. EPO and Red PO matched up by Dept 8.




        7. Red PO signed (or not) by PO signer.




        8. Purchase occurs if Red PO approved.




        In either case PURCHASE OCCURS ONLY BY REASON OF RED PO APPROVAL,

      AND ONLY AT THE PO AUTHORIZED COST OR LESS. NEVER MORE.




                                   FP ACTION




        Date and time of FP meeting published in Orders of the Day or by

      staff notice board sets the deadline for submission of newly

      prepared EPOs and Red POs for the coming week or month. The primary

      requirement is coverage of all NECESSITIES.




        FP members take up EPOs and Red POs in meeting against the gross

      amount established as available for PT expenditure.




        At the moment when POs and Estimated POs thus presented reach the

      established sum the EPO and PO signing is stopped. No further POs

      are acceptable except those subsequently raised against the

      approved EPOs.




        As POs and EPOs presented often exceed the allocated sum prior to

      FP meeting the first action of the meeting is adjustment or

      elimination to meet the allowed total before any EPOs or POs may be

      signed.




        FP approval authority should require rejected POs and EPOs

      submitted by separate folder with completed FP for a check of items

      rejected.




        Any real essential found rejected in favor of items less vital to

      function and promotion causes FP to be reconvened or is adjusted by

      the FP authority himself.




        DEPARTMENT OF DISBURSEMENTS




        Dept 8 receives from FP:




        A) Approved Red POs for immediate purchase.




                                       75







        B) Approved EPOs to be held awaiting Red POs. C) The FP directive

      listing these by division. D) Dateline established for bills

      already owing.




        A basket set up in Div 3 Comm Center and labelled "RED POs"

      collects the Red POs submitted by Div Secs and staff against

      approved EPOs.




        Purchasing section empties the basket once daily, staples to each

      Red PO its corresponding EPO and prepares the day's collection in a

      folder for PO signer. The action is only once daily. No RUSH POs

      and no body traffic.




        On return of the signed Red POs Purchasing Section activates and

      routes to Bills File of the appropriate company. (Ships being

      mobile and having many creditors normally file POs and bills by

      month instead.)




        Bills arriving then match up with the Red POs already in the

      bills file and are subject to payment by dateline.




                                  PO SIGNERS




        PO signing and FP approval is by FBO or A/GF, D/GF (or A/G if

      held from above), where there is one. SO units and ships having no

      FBO send FPs and Red POs to the area FBO (Continental Finance

      Office). A remote OTL operates against an established basic FP and

      reports expense in summary form to the nearest SO Finance Office.




        FP approval and PO signing in Scn Orgs where there is neither FBO

      nor A/GF or A/G occurs at Exec Sec level. Any Exec Dir may add

      himself as mandatory signer if he considers org financial position

      warrants it.




        Signature of a Red PO exceeding the EPO amount would be

      occasional and would be only on receipt of factual advice by Dept 8

      that there exists sufficient overage on other EPOs to compensate.

      There is no obligation to sign. He may require the EPO held for

      next FP and the shortage made up by a second EPO at that time.




                            EPO AND RED PO MATCHING




        EPOs and Red POs usually match up one-for-one but not always.




        1. An item too costly for allocation by one FP meeting may hold

      aside EPOs of partial cost until accumulated EPOs reach the total

      cost. This would give several EPOs against one final Red PO for

      actual purchase. Thus, purchase of a large item can be covered by

      several months' EPOs for it accumulated from FPs granting it.






        2. Sometimes a single EPO may also accumulate Red POs against it.




        "Routine org supply items for February" could be a Div 3 EPO

      against which there could be a Red PO for dispatch paper, one for

      carbon, one for pens, etc. Maybe more is needed a few weeks later

      and there's a second Red PO for dispatch paper.




        Ships never know exact agent fees until arrival in a port and

      sometimes not even then. Thus there is an EPO for "Agent's fees for

      January" against which Red POs for actual agent bills accumulate.




        Such an EPO is good until its total value has been used up by Red

      POs. It is then removed from EPO file as expired.




        Red POs raised against this type are in duplicate so that the

      original can go to bills file leaving a copy attached to the still

      valid EPO to indicate partial use of the total amount.




        The most usual type of EPO is one-for-one and expires on use of a

      single Red PO




                                       76







      to match it-even when there is money left over due- to actual

      cost being less than estimate.




                      HOW TO ACTIVATE THIS POLICY LETTER




         1. Have adequate copies of the attached EPO form mimeoed off and

      distributed to Div Secs




        2. Have this policy checked out on all Div Secs and staff and

      particularly on Execs.




         3. Require that the necessities of each division are represented

      by Red POs or EPOs at the time of regular FP meeting.




         4. See that EPOs do represent divisional needs and allow no

      change or swap of EPOs after FP meeting. EPOs do not represent a

      divisional allocation subject to change of amount or use. An EPO

      for light bulbs cannot become something else. it's light bulbs or

      nothing. EPOs do not substitute for planning. They only make it

      smoother and more real.




         5. Enforce it if necessary by assignment of pay loss to any

      division or staff member neglecting vital needs or requesting other

      items at the expense of real necessities.




        6. Groove your Div 3 in thoroughly on EPO and PO handling as in

      this PL.




         7. Refine it by preparation and use of divisional checklists of

      materiel needs required to effectively promote and deliver.




         8. Refine it further by organizing a 5th disbursement voucher

      copy for routing of vouchers to the Div Sec concerned so that a

      divisional cost reference file builds up.




         9. Apply the use of EPOs to improvement of FP ease and

      effectiveness. An EPO system properly applied and supplementary to

      the existing Purchase Order system (which is unchanged) gives the

      margin that allows a simple and effective FP action without which

      the untended materiel needs of a division or org can suddenly leap

      up as a real emergency.




        10. Recognize any other use of this system as a misapplication to

      be reported to ethics and to result in starrate checkout of the

      offender on this policy letter and personal payment for any

      unauthorized or illegal purchase or expense to the org in excess of

      authorized amount.




      Lt. Vicki Polimeni

      CS-3 for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




      LRH:VP:rr.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       77







      E .

      PR O

      H




      DIVISION:




      ESTIMATED COST:(in US $)_




      ITEM:




      REASON: (attach CSW)




      DATE:




      NUMBER:_




      FP ESTIMATED P.O.




           HAS NO VALUE OR EXCHANGE VALUE

      AND HAS NO AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE




      (in local currency)-




        It is understood that this is an estimated cost and the item

      cannot be bight until a fully and exactly priced PO has been

      submitted and signed by PO Signing Authority.




                                  ORIGINATOR




      DIV HEAD




      FP MEMBER




      FBO, A/GF, A/G_




                                       78







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                   HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 FEBRUARY 1971




      Remimeo

      Add Finance

      Checksheet

      All FP members




                          FINANCIAL PLANNING TIPS




        FP need not be a burden at all.




        If these five conditions exist then FP is very easy




        1. PRODUCE AS AN ACTIVITY. Look over what your products should

      be, particularly your Valuable Final Products, and then begin to

      get those products somehow anyhow. This and only this is the

      shining reason why you can have a decent allocation. If it is then

      denied you you can howl and be sure of redress. A cap in hand with

      no product is a sure route to chopped FP. (Example: An org with

      half a million collectable on its books but which didn't even send

      out statements had an awful time with FP. Asking for "allocations"

      that were really handouts, neither its FP body nor its FBO fully

      understood WHY, but it just seemed unreal to give it money. It was

      asking for money. It wasn't requesting the return to it of money it

      had made and was entitled to. It did not make other value so could

      not justify value. Therefore it "sort of looked odd" to Finance.

      Even Finance did not know why. The wildest example of this was the

      1950 LA Foundation which, under a US Navy Ex-rear Admiral, wanted

      $47,000 a week to subsidize a foundation potentially making $80,000

      a week. But he closed its doors and wouldn't run it until he could

      get "legal" and subsidized. Another one is OK 1969 wanting Flag to

      pay it $3,000 a week to keep it going when it wasn't even sending

      out letters and did not even own a typewriter yet was accidentally

      making $5,500 a week average. There are tons of such examples.

      Activities go on to government appropriation think instead of

      promote - sell - collect and deliver and wind up with no pay, no

      food, no uniforms and FP troubles and conflicts you wouldn't

      believe possible.)




        2. KNOW YOUR FINANCE PACK. When members of FP bodies have not

      done their Finance Pack they get into total confusion Further any

      Finance authority gets disgusted with their admin irregularities

      and won't regard their propositions or troubles with any

      seriousness. Failure to do, refusal to do a Finance Pack (which

      only takes a couple part time study days) can give an FP body a bad

      name with Finance people simply because their ignorance is mistaken

      for foolish proposals.




        3. SEPARATE OUT DIFFERENT TYPES OF EXPENDITURE. An early FO on

      "Title" of various items helps clarify. Find out and get it agreed

      to what is covered under Title A (permanent) Title B (valuable

      non-expendable) and Title C (issuable or usable) and get Finance to

      agree to what is which and exactly what one is doing FP on and the

      tangle becomes easier to undo. What is Permanent Fixture? Does one

      FP for new ships, new buildings, vital repairs, vital spares?

      (Actually no, but it has to be covered in general Finance.) Is one

      FPing for gimmicks and oddities and possibly useful things (Title

      B). Or is one FPing for expendables, wages, food, fuel, papers?

      (Title C.) Maybe one FPs for all three BUT in the category of

      necessities to operate and would be nice and future hopes.

      Necessary spare parts for Title A that would break everything down

      are of course necessities. So probably should pass without

      question. Whereas Finance people often don't see them that way.

      Wages, food, uniforms, fuel are subject to cutbacks where an

      activity is not able to demonstrate production. Good idea Title B

      usually comes in for purchase when the activity is really making

      the money and otherwise are a yawn. Future hopes depend totally

      upon one's profitable use of what one has. Once you get all this

      agreed to with Finance people they can't change the rules on you

      every FP. And a lot of the strain goes out of it. No FO or P/L

      could easily set up exact rules for every type of activity there

      is. Essentially it would be what is agreed upon between the Finance

      people and the FP body. The Finance people want to get cash to

      reserves and they resent justly a freeloader activity that has

      subsidize or unwise think. They want to give an activity X beans

      (money) and get back X beans plus. When they give out X beans and

      get back no beans they are hard to live with. Even a ship that

      produces no money directly still sells org help events and trained

      experienced SO members for beans from orgs. Any org would give it

      good hard beans for real help and trained experienced SO members.

      If AOLA could "buy" all the




                                       79







      excellent SO members it wanted and needed from the station ship

      it would be delirious with joy. But if the SS has not been making

      them, it has a hat-in-hand aspect to Finance people. Finance people

      then shift the rules around to try to get out of giving any money

      at all, naturally. While this is covered in No. 1 above, it also

      affects No. 3, this one. Everything is considered Title C, even the

      ship, and subject to total reduction as it does not increase

      Finance people's viability. So "the rules" get shifted on the FP

      body. If it isn't making a valuable final product that can be

      changed for cash with something that has cash (No. I above) and if

      it doesn't know general Finance rules (as in No. 2 above) and if it

      has no solid agreement with the Finance Authority on Title A, B and

      C, then of course FP is a nightmare for everyone concerned.




        4. NEGLECTING NECESSITIES. When an FP body is not aware of the

      necessities of its operation and neglects to FP for them Finance

      people (Bureau Three Treasury and FBOs) have to do it for them.

      This causes a lot of bad feeling from Finance people. A new

      drinking fountain or trampoline mat for staff and no postage FPed

      for is sure to cause a lasting engram! An FP body should have a

      list of vital necessities by division and FP for those first before

      it begins to wonder. Strangely, pay, food, uniforms are not

      considered necessities. They do not directly influence an

      activity's income. A "necessity" is what it takes to make products

      and valuable final products. In a cap-in-hand activity food is

      qualified as "some food, oatmeal maybe". Pay becomes "maybe but no

      bonuses ever". Uniforms become "none". Recruiting posters YES. Fuel

      becomes "economical amounts carefully used". Training materials

      becomes YES. So what's a necessity? A necessity is what it takes to

      make the valuable final product, not individual survival but group

      survival. So an FP body doing individuated think can get in severe

      FP trouble just by the nature of economics.




        5. USING FP TO NEGLECT DUTY. It is a shame but true that people

      will excuse lack of vital action by blaming FP. "The building

      burned up because we couldn't get fire hoses through FP." "The main

      engine broke down because FP rejected...." Actual tracing of such

      statements usually discloses the item was never FPed for at all

      even to the FP body or that "FP" was used as a means of escaping

      the work. If you buy all this blame of FP you will think FP and

      Finance people villainous. Actually FP is often a whipping boy to

      excuse not doing the job or to delay it. Failure to handle and

      saying it was FP when it wasn't is Comm Ev stuff. So don't let FP

      get a bad name unjustly. It's grim enough even when done right.




        The future of any activity depends upon these five factors above.

      It is an economic world in which we live, regardless of "isms" like

      Capitalism or Communism or Socialism.




        If you have these five things cared for you can do FP quite

      merrily.




        The essence of getting money is making money in the first place.

      FP is the second step of what do we do with the money we make. It

      will never solve neglecting to make it. You always have trouble

      with money if you don't make any.




        (c) hope this helps lead sane Finance bodies out of the jungle

      into the sun.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:sb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       80







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1971

                                    Issue II




      All Finance Hats

      To be displayed



      on the desk of

      every Finance

      Personnel




                             FIRST FINANCIAL POLICY




                  INCOME IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN DISBURSEMENT.




      Board of Investigation FCO 1121

      Lt. David Murphy, Chairman Lt.

      Peter Warren, Secretary Ens. Bill

      Lawrance, Member for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:BL:PW:DM:sb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       81










                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL 1959




                                 BOOKS, COST OF




        Inform all Assoc Secs




        The principal comm particles of Scientology Organization are

      books.




        Obviously, books cost money.




        When books are sold their money must be safeguarded so that

      replacement books can be bought.




        Book monies cannot be part of Prop Income. A book is bought by a

      Central Organization at 50% of the list price, sold to members at

      80%. If this 80% is halved for prop pay and added to salary sum, it

      costs the Org 10% of list just to handle the book! This means a 10%

      loss every time a book is sold! Therefore books cannot become part

      of the salary or expense sum. They must remain as they are, the

      income from them kept ready to buy new stocks when old stocks are

      exhausted.




        The price of all books should be computed on the basis that when

      20% is deducted from the price for members, a round sum remains

      which is not less than 4 times the exact printing cost. No book may

      be listed at less than 5 times the cost of one volume. Only then

      can the sale of books be remunerative enough to buy new stocks.




        As policy, no book may be printed without my permission. Most

      books will be printed in London or the U.S.




        These books will be sold to Central Orgs by HCO Ltd for a

      distributor figure of 50% of the list price.




        The books will be shipped as soon as ready.




        The continental magazine should forecast only any book (or tape)

      until it is actually in hand, then announce it as arrived and on

      sale. No book should be neglected. Send copies gratis to local

      papers for review always each time a new book appears, or whenever

      an old book has been neglected in this way. Announce in the

      magazine. Advertise on the Bulletin Board. Push books at

      Congresses.




        From 10 to 25 people read every book sold, according to

      advertising people. This then is high level dissemination.




        Send out the continental magazine every month or two, one issue

      to the whole list you have, not just to members. And advertise

      Books, Books, Books.




        About once a year send a full list of books on hand on a sheet

      order form to everyone. This says "Which of these books don't you

      have?" People order them by the ton from the form by marking X and

      sending a cheque.




        Book business is cash business from a Central Org to the field.

      Credit on books can be a bad headache in several ways.




        Send out your magazine to the whole mailing list frequently.

      Heavily advertise books first, services second. And set the money

      you get aside.




        I am about to do several new books. A new book can sell two to

      three thousand copies in your area in a few weeks if you handle it

      right. Books are the sparks you need to light the fire. Let's

      handle them so they make us (as above) not break us.




      LRH:mp.aap.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       82







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1959




      Distrib.

      "Central"

      HCO Offices

      only




                  HOW TO ESTABLISH PRICE OF BOOKS AND TAPES




                                    BOOKS




        Establish fully the printing cost. Multiply by five. This is cost

      of the book to usual buyers. However, a book price can be further

      increased so that when one gets a 20% reduction he pays a whole

      figure. Example: Printing cost X = 20 shillings. This is minimum

      safe retail price. This can be fixed further so members buy it for

      20 shillings after their 20% discount, i.e. 24s X 20% = 20s.




                                 TAPE PRICING




        Add:




        1. Cost of tape original.




        2. Cost of recorder and equipment depreciation (2 yrs per

      recorder); includes cost of recorders in copying.




        3. Cost of time of engineer (gross weekly).




        4. Cost of tape for copy master.




        5. Cost of tapes for copies.




        6. Rental cost of recording room or rooms.




        7. Performer cost. (Min. ?15.0.0./week)




        8. Shipping cost of whole package by air + insurance.




        Add 100% of above.




      LRH:mp.pm.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                             BOOK PRICING FORMULA

                                  /Excerpt/




        16. The costing formula for pricing a book by the publishing

      agency (not the seller) is as follows: Printing cost x 5 + 2 x

      Surface post to furthest org. This is the standard publisher

      costing formula and allows for discounts up to 50% for large

      distributors, overhead and royalties. To sell for less than this is

      to cause loss and prevent distribution. This also allows enough

      money for the distributor and the publisher both to advertise. This

      is a minimum price formula.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Exerpted from HCO Policy letter of 10 February 1965, Ad and

      Book Policies. A complete copy of this Policy Letter can be

      found in Volume 2, page 101.]




                                       83







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1961




      HCOs

      Central Orgs

      Franchise




                                 PROFESSIONAL

                                    CHARGES




        No Franchise or Field Auditor may charge less for services than

      the Central Organization for that Continent.




        They may, however, charge more.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JUNE 1962




      CenOCon

      Franchise

      Field Auditors

      BPI




      L. RON HUBBARD




                             PROFESSIONAL CHARGES

                       (Amends and amplifies HCO Pol Ltr

                       of 10 February 1961, same title)




        No Franchise or Field Auditor should charge less for services

      than the Central Organization for that Continent. They may,

      however, charge more.




        The Organization cannot be fully responsible for the excellence

      of any auditing that is not regularly purchased through the

      Registrar and done in the HGC at a Central Organization. However,

      in the case of complaints against an auditor, if it is found that

      the auditor has conscientiously applied standard procedures to the

      best of his ability, and has not charged less than the recognized

      fee for the area, he may expect some support from the HCO, HASI and

      myself




        All auditing rates in an area are uniform. Field auditors are

      supposed to charge the same as the Organization.




        Good auditing today is excellent. It is worth far more than the

      fees charged in the HGC. Bad auditing is money wasted.




        No responsibility need be accepted and no legal help or advice

      need be given where, on investigation of a complaint, it is found

      that an auditor has given auditing for fees that are less than

      those charged by the Central Organization for the area. In the

      event of preclear complaints in such circumstances, severe

      disciplinary action may be taken against the auditor concerned.




        The Central Organization should take steps to ensure that all

      field and Franchise auditors in its area are kept informed of their

      current charges and terms, so that field auditors can align their

      charges and terms accordingly. Field auditors also should assume

      responsibility for keeping themselves informed of the current

      charges.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       84







                          HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964




      Remimeo

      Interested Sthil Staff




                                  /Excerpt/




                               COST OF SERVICE




        You must realize, despite propaganda about our expensiveness,




      that our services break into two parts.




        (a) Cheap, broad services for everyone.




        (b) Personal services at a much higher (but cheaper than any

      other field) price.




        Don't get confused and try to make (a) expensive or (b) cheap.




        Whenever I get a plea from some staff to "cut our prices" I now

      realize they haven't got (a) and (b) separate and they're confused

      and try to identify all service with all service.




        Make our cheap services (PE, HAS, Co-audit, brief assists) very,

      very, very cheap. Give them away, in fact. This is broad, general

      Scientology. You have to spend money to give them away. The book

      auditor, the Extension Course, the dollar book, the magazine, these

      are all part of these cheap services.




        Most orgs err in never really spending money on cheap services.

      They get all tied up with income needs and sell only expensive

      services and never get a whirlwind of interest going.




        Cheap service costs the org money. You have to hire staff just to

      administer it. You have to have people to care for it. You answer

      letters from book auditors (but the Letter Reg doesn't) and PE

      people and greet out-of-Towners with a hostess.




        You don't turn such traffic off because it doesn't buy. You form

      a place for it to come to like a public lounge. You give it tape

      plays. You whip it up to a roar. And you don't let it into your

      production departments or lines because it bothers these and upsets

      them.




        For instance, you never give away an Academy Course. You always

      charge heavily for it. But you give public tape plays that train

      the "multitude".




        ALL PERSONAL SERVICES RENDERED TO THE INDIVIDUAL RESULTING IN A

      GOOD PROCESS RESULT OR A WORTHWHILE CERTIFICATE MUST BE CHARGED FOR

      HEAVILY.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 23 September 1964, Policies:

      Dissemination and Programmes. A complete copy of this Policy Letter

      can be found in Volume 2, page 41.]




                                       85







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1965

      Remimeo

      Registrar

      Tech Sec HAT

      Qual Sec HAT

      Org Sec HAT

      Dir Accts HAT

      Cashier's HAT




                        HAT TECHNICAL & QUALIFICATIONS

                                   DIVISIONS

                                 DIVISION 4 - 5

                                    URGENT




                                AUDITING FEES

                     PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF PRECLEARS

                             SCALE OF PREFERENCE




        There is a definite and positive Scale of Preference for

      accepting and scheduling preclears (including students sent to

      Review) for auditing in the HGC and in the Case Cracking Section of

      the Department of Review.




        Last on the list is any person who seeks auditing as a favour "to

      demonstrate to others what it can do" or "because of importance as

      a person". The auditing of someone just because the result would

      "prove" something or other or because the person has money or power

      and might donate, by firm policy since 1950, has been relegated to

      the "circular file" (the waste basket). Giving auditing away to

      such persons or their friends or children or psychotic brother in

      the asylum is in fact forbidden. Giving preference in scheduling to

      such persons is governed, when for pay, entirely by the Scale of

      Preference. Such bids are a snare and a delusion; it sounds good;

      it doesn't work out Mr. Big takes his place in line with Mr.

      Little, and the Scale of Preference alone applies.




        The person who has to be audited AT ONCE for desperate reasons is

      also governed only by the Scale of Preference.




        The person who will only be audited by a certain or special

      auditor is also governed entirely by the Scale of Preference (See

      A).




                              SCALE OF PREFERENCE




        Assignment of Auditor and Preferential Scheduling is governed as

      follows:




        A. Best Available Auditors, earliest possible commencement;




                                      E.




                                      G.




        Pcs Paying full rate Cash in Advance with the longest consecutive

      auditing period purchased, Where two pcs have to be chosen between

      for the best auditor, the one who has purchased the most auditing

      in consecutive periods is given the best auditor at the earliest



      moment. (It is obvious that to get a special auditor one should pay

      full public rate in cash even when entitled to Professional Rate.

      Otherwise there may be no pc requested auditor assignments. Buying

      additional auditing or offering a specified donation in addition to

      the full rate as per A can also influence the assignment of a

      requested auditor. The auditor does not have to accept.)




        B. Skilled auditor (but not specially requested auditor), early

      commencement; Full rate pass whose credit has proven excellent and

      prompt by past experience.




        C. Good auditor, early commencement; Pcs paying cash in advance

      professional rate.




        D. Auditor staff available scheduling;




        Full public rate pcs with 50% deposit and unknown or not

      established credit. Interne Auditor and any scheduling convenient

      to org;




        Full public rate pcs requiring up to 75% credit, credit unknown.

      Any Interne Auditor, and any scheduling convenient to org;




        Professional rate requiring credit.




        Any student, any scheduling convenient to org; Total credit at

      any rate, credit unknown.




        H. Students who need practice, cases not supervised except for

      student check sheet in Examinations, scheduled randomly or by

      waiting list, charity or pcs on full credit of a pcs unknown

      nature.




                                       86




        In scheduling there is also the problem of matching Interne

      Auditors in pairs so they can crack their own cases.




        This is normally done by Case Parity. Cases more or less the same

      in state of case should be matched up.




        Auditors who goof seriously in handling specially assigned

      processes in HGCs or Case Cracking Sections and are removed from

      active auditing because of it as dangerous, are normally paired

      with the last one who goofed and they are assigned as a co-audit

      team and they are permitted to slug it out, getting a better

      reality on goofs and their cases in shape as well. This is not

      disciplinary assignment. It is prevention of case damage to others,

      both by giving them a reality and by advancing their cases Their

      folders are carefully watched by auditing supervisors for false

      entries on auditing reports.




        The whole theory of the above is not Cash. It will be found that

      those who will pay were the most able to begin with and have the

      greatest value to others. Their worth as persons is greater. Thus

      good, swift auditing brings up even this value.




        I have never thanked myself for giving any concessions on fees or

      scheduling not based on the above. I can say with complete case

      histories that giving free service to those who demanded it or

      sought it has never resulted in any useful gain for Scientology. On

      the contrary some of our biggest headaches administrationally come

      from those who continually sought free courses and free auditing.




        In the case of award auditing or training it is a different

      matter. Here it was worked for and deserved before the fact. The

      Registrar is never faced with such persons as awards are given

      staff and staff has staff staff auditors.




        The "the world owes me a living" preclear (or student) is a

      candidate for the Better Dead Club. There were two branches of this

      Club, by the way-Better Dead for their own sakes and Better Dead

      for the sake of others. Demands by individuals for free service on

      any pretext should be given a light, airy laugh. It doesn't do

      anybody any good, often not even the person who received it.




        Real charity cases who never pay are actually hard to find. In

      Charity Auditing one must always give them a chance to pay.




        A Registrar's matter of fact attitude about paying for auditing

      or training is a valuable asset. Giving the person a problem about

      how and what they'll pay is poor Registraring. Don't make them

      choose about paying in full or not paying in full. Just tell them

      "Go to the Accounts Cashier". An evil laugh when they advance the

      idea of some tiny down payment on auditing and a remark, "Well,

      that would put you on the waiting list and give you a new student,"

      might be very effective.






        Printing up the above preference scale for presentation to

      falterers on payment might be effective.




        Accounts must always give Scheduling Personnel a copy of the

      invoice.




        Accounts must mark the invoice clearly as per the above

      preference scale.




        Scheduling may only be done by scheduling personnel and must be

      done in accordance with the above Scale of Preference, and the

      prospective preclear already in the office (not on promotion lines)

      should be informed that the above scale exists.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       87







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1967




      Remimeo




                                   CHARGES




        As WE NEVER VALIDATE A DOWN STAT (it is entirely fatal to all to

      do so) we ALWAYS CHARGE FOR RAISING STATS ON ANY DYNAMIC.




        And we always adjust charges in proportion to the degree the stat

      was down. The further down, the more we charge.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       88







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1970

                                   Issue I




      Remimeo

      Cashiers

      Div Ills

      Pub Div

      Hats Div

      II Hats

      FSMs

      F/Os




                          Organization Series No. 6




                                CUTATIVE PRICES




        HCO PL of 27 Apt AD 15 "Organizational Price Engram" is fully

      valid and must be followed. It explains why price cuts damage orgs.




        Price cuts are forbidden under any guise.




        1. PROCESSING MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG. Processing is

      too expensive to deliver.




         2. BOOKS MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG OR BY PUBS ORG.




        They are too expensive to manufacture.




         3. FSM COMMISSIONS MAY NEVER BE PAID ON DISCOUNTED OR CUT RATE

      ITEMS.




        If an FSM can't sell for full value he does not rate any

      commission.




         4. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR COURSES ARE LIMITED TO INTERNESHIPS, HSDC

      AND ACADEMY LEVELS.




         5. COURSE SCHOLARSHIPS ONLY MAY BE OFFERED FSM ON CONTEST

      AWARDS.




         6. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE TO WORKING FSMs OF PROVEN

      SELECTEE SUCCESSES.




         7. ALL SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS OUTSTANDING TERMINATE IF NOT

      TAKEN BEFORE 1 JANUARY 1971.




         8. FSM COMMISSIONS ARE PAID ONLY ON THE ARRIVAL OF A STUDENT OR

      PC, NOT ON RECEIPT OF THE FEE.




        Adv payments are sometimes refunded.




         9. ONLY FULLY CONTRACTED STAFF IS AWARDED FREE SERVICE, AND THIS

      IS DONE BY INVOICE AND LEGAL NOTE WHICH BECOMES DUE AND PAYABLE IF

      THE CONTRACT IS BROKEN.




        10. FSM BONUS AWARDS TO ORGS MAY ONLY BE DELIVERED TO CONTRACTED

      STAFF MEMBERS OF THAT ORG.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:sb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       89







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1971




      Remimeo

      Cashiers

      Div 3s

      Public Divs Hats

      FSMs

      Franchises




                              FSM CONTEST AWARDS

                        (Modifies HCO PL 27 Sept 1970,

                               CUTATIVE PRICES)




        FSM Awards outstanding as of 27 September 1970 were to be taken

      by 1 Jan 1971 or forfeited by the above policy letter.




        Many were not able to arrange to take their awards within the

      stipulated time.




        In response to public requests the deadline for claim and use of

      such awards is abolished.




      LRH:VP:nt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. V. Polimeni CS-3

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                                       90







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL AD15

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo






                          ORGANIZATIONAL PRICE ENGRAM




        It's an awful good thing I found the engram in organizations

      before we released the new pattern of orgs and began to expand

      prices.




        Had I not found it we would have expanded to insolvency!




        A few suppressive persons with their "everybody" and "they" have

      here and there over the years set up a price ridge between orgs and

      public.




        "You charge too much!" "Money" "Prices too high!" combined with

      "everybody thinks" and other generalities have made executives

      believe that the public won't pay.




        Not detecting the true reason for this attack, the executive

      swallowed it whole. The true reason is a suppressive reason-if we

      don't charge we will vanish.




        A guilt complex (I won't use a Scientology term on anything so

      low) arose about money.




        Accommodatingly around the world org Scientologists tended to

      cease to exist financially. All to please Jo-Jo the famous loop of

      Capetown or Too-Too the famous paranoid of Sydney or Gut-growl the




      renowned psychotic of Washington or Oh-no the wildly celebrated

      pervert of Los Angeles or Sinangulp the loudest mouth in

      Johannesburg.




        These ARC Break specialists howled so loud their minority was

      overlooked. They wanted us gone. We helped people. A dastardly act.




        To prove it, Sinangulp tried to give away Johannesburg's

      buildings! And stole HASI's equipment and tapes and recorders




        Staffs resenting these attacks, resisted. But gradually

      succumbed.




        Covertly prices were lowered.




        Very covertly.




        While still reporting and advertising high prices some orgs were

      charging very small.




        It's a case of how crazy can one get.




        It's one thing to advertise the discounted price. It's quite

      another to only advertise the high price while secretly selling at

      a ridiculously low price.




        The tendency then against which we must guard is covert lowering

      of prices once set.




        The prices given me last year for use in computing a discount

      programme were in some orgs higher than the actual price taken by

      the org.




        Therefore, when we went on the early 1965 programme, the lie

      about former prices made it appear to the public in some areas that

      we had raised prices from 400% to 1000%! Hence, no business and the

      Jan-Feb slump.




        It's good this happened while we were still small in orgs. For

      had we expanded without discovering this the tendency of secretly

      lowering prices would have wrecked us. The bigger we got the broker

      we would have been and the poorer the staff.






        I now know why staffs got higher than average units on

      proportionate pay when I managed an org personally. I just didn't

      cut-rate things. And the public paid happily.




        The lesson we have learned and which we must never lose sight of

      is that secret price cuts by separate orgs and discounts can

      undermine all financial planning and lay in an engram that can

      destroy all expansion.




                                       91







        Hardly one price actually collected in the world was the

      authorized price or the advertised price. And when the false data

      was used for planning the public was confronted with a HUGE

      increase even in the discounted price, which was based on reports

      that made the discounted price equal to the advertised 1964 price.

      But that reported 1964 price was not the price received for

      service.




        I personally am of the opinion that even top executives in orgs

      did not know what their staffs were charging by the org.




        What it amounts to is that a big false report by orgs lay behind

      the 1965 Jan-Feb slump. They did not report their actual low

      prices, only their advertised prices.




        Therefore we can draw up some policies on prices.




        1. The advertised and reported price of anything sold by an org

      must be the actual price received by the org for that item.




        2. There may be no hidden discounts, trick reductions, whims or

      favours given in pricing.




        3. Merchandising by advertising that prices are going up soon is

      forbidden.




        4. Anyone covertly reducing prices is guilty of suppressing an

      org which is a high crime.




        5. Any price passed upon at Saint Hill by myself may not be

      changed for anything by anyone else in any org.




        And finally:




        6. Efforts to reduce prices below a set scale will be considered

      suppressive acts.




        I can easily handle a situation when I have all the data. It was

      easy to re-shuffle programmes to get us again into an income range

      where orgs and staffs will prosper and which pleases the public.

      But it was a lot of worry until I got the real story.




        We have learned some valuable lessons by the Jan-Feb 1965 slump.




        And we were saved by the bell. We didn't have a public book

      pouring in people and we didn't set up the orgs to boom. Had these

      two things been done, without my establishing a programme which

      started the rabbits out of the brush and into view, we would have

      been wiped out by a boom.




        Now we can plan with a better reality and set up the org and

      release some popular books and boom.




        The only other datum on this also teaches us a lesson. Earlier in

      1964 a query to all orgs about their prices elicited a good

      response. I several times asked for those despatches to be

      collected in a folder and given to me and it was not done. In the

      press of things, I didn't notice I was getting a non-compliance

      here and so never saw them until last week. However those price

      reports too were not correct. And I did have other data given me

      later in the year of 1964 on prices and National Councils did

      inspect the raises without comment.




        There's no mystery left about this - the price data given by most

      orgs for planning were not the prices actually paid by the public -

      and orgs sold things for far less in most cases than what they said

      they did. And the '64 discount complexity was greater than the '65.

      The engram was that prices were covertly reduced and the new prices

      of 1965 were thus many times the old.




        Don't listen to suppressives. Turn them in to HCO. And hold the

      prices set. And tell me the truth.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.eh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                       92







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1965




      Remimeo

      Sthil Execs

      Franchise

      insert separately

      in Auditor 8 as

      a printed Pol Ltr

      BPI

      May be mailed to

      Scn Mailing Lists




                               ALL SCIENTOLOGY

                        PRICES LOWERED BECAUSE OF NEW

                           ORGANIZATION STREAMLINE

                        COST OF TRAINING, PROCESSING

                          AND BOOKS LOWERED BY NEW

                                 DISCOVERIES




      Cancels HCO Policy Letters:




      19 Oct 1964 Pricing Formulas

      30 Oct AD14 Mailing List for Franchise Holders

      31 Oct 1964 Issue II: Current Policies, Orgs & Franchise

      3  Dec 1964 Pricing Meetings Final Policy

      23 Dec 1964 Field and Public Programming

      15 Mar 1965 Issue II: Only Accts Talks Money

      22 Mar 1965 Saint Hill Services, Prices and Discounts




        Scientologists may now have a Membership Free.




        And all prices and sign up procedures revert to 1964 levels and

      conditions. We are retaining all that was good of the programme

      such as obtaining funds and heavily advertising books. We are only

      cutting out discount puzzles and raised prices.




        I have answered your request that we do so by streamlining orgs

      and I have returned you to the 1964 arrangements that you did like

      and wanted. We can do this because of costing lowered by our new

      organizational pattern.




        All International Memberships recently purchased will be extended

      6 months free.




        The Professional Auditors' Bulletins (the PABs) will no longer be

      shortened and will be restored to their old format and are to be

      sent to all International Members regularly. They will contain the

      tremendous backlog of invaluable data of HCO Bulletins of 1964.

      HCOBs printed in it will come on up to present time and will

      continue to be issued as PABs as before.




        The higher prices and discount plan of early 1965 are rendered

      unnecessary because of technical and organizational advances.




                                 LOWER LEVELS




        The technical advances which came from the level above clear when

      I contacted It, opened not only the top, but the bottom of the

      levels and I found many new "sub-zero" levels and developed many of

      the processes that go with them. This lets us undercut the toughest

      cases we've ever seen in the fastest possible TIME.




                            DISSEMINATION FORMULA




        Also, I have discovered and developed the long awaited

      dissemination formula which makes it a walk In the park to easily

      present Scientology to even the roughest objector, much less decent

      people.




        Its drills just need to be written up in Bulletin form and they

      will be part of the PABs in due course. You will get the PABs with

      your International Membership.




                              FIELD STAFF MEMBER




        With the Field Staff Member programme and lots of book auditors

      we don't want a complicated price programme to stand in anyone's

      way now.




                             FIELD AUDITOR PRICES




        All Field Auditors and Centres are now being required to return

      to the 1964 price level of their Continental Organization and may

      not charge more or less than those prices.




                                       93




        Such auditing is not supervised from Saint Hill. Only HGC and

      Academy auditing and training is supervised by me.




        To charge a fee an auditor must be Classified up to the level

      being run for fee.




                                  ORG PATTERN




        The new org pattern makes for a somewhat less costly org per

      person trained or processed so the prices can be dropped back.




        Also volume will be rising.




                                   NEW BOOKS




        I am holding up new books here until orgs are better able to care

      for very heavy traffic flows. The new books will increase the

      volume again.




        Before we start pouring new public in we want to clean up all our

      old clearing contracts and our existing field auditors and

      Scientologists. This should take about a year. After all, they have

      first call on org services and we'd better not start such a heavy

      flood of business that the old timer will be crowded out before his

      case and training are up.




                                   PLANNING




        I've been working to remove any obstacles in the way of the

      training or processing of any old time Scientologist.




        If we can get all our present people well up while we still have

      breathing space, their help will be invaluable as we spread out.




        Therefore, consider the 1965 discount programme run out and

      erased. We don't need it and you found it hard to understand.




        Things are as they were in 1964 - same prices, same services,

      same courses - same people, but the orgs with a new streamlined

      pattern based on technology taken from the high levels above clear.




        I'm glad to be able to give you this break.




        And I'm going to need every last Scientologist in the world as

      highly trained and processed as possible.




        And so I have swept aside all the blocks 1 could. We must we can

      get the show on the road in time.




        So let's get the show on the road!




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                       94







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 OCTOBER 1964

      General Non-

      Remimeo

      Assn/Org Sec

      HCO Sec

      Adcomm

      Deputy Assn/Org

      Sec

                               PRICING FORMULAS




        Reference: HCO Exec Ltr of July 3, 1964, (Requested Data on

      Prices).




        (This Policy Letter modifies HCO Pol Ltr of Sept 23, 1964, in

      giving three months' average income, instead of one month's as the

      average price for training and processing. Otherwise, HCO Pol Ltr

      of Sept 23, 1964, is generally valid.)




        PRICES AND DISCOUNTS ARE EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1965, (but must be

      prepared for and announced as contained herein.)




        First, thank you for your response to my request for pricing

      data. I now have formulas and data to give to you as policy now

      issued.




        THE NEEDS OF A NEW PRICING FORMULA




        The needs for new pricing formulas are required by:




        1. Inflating currencies in all countries. 2. Low units in many

      orgs. 3. No flexibility.




                               PRICING FORMULAS




        The pricing formulas are:




        1. The price of a 25 hour intensive or any one course above the

      level of HAS shall be computed as costing the same as three months'

      pay for the average middle class working individual. Each

      Continental District shall make its own computation of what this

      sum is. From this total price a Lifetime Member shall have a

      discount of 20%. An International (yearly) member may have a

      discount of 30%. For the purpose of Courses and intensives only

      these two discounts may be additive. Courses above the level of HPA

      may be increased in price at the discretion of the Continental

      Director or Executive Director. Processing bought in amounts more

      than one 25 hour intensive may be decreased proportionally at the

      discretion of the Continental Director or the Executive Director.




                                    ASSISTS




        2. Assists are to be charged at the hourly division of the above,

      but no assist shall be more than five hours and must be delivered

      in one session. Discounts are allowed. Two or more assists may not

      be sold the same preclear in any one month.




                                PE FREE COURSES

      3. HAS Courses are to be divided into a free period of one or two

      weeks, but only for five or six evenings on Course.




                                  HAS COURSES




        4. The HAS Course is to continue for an additional series of

      evenings paid for by the evening or in advance and shall be no less

      than 30 and no more than 60 additional evenings on course. The

      amount to be charged is based on three weeks pay of the average,

      middle class pay rate and, if paid in advance, is subject to a

      refund in cash or future credit of 25% of the total fee, providing

      the course is fully completed




                                       95




      and the refund payable only at the end of the course. Lifetime 20%

      and International 30% discounts apply.




                              PROFESSIONAL RATES




        5. Professional rates are abolished as they are cared for by

      membership discounts.




        STAFF MEMBER AUDITING




        6. Staff members, full or consistent-part-time under contract,

      may be audited 12 1/2 hours or 25 hours in any week in the HGC by

      giving up half of their units for a 12 1/2 hour intensive and all

      their units for 25 hours which then serve as a general rise in all

      the others' units; but staff members may not have more than one 12

      1/2 or 25 hour intensive in a month. They may have 12 1/2 hour

      intensives over week-ends by directly paying the staff auditor

      auditing them the average units for the week before last calculated

      for 2 1/2 days only, if this is overtime for the staff auditor, or

      by paying the org the same amount, if the staff auditor is a

      regular, week-end, part-time auditor. No staff member may be

      audited if paying pcs consume the available auditing time. Two

      staff members must be audited in the same week by the same auditor

      if only 12 1/2 hours is taken.




                                BOOK DISCOUNTS




        7. Book discounts will be:




        (a) Central Orgs which act as the Continental Book Dept for the

      continent and Saint Hill from Washington or Washington from Saint

      Hill get a 50% discount on the retail sales price, plus postage and

      any shipping charges.




        (b) City Offices which are not the Continental Book Dept, and

      Franchise Holders get 33 1/3% discount with no other discount,

      whether ordering from Saint Hill, Washington, or a Central Org or a

      City Office, plus postage and any shipping charge.




        (c) An International Member gets a 10% discount, plus postage and

      any shipping charges on tapes, books and meters.




        (d) A Lifetime Member gets a 10% discount on tapes, books and

      meters, plus postage and any shipping or handling charges, whether

      buying from Saint Hill, Washington, Central Orgs, or City Offices,

      but not binding on Franchise Holders. BOOK PRICES ARE NOT UNIFORM

      CONTINENT TO CONTINENT, BUT ARE FIXED WITH PERMISSION FROM SAINT

      HILL.




        (e) Lifetime and international Membership discounts are additive

      in all cases except where the Lifetime Member has been promised

      before Nov 15, 1964, a 20% discount on books, tapes or meters, in

      which case the discount will be honoured in all orgs, but the

      additional international Membership discount does not apply then on

      tape, book and meter purchases. The maximum membership discount is

      therefore 20% in all orgs including Saint Hill on tapes, books and

      meters.




        (f) Any org may buy tapes from Saint Hill at 50% discount.




        (g) Other discounts on tapes, books and meters to be arranged

      from time to time.




        (h) Central Organizations and City Offices may arrange for

      discounts with the Director of Publications at Saint Hill on

      quantity purchases of meters, tapes, insignia, etc. Any such

      discount is a temporary arrangement. Evidence that an organization

      or office is selling books, meters, tapes or insignia at cut rates

      (below list price for that area less proper member discounts) will

      cause cancellation of all further meter, or insignia discounts

      (except membership discounts) to that area.




                                       96







        INTERNATIONAL MEMBERSHIP FOR STAFF MEMBERS




        8. Staff members full or part time, continuously employed and

      under contract are given their international Membership yearly

      without charge. Their Lifetime Membership must be purchased by

      themselves. On departure from staff a staff member's international

      Membership is cancelled as of that date, but may be renewed on

      proper payment.




                             THE NATIONAL MAGAZINE




        9. International Members receive every other month a Major issue

      of the National Magazine. Everyone in the address files receives

      the Minor issue in the alternate months,




                                  THE AUDITOR




        10. The Auditor goes to all Founding Members, International

      Members, Lifetime Members and Professional Auditors, but the

      mailing of this magazine is not to be promised and comprises no

      part of the pricing programming, Saint Hill making no promise to

      continue to issue it to any certain person or anyone.




                      THE PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN




        11. The Professional Auditors Bulletin goes to all International

      Members and Professional Auditors either direct from Saint Hill or

      as an enclosure in a Major national issue.




                     RESEARCH TEN PERCENTS OF GROSS INCOME




        12. (c) Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Holders

      contribute 10% of their gross weekly income to various expenses and

      usages at Saint Hill or to L. Ron Hubbard as Director of Research.

      But this 10% shall not include payments received for books by

      anyone.




                               BOOK TEN PERCENTS




        13. Washington and Saint Hill pay 10% of their gross book sales

      to the Research Fund Account of Scientology Library and Research

      Ltd., but only on books actually published and printing paid for by

      each area. If Washington publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross

      retail sales price as sold. If Saint Hill publishes a book it pays

      10% of the gross retail sales price as sold. If Washington, for

      example pays Saint Hill for a shipment of books and sells them from

      Washington, then Washington does not pay any 10% and vice versa.

      Although it is not policy at this time for other offices to reprint

      books, if one ever does get permission, it will also pay 10% to the

      Research Fund of Scientology Library and Research Ltd on each.




        INTERNATIONAL AND LIFETIME MEMBERSHIP PRICES




        or $30.




        14. International Membership shall be uniform at this time for

      the world at ?10




        Lifetime Memberships shall be uniform at this time for the world

      at ?25 or $75.




        Neither Membership may be bought at a discount. Memberships are

      not refundable.




        RECEIPT AND USE OF INTERNATIONAL AND LIFETIME MEMBERSHIP MONIES




        15. Both International and Lifetime Memberships shall be paid in

      to the HCO in the Area Office and deposited only and at once in the

      HCO Book Account, and shall serve, amongst other things, to defray

      magazine printing, handling and postage costs of the National

      magazine. All Memberships must be paid for in cash, made out

      directly to HCO Book Account. Memberships shall be deposited only

      in the Main Book Account of the Area Office. The Continental Office

      may call on sums proportionate to the number of magazines (their

      cost of printing, handling and postage) mailed in the area of the

      HCO Area Office, but book ads saying books are available at the

      Area Office and the ads of the Area Office must be carried in the

      magazine. All sums additional to magazine cost in both the Area and

      Continental Office shall be used only to purchase




                                       97




      more books, and tapes and to defray expenses of high quality

      facilities for tape playing and the expenses of Congresses. All

      Membership monies received by an Area Office, not called upon to

      defray magazine printing and postage may be retained in the Area

      Book Account.




                                 CONGRESS FEES




        16. All Congress fees shall be received into the Area Book

      Account of the area where held.




        No Congress fees, membership fees, or book monies received may be

      used for the payment of units, rent (except for Congress Halls) or

      organization expenses.




                  USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES




        17. Congress, membership and book fees may be used for

      advertising Scientology books in magazines, but not for newspaper

      or magazine advertising of PEs, auditing or services.




              FURTHER USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES




        18. Any further use or disposition of Congress fees, membership

      fees or book receipts shall be at the sole permission, personally

      signed, of the Executive Director.




                         HCO BOOK ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES




        19. The HCO Continental Sec and HCO Area Sec or where the HCO

      Continental Sec is also an Area Sec. by the HCO Continental Sec and

      the HCO Communicator jointly, or the single signatures of LRH and

      MSH are requisite on any Book Account cheque for it to be valid and

      all bank mandates for that account must so state and must include

      the signatures of LRH and MSH.




                                 OTHER PRICES




        20. All other prices of all other commodities or services shall

      be set by the Continental Director in agreement with the HCO

      Continental Sec for all offices in their continental area.




              COMMITTEE DETERMINATION OF AVERAGE MIDDLE CLASS PAY




        21. The determination of what constitutes 3 months' pay for an

      average middle-class individual for a continent shall be determined

      by a Committee of which the Continental Director shall be chairman

      and each Association or Organization Secretary of that zone a

      committee member. All government data and averages shall be

      consulted as available from departments or ministries involved in

      commerce and labour and from other sources and it is the

      responsibility of the Chairman that this data is obtained.




                        MEETING TIMES OF THIS COMMITTEE




        22. This Committee is to meet in the fourth week of November in

      this year and on the first week of September in succeeding years to

      determine the price scale that will become effective on the first

      of January of the coming year and these prices shall be announced

      in the National Magazine at once as they will generally be found to

      be rising in the coming year, causing a rush of business in

      December.




                                CONGRESS DATES




        23. Congress dates should be set for the period July 1 of the

      coming year to June 30 of the next year after and announced in the

      same issue of the National Magazine.




                            AUTHORIZATION OF PRICES




        24. Final authority for prices must be obtained by cable from the

      Executive Director before publication with brief supporting data.




                                       98







        Note: it is called to your attention that if an international

      Membership and a Lifetime Membership is held by an applicant for

      training above the level of HAS and below the level of HPA or for

      processing, then there must be one pc or student per month per

      staff member to give each staff member 1 1/2 times the average pay

      of a comparable post to his own in an outside business firm.




        A staff of 20 would have to sign up 5 students or pcs per week on

      courses above the level of HAS or 25 hour intensives to do that and

      it was common (at comparable prices to those arranged for in these

      formula policies) in Washington or London in 1956 to sign up more

      than that with a staff of less than 20. (But book ads were being

      regularly placed - an action amply provided for in this plan.)




                              HCO AREA SEC BONUS




        25. The HCO Area Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross

      receipts of the local Book Account.




                            ASSN SEC/ORG SEC BONUS




        26. The Association/Organization Secretary is granted 2 percent

      of the gross receipts of the HCO Book Account but may not be a

      signatory to that account.




                           HCO CONTINENTAL SEC BONUS




        27. The HCO Continental Secretary is paid 1/2 of one percent of

      each Book Account in the Area, whether or not acting as an HCO Area

      Sec as well.




                          CONTINENTAL DIRECTOR BONUS




        28. The Continental Director is paid 1/2 of one percent of the

      gross receipts of each Book Account in his continent, when acting

      as an Assn/Org Sec or when not.




        MONTHLY PAYMENT OF BONUS




        month.




        29. All such bonuses are payable monthly only, computed on the

      first of the




        NO ADVANCES OR LOANS FROM HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        30. No Demon may be paid such a bonus in advance nor may any loan

      be made to any person from any HCO Book Account.




                            HCO BOOK ACCOUNT BONUS

                                  SUSPENSION




        31. When a Book Account tends to become insolvent by reason of

      owing more than it receives, bonuses are suspended until the

      condition alters but in no event less than 60 days.




                    REGULATIONS CONCERNING HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        32. Book, Congress, Tape and Membership income may not be used or

      loaned for any salary sum, expense sum, building fund or past bills

      of the organization as a whole, but past book and tape bills are an

      exception.




                              STAFF MEMBER LOANS




        33. All loans to staff members from any organization or outside

      source must have the permission of the Treasurer at Saint Hill

      before being granted or received. Exception is actual personal

      leases and/or Hire Purchase or Time Payment purchases by the staff

      member for his or her own use, and no monies may be borrowed by

      full or part time staff members from past or present organizational

      students or pcs.




                               STAFF REGULATIONS




        34. Any staff member accepting for training or processing any

      student or pc for his personal profit or for favours during his

      time of employment on staff or any HASI




                                       99







      student or pc for two years following will be subject to a Committee

      of Evidence and possible revocation of certificates.




                         REPORTING OF UNUSUAL FAVOURS




        35. Any unusual favours received by a staff member from

      organizational students or pcs must be reported to HCO Exec Sec

      World Wide via the HCO Area Sec and Continental Sec. This includes

      uses of cars, apartments or receiving expenses as well as other

      favours.




                        FRANCHISE AND FIELD ACTIVITIES




        36. Franchise and Field Auditors are influenced in prices in that

      they must not charge less than but may charge more than the

      auditing and training prices above the level of HAS for their

      continent, but they may credit the facts of International and

      Lifetime Memberships discounts, even though they should not sell

      them.




                       INTENSIVES OF MORE THAN 25 HOURS




        37. Additional sliding scale discounts may be given when pcs or

      students buy more than one intensive or course at the same time but

      the reductions for quantity purchases must be passed upon by the

      Continental Director.




                                     TAPES




        38. No tapes may be manufactured, copied or copied for resale by

      any Central Organization or City Office. Only Saint Hill may copy

      tapes. Evidence of any tapes being copied or copied for resale in a

      Central Organization or City Office will suspend their tape

      discount for one year.




        Please note that the only discount Policy Letter marked BPI is

      Pol Ltr of October 31, 1964. This is a repeat of others and

      additional data of special interest to and clarification for the

      Franchise Holder and the public. The one you release is October 31,

      1964.




        DO NOT RELEASE ANY OTHERS OF THIS PRICING SERIES OF OCTOBER -

      NOVEMBER 1964 TO FRANCHISE OR THE GENERAL PUBLIC.




                                CREDIT PAYMENTS




        39. Previous policy disallowing discounts on credit are

      cancelled. This does not mean that memberships may be had for

      credit. They cannot be. It does mean that all discounts apply

      whether the full or only a part of the payment for training,

      processing or other service or materials are purchased.




        However a reasonable deposit, covering the actual cost of the

      service or material must be procured in all cases where credit is

      extended.




        On future credits, after January 1, 1965, no penalty clauses

      should exist on new credit notes signed and these are hereby

      cancelled for new notes. Interest must not be lower than the

      highest permitted by law in the area or 10% in areas having no

      limit.




        Interest for the term of the note is added in full sum for the

      term of the contract to the note on signing it, the amount of the

      note then being owed sum plus interest for the entire term of the

      note.




                               RELEASES REQUIRED




        40. Releases of the older type are now required on all sign-ups,

      particularly credit sign- ups where an even tougher release form

      should be drawn up especially for those persons signing notes.




        Sign up policy remains otherwise unchanged.




                                      100







        Note: New programming, new processes, new PE format, the

      technology of how we lose pcs and students, the data in HCO Pol Ltr

      of September 23, 1964 and Exec Ltr of October 5, 1964, a

      recognition of the field and franchise auditor as a pc and student

      source that must be encouraged, a recognition of how units and

      staff members and business-done balance up, new books, new type

      Congresses, my general planning on your promotion lines and your

      increasing activity and alertness, combined with expected case

      gains, the new Book of Remedies, these things and others combine to

      guarantee an increasingly busy future with considerable rise in

      personal Income and general financial health. You realize, of

      course, that as you increase students you don't increase

      instructors to that degree and staff auditors pay for themselves as

      added, and that a great deal more income lies in salvaging all old

      cases and increasing the potential to earn in all new ones.




        All this requires a lot of snap, pop and hard work but it can be

      done and you can be paid better for doing it.






        In the business of fast plainly spiritual healing you will also

      increase your activity and income beyond expected average.




        Advertising actions are arranged for in the above. Nobody expects

      magazines to cost any more than they have previously. Magazine cost

      and postage is dropped from org expenses.




        Note also that under this plan the most neglected action in

      producing income in any area, BOOK ADVERTISEMENT, the No. 1 magic

      formula of dissemination, is pushed into being by restricting the

      expenditure of memberships and other HCO Book Account monies until,

      to get rid of the surplus, book advertisements nationally and

      locally on a large scale would have to be placed constantly. With

      quantities of book ads, income from students and pcs as well as

      books will flood in. It always has. This is the basic formula of

      the coming boom. Because they cost the org money it could spend and

      "needed" elsewhere, the number of national magazines printed was

      curtailed and book ads were dropped out and that has been the chief

      cause of any financial difficulty in any org.




        - As local offices and franchise centres become truly active,

      they will cease to drain off the old timers from the Central Org

      and stir up more local business of which the Central Org gets its

      part in courses and pcs.




        This all looks pretty favourable to me. I hope it does to you.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




      L RON HUBBARD




        [Note: in 34. STAFF REGULATIONS the phrase or any HASI student or

      pa has been added per HCO PL 26 November 1964. 7 (h), 38, 39 and

      40 have been added per HCO PL 9 November 1964.]




                                      101







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER AD14




      Gen. Non-Remimeo

      Sthil Students

      Franchise Sthil

                             CF MAILING LISTS

                            FOR FRANCHISE HOLDERS




        (HCO Sec: Note that this is an important piece of current

      promotion and see that it, with Pol Ltr on Pricing Formulas, Exec

      Ltr on CF Overhaul, are thoroughly known and understood by the

      Assn/Org Sec. Dir Prom Reg. and CF and Address In Charge. We're

      arranging a boom. Don't let any parts of how we're doing it go

      awry, in your Org. If all steps are taken and continue in force,

      the boom will be on in your area.)




        For some years we have had a policy of no mailing lists should be

      sent or issued to the field.




        That policy is now relaxed only so far as the following:




        1. Franchise Holders in good standing may be issued a certain

      type of list.




                                      3.




                                      5.




        2. The list may only be issued by being addressed on address

      envelopes for a brochure as follows and may not be in tape roll or

      card form and no plates may be given to Franchise Holders.




        No list of persons actively in communication with the Central Org

      may be released and such persons may not be part of any list

      issued.




        4. A Franchise Holder may receive lists only for the area in

      which he is actually operating.




        No list issued becomes anyone's exclusive property and lists may

      be duplicated where areas are the same or overlap.




                          TWO TYPES OF ADDRESS FILES




        A Central Org or City Office with Address Equipment and Files

      normally carries and preserves all addresses ever collected.




        In practice, certain plates are retired to storage when the name

      has not been actively in communication with the Central Org for

      some time. This period has varied but was usually 3 years. In

      short, if someone was out of comm with a Central Org for 3 years,

      the address plate was retired to dead files.




        If this procedure has not been followed, then this action will

      have to be done: All invoices ever written by the Org will have to

      be exhumed from Accounts and a whole new Address Plate File made,

      from the start of the Org up to its present "active" plate files.




        If the plates have been kept, this is a simple matter. One simply

      regards "inactive address plates" as Franchise Files.




        The two types of address files are then as follows:




        File A: Active Address Files of the Central Organization.




        File F: Franchise File.




        All files are by districts as postal authorities usually require

      it for mail packaging. If they aren't then File F must be broken

      down into states or counties or some such geographical area.

      Population density, not square miles, is the best criteria, so you

      may have 3 districts for Greater New York and one for Arizona, New

      Mexico and Wyoming.




                            BROCHURE FOR FRANCHISE




        A special brochure for the Franchise Holder must be made up and

      printed by the Central Org. This should consist of the 17 basic

      definitions and what a Franchise Auditor can do and what training

      he can give. A Franchised Auditor should be defined. An invitation

      to communicate should be given.




        A space for a Franchised Auditor to write, print or stamp his

      name or the name of his centre must be left on the brochure.




        The brochure is provided with proper mailing envelopes.




                                      102







                                BROCHURE DRILL




        On payment for a certain number of brochure copies (500, 1,000)

      to cover printing, addressing and posting the carton to him, a

      Franchise Auditor in good standing may receive addressed brochures

      from Central Orgs (not Saint Hill).




        Address addresses the envelopes up to the number of addresses

      available for that district. Only File F (above) is used. Address

      does not stuff.




        The addressed envelopes in one bundle of the carton and the

      brochures in another part of the same carton are shipped off to the

      Franchise Auditor.




        Any part of the ordered brochure envelopes remaining when the

      number of plates for that area are exhausted, are sent blank for

      the Franchise Auditor to put his own addresses on.




        The Franchise Auditor receives the carton, addresses the

      envelopes left blank as he wishes, has a printer run off his name

      and address on all the brochures or stamps them or writes his name

      and address on them, and, paying the postage, mails them out to his

      area.




        People, finding service close to hand, will often break silence

      and correspond or call. Groups will form. Personal contact will

      revive. Now that we have why people dropped out (definitions not

      understood in older subjects or in Scientology, a fact which can be

      mentioned in the brochure), we can get them back.




                             FACTS ABOUT THE FIELD




        It is hard for a Franchise Auditor to get in touch with people.




        People when they know he is there will wake up and go to him when

      they never would come into the org.




        A Central Org which does not cultivate auditors in the field does

      badly.




        A Central Org has been known to misguidedly suppress field

      "competition".




        A survey of pcs some time ago showed the majority originally had

      been sent in to the HGC by the field, a fact Central Orgs sometimes

      overlook.




        The Franchise Auditor, delivering service as a well trained

      professional is nobody for an Org to deter but encourage.




        Only bad experiences with squirrel, badly trained or untrained

      persons in the field lead Orgs to withhold from them. These

      experiences seldom if ever occur with Franchise Auditors.




        It would be dull to release the total active list to the field.

      It would be dull indeed to release File F to anybody and everybody,

      competent and incompetent alike. It would be equally dull not to

      forward the programme covered in this Policy Letter.




                                 NEW PROMOTION




        The above project should be undertaken quickly. The sooner it is

      undertaken, the higher the general activities of Scientology will

      increase.




        The line must be grooved in now while it can be. The brochure

      must be prepared and printed. Special help must organize the

      separation of Files A and F and in at least one case File F will

      have to be put on plates all over again.




        The reason this will have to be done quickly is because there

      won't be any spare motion later with which to do it.




        New promotion is so rigged that City Offices will be putting out

      vast amounts of advertising of books locally and Central Orgs

      nationally.




        These new book buyers have been missing in our planning for years

      for reasons of false economy. Now we are going to start them

      rolling in.




        New Promotion - and new books-will send orgs into a state of such

      activity that they might flub the drill of Franchise brochures if

      begun later. So start it now and you will have it grooved in when

      things really start. You will soon have more addresses than you

      know what to do with.




                                      103




              HANDLING NEW ADDRESSES IN CENTRAL ORGS AND OFFICES




        Starting right away, this is the drill for new book buyers. This

      drill also will be kept in and followed after advertising begins.




        1. A person buys a book personally or by mail for the first time.




        2. The invoice is made out with the name and address bright and

      clear on all copies.




        3. One copy goes to shipping or books whether mailed or just

      handed out.




        4. One copy goes to own Address. (This is true of all orgs

      including City Offices. Whatever is done with remaining invoice

      copies is according to standard accounts procedure.)




        5. Address cuts a plate or stencil and puts a date on it and a

      designation like BB 3/3/65, meaning the person bought a book on

      3/3/65.




        6. This plate is put in File A and receives whatever goes out to

      File A for 3 or 4 months.




        7. Any new invoice, indeed all invoices, go to Address. If a BB

      in File A buys more books or training or processing Address

      obliterates the BB 3/3/65 on the plate or stencil either by just

      flattening it on a metal plate or cutting a new stencil in case of

      less durable stencils.




        8.At the end of each quarter (Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31

      all approximate) Address removes all BB plates older than 3 months.




        9. These plates are now placed in File F with its geographical

      mates.




        10. Franchise Holders are informed they should buy new brochure

      sets and these should be addressed from File F. using all plates in

      it, old or new.




                             FRANCHISE OBLIGATION




        To procure a set of addressed brochures, a Franchise Holder must

      pay cash to the org and must specify how many addresses for what

      districts and how many envelopes are to be left blank.




        On receipt of the carton, the Franchise Holder is obliged to mail

      at least the addressed envelopes, containing the brochure furnished

      and any piece of his own additional literature, providing only that

      it mirrors no games condition with other auditors or the org, and

      contains no claims contrary to standard policy regarding healing,

      the insane, etc., as contained in HCO Pol Ltr of Oct. 27, 1964, or

      as amended from time to time.




        The Franchise Holder is obligated to turn in to Saint Hill at the

      end of each year a COMPLETE LIST of the names and addresses of

      persons who have bought things from him - books, auditing,

      processing, courses - so that these people can be sent a copy of an

      International Magazine.




        Failure to carry out these above named obligations would result

      in a cancellation of the privilege of receiving mailing lists, if

      not of Franchise.




                                 CITY OFFICES




        A City Office must forward copies of its new book buyer list to

      its Central Organization the moment it becomes File F. It must be

      plainly marked File F and include only File F names as above.




        The City Office may keep its book buyers who then buy more books,

      training or processing (its File A). However, to get its people

      sent a magazine it should routinely send ENVELOPES pre- addressed

      by the City Office to the Central Org. If a City Office finds this

      arduous, it may simply send all its invoices to the Central Org for

      the Central Org's complete address and File A, File F handling.




        A City Office may then (a) keep its own address unit going, or

      (b) count on the Central Org doing it all for them. Either one or

      the other must be selected and followed.




        Where a City Office fails to keep its address unit cracking, the

      Central Org must demand the address unit copy be sent to the

      Central Org when the invoice is written up




                                      104




      by the City Office just as though the Address Unit of the Central

      Org was part of the City Office.




        A City Office may not retain the Address Invoice Copy if it is

      not maintaining an Address Unit, even if it "plans to" but must

      send the copy to the Central Org, not save it. It can note down and

      record its active "customers" in a book and still send the invoice

      copy to the Central Org.




        The names and addresses of City Offices must be carried in each

      issue of every magazine mailed by Scientology Orgs.




        A City Office may also buy its area's brochure but in this case

      should add to the envelope a sheet of its own stating it is a City

      Office and defining Central Org, City Office, Franchise Holder and

      Field Auditor as to their relative status and seniority in

      Scientology. This should be done without ARC Breaking Central Orgs,

      Franchise Holders or Field Auditors, but should also emphasize the

      virtues of a City Office as the responsible representatives for

      Scientology in the area.




                              DESIGN FOR THE BOOM




        You see the promotion pattern emerge now. First, get the org

      streamlined, with tech high. Second, the Pricing Policy Letter of

      Oct. 19, 1964. Now the using of names to the fullest extent.




        The HCO Pol Ltr of Oct. 19, 1964, is going to force city and

      national book advertising into existence. This is done by building

      an account up (HCO Book Account) that has only one real outlet-book

      advertising. I intend to get each org's HCO Book Account into a

      very swollen condition and get it spent on book advertising as the

      only possible value that saves it from the tax man. Into this

      channel, new effective books will be poured into the public's

      hands.




        The ensuing prosperity will come first to Central Orgs and City

      Offices and then to Franchise Holders. Out of this prosperity the

      HCO Book Account is going to fatten up alarmingly and have to be

      spent prodigiously on advertising books.




        Given only effective training and processing in accordance to

      current design and supported by our now existing technology, this

      cycle can continue over and over. The HCO Book Account in each

      Central Org and City Office will swell up by reason of processing

      and training discounts and book sales and can only be lowered

      greatly by new book ads.




        The book buyers will be channeled to Franchise Holders as above.

      These, to cope, and because org income is spectacular, will become

      City Offices and coming under the rule of the HCO Book Account and

      now able to sell membership and higher level courses, will pour new

      advertising out in their areas. And new Franchise Auditors will

      come into existence and in their turn




        Well, you get the pattern.




        There are those who dread a boom. They think if it can all be

      kept small enough it can be handled easily.




        But we don't happen to have easy handling of things as our main

      purpose, so I trust such won't be too spun about by the rush. The

      truth is, things are only hard to handle when you haven't got any

      volume. Right? So let it boom!




        I said I was kicking the door open.




        That pop you just heard was the top hinge.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




           [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




                                      105







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1964

                                   Issue II




      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Franchise BPI




                           CURRENT POLICIES ORGS &

                                   FRANCHISE




                                  HQS Course

                                  Permission




        As of this date, no further permissions to teach HQS Courses will

      be granted to Franchise or Field Auditors.




        Existing permissions for Franchise Holders to teach HQS Courses

      will expire on January 1, 1966.




        The reason does not lie in poor teaching. The HAS Course has been

      expanded and is well designed and effective and is adequate and

      long enough to receive a good fee.




        From this date forward permission to teach HQS will be given only

      to Central Orgs AND CITY OFFICES.




        Franchise Soon To Be Required For HAS Franchise Holders.




        As of Jan 1, 1966 the teaching of HAS or PE Courses may be done

      only by




        As of that date the general permission to any field auditor to

      teach HAS or PE Courses will be ended.




                         City Office And Central Org

                                    Courses




        Eventually City Offices will be teaching HAS, HQS and PICA.

      Central Orgs will be teaching HAS, HQS, HCA, HPA and HCS Courses.

      In 1968 Central Orgs will also be given permission to teach HAA and

      HSS.




                           Franchise Becoming City

                                    Offices




        Successful Franchise Centres may become City Offices on

      application if their record and activity as a Franchise Holder is

      adequate.




        The requirements of a City Office are (a) corporate regularity by

      which is meant their incorporation must be passed upon and in

      accordance with policy, (b) adequate premises, (c) the presence of

      a full time HCO Area Sec. (d) training of someone in org

      administration at their central org.




                                  Membership

                                     Sales




        No Franchise Holder may sell memberships. International and

      Lifetime Memberships may be sold only by City Of rices and Central

      Orgs.




        All Membership money received by a Central Org or City Office

      must be paid into the HCO Book Account of that office and this

      money is used for dissemination. Salaries and general org bills may

      not be paid from the HCO Book Account.




        Franchise Holders receiving requests or monies for membership

      must forward the matter to the Central Organization, referring the

      requests and sending the money in its entirety. There is no

      commission.




        This does not restrict a Franchise Holder from advising

      memberships - and indeed he should do so as he will receive the

      benefit of it directly, membership monies being invested mainly in

      advertising of books and assisting his own sale of these as well as

      bringing other indirect benefits.




                                      106







                                  Membership

                                   Discounts




        Membership discounts on training and processing amount to 20% for

      a Lifetime Member and an additional 30% for an International

      Member. These discounts are additive, making a 50% discount in all

      for training and processing.




        Membership discounts on books, meters and tapes are never more

      than 20%. An International Membership gives 10% and a new Lifetime

      Membership gives 10%, making the total of 20%.




        Old Lifetime Memberships, bought prior to November 15, 1964 give

      a 20% discount on books, meters and tapes which will be honoured.

      But in this case an International Membership discount is not also

      added.




                                Memberships Non-

                                  Refundable




        No membership monies are ever refundable even for a portion of a

      year since the purchaser of one usually receives many times its

      value in discounts within a few days or months.




                               Membership Prices




        An International Membership is necessary to keep a certificate in

      force.




        A Lifetime Membership costs ?25 Sterling or 375.




        An International Membership costs ?10 Sterling per year or $30.




                       Franchise Not Bound By Discounts




        Franchise Holders do not have to give discounts because their

      book buyers, pcs or HAS students have memberships. But they may do

      so if they wish to bona fide members. They do not however receive

      membership monies but if any is offered, as above, they should send

      it at once to the Central Org. A Franchise Holder may persuade the

      student or pc to send the membership fees to the Central Org and

      then grant the discount as this all helps only dissemination and a

      boom, after all.




        A Franchise Holder may not grant membership discounts to

      non-members.




                           Franchise Processing Fees




        Franchise Holders must keep to the scale of processing fees

      announced by Central Orgs for each year. These are precisely

      calculated. However he can charge more than this amount if he

      wishes.




                               Increase Of Fees




        A Central Org or City Office can also charge more for special

      auditors or considerations and for courses of higher levels above

      HPA. In fact any demand by a pc for a special or particular auditor

      or class of auditing should be cared for by an increase in fee for

      that particular person or level of service otherwise it could not

      be delivered.




        R6 auditing should be double or treble any usual fee, with

      discounts allowed on the higher fee.




        In November of this year (1964) and September of future years all

      Association or Organization Secretaries meet under the Continental

      Director to set the auditing and training fees for the coming year.




        Other prices (HAS, etc) are set by the Continental Director of

      the zone.




                                  Book Prices




        Book, tape and meter prices are not uniform, Continental Zone to

      Continental Zone. U.S. and U.K. prices are on a parity of one pound

      equals three dollars for easy computation and to make up for

      exchange delays and fees.




        Other Continental Zone book prices are computed on the cost of

      books generally in the area plus handling and shipping charges.




        These prices are published from time to time in "The Auditor".




                                      107







        Central Org and City Office discounts are included in HCO Pol Ltr

      of Oct 19, '64.




                                Franchise Book

                                   Discounts




        Franchise book discount is 33 1/3 percent now whether the book is

      bought from Saint Hill, Washington, D.C., a City Office or a

      Central Org BUT this discount may not be given unless 25 or more

      books are bought at the same time. Otherwise only any Membership

      discounts to which he is entitled apply to the Franchise Holder.




                                Book Handling

                                    Charges




        All shipping and handling charges are contained in the price of a

      single book sale from Saint Hill or Washington on the new price

      list effective Jan 1, 1965. This is absorbed by Saint Hill or

      Washington.




        Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Centres may still charge

      postage as is customary in mailing in the past.




        Also, on lots of more than one book ordered from Saint Hill or

      Washington, postage and handling are added to the price of the

      order. But if from a Central Org or City Office the payment is

      received with the order in cash, Saint Hill and Washington will

      waive postage and handling. They will ship at the airmail price or

      the surface price as requested and in accordance with the proper

      amount received. Central Org, City Office and Franchise Centres

      receive all their discounts on the book prices published in "The

      Auditor". They need to pay, for air shipment on quantities, only

      the air mail price quoted if cash accompanies order. By cash

      payment at the surface price they may add the actual air cost but

      will find it amounts to the same thing.




        Central Orgs and City Offices may have books on credit where

      their payments are not far behind already, but must pay the postage

      and handling fees in addition, as we cannot carry these on credit,

      being due and owing at once from us by the shipping companies and

      agents.




                                   No Credit




        Credit is not extended at Saint Hill or Washington to Franchise

      Holders or members on books, tapes or meters as it makes too much

      accounting.




                               No SHSBC Discount




        No Membership discounts are given at Saint Hill on the Saint Hill

      Special Briefing Course as no membership money comes to Saint Hill.




                            Membership Not Part Of

                                      10%




        No 10% administrative percentage is to be sent to Saint Hill on

      memberships sold. It all goes into the HCO Book Account in the area

      where the membership is bought and is not part of the

      organization's weekly gross income. Membership monies go to

      dissemination.




                           Saint Hill Discounts To

                                    Members




        Saint Hill, however, grants the standard membership discounts as

      above on all books, tapes, meters and insignia, etc.




        Franchise Discounts Limited




        Franchise Holders may not have membership discounts in addition

      to their 33 1/3% discount on lots of 25 or more books.




        There is no discount other than membership to Franchise Holders

      on tapes, meters, insignia, etc., but the membership discount is

      granted where their memberships are in force.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




           [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




                                      108







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1964




      Gen Non-Remimeo




                         PRICING MEETINGS FINAL POLICY




        On the basis of cables and minutes from various continents and

      accepting various recommendations fully explained or implied the

      formulas and policy letters of recent weeks are confirmed.




        By adjusting the average weekly pay given in cables and minutes,

      I was able to honour most recommendations concerning what prices

      should be.




        By re-working basic promotion and using what had proven

      successful in the past I therefore amended pricing policy slightly

      as follows and with Mary Sue's help recalculated the sum known as

      the average weekly wage to mean "What sum did we have to charge to

      get staff the reported average weekly wage in an area?"




        None by the way mentioned staff or pay in recommendations at the

      various meetings. I just wanted to be sure that we didn't set a

      price that impoverished staffs.




        These reported sums were then computed and ratified on the

      following basis:




        We took the average weekly wage reported as the required average

      wage of a staff auditor. This was multiplied by two to allow for

      one administrative staff per staff auditor. This sum was then

      considered to be 45% of the required gross. Then, examining

      recommendations for some reduction, we recalculated the figures for

      the various areas. They are very close to figures recommended by

      the committees in those areas all things considered. (The US

      requested a sliding training fee and this was met by giving HAS

      official academy day course status as well as retaining it as an

      evening course.)




        UNITED STATES: Average income figure reported $100 per week.

      Figure recalculated to meet requests for lower prices, $83.33

      giving a potential staff average pay of $100. Full price of HQS,

      HCA, HPA or a 25 hour intensive, $1,000 making 20% $800, 30% $700,

      50% $500. This is a reduction for US prices. HAS as a Cheap Academy

      I month course provides sliding scale. Free PE cautioned to be well

      done if retained.




        LONDON: Average National Income reported ?15 per week. Meeting in

      London recommended ?12.10.0. Figure allowed for publication based

      on ?11.3.4 per week. This gives full price of HQS, HCA, HPA or a 25

      hour intensive as ?134, 20% ?107.4. 0, 30% ?93.16.0, 50% ?67.0.0.

      This is a very small increase, but a larger one considering initial

      outlay of memberships. It is not sufficiently great to cause many

      balks as some of the membership fee may be paid at HAS level on

      students, and pcs can see advantage of discounts.




        MELBOURNE: Average weekly income reported for Australian middle

      class workers was astonishingly high, showing inflated condition of

      Australian pound and high local prices prevailing. It was ?25

      Australian. The committee asked for changes in the number of weeks

      to be used but as no one else had, this was over-ruled and instead

      the weekly pay calculation figure was based on an average, lowered

      a similar amount to the weeks they wanted lessened (they wanted 2

      months average pay for training and 21/2 months for processing).

      Accordingly the rough figure ?18 Australian was authorized as this

      gives about ?25 Australian as the potential average staff member

      pay. Full fee for an HQS, HCA, HPA or a 25 hour intensive ?216, 20%

      ?172.16.0, 30% ?151.4.0, 50% ?108 all pounds Australian.




        NEW ZEALAND: Running with different currency and economic

      conditions, New Zealand reported ?20 New Zealand as the average

      weekly income. Using this for staff member pay, the figure ?15 New

      Zealand was authorized. This gives a full fee for HQS, HCA, HPA or

      a 25 hour intensive as ?180.0.0, 20% ?144.0.0, 30% ?126.0.0, 50%

      ?90.0.0.




        SOUTH AFRICA: Meeting reheld as Continental Director just

      returned to Johannesburg from Saint Hill. Data not available yet so

      will not be reported in policy letters but only directly for local

      issue. These remaining policies in this policy letter are, however,

      binding on South Africa as these hold a majority opinion amongst

      committees.




        HAS COURSE




        The sliding scale of courses already working well in the US is

      retained not by lowering the HQS Course but by formalizing the HAS

      Course as an Academy course.






                                      109







        The price of this course is set by the Continental Director, who

      may wish to reset the price he first recommended in view of this

      change of status.




        The HAS Course will be one month long, is to teach only data and

      listen style, has as its training goal a Scientology vocabulary and

      knowledge of Scientology philosophy and as its auditing goal

      "feeling free to talk to anyone".




        This course also can be taught evenings as set by previous

      policy.




        This gives a gradient of payment for courses. It also guarantees

      no missed words.




        HAS is requisite for HQS.




        HAS is not classified.




        There is no final examination.




        Certificate is given at course end and may be denied only be

      repeated tardiness or non-attendance, neither made up by the

      student.




        You must realize in costing for the HQS Course that it is the old

      1956 HCA/HPA Course, not a light course easily taught. Therefore to

      reduce its price would be to invite a reduction of quality. The

      earliest successful procurement was a cheap data course, well

      taught, followed by a tough auditing course. We have never reached

      the percentage of enrollment from that early data course to the

      tougher course since.




                                  PC "COURSE"




        In the Gradation Programme, we have pcs being taught. This

      continues but don't confuse this pc training with any HAS Course or

      any Academy course. All pc training is done by the pc's auditor and

      that auditor's text assignments. No course makes a "pc"




        The HAS Course is a data course teaching the basic fundamentals

      of Scientology as a vocabulary and a philosophy. It has no bearing

      at all on pc training.




                                CLASSIFICATION




        A student is given his certificate when he completes any course's

      month's training, without final examination.




        However to enroll in the next course the student takes his

      Classification Examination. This is just a good, comprehensive

      examination of the exact course he has completed earlier. It is in

      theory, practical and auditing. It takes about 3 hours. If the

      student flunks his Classification Examination he is enrolled in the

      next course anyway. He is not however classified.




        This rule, then, is made:




        - NO AUDITOR MAY ACCEPT PAY OR FEES FOR ADMINISTERING PROCESSES

      FOR A LEVEL HIGHER THAN THAT FOR WHICH HE HAS BEEN CLASSIFIED.




        Example: J.B. is Class I (HQS). He takes PICA. On seeking to

      enter HPA he flunks his Classification Exam. He is permitted to

      take his HPA and at its end is again examined for Class 11. If he

      still flunks, he can only accept fees for Class I processing. In

      the upper grades he is only a Co-auditor. We have a Pro Class I

      with an HPA Certificate. He is a Grades II and III Co-auditor, only

      a pro in Class 1.




        VIOLATIONS OF THIS POLICY MUST GO BEFORE A COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE.




        As the policy will be known to pcs (in the PC Log Book now under

      completion, and from the magazines) we can force status over to

      Classification. Thus we end most sloppy field auditing. And where

      we have Classified auditors auditing we will get proper results in

      pcs in the field. Where there are bad field results, we will be

      able to take action, for it will uniformly be violations of

      Classification. We are that good at training now. Co-auditing is

      knowingly done at risk. Pro field auditing that is bad is a direct

      betrayal of us.




        These policies keep auditors progressing at minimum public risk.




                                CO-AUDIT COURSES




        You see how we have handled the "Co-audit Course" mentioned in

      earlier policy letters.




        A Co-auditor is just somebody who never does get classified.

      Flunks exams for Classification. Doesn't turn up for them. He goes

      on getting trained, course after course. But he isn't a Classified

      Auditor. He's a Co-auditor. He can't audit for fee.




                                      110







        This then is your answer to "But why take a course? I don't want

      to be a professional." You say, "But my dear fellow, who's trying

      to make you a professional? We just know you won't succeed in using

      Scientology unless you can audit."




        And when the AMA starts to scream "Your people aren't qualified!"

      we look stern and say "These fast courses are for the public. Our

      professionals really have to study. More than yours with your six

      hours of lecture to make an MD into a psycho-quack" So this also

      has good propaganda value.




                             IMMEDIATE EXAMINATION




        It will be found occasionally that an auditor is anxious for his

      Classification in order to audit pcs at once on his return home at

      that level professionally for a fee.




        In such cases, our policy is that we favour the professionally

      inclined auditor in all training. We will grant an immediate after

      course Classification Exam if the auditor's class record warrants

      it. If this class record does not warrant it, or if this

      professionally inclined auditor fails his Classification Exam given

      at Course end (rather than the beginning of the next course on

      which exam failures this section does not apply to anyone) we will

      permit the professionally inclined auditor only one repeat of the

      course he or she has taken, repeating the exact same course, but

      only its one month before re-examining. We will only do this once

      for one course paid for. We will not require further fee but HCO

      may charge the equivalent of one week's average national pay for

      having to give two examinations, one of which failed.




        This favour is not accorded auditors not interested in fee

      auditing.




        If the professionally inclined auditor still fails the second

      exam, he is yet awarded an in Training Classification for the level

      just above the one he is already classed for (or in the case of an

      HQS, an In Training Class I). With this he may audit for a fee

      providing he informs his pcs of the facts of his classification. An

      in Training Classification expires without further notice one year

      from date of issue. At that time or before, he can enter the next

      higher course, take an examination for the level he had In Training

      Classification for and if passed may receive it permanently as a

      Classification. He may also repeat the actions allowed to the

      professionally inclined auditor in this section at the conclusion

      of his next course. This is a favour not a right he has. The favour

      is extended only by the Org/Assn Sec.




        All an org makes out of this is a better trained professional in

      the field.




        But at no time may an organization sell the same course twice to

      any person or refuse a certificate for the course taken except on

      grounds of continual tardiness or non-attendance not made up.




                     HUSBAND-WIFE TEAMS ENTERING ACADEMIES




        Husband-Wife teams should not be forbidden. But in all cases

      where husband and wife are trained to co-audit each other they must

      mail their auditor's reports routinely to the D of P for which they

      will be charged a nominal but real fee for case supervision.




        Professional auditors or Co-auditors who use auditing in or out

      of an Academy to estrange husbands and wives are subject to a

      Committee of Evidence at their nearest HCO on complaint from either

      party, husband or wife, and a penalty up to suspension of

      certificate and 500 hours of HGC auditing at their own expense may

      be sentenced the offender if proven guilty.




        During training it is against policy to team husbands and wives

      together for practice drills or actual Academy Auditing even when

      they will be co-auditing after leaving class




        Where possible husbands and wives should, however, be persuaded

      to bring another couple to be trained rather than co-audit and it

      should be arranged that the wife audits the other wife and the

      husband the other husband after training. In this case it is all

      right to team them in any pairing under training for drills and

      actual class auditing.




        DISCOUNTS




        Discounts may be granted without full payment of fee for training

      or auditing. But a realistic arrangement of payment must be made

      and the first deposit must cover actual cost of the service.




        The interest charged on notes should be the maximum interest rate

      allowable for the zone or state or 12 percent where there is no

      limit.




                           LEGAL ASPECTS OF SIGN UPS




        No persons may be admitted to an Academy or HGC who have not

      signed waivers (release forms) of the old type.




                                      111







        All such waivers must include a statement that the person is

      there on his or her own determinism and that the person has no

      record of being committed in an institution or has a criminal

      record for felony.




        Persons with such commitments or records should be referred to a

      field auditor near their home and refused training or processing at

      the organization.




        Persons suspected of purely medical illness should be referred to

      a doctor for competent treatment if such a doctor or treatment

      exists.




        Minors must have their parents or guardians sign the waiver and

      any note for time payments.




        Known trouble sources as per recent HCO Policy Letter, all of

      which remains in force, should be required to straighten up their

      lives before enrolling or signing up for processing or should be

      forthrightly refused. They may however be referred to a field

      auditor near their home.






        Anyone objecting to an E-Meter check should be refused entrance.




        Thus by keeping the legal aspects straight you will be able to

      help the many and not be messed up by a few. For a very few such

      people (21 to be exact) were the sole sources of grief in the 1950

      boom.




        To have a boom, you have to keep your nose clean legally or you

      can be stopped by the enturbulence generated, both in the org and

      the public. Such enturbulence is all that shortens your lines or

      overworks staff.




                                 NEWS POLICIES




        Our news policies have not changed. Just kick reporters down

      stairs. Every time it has been relaxed we have not profited at all.




                                PLEDGING CODES




        Applications for certificate must be made by every student for

      each course taken during the course. This should give how they want

      their name on the certificate, address, and the routing of the

      student out of the org, CF routing and all that.




        This application must also carry a pledge stating that the

      applicant subscribes to and promises to uphold the Auditor's Code,

      the Code of a Scientologist and it must state he is informed of and

      will follow the policies relating to gradation and classification.




                                  MEMBERSHIPS




        Members enrolling must be furnished their cards at once. However,

      this is also done by application form and on that form the person

      signing must pledge himself to abide by the rules, codes and

      policies of the organization and that he understands there is no

      refund of membership and that he does not belong to or work for any

      hostile organization or group or any group undisclosed to us that

      is dedicated to the harming of Mankind.




        Every Registrar must be or have near to hand in the organization

      - such as the receptionist - a person with notary powers, or where

      that is not available by reason of state restrictions, must

      accomplish the same purpose otherwise, so that the member swears to

      his membership statement, its pledge and denial, under oath, to the

      end that anyone falsely signing may be prosecuted for perjury or

      false swearing.




        In the case of mail-in memberships the same statement must be

      sworn to on the application by the person filling it out. This is

      done by the person going to a notary.




                                     PINS




        Wherever possible, make it easy for persons to obtain and wear

      Scientology pins, the S and double triangle.




        Such a pin as available should be given new members. Pins should

      be purchasable for a small sum along with books in the reception

      office.




        Policy as to who wears a Scientology pin is governed only by

      their being a member and subscribing to the membership application

      statement. However there is no penalty for non members wearing

      general pins that do not bear notation of class for grade or state

      of case.




                             HIGHER CLASS AUDITING




        A DC applying for auditing higher than his grade should be

      smoothly put into the




                                      112







        Pcs who are not brought up through grades have many

      session-disabilities which if not handled in the lower grades, make

      the pc a very serious problem to the HGC or the auditing section of

      the Academy in the upper grades.




        Technically it is foolish to be persuaded to let a pc jump

      grades. Pcs who demand to are always the roughest pcs and simply

      have some necessity for status rather than a wish to improve. To

      handle this, it is always permissible to charge more than a going

      rate for special consideration and this can be made so high the pc

      accepts the proper grade at normal cost. The higher rates are never

      quoted in the hope they will be paid but in the certainty they

      won't be.




        Demands for special or certain auditors are similarly handled by

      increased fee. But in this case the fee can be quite real and is

      quoted to compensate for the trouble caused and it is expected it

      will be accepted. Example: "I only want a Saint Hill graduate."

      Correct response. "Very good. There is one here. The fee is exactly

      double normal fees but discounts still apply. You will of course be

      audited by him in your correct grade." Example: "I must be cleared

      at once and can only be audited by a Saint Hill graduate on Grade

      IV materials." Correct response to a Grade I pc. "Very well. The

      fee for that is five times the normal fee." Naturally he takes

      Grade I auditing.




                                  TAPE PLAYS




        Orgs can hold all the tape plays they want but only for a fee and

      not in lieu of taking courses.






        Special courses are now forbidden as the materials are fitted to

      their levels and the courses for each level should be routine.




        However, if a higher classed auditor wishes the right to listen

      to tapes, he or she should be charged an annual fee for the

      privilege of coming into an org and putting on the headphones. But

      the favour should not be available below Class IV. And it should

      not cost less than $30 a year. Tapes may not be removed from the

      org or microphone copied.




        Notes of tapes may not be published by individuals as it is an

      infringement of Copyright




                                   R6 COURSE




        Permission to teach an R6 course will not necessarily be given to

      an org in 1968. The permission depends on an org's Academy

      excellence and volume reviewed between now and 1968 and re-reviewed

      in 1968.




        Saint Hill training will not cease as permission has been granted

      by the government for extensive new buildings.




        An org should therefore build its future on Grades 0 to IV and

      stress clearing as the highest offered goal, with no public mention

      of OT or even Grade V.




        Keep it this lifetime and clear, all problems of training and

      processing now being cracked for easy training and processing up to

      Grade IV. Grades V and VI training and processing problems are all

      cracked but they aren't easy and nobody expects them to be easy,

      ever.




        So new publications will slant at Grades 0 to IV.




                                   PE COURSE




        Where you can't guarantee an excellent free PE it is better to

      use only the new HAS sign up for fee as the student's entrance

      gate. In that way they won't drift off in a fog. They stay because

      they've paid and we get a chance to straighten them out.




        With heavy book sales, you will have no trouble filling up an HAS

      Course for fee with no free introduction.




        Free PE is allowed only where it is very high calibre and very

      text book. Otherwise it is abolished and HAS Courses for immediate

      fee only are offered. That's firm policy.




                                 SCHOLARSHIPS




        No scholarships are now allowed.




                        FIELD AUDITOR PRICE REGULATION




        All regulation of field auditor prices is abolished. Field

      auditors may charge whatever they please for auditing.




                           COURSE FEES STANDARDIZED




        Any course taught in a continental zone must conform to that

      zone's course fees.




                                      113







                                OUTSIDE COURSES




        An Academy may send an instructor to teach a group formed for the

      purpose up to required course levels.




        The fee in such a case may not be less than the full Zonal fee

      for the course per student. The fee must be paid in full in advance

      to the Registrar of the org. The group also pays for all

      facilities. The org sending the instructor pays his or her expenses

      while instructing that group.




        Any such "outside course" conducted by an Academy shall be

      conducted as a day Academy Course, tightly scheduled and precisely

      conducted. It may not be instructed. as a night course or part time

      course.




        In event of the group requiring classification examination first,

      it may be given by the instructor on arrival.




        In cases where "fastest available transport" fee exceeds $100

      round trip, the group must also pay the instructor's travel fare

      and travel expenses. The $100 is not deductible from these.




        To receive an instructor, the group must have no less than 10

      enrolling students.




        This applies to all organizations and areas of the world.




        Trips for translation and dictionary purposes may be arranged

      otherwise but in that case, where the above group instruction

      conditions are not met, no course of any kind may be taught.




                              STRESS ON TRAINING




        It will now be seen that an organization potentially will make a

      larger staff unit from training than processing due to the lesser

      number of technical staff members required.




        This is purposely designed. A boom depends on training, not

      processing.






        The high auditing fee is maintained to deter pcs while shunting

      them into the Academy. A high processing fee in the HGC then

      permits higher training fees and keeps the org solvent.




        When our Academies did less business and orgs concentrated on

      HGCs, gross income declined.




                                   THE BOOM




        The whole forward thrust of the boom depends upon:




        1. Getting books to orgs.




        2. Heavily, even extravagantly, advertising books and filling the

      orders.




        3. Running an excellent Academy.




        Getting books to orgs depends on me, on Saint Hill and upon orgs

      making sure they're ordered and paid for. If we take care to do

      just those things we'll see (1) above hugely successful.




        Advertising books depends on intelligent adherence to the

      price-membership scheme, the Registrar pushing the advantage of

      membership with every breath. The Assn/Org Sec and HCO Sec are in

      the best position to see this doesn't choke off - hence their

      bonuses. It will cost them money personally not to plaster the

      place with book ads and drive memberships home. They are given no

      bonus on a net. Only a gross. They get paid a bonus from the book

      account based on volume not its profit. The Department Heads and

      Staff get their bonus indirectly by an org driving in a heavy

      volume through ads and books and the alertness of the Org/Assn Sec

      and the HCO Sec. Continental also has a vested interest in books

      flowing and is paid for it. Thus this point is cared for.




        As for the Academy, it may not at first be visible why this has a

      dissemination value about 150 times that of an HGC. The following

      are long established data:




        (a) Students disseminate. Pcs don't.




        (b) High income in orgs has always occurred when the Academy was

      good. And when the Academy really did its job the income was

      continued. HGCs can receive a good income from the public, bad or

      good, but the flow of income suddenly shuts off when processing has

      been poor for six months. There is a 6 months lag and then a

      depression caused by a poor HGC. The lag is about one week on a

      sour Academy. I never have fathomed how the public finds out so

      fast about a bad Academy beyond knowing students disseminate and

      pcs don't.




        (c) The only thing which ever gets us into public trouble is an

      HGC. If we had no HGCs we would almost never have a ripple of

      discontent from the powers that be.




                                      114







        Why? Because an HGC brings us the failed cases of the AMA-BMA

      psychoquacks. Thus we gather the lunatic fringe around orgs. One

      can never really discover the bad cases until they're processed and

      then it's too late. The characteristic of a lunatic is

      one-way-help- inflow. They don't want to help anyone. They only

      want to be helped. The moment you insist they help others they

      either (a) vanish or (b) do so and get well fast.




        The dear laughable old buffoons, the psychiatrists, shut the door

      on their own boom with insisting on " 12 years of training (in meat

      carving) to make a psychiatrist". They made patients into patients

      forever and "trained" their students forever. We were well on the

      way to doing that in April this year when I took the helm again.




        You must let people help or you condemn them utterly.




        (d) The original plan, 1950, was to train people on short

      courses, let them go out and get some experience and then let them

      come back and be trained. By 1959 only I was doing this, with ACCs.

      We had too few courses.




        We now have a remedy for this with lots of 1 month courses and

      examination after experience.




                         REGISTRARS MUST PUSH COURSES




        The fairest, cheapest way to get auditing is to get trained and

      then co-audit.




        An HGC doing its job well is really a public service unit, no

      more. I will not run down HGCs. We do a great job. But the moment

      when we can train "outside" auditors to do that great job, we're no

      longer interested in an HGC as such but only in its income. It's

      money we don't need and it's very expensive money.




        Stress must be on Get Trained! That's the pat answer to any

      questions about the cost of auditing or how to get audited.




        HGC auditors and Ds of P. bless them, have alone held high

      auditing standards all these years. That was why they were there.




        But wouldn't it be nicer to have those staff auditors running the

      org's co-audits and classes? Training groups in far places?

      Handling the Correspondence Courses?




        We'll still have HGCs. But we must not count on them for income

      for more than another two years. (The time it will take to get

      really rolling on the boom.)




        Instead, enroll pcs in the Academy whenever possible by:




        1. Sell them auditing and also an HAS Course ("It will make you

      progress so much faster, Mr. Jones"). Short of that, sell the

      auditing and also a basic book and demand the pc do a chapter each

      evening during his intensive.




        Put a ceiling (stated to the pc) on how much auditing you sell

      them before they take an HAS and insist on an HAS before you exceed

      that limit of number of weeks set, even when you accept them back

      in the HGC afterwards.




        3. Use the HGC to feed the Academy and not the Academy to feed

      the HGC.




        4. Count on Academy income only.




        5. Use the HGC to square up field ARC Breaks to promote. To set

      an example. To pick up dropped balls. Not to make income.




        Sell Training hard.




                            ASSN/ORG SEC MUST PUSH

                                    ACADEMY




        The state of the Academy should be the first thought every

      morning of the Assn/Org Sec. Not the despatch pile. How is that

      Academy doing? Better look in. Ah! Floor dirty. One minute past

      schedule and the sessions not running! Rave! An instructor

      explaining confusedly off-text. New janitor!




        Make an Academy Taut Ship. Every halyard humming in the wind. And

      suddenly it will be full. Suddenly things get solvent. Suddenly the

      income soars. We start to go!




        No matter how many students there are, make it a tremendous

      Academy. If there are 2 or 2,000, make it a streamlined piece of



      glittering efficiency.




        Short of instructors? Coolly take the best auditors in the HGC.

      That makes the HGC short of auditors. So what? Enroll the pcs.




        Teach Scientology in a Central Org or City Office. Don't try to

      process the world to enlightenment. Make it process itself in that

      direction. Otherwise you'll never make it at all.




        The Assn/Org Sec must promote Academy hard and see, of course, we

      have a good HGC because it's a model, you know.




        Income.? Think Academy.




                                      115







                                   PROMOTION




        Many people "want to know about Scientology but don't want to be

      an auditor you know.'




        You'll have to break that attitude. Honestly how can a person use

      Scientology who can't audit? How can an executive use it in his

      business if he hasn't been trained? Well, he can't. That's the

      reality you must put across.




        Don't say "If you want a happy home, get audited." For that may

      or may not be true. There may be so much messy environment and so

      little auditing time that there's no win. Say instead the bald

      truth as you and I know it, "If you want a better environment,

      become an auditor!"




        Thank the HGC for what they do. Demand the Academy perform only

      miracles.




                            THE PROGRESS OF THE BOOM




        A. Person sees an ad, buys a book.




        B. Gets interested, writes in.




        C. Gets told he should be trained to HAS to get the full benefit

      of it.




        D. Person says "That's cheap. I will."




        E. Person really gets trained, no words misunderstood, really

      gets it, in a sparkling Academy.




        F. Person makes a big case gain in finding he can talk to anyone

      freely.




        G. Decides at home wants his wife audited and writes in.




        H. Is told to bring his wife to the HAS while he takes the HQS

      Course. Etc.




                                    THE PCS




        Now what about the pcs who want to be pcs?




        Don't be hoggish. Let the field auditor live.




        Pcs who are only pcs can be salvaged too. But, being pcs they

      don't write in when they read a book.




        So send people who haven't corresponded as name lists to field

      auditors who are franchise holders.




        Field auditors make people trainable, people come in for courses

      eventually. Field auditors get fat. Everybody happy.




                               THE FIELD AUDITOR




        You are only a rival of the field auditor if you are hungry for

      pc income.




        The field auditor actually has sent orgs the bulk of the org

      business in the past.




        So don't count on HGC income. Count on the much greater Academy

      income and earn and guarantee its continuance with fine training.




        Encourage the field auditor to succeed. Make him take out a

      Franchise.




        Use successful franchise holders as success stories. Use them as

      procurement agencies for more auditors.




        Let them have their groups and pcs.




        Keep them as friends. Sell them the next course they should take.

      Make millions of field auditors.




        SUMMARY




        These then are the designs and policies which have shaped up. All

      earlier policies in this "boom series" stand.




        It may seem odd to base staff member income on HGC pcs and then

      tell you you must not count on the HGC.




        But this boom is just beginning. Your economy depends in a large

      measure on your HGC. It will have to go on pulling its load for a

      while. And you'll always have me! And there is another factor. I

      don't intend for a staff member to draw only an average national

      wage. And the ratio of 1 Admin staff to 1 staff auditor is quite

      low. As you get to swinging along it may become one technical staff

      member to more than 1 Admin personnel even when you have a huge

      Academy. For dissemination takes a lot of Admin. As you expand,

      you'll get tech thin. So Tech personnel have to be freed up by

      assistance from Admin as you expand.




        So it's more that I want to be sure you still charge enough to be

      able to eat than that I expect you to go on with only HGC income.




        That's the design.




        If it needs improvement, we'll improve it. Right now let's make

      it work.




        I've got to go off and get the books written. You get your end of

      it done too. Okay?




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




           [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1964




      Gen. Non-Remimeo

      Franchise

      BPI




                         FIELD AND PUBLIC PROGRAMMING




        Since April 1964 we 'nave been busy with organizational

      reorganization, public and field programming all armed at the

      realization of a boom. All levels and technology from Hubbard

      Apprentice Scientologist Level 0 to Hubbard Senior Scientologist

      Level VI are complete and being taught.




        We have our boom already under way. Six Scientology organizations

      across the world have done more business in December than in any

      previous month this year. At Saint Hill, as a result of planning

      and new programmed mail volume rises daily and is entering boom

      proportions.




        In the midst of all this change, we have had to grope our way and

      things are now being smoothed out.




        This is the design of the boom:




                                     BOOKS




        We are about to broadly advertise books as never before and use

      all book and membership income to push book ads.




        I am publishing several new books with public appeal.




        Franchise Holders may also sell books.




                                  BOOK PRICES




        Pricing has done a bit of a wobble and is being corrected.




        Publishing costs have risen enormously in the past few years but

      we are countering this.




        Books being offered to the public in ads will be at cheap prices.

      More advanced books will be more in keeping with what the books

      cost to publish.




                                   DISCOUNTS




        People are expected to become both Life Members and international

      Members.




        The cost is ?10 sterling per year for International Membership or

      $30. This gives a 10% discount on books, a 30% discount on training

      and processing. An International Membership is membership in the

      main International organization.




        A Lifetime Membership costs ?25 sterling or $75. This gives a 10%

      discount on books (added to the International 10% making 20% if one

      holds both memberships). It gives a 20% discount on training and

      processing. This adds to the International 30%, making it possible,

      by holding both types of membership, to obtain a 50% discount on

      training and processing.




        The old Life Membership (bought prior to Nov. 15, 1964) still

      gives 20% on books and 20% on training and processing. But on books

      only, this does not also add an international discount. 20% is the

      maximum book discount obtainable for




                                      117







      individual Scientologists. Lifetime Membership means membership in

      that Continental Zone Organizations.




        Anyone can be an International Member and a Lifetime Member

      providing only that they are on our side.




        All Membership monies go into supporting the advertising and sale

      of books, so it's in a good cause.




        TRAINING AND PROCESSING FEES




        Each Continental Area has now fixed its training and processing

      fees for its own




        The increase, discounts considered, is very slight most places.

      And on training and processing fees 50% discount is obtainable by

      being both types of Member. So everyone gets a break as the

      membership costs less than what one saves with his first intensive

      or Level I Academy Course, and the discount is still valid

      afterwards. Only the International Membership has to be renewed

      yearly and this is far less than what one saves in books or

      Congresses or training or processing.




        So there is a great deal of incentive to own both memberships.

      And the membership money goes to make a boom by advertising books

      and therefore expanding Scientology.




                              FIELD AUDITOR FEES




        Field Auditors can now charge whatever they please for

      processing. Processing fees are no longer regulated for them.




        This applies also to Franchise Holders.




        Some field auditors have not understood this. They can charge now

      as much or as little as they please. Many charge more than orgs.




        However a field auditor or Franchise Holder must now be

      Classified for any level he receives a fee for. If he or she is

      only classified for Level II and yet seeks to collect money for

      doing Level III processes, he or she will be subject to a Committee

      of Evidence. This is public protection as the field auditor should

      not use processes he or she is not trained to use. Processing is

      very workable today. Why spoil it by poor application?




        And a field auditor seeking to run Level VI while classified only

      for Level IV on a pc who isn't up to Grade I on his own case is

      going to injure somebody. So this is frowned upon. Today's

      processes are very powerful.




        Only the worst cases insist on upgrading their processes anyway -

      by which is meant demanding to be processed over their heads. They

      are a bit suicidal, it seems.




                                    COURSES




        All courses are now exactly one month long. These include HAS

      courses.




        At the end of the course one gets his certificate without

      examination.




        But before taking the next Level Course, students must be

      examined for classification. Even if they fail the classification

      exam they can go on and take their next course. But they can only

      process people as high as their own actual classification, duly

      awarded by a Hubbard Communications Office examiner.




                                   PC GRADES




        Pcs can be run on any process the auditor is classified to run.

      All processes now belong in one level or another. Pcs are not

      limited nor do they have to be trained before being processed.




                                      118







        For their own good, pcs should-




        1. Make sure their auditor is classified in the Level being

      audited, and




        2. Move up through the pc grades 0, I, II, III, IV and VI in an



      orderly fashion so they don't get in over their heads.




                                  PE COURSES




        PE Courses will still be taught by field auditors and franchise

      holders. They may cease to be taught in some orgs.




                                  HAS COURSES




        Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist Courses are now Academy type

      courses, less costly than others, but equally precise, and are 160

      class hours in length whether taught daytime, evening or week-end.




        Some very fine new processes and a full curriculum now exist for

      this Level 0 Course.




                                  HQS COURSE




        Until Jan. 1, 1966 some Franchise Holders can teach Hubbard

      Qualified Scientologist Courses. Mainly it is taught to certificate

      in City Office and Central Org Academies.




        To give some idea of where we have gone technically, present HAS

      (Level 0) and HQS (Level I) Course data formerly was taught as HPA

      in the Commonwealth and HCA in the U.S. We have gone very high

      above these levels and so have to have new courses to teach the

      material.




        Further, we can't keep holding people in an Academy for a year at

      a crack and at the same time we can guarantee an auditor's skill by

      requiring he be classified in order to charge a fee.




        So the new HAS and HQS courses embrace everything Academies used

      to teach. And above that, level by level, the new materials are

      laid out. Each level has a definite, finite, end product,

      attainable by an auditor if trained and by a pc if run up through

      the levels one by one.




                                    SUMMARY




        We are grooving in the policies developed for the boom. Be

      patient with the rough spots, old timer.




        Part of our programing is to coax field auditors over to

      Franchise Holders, and Franchise Holders, by helping them with

      mailing lists for their areas, are going to be coaxed up to City

      Office status. And some City Offices are going to become Central

      Organizations in their own right.




        With teamwork, hard work and patience we will climb the hill

      rather easily.




        In April I started to work on orgs. Through the summer and autumn

      I also developed the lower levels to good effectiveness. Here in

      December I have just begun to receive org reports on the telex

      which speak of greatly increased volume as a direct result of all

      our hard work.




        Shortly we will really begin to enter the boom. We are just on

      its fringes now.




        Whenever lines become more active their weak spots show up. It's

      our job right now to locate and fix those up. This boom will be an

      orderly one. The objective is extremely worth while for all of us.




        And I myself am pretty cheered up. In April '64 I plan a boom. In

      December it starts to happen. There are no rough spots in it that

      can't be fixed up. So let's get the show on the road.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




                                      119







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1965

                                   Issue II




      Remimeo




                             ONLY ACCOUNTS TALKS

                                     MONEY




        Scientology organizations are service organizations. Now, it goes

      without saying, that service costs money. So please don't equate

      service with the idea that it is all give away. People expect to

      pay for good service, and they do pay for good service, unless you

      barrier the line, or by some foolish handling, convince them

      otherwise.




        It is the job of the Registrar, whether it is Letter Registrar or

      Body Registrar, to find people to communicate to, to communicate

      with people, to PROMOTE whether by mail, phone, or in personal

      interview, SERVICE, and to help people arrive at and attain

      whichever Scientology service best suits their needs and goals. So

      the Registrar does take responsibility for them, listens to their

      problems and aspirations, becomes friend and advisor to them, AND

      CHANNELS THEM TO THE PROPER SERVICE AND CHECKS TO SEE IF THEY GOT

      THAT SERVICE, ROUTES THEM BACK TO THE DEPARTMENT FOR COMPLETION IF

      THEY DIDN'T AND BRIDGES TO FURTHER FUTURE SERVICE, IF THEY DID. Now

      a Registrar knowing about the road to Truth, hence knowing an

      infinity more about the person usually, than he or she knows

      himself or herself, must take responsibility for this and channel

      them and keep them on the road until the person cognites and

      reaches for the rest of the road himself Even then, the Registrar

      must work to keep them on the road, and keep them from falling into

      pitholes, side paths, etc. that the confusions and randomities and

      distractions of life present




        But none of this has anything to do with money, except that such

      services are expected to be paid for. Money is an Accounting

      function. When money is a concern of the Registrar, and "how is he

      going to pay for this", and "we have got to keep our units up",

      "gads, I have got to write up a note form now", "that's going to

      cost him too much" (the guy has walked in and wants 75 hours of

      processing and 3 courses before going to Saint Hill)-when the

      Registrar's concern is all about money, money, MONEY MONEY MONEY,

      she gets all inverted into what are we going to get out of it,

      instead of what the person is going to get out of it. In all his

      years of auditing which exceed anything any of the rest of us have

      even dreamed about, Ron has never talked to the guy who wanted some

      auditing or whatever about money. Yes, it was understood it was

      going to cost something and what it would cost, but that was the

      end of it. Ron's concern was for the guy and getting him better,

      and he was not even remotely worried about the money, and the money

      rolled in because he got the guy better. Oh yes, sometimes he was

      paid in eggs or cheese, but the guy was wanting to pay because he

      got service. He never had a problem about money, and he never

      talked about money. Registrar's concern on money barriers the line

      for someone coming in, and that's an overt any Scientologist

      recognizes - to barrier the line of someone coming into

      Scientology. Here is an example. A person who has been out of

      contact with Scientology for about 9 years writes in and says to

      the effect of "Are you there? I need auditing. Send me details,

      including costs" and was written back (by the FCDC Registrar,

      winter 1965), "Regarding processing. The original cost is $1000,

      for 25 hours of auditing. (25 hours constitutes what we call an

      intensive.) We do have two memberships and there is a good discount

      on each of these. The first is the International membership (+,30)

      on which the discount is 30% making therefore auditing 5700; the

      second membership is the Lifetime membership ($75) making a

      discount of 20% which would mean auditing would be $800. If

      perchance you have both memberships, the discount would then be

      $500. (50%.) You can have more than one intensive should you so

      desire, in fact, I believe you can have up to 250 hours at any one

      time." !!!!! The person writing in said "I need auditing". They

      were saying, "HELP!" and the answer was analogous to throwing a

      bunch of confetti in their face, just when they needed a stable

      datum.




        The answer was a confusion and that confusion is a barrier. The

      answer to HELP! is help, not confusions. And if the Registrar's

      concern is on money instead of help then her communications are

      going to communicate a confusion, and barrier the line. It amounts

      to an alter-is, so REGISTRARS ARE FORBIDDEN TO TALK, WRITE OR THINK

      ANYTHING ABOUT MONEY.




                                      120







        Well, how about money, then? How does this get handled?




        Simple. MONEY IS AN ACCOUNTING FUNCTION. It IS the proper concern

      of Accounts.




        Accounts, in the past, has had difficulty collecting in some

      cases where credit was extended. Registrars in the past had been on

      the money line, and were busy issuing credit, and the line to

      Accounts was poor or non-existent for checking to see if the person

      was a good credit risk or not. Well, that is a thing of the past,

      with money totally in Accounts where it belongs, and the following

      into operation:




        1. Three fliers (printed handouts) are to be made, as follows:




        A. International Membership Flier.




                     HASI INTERNATIONAL ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP

                         The Cash Discount Membership




        The HASI International Membership is open to anyone, of whatever

      race, colour or creed, who is not hostile to Scientology. It is an

      annual membership, and the yearly fee is $25.00 / ?10.0.0 (apply to

      your currency). It must be renewed yearly.




        The HASI International Annual Member enjoys a 50% discount off

      the public price, when training and processing is paid for in full

      at the time it is taken. The HASI International Member enjoys the

      privilege of buying the books, tapes and meters and insignia of

      Scientology which are offered to members only, at 50% discount of

      the local price when paid for in full with the order. The

      International Membership is the ANNUAL 50% CASH DISCOUNT

      MEMBERSHIP. Its holder gets a 50% discount on everything and as

      many as he wants of anything.




        The person applying for membership signs a pledge to abide by the

      rules, codes and disciplines of the organization and that he

      understands there is no refund of membership and that he does not

      belong to or work for any hostile organization or group or any

      group undisclosed to us that is dedicated to the harming of

      Mankind. The pledge signing must be notarized. The International

      Member is a member of the brotherhood of Scientologists which span

      this planet. He or she receives a numbered membership card and

      Scientology pin (only issued once).




        Those who already have an International Annual Membership in

      force may have a 50% discount until its expiry date if they have

      signed their pledge. The card is annual, and a new card is issued

      with renewal. HASI International Annual Membership brings all

      issues of (put your continental Magazine name) and the Professional

      Auditor's Bulletins, which is the oldest continuous Scientology

      publication, and is direct from L. Ron Hubbard to the professional

      field in Scientology. A HASI International Annual Membership is

      necessary to keep a classification in force. Membership may be

      applied for from the following Hubbard Communications Offices (put

      offices and addresses of all the HCOs of City Offices and Central

      Orgs coming under one Continental Office).




        B. HASI Lifetime Membership Flier.




                           HASI LIFETIME MEMBERSHIP

                         The Scientology Credit Member




        This is the Scientology wide open credit card, entitling the

      owner in good standing to one of anything in Scientology at a 25%

      discount from the regular price. One of any book published, one

      course, one grade of processing intensives, one meter, one tie, one

      anything. When the first one is paid for he can have another. There

      are no down payments, only routine billing. It is a full wide open

      credit card, valid all over the world.




        The HASI Lifetime Membership is open to anyone, of whatever race

      colour or creed, who is not hostile to Scientology, and who is not

      in default on any credit extended to him or her by any Scientology

      organization. It is a lifetime membership and the fee is $75.00

      (put your currency). The HASI Lifetime Member enjoys the privilege

      of being extended credit by Scientology organizations. Flagrant

      default in payments on credit extended, and as agreed to, results

      in loss of membership without refund. Fulfilling of payments within

      12 months or before, when credit has been




                                      121







      extended results in a gold star credit rating for that year. Credit

      may be extended only on one course, one intensive through one pc

      grade, 1 of each book, payment for which must be fully discharged

      before further credit may be extended on that type of item. And the

      further credit, again, may be on only one thing of that type. The

      credit may be up to 100% credit extended, and the 'one thing' it

      may be extended for include one course, one intensive through one

      pc grade, one of each book, one meter, one tape, one insignia - in

      other words, one of a kind only. Memberships may never be purchased

      on credit.




        The HASI Lifetime Member, when using his credit privilege, enjoys

      a 25% discount off the regular price on courses, intensives, books,

      tapes, meters, insignia, etc. (If the person is going to pay in

      full, it is conceived that he would take out a HASI International

      Membership and enjoy the 50% discount.)




        Loss of membership through default in payment may be regained by

      payment in full of the amount owed, plus a penalty fee of 25% of

      the amount owed in full at the time of default, plus the purchase

      price of the HASI Lifetime Membership fee- . Until the above is

      done, the person may not have a HASI Lifetime Membership. This

      however does not affect their international Annual Membership if

      held.




        The person applying for HASI Lifetime Membership signs a pledge

      to abide by the rules, codes and disciplines of the organization

      and that he understands there is no refund of membership, and that

      he will fulfil the obligations within one year or before on any

      credit extended to him, and that he understands that failure to do

      so will immediately result in his loss of membership, and that in

      order to regain his membership he must pay in full the amount owed,

      plus a penalty of 25% of the amount owed (in full) at the time of

      the default, and that he then may purchase a new membership. He

      must declare that he does not belong to or work for any hostile

      organization or group or any group undisclosed to us that is

      dedicated to the harming of Mankind.




        The HASI Lifetime Member is issued a numbered membership card

      with years blocked in on the reverse side for impressing of the

      gold star credit rating when achieved.




        Extant HASI Lifetime Members are granted the above credit if they

      sign the new declaration for membership and are not indebted to a

      Scientology organization. Otherwise they still get only a 20%

      discount.




        HASI Lifetime Membership may be applied for at the following

      Hubbard Communications Office (list offices and addresses)




      Services Offered




      Academy Courses

      HAS Level 0

      HQS Level 1

      HCA Level 2

      HPA Level 3 etc.

      Scientology

      Processing 12 1/2 hr

      intensive (1/2 week or

      week-end)




      25 hour intensive (1 week)

      (Leading to Preclear Grades

      0, I, II, III, IV -  more than one

      intensive may be required per

      Grade).




      The third flier is a rate card.




      SCIENTOLOGY SERVICES RATE CARD




                               Full Public Price

                                 (give in your

                                 currency for

                                  each item)




                                Lifetime Member

                                Price (Credit)

                                 25% Discount

                                 (Reduce each

                                 item by 25%)




      (Full Public Price is your local full price per January price

      raises.)




                                      122







      International

           Member

           (cash) price

           50% Discount




        On the back of each Rate card give a full book list of books you

      have at your local prices.




                             SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS

                     All sent Postpaid from your Local HCO




           Books you actually have Full Public Lifetime Member

      International

                      Advertised Price(Credit price Annual

                             25% off) Member (cash)

                    (50% off)




           Titles of Books

           Tapes

           Meters

           Materials, badges, etc




        (but not pins which are now free) _




        So now, you have these two fliers and this rate card. Now, the

      Registrar, in response to queries on prices, and otherwise in

      correspondence, talking, phoning, etc. supplies only these three

      things. Does not otherwise discuss money in any way, shape or form.




        Now what happens when a person comes in, wanting to sign up? He

      or she doesn't "sign up" at all. The person is routed by Reception

      to Accounts for an Accounts Clearance.




        In Accounts, the cashier is at post preferably in a wicket. This

      is exactly like a theater ticket front, complete with the glasses

      window with the hole (small and awkward) in it to talk through and

      the hole at the bottom to slide money through. Any accounts office

      door, if up front in the org, can be fixed with a half door to look

      like this. It would not at all be out of place for the cashier to

      wear a green eyeshade, and have a very detached attitude about

      anything except money or money matters. Very businesslike. The

      person coming in is routed to this cashier. Posted on the outside

      of the wicket or immediately in the area on display signs, is

      exactly the same data contained in the above fliers and rate card.

      If the cashier is asked for data, he points to the proper sign. The

      cashier's actions otherwise are:




        1. He checks the membership. If none, he collects the money (if

      the person is seeking the HASI Lifetime membership, the cashier

      must check his defaulted list to make sure the person is not on it.

      [This tells you immediately that the defaulted list must be kept up

      to date daily, and defaulted lists circulated between orgs on a

      fast comm line, for immediate posting. No show is made to keep a

      defaulted list confidential. It must be posted in Accounts.]).

      After collecting the money for the membership, he invoices it,

      marks the membership number in the invoice, issues the white copy

      as an Accounts Clearance slip for whatever kind of membership it

      is, and the person is routed to HCO to sign his membership pledge

      and receive his card which is issued on the spot by HCO in a log

      book. It is Accounts that keeps and assigns the numbers of members.

      These are coded LM + (area code letter such as Me for Melbourne) +

      15 (Scientology year) + number in sequence for the area

      international is IM + (area code letters) + Scientology year +

      number in sequence. HCO gets a copy of the invoice which bears the

      person's name, address and number.




        2. If the person already had a membership, or now having one per

      above (remember, if the person had a Lifetime membership and is

      seeking credit, the cashier must also check the defaulted list),

      the cashier does the following:




        1. If the service or material is being paid for in full he

      collects the money and invoices, and issues an Accounts Clearance

      slip for whatever the service is, and the person is then routed

      directly by Reception to the service section (Division 2), directly

      into testing to the D of 1' or D of P and thence into class, or

      processing. In the event the person is not acceptable for

      processing by the D of P. who so marks the Accounts Clearance slip,

      the person is routed back to Accounts who immediately returns the

      money and voids the invoice upon having the slip turned in to him,

      or destroys the payment pledge. The routing slip for processing

      must say (name of person) CLEARED BY ACCOUNTS FOR PROCESSING (in

      whatever amount) THIS SLIP DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN ACCEPTANCE BY THE

      HGC FOR PROCESSING, BUT IS AN ACCOUNTS CLEARANCE ONLY.




                                      123







        2. If the person is seeking credit, which he may have

      unquestioned, providing he has a HASI Lifetime Membership, and is

      not on a defaulted list, but may have it for one item only (AND NO

      FURTHER CREDIT MAY BE EXTENDED ON THAT TYPE OF ITEM UNTIL THIS

      ITEM, COURSE, PC GRADE, ANOTHER COPY OF SAME BOOK, IS PAID FOR IN

      FULL, ON SCHEDULE), then the Cashier invoices the Course,

      Intensive, book(s), or whatever, i.e.




      John Jones

      address




      I HCA Course S 1,000




           L.T. discount  250




        Charged to Account (c) 750 L.T. Membership No. LMDC 15459 John

      Jones (signed)




        THE CASHIER MUST HAVE THE PERSON SIGN THE INVOICE (with carbons)

      so that the signature goes through on all copies. The white copy is

      given to the person. And he is issued an Accounts Clearance slip.




        The Accounts Clearance slip which says -




      John Jones

      has been cleared by Accounts for 1 HCA Course.

      April 25, 1965

      Signature in full of Cashier.




        Remember the slip for Processing must say, THIS SLIP DOES NOT

      CONSTITUTE AN ACCEPTANCE FOR PROCESSING, BUT IS AN ACCOUNTS

      CLEARANCE ONLY. A rubber stamp for this may be made and used.




        The customer is led to look on these as monthly bills, not time

      payment or hire purchase.




        There are NO notes. NO contracts. There is NO interest. This is

      simply a credit sale. This is maximum protection for us.




        The statements are arranged for (1) (Academy bill), (2)

      (Processing bill) and (3) Books and materials. If the (1) Account

      is unpaid, no more credit courses until it is. If (2) account is

      unpaid, no more credit processing until it is, if (3) is large and

      unpaid no more books, tapes, etc. If nothing is paid in a year on

      any one of the three, no more membership.




        Accounts, in billing for amounts owed, just issues a routine

      monthly statement. If a payment has been made on the account, then

      that, of course, is posted, and the next monthly statement reflects

      only the amount now due.




        3. Scientology materials. Any person off the street, public, etc.

      who comes in wanting information on Scientology, etc. is only told

      by reception to get a book. In the reception office are placed

      books for sale. One section contains books for the public, marked

      BASIC SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS, and posters around saying, THE WAY INTO

      SCIENTOLOGY IS TO START AT THE BEGINNING, and DON'T ASK SOMEONE TO

      EXPLAIN SCIENTOLOGY TO YOU, GET YOUR OWN REALITY -  READ A BOOK,

      THEN TAKE A COURSE, and THE DATA IN SCIENTOLOGY SPANS THE TOTALITY

      OF EXISTENCE, WHICH MAY SEEM TO BE AN ENTICING MYSTERY TO YOU, BUT

      IF YOU WANT TO UNDERSTAND THE TOTALITY OF EXISTENCE, THE MYSTERY

      WILL ONLY UNRAVEL BY INCREASING YOUR REALITY, OTHERWISE THE MYSTERY

      DEEPENS. BEGIN HERE with an arrow pointing to the Basic books.




        The other books and materials of Scientology are in a divided

      section marked FOR HASI MEMBERS ONLY.




        When the person has selected the book or books he or she wants,

      the cashier collects the money and reception delivers the book or

      books. If the person is a HASI member he gets 50% discount on the

      books m the Basic section, or the International Membership price if

      paying cash for materials for members only (must have




                                      124







        International Membership), or if seeking credit, must have the

      HASI Lifetime membership with the same checks on default as in

      Services applying, and the rule of one of each item applying. If

      the person is new and wishes a membership to get the 50% discount

      or to buy books from the Membership section, he or she is handled

      exactly as in (1) above. He or she is not then prevented from

      buying higher level books, but the signs still warn the person to

      start at the beginning.




        Reception looks after books and their cases. Reception is to have

      nothing to do with money as she is a Division 1 personnel and is

      not Division 3.




        If a person comes into the org not knowing what he wants, but

      presents only his or her problem, and wants help, he or she is

      routed to HCO to the Registrar who channels them according to their

      needs, but who does not talk money. The Registrar may (and must if

      pressed by the incoming person for information about costs) say

      "Only Accounts can talk to you about money. I am here to help you

      find what you need in the way of service." And when the person is

      routed by Reception to Accounts, it is all on the signs which the

      cashier merely shows them, or hands them the two fliers and rate

      card. The Registrar is forbidden to hand them to body callers.




        Accounts is admonished not to mention credit. Also Accounts has

      no interest in credit rating before it is defaulted. Let the person

      ask about it. It was found many years ago that most people walked

      into the org with the money for the service on them. If the

      Registrar (in those days she was handling the money) asked, "Will

      this be cash or credit?", the person, with this invitation,

      inevitably said, "Oh, can I get some credit? Well, let's see, I'd

      like to pay so and so, and get the rest on credit." And they would

      walk out of the Registrar's office with the rest of the money still

      in their pocket The Registrar's question should have been "Are you

      paying this by cash or check?", and if there is a question of

      credit, let them bring it up, as an origination. But today the

      Registrar mustn't talk money at all.




        Think of the most exclusive restaurant that you know of. Get the

      idea of going in there and ordering a meal without any money or

      credit card. You cringe? Well, create that same kind of atmosphere

      and attitude for the org. All service today is "travel now pay

      later". This must pay because everyone selling service that way is

      rich and powerful. The public does pay its bills. Your prices are

      now rigged to absorb the 33 1/3% loss we have due to bad credit.

      The prices are 33 1/3% higher than cash. No interest or notes or

      trouble. Train now, pay later, get Grade 0 now (2 or 3 intensives)

      and pay later. If they don't pay, then worry. Don't worry everyone

      because 1/3 are dead beats. Create the attitude that a person's

      credit card is extremely valuable, and must be kept in good

      standing at all costs. It is practically a moral code in the

      society today. Use it. But it will not prevail with sloppy handling

      of accounts, breaking the rule for a friend, just letting this one

      go by. It will be strict and unbreakable 8-C on the line -

      heartless, maybe, but not any more heartless than a low, below

      living, unit check...not any more heartless than the guy who

      doesn't get into Scientology next year because there weren't enough

      funds to disseminate because the guy last year didn't pay for what

      he got. Well, what about the guy who got poor service - no gains,

      ARC breaks instead of training? Well, Accounts has a control line

      on that too. It is Accounts who issues the free week of processing,

      or who can send a student back for free retraining (not a next

      course up, retraining on the course that was flubbed on). And it's

      the whole org who is to scream when people start defaulting. Too

      many defaulters tells you there's bad tech going on, so it is an

      indicator, and you'd better start screaming, because people won't

      pay if there's no delivery. They'll say "To heck with it", the same

      way you would if you had a Diner's Credit Card, and every

      restaurant you used it in served you soup with flies in it, you

      found finger nail clippings in the mashed potatoes, and the steak

      was green on the under-side. You'd tear up your credit card, walk

      out without paying, and probably go see your lawyer. You have the

      total tools for delivery today. So deliver. Count on good delivery

      to collect the credit issued. Not on lawyers or complicated

      registration.




        Reception ONLY ROUTES. She does not answer questions except with

      "Oh, where you want to go is to Accounts", or "You need to get a

      book", and she routes. Accounts is to be located adjacent to

      Reception, and people are to be routed and handled with a friendly

      dignity. The public tries to wander all over - it is unaware,

      generally, of your hats and lines. They will try to put anybody's

      hat on the nearest guy they can get hold of. If it isn't your job,

      and hasn't come to you on the proper routing line, then you only

      route. A river will overflow if the barriers (banks) at the side

      are




                                      125







      not there, or so weak that they can't hold up. If it has strong firm

      banks, the river will flow down the channel so delineated.




        Having, by now, I hope, heard the tape of March 2, 1965 you

      recognize that you don't do a big acknowledgement job on the

      incoming student or preclear You don't say "Well, you arrived.

      Good. Fine. I am sure glad you got here." You don't end the cycle

      this way for him. Reception never greets. It is just barely at

      start. Getting the person to reception was not the cycle you are

      working for, and neither is the pc or student. So you say, "Well,

      you must be anxious to get going. Let's get you into class," or

      "Testing is waiting for you."




        Staffs should dress and behave with appropriate dignity to create

      the attitude and atmosphere set out in this Policy Letter. So you

      have had a hard time and have no clothes! Well, get inventive,

      until you get so affluent that you can hire a tailor. Get inventive

      on low or no cost ways of sharpening up the premises, particularly

      that part which meets the public eye, until you are affluent enough

      to do something better about it. And demand cleanliness and

      neatness of premises at all times. But don't let clothes and

      shaping up premises distract you from your job. Just make a habit

      of expectancy on it, got the idea?




        The day of the doldrums is over, so just end cycle on that. THANK

      YOU. We have entered a new echelon of Scientology.




        P.S.: The effective data of this Policy Letter is as soon as you

      are set up with your materials printed up, you need to get your

      wicket in and the personnel drilled on it, but at the latest June

      I, 1965. You will be receiving the additional data needed on this,

      how to handle pledges internally, membership card mock-ups, etc. In

      the meantime get going on what is supplied here. And muzzle Body

      and Letter Registrar on money. Route to Accounts.




      Design by: L. RON HUBBARD

      Written by: Marilynn Routsong

      for

      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Important. See HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93 and HCO P/L 11 March

      1971, page 268.]




                                      126







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MARCH 1965




      Gen Non Remimeo

      BPI




                       SAINT HILL SERVICES, PRICES AND

                                  DISCOUNTS




        Saint Hill has just opened its Hubbard Guidance Centre in order

      to be in line with all orgs over the world in all departments.




        The Saint Hill Course now handles all levels of Training but

      these courses are review courses at the lower levels and HCA

      (classed or unclassed) or old Commonwealth HPA (classed or

      unclassed) remain the entrance requirement. Students go through all

      levels, usually the lower ones very rapidly, and are Classified for

      each Level with a Saint Hill Classification.




        Saint Hill Classification takes precedent over all other

      classifications in any level. A student's own Classification is not

      taken away but for the duration of the course is invalid but may be

      resumed on departure from the course. However the student usually

      has a far higher Saint Hill Class on leaving.




        The purpose of the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course remains the

      same - to make the auditors and instructors who make the auditors

      and instructors over the world and to put the final polish on

      auditing. As auditors sometimes do not realize that an auditor of a

      higher level always audits at the pc's level, seeing and getting

      lower level results and clearing with them is very revelatory. One

      does not expect a Class VI auditor to run only Level VI. Quite the

      contrary, Level VI training is never applied to an untrained pc by

      an ethical auditor. A Level VI auditor should be able to do Level 0

      work superlatively well. Level 0 processes release people with ease

      and many clear today at only Level II, much less IV. So the Saint

      Hill Course enters all students today at Level 0 and rapidly moves

      them right on up in quick time. Students who know the lower

      material of course get it checked out very readily. A student can

      always ask HCO Board of Review for a classification while on

      course, but of course must pass all lower classes before being

      tested for the one asked for.




                                  DISCOUNTS




        International Membership 50% discounts apply to all HGC pc and

      Course Student enrollments at Saint Hill, now.




        Credit, by agreement with other orgs, which might lose business

      if Saint Hill allowed it, will not be extended by Saint Hill, so

      Lifetime Membership does not apply at this time.




        This gives a 50% cash discount on all courses and Intensives.




                                    COURSE




        The Course (50% discount price) is still ?275 sterling. This

      makes its public price ?550, but of course no public applies. This

      is about ?40 a level, making it a very cheap review course. It must

      be bought all at once or ?275.




                                     HGC




        Intensives are the same price as in the U.S. The 50% cash

      discount makes an intensive 5500 or the equivalent in sterling.




        Saint Hill Student price for an intensive (75% discount price for

      Saint Hill students only) is $250. The student may be an old

      graduate or one currently on course. Academy Students do not

      qualify for the Saint Hill Professional Rate, only Saint Hill

      Students and Graduates.




        Any level pc is taken but only the pc's level will be run, of

      course. However it will be run very well, usually by Level VI

      auditors.




        Pcs are issued their Grade Certificate the moment they complete a

      level and this Certificate takes precedence over all other Grade

      Certificates in the world.




                                    BOOKS




        Saint Hill book prices carry a 50% discount from list for

      International Members.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




           [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




                                      127







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MARCH 1965




      Gen Non Remimeo

      Post Staff Not Public

      Boards (Expose all

      sheets on board)




                     CURRENT PROMOTION AND ORG PROGRAMME

                                    SUMMARY




                              MEMBERSHIP RUNDOWN

                        INTERNATIONAL ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP




        There are two Memberships-THE INTERNATIONAL ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP -

      This is the CASH DISCOUNT MEMBERSHIP. It gives a 50% cash purchase

      discount across the boards-Training, Processing, Books, Meters,

      Tapes, Insignia, Congress, the lot. If we sell it, an International

      Member gets 50% off The Membership must be renewed every year. It

      expires on the same date the following year at one minute past

      midnight. It keeps one's certificates in force. No services are

      ever promised to its holders but a monthly magazine is sent and a

      copy of the Professional Auditors' Bulletins comes to them from

      Saint Hill providing Saint Hill is given their addresses and

      changes of address. Members' lists are kept in orgs and org Central

      Files and the Org Roster of Members. Anyone can have an

      International Annual Membership providing they are for us and not

      members of groups seeking to harm Mankind. The cost is ?10 sterling

      or $30 US. The entire fee is paid into the HCO Book Fund Account

      and buys advertising for Scientology books and pays book bills.

      (All receipts for books, meters, tapes, Insignia and all

      Memberships go into this Account. These are the funds that promote

      Scientology through books, the only effective way orgs have ever

      promoted.)




        To obtain or renew an International Membership one must (1) Get

      an Accounts Clearance and (2) what will be called a Division 9

      Clearance and (3) sign a sworn statement promising to uphold the

      codes of Scientology and declaring they are not a member of a group

      hostile to Mankind or Scientology. Note that there is no waiver of

      rights to sign now.




                             LIFETIME MEMBERSHIPS




        THE LIFETIME MEMBERSHIP is the CREDIT MEMBERSHIP of Scientology.

      Its holders can obtain a discount from the list price of courses,

      intensives, books, meters, tapes, Insignia, Congresses, etc. They

      can have ONE of anything on credit. One course, and one grade worth

      of intensives. In books, meters, tapes, Insignia, Congresses, they

      in actual practice can have a reasonable amount, as it is too hard

      on accounts to keep more than three items in view (courses,

      intensives, books, etc). It acts as a Carte Blanche credit card.

      There is NO note, NO interest rate, nothing. The Lifetime or Credit

      Member is billed monthly on a standard charge account system. There

      are no arrangements for payments at regular intervals. However, the

      Credit Member must have paid for his course or his Grade worth of

      intensives or his book bill before he can have another course or

      grade or beyond a reasonable amount of books. If the bill is not

      paid in 12 months the membership is forfeit. After a forfeit of a

      Credit Membership, if the person then belatedly pays his bill in

      full with any additional amount as penalty, he may now buy another

      Lifetime Membership if Accounts will sell him or her one. The idea

      here is to keep one's credit good, for the card itself has good

      value in supporting credit elsewhere. Old holders of these may have

      the new discount if they sign the sworn statement for the new

      status. If not, then they get 20% off on books, meters, courses,

      intensives bought for cash. Neither the old or new Lifetime

      Membership adds now to the International Discount. That went out

      because the International alone gives one the cash 50% discount. If

      a Lifetime-International combination Holder that bought both before

      March 1, 1965 insists on a 50% combination discount for credit the

      way we were selling we always deliver what we promised and he or

      she may have it by signing notes, paying heavy interest, giving the

      down payment and signing a waiver of liabilities and all that just

      like we were doing from January 1, 1965 to March 1,1965. Newer ones

      (sold after March 1, 1965) can't have that "privilege". Actually it

      is likely to be more costly to them than the new system.




                                      128




        For in 1966 we will begin to GOLD STAR the Lifetime Members'

      cards, giving them a GOLD STAR CREDIT RATING where they have

      promptly paid their bills and a Gold Star Credit Card in

      Scientology will carry a 45% discount. To get one really sizable

      credit will have had to have been advanced and promptly paid such

      as courses, or grades. A Gold Star Credit Rating must of course be

      kept good after award and default carries the same results as a new

      Lifetime Membership. A Lifetime Membership will be a handy thing to

      have-one will only have to sail into an org, get his Accounts

      Clearance slip and so have his next pc grade or course any time he

      feels like it. The Lifetime Membership costs ?30 or $75 and need

      not be renewed unless forfeited for payment failures. It is paid

      for in cash at the time of application.




        Anyone can have one, of any race, colour or creed. They need only

      sign a sworn statement to abide by Scientology Codes and that they

      are not a member of a group hostile to Mankind or Scientology.






        OLD HASI SHARES




        You may wonder what to do with old HASI Ltd Shareholders.




        The share, of course, can't be cancelled.




        The answer to this is that a HASI Ltd Shareholder is not a

      Lifetime Member in any sense of the word.




        The 20% discount if promised in that area is not additive. If the

      Shareholder buys books or intensives or courses, for cash of

      course, since nobody promised any credit discount ever, the HASI

      Shareholder-if the local offer to buy one said so originally-gets

      20% discount and no other. It does not add to International.




        A few of these shares in South Africa were maliciously held onto.

      Most other places converted back and turned their shares in.




        Such Shareholders should be written to personally and advised of

      the advantages of a new Lifetime Membership and the above

      limitations of the old share should be heavily stressed. They

      should be told that the local government would not grant HASI Ltd a

      non profit status and so we remain HASI, Inc of Arizona and will



      continue so and offer them their money back or a new Lifetime

      Membership with all its advantages of full credit and good

      discount.




        Please shake off these old HASI Shareholders so we can close the

      company. We're booming Internationally as HASI, inc.




        It's to their advantage to become Lifetime Members now.




                         QUALIFICATION OF MEMBERSHIP




        There is no grade, certificate or classification Qualification

      for any Membership.




        One must only swear to abide by and uphold the Codes of

      Scientology including the Auditor's Code, the Code of a

      Scientologist and any other Code of Scientology and that one is not

      now a member of a group hostile to Scientology or Mankind.




        This sworn statement is made in and the membership issued from

      the Membership section of the org at once.




                                  OPEN DOOR




        You may detect from the above that we have now opened the door of

      orgs for action. Hitherto one was interviewed and registered

      personally by the Registrar. This is no longer necessary. The

      Registrar is now HCO personnel and handles no money, makes no

      notes.




        One should be able now to walk straight into an org, straight up

      to the Accounts Cashier near the entrance and get an Accounts

      Clearance. This is a white invoice slip. Accounts receives any

      payment and issues the "white copy" to the person. If it is a




                                      129







      credit sale, the person must sign the white while it is still on

      the Invoice machine but this is not necessary on a credit mail order

      from an org.




        This is all the procedure for the person. He or she then takes

      the "Accounts Clearance" to the division giving the service and

      gets it then and there. If one is buying a membership and then

      processing or training or books, one goes to the Accounts Cashier

      first, then to Division 9 nearby and gets the Membership issued,

      then with their membership card returns to Accounts for the

      "Accounts Clearance" for the next service. Reception near Accounts

      is ready to direct anyone to Membership Issue or the HGC or Academy

      interviewers. If a member requiring processing or wanting training

      wants advice, a registrar is available. But actually all the

      necessary advice is posted beside the Accounts Cashier window

      complete with Membership descriptions and costs and all prices

      including book, meter, tape and insignia prices. A floor plan is in

      plain sight in reception if one wants to find one's own way.

      Therefore there is no waiting.




                                 THE NEWCOMER




        If a person comes in asking "What is Scientology", reception

      instantly says, "That is very well covered in a book. Here is the

      correct book for you and it will tell you all about it. The price

      is " Reception, via Accounts, sells the person the public book and

      reserves all other books for members only. Thus nobody there

      explains Scientology. They sell him a book. The Registrar does not

      talk to newcomers and indeed is forbidden to try to explain

      Scientology or processing to a completely uninformed person. If

      they didn't know, she like everyone else, sells the newcomer the

      public book.




        There is no brochure given out in Reception, no PE brochure. Only

      book ads.




        In the back of the book the newcomer buys, an inserted card

      fastened in, invites him to a PE Course. This card must be

      discovered only by someone who has read that far in the book - it

      mustn't merely fall out and no such cards may be placed about in

      reception. PE is for book finishers. If they can read a book we

      want them. If not, we don't as they'll only fog others in the

      class. The passport to PE is "Have you read a book?" That alone is

      what we require before we will put in Admin time on them.




        There is a formula and drill for use on public persons on

      personal contact. We don't use it at the front door of the org. We

      use it through members of our Field Division only-the Field

      Auditors.




        This handling of the newcomer is based on 15 years of experience.

      The Field Auditor can handle him best. Only when the newcomer has

      read a book or been audited or trained by a Field Auditor can he or

      she be entered into an org at any higher level than "Buy a Book".

      What you have to do to sell the Newcomer a book is another thing

      and is technology, not policy and so is not covered here. The

      policy is the Newcomer must buy a book and that's it. Otherwise an

      org tends to develop a psychiatric type practice that wears

      everyone out. Orgs are live activities, not morgues. Admitting the

      Newcomer who has not read a book into PE or the HGC or Academy is

      pure nonsense. Scientology is aimed at the able. When you curve it

      toward the unable, your dissemination programme will go all awry as

      it is no longer reaching the able public for which it is designed

      and you will get into the org a lot of fringe that breaks the

      instructors' and staff auditors' hearts and breaks the economics of

      the org as well.




        Scientology is for Scientologists, not for the person in need of

      daily nursing. You can't build a new civilization with dead meat.

      You tend to them afterwards when you've time and money to burn.




        The simple selection is, Can they read a book? If they can't

      they'll take far too much time and effort and will only distract

      the main body. There's plenty who can read a book and if you only

      handle them you'll handle more and more of them. If you even try in

      an org or a practice to handle people too distracted to do so

      you'll handle less and less. That formula alone is the determining

      force of whether an org auditor goes up in activity and numbers or

      down. If you accept only those who can read a book you will grow.

      If you ever accept those who can't you will shrink. There are no

      exceptions.




        Leave it to me to give them the book they can read. You tend the

      store and we'll have a rush hour 24 hours a day and the staff to

      handle them.




                                      130







        Advertise and sell books hard. Then service those who could read.




        Book prices of public books will be such as to permit the book to

      sell. There will only be 3 or 4 public books in all. You don't have

      them yet. Meanwhile sell Problems of Work or old Dianetics or

      Scientology Evolution of a Science or the Original Thesis. The real

      Public Book #1 will be out before the end of 1965 by the thousands.

      It's already outlined and mostly written. It will probably cost the

      public $5 in the US and 30s. in England and some round equivalent

      in the Australian or SA market, whole paper money in every case,

      post paid, even Airmail. So don't use up too much public medium ad

      money yet for old books. Just feel your way around until we shoot

      the works on Public Book #1. We have to groom up our orgs first

      anyway and get them booming by existing actions alone and clearing

      up their existing public. They better come in and get clear now

      because next year will find a jam for service no matter how many we

      have on staffs. Tell them so.




                              PROFESSIONAL RATES




        Old time Professional Rates are back for the HPA/HCA or above

      (classed or unclassed). If he or she has an International Annual

      Membership in good standing (current year and unexpired) intensives

      cost only 25% of the public list. Cash only. HQS, HAS are not

      eligible when not actually in the Academy. However an HAS or HQS

      student, only if ordered by the D of 1' to an Intensive may also be

      given the Professional Rate if they have also an International

      Annual Membership.




        This is an excellent chance and should receive wide publicity.

      However, trip up HAS/HQS students who enroll on course only to get

      HGC student rates. For the D of T may not order a student to

      processing if he suspects the enrollment was only for that purpose.




                                  HAS PRICES




        HAS prices may be too low to take a 50% cash discount in some

      areas. If so, raise it. Continental Director has that authority. It

      still gives a 25% refund if the course is finished by the student.




        These HAS courses can be weekend courses, too, you know. Or night

      courses, 160 course hours, I think.




                                 COURSE TIMES




        All courses in all orgs enroll every Monday. No special courses

      for certain dates will be tolerated in any org. Magazines should

      say "Enrolls every Monday" after every course in every Academy Ad.

      If you don't you go mad trying to get pcs every week for ad money

      and wind up with a psychiatric ward for an HGC. The check sheet

      system used now at Saint Hill for levels fits every course nicely

      and requires no "every 4 weeks". Saint Hill enrolls all week long!

      Further, Instructors in Scientology must not personally lecture

      students on technology. Instructors only do this when they don't

      know their HCO Bulletins and the same instructor is always giving

      squirrelly unusual solutions in answer to student questions rather

      than answer them accurately or get the student to find the answer

      in his student materials. If you want a current check sheet for a

      level write your comm-member (HCO Pol Ltr of March 13 '65) at Saint

      Hill.




                               PROCESSES TO USE




        Break down the Q and A that Class VI auditors run Class VI only

      on all pcs. It isn't so. Pcs not trained don't get enough TA and

      Class VI caves them in, quite. Same pc gets as much as 75 TA Div

      per session run on Level 0 where he should start. A Class VI

      auditor can do better Level 0. One audits always where the pc is.

      Never only where the auditor is. That error alone stops you from

      making clears.




                                    CLEARS




        Clears are bobbing up routinely now. They release these days at

      Level 0 or Level I and begin to clear at Level II free needle.

      However Levels III and IV stabilize them very well and they really

      go very clear if the auditing is good and smooth.




                                      131







        Sell Release and Clear with confidence. Only squirrelling on

      levels and rough ARC Break handling can prevent it. The total

      rundown of processes is easy to groove in in an HGC and should be

      adhered to violently if you want to get results and releases and

      clears. It's no myth now.




        A person who clears at Level II can be audited on Level III and

      IV providing you don't do subjective processes-only CT work. And

      the clear can (and must) audit others subjective and objective.




                                   PC GRADES




        Pc Grade Certificates as already outlined in recent awards HCO

      Policy Letters will save your bacon on odd demands for hidden

      standard type results and save you as well from HGC squirrelling.




        A pc is given his Grade Certificate when he has finished all the

      processes of a level. Some new auditor may try to do this in 20

      minutes. But it really takes about 3 twenty-five hour intensives on

      a lower level to do all the processes of that one level and flatten

      them.




        This is easy, easy. Don't strain anyone's brain. Just use a check

      sheet on the processes run in the HGC for each level. It's a form.

      The auditor has to certify each process has no more TA in it when

      left. It also finally says the pc has no ARC Breaks now and is very

      okay. The pc must also agree and sign the sheet. When done, the

      Grade check sheet goes rapidly to Certificates and a Grade

      Certificate (a letter) is signed by the HCO Area Sec and is issued

      to the pc. The pc only now can go on to the next grade.




        Where a pc gets to a Grade in the middle of an intensive and has

      no more bought (and particularly where he has this one on credit)

      spend the last few hours of any Grade doing Itsa in all his

      treatment, auditing and other solutions. Now that he's loosened up

      by the Grade, you may be astonished to see your meter needle start

      to float. Clearing has always been easy. People mainly were too

      rough on pcs or tried too strenuously. The Grade Sheets (and the

      pcs) must all begin at Level 0 and go on up no matter who the pc is

      or what old certificate he or she has or how horribly urgent it is

      that OT be reached last week. HGC processing must now be all by

      Grade Certificate.




        The Grade Certificate says on appropriate stationery, "Let it be

      known this day of...that John Doe has completed all processes of

      this Grade as a Preclear in the Hubbard Guidance Centre and has

      successfully completed Grade and is now fully qualified to be

      processed on Grade (next grade) processes. Signed HCO"




        The sooner that system is in - check sheet, grade carts - the

      quicker you'll start making Releases and Clears. Release and Clear

      are Honorary not technical awards. Release is simply "Know now I

      won't be getting worse" and Clear is a Meter condition of near TA

      position and a floating needle. You can't miss it when you see it.

      Some meters aren't dead centre on the clear read. But it's near 2

      or near 3 and all meter needles float.




        Just because a person attains release or clear is no reason to

      halt either an intensive or a grade. Let the pc have a win on the

      process if he or she insists that one is flat now. But go on to the

      next process. You only begin to skip subjective (figure or think)

      processes (except pure Itsa). All Clay Table work is objective.




                                    STUDENTS




        Let a student "finish his course" (such as complete his own case

      for grade) if he insists but a course completion is a check sheet

      not a condition or classification.




        It is now a crime to run a course without a check sheet or to

      change a check sheet on a student after it's issued. A different

      check sheet can be issued to the next student that enrolls on that

      very same course. But once issued, the same one is completed for a

      course completion of that course and the student gets his

      certificate for the Level when it is and can take his exam for

      class. There are 3 check sheets actually - Theory, Practical and

      Auditing. There is no Academy check sheet for student's own case

      but an HGC case check may be used but not taken much account of.

      All 3 should be complete




                                      132







      before you let a student go up for classification. A grade

      certificate is only issued a student who has had all the processes

      run, not because he finished his study of the level. The Grade

      Certificate, if issued, says Loudly Academy and may have no weight

      in an HGC or Saint Hill.




                               CLEARED STUDENTS




        Students who are clears have to do all the required auditing as

      an auditor. And get it passed. Clear is an honorary, not a

      technical award. But a truly floating needle clear may not be

      audited on involved subjective processes. This doesn't get him off

      any CT work at all. He or she may not be jumped a grade or a

      course. (One course early on in clearing they panicked and urged

      promotion of a student to high levels at once from an incomplete

      Level II, were refused and in CT work the student cleared more

      clear.) A student doesn't know more about Scientology just because

      he's clear. He just learns faster. So the cleared student must do

      all his auditing on pcs, subjective and objective, clear or not If

      you don't have any raw meat for a student to do all his levels on,

      make the student scrounge his own pcs off the street or city dump.

      Remember, don't panic on clear. It means the student like any other

      student must do all his required check sheets and go on up, level

      by level just like every other student. Just don't run any further

      subjective processes or he'll key in. CT will only key him out more

      if properly done.




                               SAINT HILL PRICES




        Saint Hill is being careful not to undercut anybody and won't

      give credit in order to prevent orgs from losing out.




        Saint Hill auditing prices are same as US Professional discounts

      and student discounts apply at the Saint Hill HGC.




        The Saint Hill Course was doubled in price and then halved for

      International Members just to be able to grant the discount like

      anybody else.




        Saint Hill books, tapes, meters, insignia, are all 50% off for

      internationals. 20% for all Lifetime if cash Not additive now. Just

      like in other orgs.




        This standardizes the shape and activities of Saint Hill and

      makes it the same as other org boards. This makes its advices more

      real too. Saint Hill has the world's most experienced people in

      Central Org activities so don't be misled about the advice you

      get-it's hot and good.




      MAILING LISTS




        The elementary Emergency formula for a down org is:




        1. Promote Promote Promote.






        2. Then change bad spots and re-organize.




        3. Then economize, cut off all Purchase Orders except postage,

      communications and rent.




        4. Get ready to Deliver to the people who will be coming in as a

      result of the promotion and deliver.




        To promote you must have a full mailing list. Anyone who failed

      to get his mailing list back off old invoices will probably make

      about thirty or forty thousand pounds less between now and

      Christmas-which is punishment enough for not following my late '64



      orders where the job was skimped.




        I see two orgs that are limping also have a very small mailing

      list. Any connection?




        Rush the project ordered in '64 wherein you culled your addresses

      back from old invoices and you'll have lots of people and money

      again. Scientologists never get truly lost.




                                      133







        Then get onto Book Promotion, put a return self-address card for

      "more info" in the back of every book you sell and get your list up

      both from the book sale and the card. Omitted that?




        Look over the earlier 1965 Policy Letters that define promotion.

      That's all it is.




        But promotion is successful when you use books to front for you

      and a flop when you don't. If you think promotion is costly it's

      because the money isn't invested in getting books sold. Books are

      your first line of promotion.




        Re-organize your book department if it doesn't slam back a book

      at every orderer within 24 hours of the receipt of the order. Why

      be poor all the time?




        1. Place ads.




        2. Get mailing lists from anywhere.




        3. Get mailing lists by selling books.




        4. Sell more books to them.




        5. Have good processing available for them and say so loudly.




        6. Have good training available for them and say so loudly.




        Do just those things and do only those things and you'll be 10

      times your size with a lot more pay.




        It's very easy. Why keep doing it the hard way?




        I'm interested in review that only those orgs are poor which

      haven't been following my direct orders. Well, anybody has a right

      to be poor, I suppose, if he has an appetite for it. Personally I

      don't care for it. It must be a carefully acquired taste. As a

      brand new idea in those orgs that are struggling, why not get rich

      by doing what Ron says?




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




           [Important. See also HCO P/L 18 April 1965, page 93.]




      134




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1968




      Remimeo

                       STUDENTS: STUDENT & STAFF PROGRAM




        Students will now have an opportunity to earn free Level Courses.




        Any student who is presently on a Level Course and brings in 5

      students for HAS or above may have his next Theory or Practical

      Course free.




        He may do this as often as he likes.




        This offer only applies to students actually on a Levels Course

      (HRS to HAA), now or in the future (in other words, this does not

      just apply to those presently on a course, but to future enrollees

      as well).




        The award is given for actual people brought in who signed up and

      paid.




        Five HAS courses sold should equal the cost of a Levels Course.

      If it does not in your Org, then change the number of people the

      student must bring in until it does.




        STAFF:




        If RAP finds a student who shows himself to be intelligent and

      responsible (up stat) or an untrained or partially trained staff

      member who has the same indicators, RAP may offer that person his

      or her Levels up to and including HAA free of charge in return for

      a one year contract.




        The contract is specifically for auditing - we want trained and

      experienced auditors from this. We want them in the Tech division

      or in Qual.




        The contract commences after the training has been completed.




        Later, the staff member may be offered his Class VI or VII in

      return for a 2 1/2 year contract. This contract would include

      getting his Power free. This contract requires him to be Staff

      Status II.




        Inter Org arrangements and agreements re awards will have to be

      made between those concerned. The outer Org would pay unless

      specifically awarded by the Guardian, or unless it fell in to some

      other award system.




        These programs are designed to increase Org flow, speed movement

      upwards, expand staffs, and increase the number of trained auditors

      in the world. We are beginning to have much larger flows and must

      get trained staff quickly to handle it.




      LRH:jc.cden

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Fred Payer

      Sea Org




      Approved by -




      L. RON

      HUBBARD

      Founder




        [This policy was cancelled by LRH in HCO P/L 27 September 1970,

      issue II, Volume 3-page 136, being in direct violation of HCO P/L

      27 April 1965, issue II, Price Engram. Volume 3 - page 91; which

      forbids cutatives in prices as damaging to expansion.]




                                      135







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1970

                                   Issue II




      Remimeo




                                  CANCELLATION




        HCO Policy Letter of 15 March 1968 "Student and Staff Program"

      which advises many give aways, issued by Fred Payer, is cancelled.




        It is in direct violation of HCO P/L 27 April AD 15 Issue II

      "Organizational Price Engram" which forbids cutatives in prices as

      damaging to expansion.




        Covert Price Cuts by orgs are directly responsible for low staff

      pay.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:sb.ka.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      136







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1959




                             WHY NEW BOOKS ARE FEW




        The income I am supposed to derive from Scientology should pay

      for research, investigation, my promotional time, the writing of

      books and my living expenses. At present it does not.




        We are short of new books because I haven't had the time or the

      place to write them and do not even have a transcription secretary.




        Clear results were delayed and released incomplete because

      research funds were missing and I had to do it all on the cuff. I

      couldn't pay auditors to assist me.




        Right now I am buying a home in England which will be a research

      centre and am faced with getting another house in the U.S. soon.




        Basically the 10% paid as royalty by Central Orgs is looked on as

      my income. It is not income. It pays for HCO personnel in most

      places who are more and more doing the administrative and

      promotional work vital to keep the lines flowing. HCO is worth, in

      income to Central Orgs an enormous amount just for these things.




        I have a need for help here. Research and writing, on which we

      exist, is not being paid for. Therefore it is very hard for me to

      get it done. It would not be unusual for 10% to be paid for these

      two items. On the contrary. But the 10% is absorbed in paying for

      administration-and vital administration it is! Magazines,

      promotion, organizational data, to name a few, come under the 10%.




        We are in for a boom. You may not see it in your area yet but HAS

      Co-audit well run has begun the project "Clear Earth". HGCs have

      already begun Theta Clearing. And hotter stuff is to come




        But unless I can up my income for writing, research and living,

      we are somewhat slowed down.




        My program has gone as far as this: I have bought, with my own

      money and whatever I could gather, a place in Sussex that's quiet

      enough and remote enough for research and in which I can get lost

      enough to write. I emptied out all my loose cash, sold my boats and

      made my credit creak but we have a writing and research centre for

      the U.K.




        The place belonged to an important person and is itself more or

      less self supporting as to upkeep.




        I want to get a research centre for the U.S., equally remote and

      later on for each continent. In such places research records can be

      safe and the kind of research which now has to be done can be done.




        This will take several years. I am perfectly willing to do and

      finance any and all of this out of my 10% royalties from Central

      Orgs.




        If HCO personnel can be paid out of Congresses, books, tapes,

      records and memberships, if certain HCO services can be nominally

      charged for, and if Central Orgs can help out by paying HCOs where

      needed, then I can get every one into a position through writing,

      research and planning to take all the strain off by increasing book

      sale volume and general volume.




        Right now we are doing things a bit backwards. I am having to

      bolster and plan to keep things afloat without the whereabouts or

      wherewithal to do the writing and research that will make floating

      easy.




                                      137







        HCO is vital to keep us going. So is writing and research.




        I am truly and honestly concerned with all our incomes and work

      ceaselessly in an effort to raise yours. Only recently did I

      realize that I was having a hard time raising yours because my own

      income was too low, despite the overall high current and steadily

      increasing income of Scientology, to pay for the things I have

      always paid for from any income or money I received - research and

      writing. In establishing HAS Co-audit in London I found ads to be

      fabulously expensive. I realized suddenly that I could get plenty

      of press with books and book reviews. I abruptly cognited that

      "Have You Lived Before this Life?" was our first new book in two

      years. And "All About Radiation" was our first new book for two

      years. As we did in AAR, we sell from 6,000 to 9,000 new books

      worldwide, every new one I write The market we have is steady. Only

      old books reprinted cost heavily. New books get their cost out in

      about 80 days and make us thousands in friends and money. Our book

      market would take a new book every six months. These, sent to

      reviewers widely in every area would give us plenty of press. And

      we'd have data in usable form. And 9 to 25 people read every book

      printed!




        HCO has taken off a heavy administrative burden to a great

      extent, freeing the time. This leaves lacking (1) Finance for

      research (testing and leg work), (2) A place I can do research and

      do the actual writing, (3) Book transcription.




        If we want a boom, it's vital to free the income needed to create

      it. And this will up all our incomes, as well as get the job done.




        My book schedule is now




        1. Have You Lived Before this Life? (I rewrote it in the last 2

      weeks amongst doing the new HCA/HPA series. It's now at the

      printers.)




        2. The Elements of Scientology. (Needed as the new course book to

      fit with the tapes. It's partially compiled-has been for a year and

      a half but needs complete redoing.)




        3. The Criminal Mind. (To give us a whole prison clearing

      program.)




        4. The Mentally Retarded Child. (The text for the Society for

      Mentally Retarded Children program we are now piloting in the U.K.)




        5. Great Men of the Mind. (The biographies of mental healers, a

      missing text in psychology courses in universities.)




        You maybe sometimes wonder why I don't write more new books. For

      a research confirmation, to whom do I say "Audit Bill on so and so"

      (HGC processes are too stable now for research). To whom do I say,

      "Run down to the local library and find out...". Whom do I pull off

      post and say "Type up these 80,000 words of dictation tapes I've

      done?" Why me, of course. And I just can't get it all in. So - no

      new books.




        But 10% devoted to these and the cash I need can do it easily.




        Any comment or suggestion any secretary or executive in Central

      Orgs would care to make would be very welcome. I would find your

      views very helpful.




        P.S. Only the F.C.D.C. bears the cost and more of writing and

      research at this time.




        P.P.S. You didn't realize I too had problems, did you?




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      138







      Best,

      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 MAY 1959

                              (Convert to Sec ED)




                          HCO MONIES AND BOOK STOCKS




        Effective now.




        All monies received by reason of book sales, ACCs, Congresses,

      tapes, records and memberships shall be invoiced to the credit of

      and deposited in the accounts of the Hubbard Communications Office.




        All book printing, bills for tapes, records, Congresses but not

      magazine printing or postage costs, shall be paid by HCO save only

      where Central Organizations need tapes, etc., which they then buy

      from HCO.




        All book stocks are now the property of HCO and Central

      Organizations obtain books at 50% discount.




        Exception: The sums advanced by Central Organizations for copies

      of "Have You Lived Before This Life?" to HASI London, will be

      credited to them and all sales of this book will be paid into

      Central Organizations, not HCOs until Jan 1, 1960.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mp.cden




                                      139







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959




      Central

      Convert to

      Sec ED




                            PROMOTIONAL WRITING FUND




        Pursuant to the HCO Policy Letter of April 27, 1959, it is now

      generally agreed that the suggestion of Jack Parkhouse is best.




        He suggested that instead of 20% or 15% of the proportional

      income going into the Building Fund of each Central Organization

      that 15% or 10% be so deposited and the other 5% be made available

      to me for promotional writing.




        This 5% of the proportional income would then immediately be

      applied to the expenses mentioned in HCO Pol Ltr of April 27. Any

      part of the regular HCO 10% would be applied directly to research

      expenses.




        However, New Zealand and others suggest 121/2 percent. Let us do

      it this way. We make it 8% now and drop it to five when our income

      is all brought up by all our actions and my promotional writing.




        All Assoc Secs should get the immediate opinion of staff and if

      favourable should then at once begin the regular, routine weekly

      transfer of 8% of the proportional income to "Special Fund HCO WW,

      National Provincial Bank Ltd., 6 Fitzroy Sq. London, W. 1 " and

      delete the sum from the Building Fund.




        It should be clearly understood that this money and any funds

      that can be salvaged from the HCO 10% (which is spent locally in

      most Central Organizations) will help pay the expenses of the new

      promotional writing and research centre, located at Saint Hill,

      East Grinstead, Sussex.




        If this money can assist promotional writing, we will all

      experience an increase in income since it is promotional writing

      that carries most of the public interest and I am currently too

      pressed by other thongs to do it to an adequate extent.






        We can continue with other financing plans for research, many of

      which are quite good.




        I have been paying for and shoe-stringing research for so long

      that an enormous backlog has developed needful to be done now to

      advance the whole picture of Scientology.




        So if we can get this 8% coming in very soon, and gather up what

      HCO cash is about and send it in we can get both promotional

      writing and research going with attendant rise in income

      everywhere.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      140







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JUNE 1959




                                HCO SPECIAL FUND




        Scientology Research and Investigation Fund is the name of the

      HCO Special Fund to which the following monies should be

      transferred:




        1. All sterling area HCO 10%s except where needed for office and

      salary expenses to finish out CBM deficiencies.




        2. All HASI and other Central Organization 8%s.




        The only exceptions are the 10%s from US organizations which go

      to LRH Founder personally.




        This means that all HCO surpluses anywhere above immediate office

      needs should be now transferred routinely to HCO WW Research and

      Investigation Fund as well as all Central Organizations' 8%5.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:gh.pm.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      141







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JUNE 1959




      All Franchise Holders in US

      All HCO




                        STATUS OF HCO OFFICES AND HCO

                                     SECS

                         AND HCO VOLUNTEER SECS IN US




        The status and duties of HCO Secs and HCO Volunteer Secs in the

      US are not changed by the fact of HCO WW mailing bulletins to HCO

      Franchise holders except as follows:




        There is no need to duplicate the mailing by sending HCO WW

      bulletins again to HCO Franchise holders. However, special

      bulletins from US HCO offices will still be sent to Franchise

      holders by HCO Secs and Volunteer Secs as appears needful. They

      themselves can author needful bulletins or add data from bulletins

      not mailed by HCO WW to Franchise holders but mailed to HCO offices

      only by HCO WW.




        There will be no need to collect money directly as all 10%s will

      be sent direct by the Franchise holder to HCO WW and all accounting

      will be done by HCO WW. However there will be many collection items

      (delinquent payments, checking income, etc) that will be handled by

      US HCO Secs and Volunteer Secs as requested by HCO WW. The US HCO

      offices are still in the financial picture but relieved of funds

      handling and accounting.




        Funds for HCO office operation in the US where very dependent

      upon the 10%s from the Franchises, should be solved by giving

      Congresses, tape plays for charge, book sales, and the revenue of a

      model HAS Co-audit Course.




        Relieved of mimeographing, mailing and invoicing, the HCO Secs in

      the US can devote time to personal service for Franchise holders,

      and more vitally, promotion.




        We are now looking at HCO Secs US for front line promotion and

      keeping Franchise holders in line on ethical and technical

      standards.




        Central Orgs in DC and LA and HCO Area offices are in no way

      changed in their contracts and relations with HCO WW by reason of

      this change of handling Franchise holders.




        Where financial duress is created for HCO Secs by this by-pass of

      the ten percents, HCO WW will handle the situation on an individual

      basis. However, tapes, congresses, books and other means are looked

      to to support HCO offices not attached to Central Orgs.




        The collection arrangements to HCO WW are after all only

      temporary to get the show rolling and HCO US organized meanwhile to

      cope.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mp.aap

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      142







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. l




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JULY 1959

                        (Reissued from Washington DC)




      CenO




                             MONIES INTENDED FOR

                   SCIENTOLOGY RESEARCH AND INVESTIGATION

                                     FUND




        The following type monies are deposited to Scientology Research

      and Investigation Fund-therefore, the checks should be made out not

      to L. Ron Hubbard or HCO, but to "Scientology Research and

      Investigation Fund" and sent directly to HCO WW, Saint Hill, East

      Grinstead, Sussex, England:




        1. Any Central Organisation 8% checks (such as Founding Church,

      Washington DC- 8% is deducted weekly specifically for this Fund).




        2. Any HCO 10%s.




        3. Any 10% monies from Franchised Auditors.




      LRH:hlc:gh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Mildred Galusha for

      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1959

      CenO




                               MEMBERSHIP MONIES




        No monies received for memberships in HASI U.S. or HASI U.K. may

      be used for proportionate pay but must be kept in a sealed account.




      LRH:brb.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      143







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East, Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1959




        To All US and UK Franchise Holders




        This Policy Letter cancels all previous Policy Letters which you

      might have received referring to your gross weekly income from

      Scientology and Dianetics.




        All 10%s are to be sent to HCO WW Saint Hill Manor, East

      Grinstead, Sussex. This is directly to Ron and HCO WW who need your

      10%s to disseminate Scientology in the field for you.




        Do not send any 10%s to your Central Organization-send all 10%s

      to HCO WW, Saint Hill, East Grinstead.




      HCO Secretary WW

      for L. RON HUBBARD




      NW:brb.rd Copyright (c)

      1959 by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      144







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1959




      All HCO Offices

      and Assoc Secs




                          HCO FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

                                    ALTERED




        Effective on receipt to the nearest prop income Thursday, the

      following financial arrangements will be in effect.




        On all new franchises including those now being drafted for

      Central Organizations, and all permanent franchises, any office

      which has the personal services of an Area HCO office shall pay 15%

      of its gross income and no other sums to HCO. (It is now 18%.)




        This will be apportioned as follows: 5% will be held by the area

      office for its own payroll and expenses. This 5% as a separate

      cheque shall be deposited to the local HCO Acct and will have as

      its signatories, L. Ron Hubbard, Mary Sue Hubbard, and the HCO

      Secretary in that area. To this same account will be added, books,

      tapes, special events and any other sums.




        The other 10% will be transferred directly as royalties from the

      organization or franchise holder as a royalty payment to HCO WW,

      Barclays Bank, East Grinstead, Sussex and the transfer will be

      weekly.




        If any franchise holder is granted the presence and majority

      service of an HCO Office his franchise payment shall be increased

      to 15%. If he has no HCO local office, he may not train above the

      level of HAS as the professional course could not be properly

      certified examined and assisted.




        In the case of an HCO City Secretary devoting full time to HCO

      duties, it is necessary to attach the office of HCO to the largest

      franchise holder in the city and increase the franchise payment

      from 10% to 15% and handle the matter as above.




        This applies worldwide. All transfers of funds and arrangements

      of these matters is the responsibility of the Treasurer of HCO,

      Mary Sue Hubbard, and the HCO Area Secretary in the organization

      involved.




        I feel these are fairer terms




        All Central Organizations should return to 50% of their prop

      income for their salary sum and HCO should now pay its own

      personnel.




        Responsibility for solvency of any HCO Area Office now rests

      wholly with the HCO Area Secretary.




                          HCO AREA EXISTING ACCOUNTS




        All HCO Area Accounts balances not due on immediate HCO Area

      bills should be forwarded at once as collected royalties to HCO WW,

      HCO Sec This means send HCO WW your full account balance as of

      effective date.




                          EXISTING DEBTS NOT ALTERED




        This arrangement does not in any way alter existing debts to HCO.

      These should be computed and collected at once and forwarded to HCO

      WW as soon as possible.




                        COLLECTIONS FROM STERLING AREAS




        Regular royalty payments have been found to be feasible to obtain

      government permits for.




                                      145







        However, if this is found completely impossible the HCO Area

      Secretary is authorised to employ a shares broker to regularly buy

      bonds for shipment to England which can be sold for a similar price

      in London, providing this is not specifically legislated against by

      the government.




                            COMMUNICATION EXPENSES




        Central Organizations or franchise holders are to bear

      communication costs in their own areas for HCO. HCO WW will in its

      turn pay its costs of communications to HCO office and Central

      Organizations.




        Any Telex installations and costs are included in this

      arrangement.




                              LRH FOUNDER CHEQUES




        L. RON HUBBARD




        All cheques for LRH Founder 10% including U.S. organization

      cheques for LRH are now to be made out to "Hubbard Communications

      Office Royalties", instead and mailed to HCO WW.






                             CHEQUES DESIGNATIONS




        All cheques, regardless of for what, are to be made out to

      Hubbard Communications Office. They can be further designated,

      "Royalty 10%" or "Area Office 5%" or "Book Refund" or whatever. But

      Payee in all cases is: Hubbard Communications Office.




        Any cheque to be signed as a disbursement by an HCO Office

      anywhere must be entered first on a disbursement voucher machine

      (exactly like an invoice machine except it says "Disbursement

      Voucher With the Compliments of the Hubbard Communications Office"

      instead of "Invoice".




        Any cheque made out by an HCO office may be signed only as

      follows:




        Hubbard Communications Office by L. Ron Hubbard




        Hubbard Communications Office by Mary Sue Hubbard




        or: Hubbard Communications Office (signature of HCO Secretary) by

      the Authority of L. Ron Hubbard




        No other types or styles of signature will be permitted.




        HCO ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES




        withdrawal:




        All HCO Bank Accounts must carry each of the following signatures

      for any




      L. Ron Hubbard - singly. Mary Sue

      Hubbard - singly. HCO Area Sec

      singly or with another.




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      146









                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959




      Ltd

      HCO Offices

                               HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        On receipt of this Policy Letter, HCO Secretaries everywhere are

      to make arrangements to open a new account in the HCO Account

      called the "HCO Book Account". In this account must be placed all

      monies obtained from the sale of books and tapes.




        This will enable us to see at a glance what sums are available

      for the printing of new books. Hitherto this money has apparently

      often been swallowed up in running expenses.




        From time to time surpluses will be used for printing new books

      and other promotional projects, both local and worldwide.




        The Account should have the same signatories as the regular HCO

      Account.




      PH:brb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO BULLETIN OF 9 SEPTEMBER 1959

      CenOCon




                                 CBMT ACCOUNT




      Peter Hemery

      HCO Communicator WW




      [This P/L was also reissued from Washington as

      HCO B 9 September 1959.]




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




        It has been stated in the past that all Sterling area HCO offices

      would pay London and any other bills on the Central

      Organizational's CBMT account, in return for receiving all book

      stocks of the Central Organization. However, Jack Parkhouse has

      suggested a more equitable solution to this situation and his

      suggestion has been passed by Executive Director.




        All HCO Sterling Area offices will now submit a report to each

      Central Organization of the total stocks which it received from the

      Central Organization and the pound value of such stocks based upon

      the prices which were charged by London to the Central

      Organization.




        The Central Organization shall then do an accounting of how much

      was owed on by the CBMT account to London and to other firms up

      until the time HCO took over the book stocks.




        The two amounts obtained from doing the above shall then be

      subtracted one from the other. HCO shall be responsible for paying

      to London that portion which represents the amount of the book

      stock it received and the Central Organization shall be responsible

      for paying the remaining amount.




        Have this done as soon as possible and submit an accounting of

      this to the Treasurer, WW.




        In the meantime, the Central Organization and HCO shall send

      weekly payments on amounts owed to London to HCO, WW. We would like

      to clear these debts up as rapidly as possible.




      MSH:iet.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      MARY SUE

      HUBBARD HCO

      Treasurer WW




                                      147







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                 23 Hancock Street, Joubert Park, Johannesburg

                              (Issued Saint Hill)




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1959




        HCO Offices only

        plus Vol Secs




                          DIVISION OF HCO PERCENTAGE

                                    REVISED

                 (Cancels earlier directives on this subject)




        In order to assist offices in giving service to Franchise

      Holders, the following arrangements are now finalized on franchise

      monies.




                                    America




        There is no HCO Continental Secretary or Office, U.S., except in

      Sussex, England.




        Therefore the full 10% of HCO Franchise monies is to continue to

      be sent to HCO Sthil.




        Where an Area, City or Vol HCO Office exists, arrangements must

      be made, in finalizing franchises particularly, to receive another

      5% of the Building Fund of any franchise holder nearby to support

      that Area, City or Volunteer Office.




        Provision will be made for this in awarding permanent franchises.

      Local arrangement can predate final franchise.




        United Kingdom




        America.




        As the U.K. Continental Office is at Sthil. the same arrangements

      apply as for




                    South Africa, Australia and New Zealand




        As these areas have Continental HCO Offices, the following

      arrangements should be put in force the nearest Friday to the date

      of receipt of this letter, but in no case later than Nov. 1, 1959.




        The Continental Office of S. Africa, Australia or New Zealand

      collects 100% and retains 66.2/3rd of ail franchise 10%s. The

      remaining 33-1/3rd is to be sent to HCO WW.




        This is arranged because the burden of franchise management falls

      on the Continental Offices in the mentioned areas.




        When a franchise is finalized, as in the case of Central Orgs,

      they will have to have Area HCO Offices.




        A permanent franchise holder is to pay 10% of his gross and 5% as

      in Central Orgs for his privileges, which will include training. The

      5% is to remain with his Area Office along with book sales, etc.




        When a franchise is made permanent, 5% of the gross 10% is to be

      retained by the Continental Offices in S. Africa, Australia and New

      Zealand, and the other half of the 10% is to be sent to HCO WW.




                                      148







        This arrangement will continue with permanent franchise holders

      until such time as they are surviving well as permanent franchise

      holders, at which time they will assume the same percentile plans

      as is in force at Central Orgs at that time.




                           PERMANENCY DECLARATIONS




        All permanent franchise awards are made by HCO WW only, therefore

      the financial arrangements of interim franchise holders are in

      force in the case of each holder until a permanent franchise is

      awarded, at which time the above percentile arrangements for

      permanent holders will go into force for that awarded centre only.




                                 Central Org

                                 Percentiles




        The current percentile arrangement of Central Orgs with HCO are:

      -




        10% of gross goes to HCO WW the same week as earned by the

      Central Org.




        5% of the Building Fund to the HCO Area Office plus Book Sales,

      Special Events and ACC Collections.




        This is modified as follows for the Sterling Area only:




        In any week that the Central Org makes a gross in excess of

      ?1,000 the Continental HCO Office of that place receives 5% of that

      gross, HCO WW receives 5% of that gross, and the Area HCO Office

      receives 5% of the Building Fund as before.




        This arrangement will also go into force with permanent franchise

      holders at such time as they are sufficiently stable to warrant it,

      but will not be m force for another two years at least.




                                 Excess Funds




        All HCO Area, City and Continental excess funds should be

      forwarded to HCO WW for research.




        By Excess Funds is meant monies not immediately needed in running

      expenses and publication.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dd.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      149










                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 OCTOBER 1959




      CenOcon

      Assoc Secs

      HCO Secs

      Dir Ace




                                INTERNATIONAL

                                  MEMBERSHIP




        International Membership money has been handed over to the HASI

      and should be entered into a special account from which all

      printing expenses on the Minor Magazine should be made.




                             LIFETIME MEMBERSHIPS




        Lifetime Membership money is to be entered into a special account

      and is not to be touched at any time unless with direct consent or

      authorization of the Executive Director himself.




      HCO Secretary WW

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      150










                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1959




      CenOCon




                    HCO CENTRAL ORG-FINANCIAL MODIFICATIONS




        On advices from HCOs the following financial modifications are

      made:




        The HCO of any Central Org will collect and bank any and all

      membership monies (but not lifetime members or shares money)

      received by any Central Org and will use this money to pay for the

      make-up, printing and postage of the monthly magazine, the Central

      Org furnishing addressing and enveloping services only.




        Further HCOs will cease on receipt of this letter to pay 10% of

      local HCO income to HCO WW. Central Orgs will continue to remit 10%

      of their gross income to HCO WW direct. Central Orgs will pay 5% of

      their Building Fund to the local HCO.




        All books will be sold by HCO (excepting American College, Perth,

      and Franchise Holders with no HCO). HCO will give a 20% discount to

      all members of whatever class on books, tapes, congresses and

      special events but the discount applies to cash sales only. Whole

      or partial credit sales carry no discount.




        A lifetime member or shares member may not be promised a magazine

      as part of his membership in any literature.




        A lifetime or shares member who also buys an annual membership

      gets an additional 10% discount on all books and tapes purchases

      and gets both magazines (Continental Monthly and PAB Monthly). This

      gives him a 30% discount on all book and tape record purchases.




        HCO receives therefore the whole of C.B.M.T., pays the whole of

      printing and posting (but not addressing) books, magazines and pays

      the whole of recording and selling tapes and pays for its supplies,

      desks, machines (but not address machines which must be owned and

      paid for by the Central Org); HCO pays for its personnel, (but not

      Sec ED) transport, legal fees, etc., but does not pay rent for

      offices contained in a Central Org's quarters, it being of value to

      Central Orgs to have HCO on the premises; HCO pays for any offices

      it rents outside Central Org premises.




        HCO Continental offices where they exist retain 66 2/3% of all

      Franchise Holder 10%s (not true of U.S. or U.K.) 33 1/3% of such

      money goes to HCO WW.




        Since HCO is a profit company unlike HASI its excess funds are

      quarterly sent to HCO WW for disposition. By excess is meant monies

      over and above all expenses and not to be used for local

      investment.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      151







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 DECEMBER 1960




        HCO Offices plus

        Vol Secs




                          REVISION OF HCO PERCENTAGES

                (Cancels HCO Policy Letter of October 14, 1959)




        Because PE Foundation has proved successful and ?1,000 weeks will

      be more evident in the future, HCO Policy Letter of October 14th

      1959, "Division of HCO




        Percentages Revised" is herewith cancelled and the usual

      percentages will go to HCO WW and the Area.




      LRH:js.des,cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1961




      Central Orgs

      All HCOs

      City Offices

      WW

      Do not Remimeo




                        REMITTANCE OF HCO MONIES TO HCO




        Due to the difficulty of collecting large sums of money from

      various Commonwealth countries, the policy of sending weekly to HCO

      WW the 10% of all book sales and 33 1/3% of all weekly Franchise

      income from the local HCO is re-instated.




        Monetary restrictions are more difficult on large sums of money

      than on regular payments of small sums of money; therefore, upon

      receipt of this Policy begin sending weekly to HCO WW the

      following:




        1. The regular 10% of HASI's weekly income.




        2. The 10% of all book, tape, records, Congress, Special Events,

      in other words, 10% of all its weekly income excepting its 5%

      income from the Central Organization, ACC income, and income from

      Franchise Holders.




        3. The 33 1/3% of all weekly Franchise income. This applies to

      all HCO Offices throughout the world where applicable.




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      Treasurer for

      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      152







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JULY 1962




      Accts Depts

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs




                          ACCOUNTS: BANK CHARGES ON

                                 REMITTANCES




        Orgs remitting 10%'s to WW by bank draft or credit transfer must

      bear the cost of transmission and any bank charges.




        E.G Melbourne's 10% for week = Australian ?100 - which is

      equivalent to ?80-British Sterling. Bank charges amount to

      ?1-British Sterling. WW must actually receive ?80 - and not ?79

      (i.e. British Sterling equivalent less charges).




        WW must receive the exact equivalent of the Org's 10%, and not

      this amount less bank charges.




        This policy letter is effective on receipt and is not

      retroactive.




        Central Organizations routinely bear HCO's costs in postage,

      mailing, telex, telegraph, cable and equipment, and should bear as

      well, cost of transmission of funds as a routine administrative

      cost.




      Issued by: Mike Rigby.

                 Director of Accounts WW

                 for

                 L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      153







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1962




      Assoc Secs

      HCO Secs

      Accts




                               HCO WW FORM AC 1




        HCO WW Form AC 1 is the only Proportionate Breakdown acceptable

      to HCO WW Accounts.




        No exceptions will be acceptable unless specific written

      instructions to the contrary are received by the Director of

      Accounts WW from the Treasurer WW and OK'd by either L. Ron Hubbard

      or Mary Sue Hubbard. So if you require an exception communicate

      direct RUSH to Treasurer WW.




        Commencing week ending 4th October 1962, HCO WW Form AC 1 (one

      sheet lightweight Pink Foolscap, green printing) will be the only

      acceptable form. This Form AC I is to be remitted direct to

      Accounts Department WW with cheque each week, plus a copy for LRH

      info Treas WW.




      LRH:gl.pm.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: H.G. Parkhouse

      Treasurer WW

      Authorised by:L. RON HUBBARD







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1962

      Assoc Secs

      HCO Secs

      Accts




                               HCO WW FORM AC I

                    (Changes HCO Pol Ltr of Sept 19, 1962)




        In accordance with HCO Policy Letter of September 26, 1962,

      entitled "Memberships", HCO WW Form AC 1 will be amended as

      follows:




        Line G. Delete Memberships.




        Beneath Line B write Line B1 Memberships.




        Line R. Change to read:




        Add B. B1, C and D, put total here and on the line to the side.

      (Put down twice.)




      LRH:lw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: H.G. Parkhouse

      Treasurer WW for L. RON

      HUBBARD




                                      154







      (Use Green Ink on light-weight pink paper)




           HCO WW FORM AC 1 (Org name) ...................(In Capitals)




      PROPORTIONATE INCOME BREAKDOWN WORK SHEET WEEK ENDING

      ..................




      I.




           A.  GROSS INCOME ...............................Put down total.

           B.  DONATIONS RECEIVED ..Put down total

           B1. MEMBERSHIPS .......Put down total

           C.  RENT COLLECTED ......Put down total

           D.  LOANS COLLECTED .....Put down total

           E.  PHONE CALLS COLLECTED Put down total

           F.  REFUNDS GIVEN .......Put down total




      G. Put down the total of all Congress, books, tape

             monies & special event monies if any were

             invoiced by Central Org for HCO ................

             H. Put down total others .........................

             ADD B. B1, C, D, E, F. G. H & put down total here &

             on the line to the side. (Put down twice) ..........

             J. CORRECTED GROSS INCOME. Subtract I from A

             & put down here ........................................

             K. HCO WW 10%. Take 10% of J & put down here ................

             L. PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT. Subtract K from J & put down here

             M. SALARY SUM 50% of L. Take 50% of L & put down here .......

             N. DISBURSEMENT SUM. Take 30% of L & put down here ........




           O. Add E & H & put total here & on the line      E

           to the side (Put down twice) .......(c)




           ............        H-




                                        Total ...

      P. TOTAL

      DISBURSEMENT SUM. Add N & O & put total here ....

      Q. BUILDING SUM. Take

      15% of L & put down here ..............

      R. Add B. B1, C & D, put

      total here & on the line ... B




           to the side. (Put down twice) ..B I




      C_

      D




      Total ....




           S..............................................TOTAL BUILDING

           SUM. Add Q &

      R & put total here      _




      T. AREA HCO 5%. Take 5% of L & put down here ....

      U. Put G down here ............................

      V. TOTAL SUM TO AREA HCO. Add T & U. put total

      here & on the line to the side. (Put down twice) ....




      BALANCE

      CHECK




      AA. Put down total Gross Income from line A ...........

      BB. Put down total refunds from line F ..............

      CC. Put down HCO WW 10% from line K .............

      DD. Put down Salary Sum from line M ...............

      EE. Put down Total Disbursement Sum from line P .....




           FF. Put down Total Building Sum from line S      _

           GG. Put down Total HCO Area Sum from line V      _




      HH. Add BB, CC, DD, EE, FF, GG & put total here & on




           the line to the side (Put down twice)  _




      II. Subtract HH from AA & put down here (There should be NO

                                        BALANCE) ............




      SIGNATURE & TITLE .......................................




                                      155







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1962




      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Accts Depts




                           ACCs AND SPECIAL EVENTS

                                    COURSES




        All ACCs and Special Events Courses have been, and are currently,

      run under the auspices of HCOs.




        As of this date all monies received for such future Courses must

      be totalled on the last day of the Course and the running costs

      deducted; any excess of income will be dispatched to the "L. R.

      Hubbard Trustee Account".




        With regard to past and future ACCs and Special Events Courses,

      any and all payments received from this date forward from past and

      future ACCs and Special Events Courses will be paid in full to the

      "L. Ron Hubbard Trustee Account".




        This money will be remitted WEEKLY and on a SEPARATE cheque (not

      included with 10% etc).




        This ruling is made in agreement with the Copyright Holders of

      such Technology Tapes and Literature originated by L. Ron Hubbard

      for use in these Courses, in as much as that all ACCs and Special

      Events Courses shall be run on a non-profit basis and that any

      excess of income over Expenditure shall be deposited with the "L.

      Ron Hubbard Trustee Account". This account is a Trust Holding

      pending the formation of the Hubbard Scientology Research

      Foundation.




        Any accounts containing such monies shall now be closed and the

      balance sent to L. Ron Hubbard Trustee Account.






      Issued by: H.G. Parkhouse

      Treasurer WW for

      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      156







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1962

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Accts Depts




                                 MEMBERSHIPS




        As of the date above all Membership monies will be received by

      HASI, (this does not apply to Share monies) and shall be deposited

      in the Building Fund where it will be allowed to accumulate. Such

      money as is deposited may not be used without direct orders from L.

      Ron Hubbard or Mary Sue Hubbard.




        The costs of magazine mailings (i.e. Certainty, Ability, etc.)

      will be borne by HASI.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: H.G. Parkhouse Treasurer

      WW for L. RON

      HUBBARD




      [Important. See also HCO Policy Letter of 11 April 1963, Memberships,

      on page 252.]







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1962

      CenOCon




                   HUBBARD SCIENTOLOGY RESEARCH FOUNDATION




        This Foundation is to be formed with the purpose of receiving

      donations, gifts, dues, etc. and then disposing of such accumulated

      funds as grants, loans or gifts to further Scientology Research in

      accordance with its aims and purposes.




        Any monies remitted to this proposed Foundation pending its

      formation should be made payable to the "L. Ron Hubbard Trustee

      Account".




      H.G. Parkhouse

      Treasurer WW




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      for

      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      157







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 FEBRUARY 1963

      Central Orgs

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs




                                 HCO AREA 5%s

                         (Cancels earlier directives)




        Effective immediately the payment of 5% of the corrected gross

      income by the Central Organisation or City Office to its attached

      HCO Area Office is cancelled. As a corollary to this, the HASI or

      FC will pay the salary (units) of its attached HCO Staff Members.

      For the present this will also apply to HCO Continental Offices.




        As a result of this, the area 5% sum is added to the Salary Sum

      which will now stand at 55% of the corrected Gross Income. An

      amended version of Form AC 1 is attached, the form of which should

      be introduced immediately in all orgs.




        All routine administrative expenses of an area HCO and-where

      applicable-a Continental HCO, must be borne by the Central

      Organisation to which the HCO is attached. This would include cost

      and maintenance of telex machines, telegraphic and telephone

      charges, postal and mail charges, etc. The services which HCO

      provide and maintain, such as the telex, are for the benefit of the

      Central Organisation and should therefore be paid for by the

      Central Org.




      Issued by: Mike Rigby

                 Director of Accounts WW

                 for L. RON HUBBARD

      Authorised by: L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Note: The error in the original mimeo issue Of Form AC1 opposite

      has been

      corrected per HCO

      P/L

      6 February 1963, HCO Area 5%s.]




                                      158







      (Use Green Ink on light-weight pink paper)




      HCO WW FORM AC 1 (Org name) ...................




      PROPORTIONATE INCOME BREAKDOWN WORK SHEET WEEK ENDING

      ..................




           A. GROSS INCOME ........Put down total         _

           B. DONATIONS RECEIVED ..Put down total

           B1. MEMBERSHIPS ........Put down total




           C.......................RENT COLLECTED  Put down total

           D.......................LOANS COLLECTED  Put down total

           E.......................PHONE CALLS COLLECTED  Put down total

           F.......................REFUNDS GIVEN  Put down total

           G. Put down the total of all Congress, books, tape




      monies & special event monies if any were

      invoiced by Central Org for HCO ................

      H. Put down total others .........................

      I. ADD B. B1, C, D, E, F, G, H &putdown total here &

      on the line to the side. (Put down twice) ..........

      J. CORRECTED GROSS INCOME. Subtract I from A

      & put down here ............................




           K..............................................HCO WW 10%.

      Take 10% of J & put down here




      L. PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT. Subtract K from J & put down here




           M. SALARY SUM 55% of L. Take 55% of L & put down here

           N. DISBURSEMENT SUM Take 30% of L & put down here




           O. Add E & H & put total here & on the line      E

           to the side (Put down twice) ...

           ..........(In Capitals)

           ...........  H




                                        Total ....

      P. TOTAL

      DISBURSEMENT SUM.

      Add N & O & put total here .....




           Q. BUILDING SUM. Take 15% of L & put down here




      R. Add B. B1, C & D, put total here & on the line ... B




           to the side. (Put down twice) ..B I




      C

      D




                                        Total ....

      S. TOTAL BUILDING

      SUM. Add Q & R & put total here ..........

      T. SUM TO AREA HCO.

      Put G down here twice......




      BALANCE

      CHECK




           AA. Put down total Gross income from line A ....         -




      BB. Put down total refunds from line F .............. CC. Put

      down HCO WW 10% from line K ............. DD. Put down

      Salary Sum from line M ............... EE. Put down Total

      Disbursement Sum from line P ..... FF. Put down Total

      Building Sum from line S.......... GG. Put down Total HCO

      Area Sum from line I' ....... HH. Add BB, CC, DD, EE,

      FF, GG & put total here & on the line to the side (Put down

      twice) .............




      11. Subtract HH from AA & put down here (There should be NO




           BALANCE) ........_




      SIGNATURE & TITLE ........







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 FEBRUARY 1963




      Australia Only

      HCO Exec Sec ANZO

      HCO Sec Perth

      HCO Sec Sydney




                              HCO 10%s DUE TO WW




        Effective immediately all HCO 10%s due to WW will be forwarded

      directly to WW accompanied by copies of the appropriate form AC42.




        These monies will not be sent to Melbourne HCO or to the HCO

      Secretary ANZO. They must be routed to the Director of Accounts WW.




        This directive applies particularly to HCO Perth and HCO Sydney.




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL 1963

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Accts Depts




                   REVISION OF CONGRESS PAYMENTS TO HCO WW




        The payment to HCO WW of 50% of Congress gross takings is

      cancelled. Instead a payment of 10% of the gross takings will be

      remitted to HCO WW. This will appear on the revised HCO Accounts

      Form AC.43, Section B - part 4.




        Personal Congresses given by L. Ron Hubbard are not included in

      this directive.




      LRH:gl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: M.R. Rigby Director of

      Accounts for L. RON

      HUBBARD




      Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD




                                      160







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1964

      CenOCon

                      CONTINENTAL AND AREA HCO FINANCE

                                   POLICIES




        All HCO Area and other offices excepting only HCO WW and HCO

      Sthil should be on the following salary and expense arrangements.




        HCO Area and Continental personnel are paid from the Salary Sums

      of the Org to which attached.




        All HCO Area and Continental expenses are paid from the

      Disbursement Sum of the Org to which attached.




        There is no HCO Local 5% paid to Local HCO by the Org to which

      attached.




        HCO Area and Continental have no separate accounts system of

      their own. All their accounts are handled by the Org to which

      attached.




        Book Sales money and Special Events (such as Congress fees) are

      held and banked under the direction of the senior HCO official of

      the area to ensure that the Central Org does not use this money for

      operating expenses but for book, tape and film replacement and

      bills. The mailing costs, personnel handling such items and a

      quarters charge, as well as Congress costs, etc. may be deducted

      from book receipts by the Central Organization. Such receipts,

      books, tapes, film and special events must not be used for Central

      Org operating expenses as this would drastically reduce

      dissemination.




        Membership monies are also separately banked.




        The Salary Sum of Central Orgs has been increased to 55% to

      compensate paying HCO staff




        All magazine costs and mailings are paid for by the Central

      Organization.




        An additional 5% of the receipts of an organization is

      contemplated as payable to HCO (WW) Ltd. for administrative

      expenses now that HCO (WW) Ltd. is a separate corporation.

      Heretofore I have financed HCO WW's costs out of my 10% and own

      income. This 10% is desperately needed to help defray research

      costs and although still submitted as Administration Expenses will

      be used in research. I am engaged in the compilation, recording and

      preparation of the whole of Scientology, the most expensive step.

      Heretofore I have borne research costs out of income intended for

      me personally. I no longer choose to do so as the most expensive

      research step is just ahead of us - writing it all up and

      publishing it, a step which is the most expensive of all.




        Therefore, financial reorganization is in order if we ever are to

      have all the data of Scientology in an organized codified and

      published state.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      161







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 NOVEMBER 1964

      Gen Non-Remimeo

                                HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        The handling of this account is of considerable interest in view

      of new membership and book ad policies.




        As all corporations are now HASI, Inc of DC except in the US

      where they are churches, all HCO Book Accounts are of course under

      the same corporate name as the main organization. Thus even a

      church organization holds the HCO account in its own name.




        For example: the Melbourne HCO Book Account would be called at

      the bank HASI, INC HCO DIV ACCOUNT.




        For a Church, this would be FCDC HCO DIV ACCOUNT. "Div" of course

      stands for DIVISION.




        The signatories of the account should be the HCO Area Sec and one

      other officer, not the Assn/Org Sec. and each cheque should bear

      two signatures to be valid. Three persons, the HCO Area Sec. and

      two others may be named of which any two out of the three

      signatures can be valid.




        The account also carries as a signature my own name, that of Mary

      Sue Hubbard as Secretary and of Marilynn Routsong as Treasurer, any

      one of these three signatures being valid to withdraw.




        The account is handled by the regular Accounts Unit of the

      organization, not by a separate system in HCO.




        Invoicing to the HCO Account is, however, done on a separate

      invoice machine in the Accounts Unit. On this machine no other than

      HCO funds are invoiced. All membership receipts for Associate (5

      shillings or $1), international and Lifetime Memberships are

      invoiced only on this machine. All book, tape, meter and insignia

      sales are invoiced on this machine. All Congress and tape play

      receipts are invoiced on this machine.




        There is also a separate disbursement voucher machine and all

      disbursements from the HCO Div Acct are disbursed only with a

      voucher from the disbursement machine. Even when a cheque on the

      account is written a disbursement voucher is also written. If the

      voucher has on it a printed "HCO Division of HASI, Inc. With Our

      Compliments" no transmission letter is needed with the cheque as

      the data of what is being paid is on the voucher. Thus Accounts

      does not need an additional letter to go with a cheque.




        An office which is too small to afford two invoice machines can

      do as well with a Sales Book for Income and a Disbursement Book for

      disbursements, such as they have in Department Stores, providing

      the books give adequate carbons and are used consecutively (one

      book completed before another is started). These books can also be

      printed and have carbon pages. One copy remains in the book and

      when finished that book becomes part of accounts records.




        You must be very careful in Invoicing and properly depositing

      membership funds particularly as many states and countries have

      regulations concerning such records of membership




                                      162







        No books may be invoiced to the Central Org or City Office

      general accounts for any reason. All book sales are invoiced only

      to the HCO Div Acct.




        In some orgs, reception does all invoicing. When this is done,

      the same procedure applies, and the same invoice machines or books

      are used, but the disbursement machine or book is kept by the

      Accounts Unit.




        No wages of any kind may be paid from the book account.




        The only postage which may be paid from the account is book or

      magazine postage.




        No correspondence postage may be paid from the account.




        No rent may be paid from the account.




        No loans may be made from the account.




        Book and tape purchases may be made from the account.




        Magazine printing and postage bills may be paid from the account,

      but no extravagant increases in printing quality or volume may be

      paid from it, nor may brochures or mailings announcing service be

      paid from it. Further, magazine bills for magazines which do not

      have half their advertising space taken up with book and membership

      ads may not be paid from the account.




        The organization pays any salaries or space rental connected with

      books or tape handling. Congress hall space may, however, be paid

      from the account.




        The above arrangement is equitable to the organization in that it

      receives without further cost to it all its training and processing

      ads in magazines and, the full benefit of the increased business.




        Advertising fees may be paid from the HCO Div Acct but only for

      book ads. No general advertising of the org may be paid for from

      the account. No personnel ads or PE ads may be paid from the

      account or be included in ad coverage contracts. No advisory fees

      may be paid to advertising firms from the account.




        In handling this account, great care must be taken to buy enough

      book stock so as to have stock available to mail in response to

      ads. Air freight of books is very dear from Saint Hill or

      Washington to Commonwealth countries and books must be ordered in

      time to arrive surface and pass through local customs.




        No office should ever seek to enter books or meters into its

      country free of charge on grounds of "educational" or "religious"

      materials, as there is no surer way to stop receipt of books. Some

      book departments are mad on the subject of "getting it in for free"

      and will doodle about for months, wasting ten times the price of

      the duty in lost book sales. The department seldom tells the

      Org/Assn Sec or the HCO Sec why the books aren't being let in.

      Customs is fast so long as you pay duty.




        Local reprintings of books are now forbidden. New Zealand only is

      excepted from this but New Zealand may now not export books to

      other offices.




        The HCO Div Acct should be opened at once and should be the only

      HCO Account operating in Central Orgs or City Offices.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      163







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1965

      General

      Non-Remimeo

      Sthil Executives

      Franchise




                     FINANCE CURRENCY REGULATIONS AND 10%s




        It should be brought to notice that an old policy regarding

      currency regulations is in force.




        When organizations such as New Zealand, or Franchise holders in

      currency restricted areas, are prohibited from paying 10% of their

      gross income to Saint Hill for their administrative expenses and

      services, the following procedure must be followed:




        A bank account in the name of the International Organization to

      be called the HASI International Administrative Account must be

      opened in the local area of the Org or Franchise Holder.




        Into this account must be deposited weekly 10% of the past week's

      gross income from Scientology.




                                  TAX PICTURE




        Once paid into the account, sums in it are the property and

      responsibility of the International Board and are an expenditure

      for administrative purposes by the local org or Franchise holder.




        These sums cease to be part of the local org's tax picture as

      they are owed abroad and are accounted for abroad by the

      international Board in its own returns in its area.




        The deposit slip must be sent to Saint Hill along with the weekly

      report.




                                  SIGNATORIES




        International Board Members, the Chairman, the Secretary and

      Treasurer, each one singly, are the only allowed signatories for

      the account There may be, of course, local paying in or endorsement

      signatures on the account.




                              STARTING AN ACCOUNT




        To start such an account it is only necessary to obtain the usual

      blank forms and cards from a nearby bank and airmail them to Saint

      Hill for signature and return to the bank.




        Saint Hill gets these papers signed and airmails them to the

      designated bank and informs the org or Franchise holder of the

      action.




        In returning the papers to the bank a cheque book is requested of

      the bank.




        This cheque book and copies of all papers become part of the

      Treasurer's files at Saint Hill.




        Deposit slips of monies paid into the account are handled as

      follows:




        An org's local Saint Hill Account deposit slip is given to the

      International Org Supervisor and is noted in that Org's files and

      is passed on to the Treasurer.




        Franchise holders' deposit slips into their local Saint Hill

      Account are sent to the Franchise Secretary, who notes them in the

      records of that Franchise holder and passes the slip on to the

      Treasurer.




        Neither slip is invoiced for Saint Hill accounting. Instead it is

      invoiced by the Treasurer. The Treasurer sends the white copy of an

      org to the International Org Sec. who sends it to the org, or to

      the Franchise Sec. who sends it to the Franchise holder.




        All deposit slips and other materials relating to the account are

      held by the Treasurer at Saint Hill.




        All bank statements for the Account go only to the Treasurer at

      Saint Hill.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      164







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MAY AD 15

      Remimeo




                             HCO BOOK ACCOUNT POLICY

                     RECEIPT AND USE OF MEMBERSHIP MONIES




        1. All membership monies shall be paid in to the HCO in the Area

      Office and deposited only and at once in the HCO Book Account, and

      shall serve, amongst other things, to defray magazine printing,

      handling and postage costs of the National magazine. All

      Memberships must be paid for in cash, (there are only Free

      Memberships, or Memberships paid for by cash) made out directly to

      HCO Book Account. Memberships shall be deposited only in the Main

      Book Account of the Area Office. The Continental Office may call on

      sums proportionate to the number of magazines (their cost of

      printing; handling and postage) mailed in the area of the HCO Area

      Office, but book ads saying books are available at the Area Office

      and the ads of the Area Office must be carried in the magazine. All

      sums additional to magazine cost in both the Area and Continental

      Office shall be used only to purchase more books, and tapes and to

      defray expenses of high quality facilities for tape playing and the

      expenses of Congresses. All Membership monies received by an Area

      Office, not called upon to defray magazine printing and postage may

      be retained in the Area Book Account.




                                 CONGRESS FEES




        2. All Congress fees shall be received into the Area Book Account

      of the area where held.




        No Congress fees, membership fees, or book monies received may be

      used for the payment of units, rent (except for Congress Halls) or

      organization expenses.




                  USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES




        3. Congress, membership and book fees may be used for advertising

      Scientology books in magazines, but not for newspaper or magazine

      advertising of PEs, auditing or services.






              FURTHER USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES




        4. Any further use or disposition of Congress fees, membership

      fees or book receipts shall be at the sole permission, personally

      signed, of the Executive Director.




                         HCO BOOK ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES




        5. The HCO Continental Sec and HCO Area Sec or where the HCO

      Continental Sec is also an Area Sec. by the HCO Continental Sec and

      the HCO Communicator jointly, or the single signatures of LRH and

      MSH are requisite on any Book Account cheque for it to be valid and

      all bank mandates for that account must so state and must include

      the signatures of LRH and MSH and Marilynn Routsong.




                                  BOOK PRICES




        6. Book, tape and meter prices are not uniform, Continental Zone

      to Continental Zone. US and UK prices are on a parity of one pound

      equals three dollars for easy computation and to make up for

      exchange delays and fees.




        Other Continental Zone book prices are computed on the cost of

      books generally in the area plus handling and shipping charges.




                                      165




        These prices are published from time to time in "The Auditor".




                               BOOK TEN PERCENTS




        7. Washington and Saint Hill pay 10% of their gross book sales to

      the Research Fund Account of HCO WW, but only on books actually

      published and printing paid for by each area. If Washington

      publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross retail sales price as

      sold. If Saint Hill publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross

      retail sales price as sold. If Washington, for example, pays Saint

      Hill for a shipment of books and sells them from Washington, then

      Washington does not pay any 10% and vice versa. Although it is not

      policy at this time for other offices to reprint books, if one ever

      does get permission, it will also pay 10% to the Research Fund of

      HCO. WW.




                     RESEARCH TEN PERCENTS OF GROSS INCOME




        8. Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Holders contribute

      10% of their gross weekly income to various expenses and usages at

      Saint Hill or to L. Ron Hubbard as Director of Research. But this

      10% shall not include payments received for books by anyone.




                              HCO AREA SEC BONUS




        9. The HCO Area Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross

      receipts of the local Book Account.




                            ASSN SEC/ORG SEC BONUS




        10. The Association/Organization Secretary is granted 2 percent

      of the gross receipts of the HCO Book Account but may not be a



      signatory to that account.




                           HCO CONTINENTAL SEC BONUS




        11. The HCO Continental Secretary is paid (c) of one percent of

      each Book Account in the Area, whether or not acting as an HCO Area

      Sec as well.




                          CONTINENTAL DIRECTOR BONUS




        12. The Continental Director is paid i/, of one percent of the

      gross receipts of each Book Account in his continent, when acting

      as an Assn/Org Sec or when not.




                           MONTHLY PAYMENT OF BONUS




        13. All such bonuses are payable monthly only, computed on the

      first of the month.




                      NO ADVANCES OR LOANS FROM HCO BOOK

                                    ACCOUNT




        14. No person may be paid such a bonus in advance nor may any

      loan be made to any person from any HCO Book Account.




                            HCO BOOK ACCOUNT BONUS

                                  SUSPENSION




        15. When a Book Account tends to become insolvent by reason of

      owing more than it receives, bonuses are suspended until the

      condition alters but in no event less than 60 days.




                    REGULATIONS CONCERNING HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        16. Book, Congress, Tape and Membership income may not be used or

      loaned for any salary sum, expense sum, building fund or past bills

      of the organization as a whole, but past book and tape bills are an

      exception.




                                      166







                         HCO CHECK BOOK TO SAINT HILL




        17. All HCO Area Officers are to send a check book for the HCO

      Book Acct to Saint Hill, and to keep St Hill apprised of the

      balance in the account monthly, and also to inform St Hill of any

      large amounts written against the account locally.




        THE BOOM




        The whole forward thrust of any boom depends upon:




        1. Getting books to orgs.






        2. Heavily, even extravagantly, advertising books and filling the

      orders.




        3. Courses in and running per Gradation Chart.




        4. Running an excellent Academy.




        5. Running an excellent HGC.




        Getting books to orgs depends on me, on Saint Hill and upon orgs

      making sure they're ordered and paid for. If we take care to do

      just those things we'll see (1) above hugely successful.




        It will cost the Assn/Org Sec and HCO Sec money personally not to

      plaster the place with book ads. They are given no bonus on a net.

      Only a gross. They get paid a bonus from the book account based on

      volume not its profit. The Department Heads and Staff get their

      bonus indirectly by an org driving in a heavy volume through ads

      and books and the alertness of the Org/Assn Sec and the HCO Sec.

      Continental also has a vested interest in books flowing and is paid

      for it. Thus this point is cared for.




        Advertising actions are arranged for in the above. Nobody expects

      magazines to cost any more than they have previously. Magazine cost

      and postage is dropped from org expenses.




        Note also that under this plan the most neglected action in

      producing income in any area, BOOK ADVERTISEMENT, the No. 1 magic

      formula of dissemination, is pushed into being by restricting the

      expenditure of memberships and other HCO Book Account monies until,

      to get rid of the surplus, book advertisements nationally and

      locally on a large scale would have to be placed constantly. With

      quantities of book ads, income from students and pcs as well as

      books will flood in. It always has. This is the basic formula of

      the coming boom. Because they cost the org money it could spend and

      "needed" elsewhere, the number of national magazines printed was

      curtailed and book ads were dropped out and that has been the chief

      cause of any financial difficulty in any org.




        As local offices and franchise centres become truly active, they

      will cease to drain off the old timers from the Central Org and

      stir up more local business of which the Central Org gets its part

      in courses and pcs.




        This all looks pretty favourable to me. I hope it does to you.




      LRH:wmc.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      167







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1965




      Remimeo




                                  HCO INCOME

                      MEMBERSHIPS - CONGRESSES - TAPE PLAYS




        Money received for Memberships, tape plays and Congresses goes

      into HCO Dissemination, Division 2, income and is deposited into

      the HCO Book Account.




        The use of these funds is outlined in HCO Policy Letter of May

      11, 1965, "HCO Book Account Policy, Receipt and use of Membership

      Monies ".




        This income is not part of the gross Divisional statistic and is

      graphed on a separate graph.




      LRH:ep.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      AFRICA ONLY

      Applies to

      Johannesburg

      Cape Town

      Durban

      Port Elizabeth

      Franchise Holders SA

      (Info Saint Hill)




        South Africa 10%s will not be forwarded straight to Saint Hill as

      from this date. Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth and

      Franchise Holders will forward their 10%s weekly to the LRH

      Communicator AFRICA where the 10%s will be invoiced and put into

      LRH No. 2 Account for "MISSION AFRICA".




                                 OFFICE OF LRH

                        27 Hancock Street, Joubert Park

                          Johannesburg, South Africa




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 APRIL 1966




                                 SOUTH AFRICA

                                     10%s

                              (Effective at once)




        White Invoice will go to the Org concerned.




        Blue Invoice will go to Saint Hill.




        Yellow Invoice remains in the book.




        Pink Invoice to Org Exec Sec AFRICA.




        Org Exec Sec AFRICA will make out a deposit slip and bank the

      money. This invoice will then be filed in Continental files. This

      will be forwarded by LRH Communicator AFRICA to "MISSION FILES".




        Any funds so invoiced may be held by the LRH Comm AF in a

      Johannesburg account designated "HCO Mission Account".




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      168







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1966




      Gen Non-Remimeo




                                 RESERVE FUND




      1. Every Scientology organization must accumulate a




      GENERAL LIABILITY FUND




        The fund is to be built up against claims made against

      organizations or any Scientologist by the public or governments for

      legal costs, libel and slander costs, defence funds, destruction of

      repute and restraint of trade. Uninsured risks to buildings, lapsed

      insurance policies, acts of God, war, riot and civil disorder,

      usurpation of power, restraint of princes, radioactive fallout,

      atomic destruction, salvage of persons and property, reorganization

      costs due to departure or demise of founder.




        This fund is computed by taking the number of Scientologists on

      the mailing list and the value to each Scientologist is assigned at

      the manager's discretion. It is computed every year and added to

      the fund.




        Refuse to breakdown the calculations on how the fund is computed

      if demanded by an insurance inspector or tax collector, instead

      obtain an estimate of coverage cost from Mecca (Brokers) Ltd

      London, to confirm our cost assignment to fund. It should not be

      less than ?5/- /- per year per Scientologist on our list.




        This fund may be kept as a reserve.




        A special bank account must be opened to care for this fund

      called "The General Liability Fund" account to which is added the

      local name of the organization. The signatories on this account are

      the Board members of the controlling Scientology organization.




        Money is paid out of this fund only on claims and demands

      approved by the Board of Directors on subjects or requirements as

      covered in the description of the fund above.




        The Fund may be retrospective - which is to say calculated for

      former years. Income Tax reports should be refiled for the former

      years.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      169







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1966

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo

                         ADDITION TO HCO DIV ACCOUNT

                                    POLICY

                 (Amplifies HCO Policy Letter of 11 May 1965)




        The HCO Div Account (Old Book Account) has very rigid policy on

      how its money can be spent. The reason for this is that money must

      be safeguarded to provide for adequate promotion and sale of books.

      BOOK SALES have always been your FIRST LINE OF DISSEMINATION and

      will always be so.




        Improper use of this money has resulted in depletion of the HCO

      Div Account in some orgs leaving insufficient funds to order

      adequate book stocks, print and mail the magazine and provide for

      other vital book promotion. Book promotion and book sales are an

      absolute must for the continued health of any org. The most

      important and successful dissemination line is book sales and about

      three months later the buyers come in for service. To cut this line

      by reducing book sales will seriously damage the org income three

      months later.




                                  NEW POLICY




        Because poor book sales could result in a collapse of the org and

      misappropriation of the HCO Div Account can make it impossible to

      buy and promote books, violation of HCO Div Account policy now

      becomes a HIGH CRIME.




        HCO Div Accounts are now to be monitored by WW. Each Org Exec Sec

      is to see that an exact accounting of the HCO Div Account

      expenditures and deposits with full information on who, what for,

      how much and when monies are paid into and out of the account are

      sent monthly to the ES Comm Treasury WW. Failure to comply with

      this order and other orders regarding bank mandates, sending of

      cheque books, etc., will result in immediate Ethics action being

      called for by ES Comm Treasury WW.




                     POLICY ON USE OF THE HCO DIV ACCOUNT




        Following is an exact list of items that the HCO Div Account may

      be used for. No others are allowed: -




        1. Books ordered from Saint Hill or DC (other orgs when and if

      allowed to print).




        2. Meters and material for resale only ordered from Saint Hill or

      DC.




        3. Authorized book printing, meter and material manufacture.




        4. Books, meters and material packing, shipping costs.




        5. Printing or ordering of books, meters and book flyers, and

      book promotion material.




        6. Assist in defraying the costs of the printing and mailing of

      continental magazines. (This does not mean that the HCO Div Account

      is obligated to pay any amounts for such.)




        7. Ads and promotion for books in newspapers and magazines.




      170




        8. Mailing list purchase and rental for book promotion purposes

      only.




        9. Special book promotion projects other than the above. (Not

      usual, but possible if approved for project status by WW.)




        10. Direct Congress expenses for items used specifically and only

      for a Congress. Examples: hall rental, sound equipment rental,

      program printing, advertising, ES Comm WW speaker fees to WW, hall

      decoration, visual aids, tape and film charges.




        11. Printing membership cards, applications for memberships, and

      membership promotion expenses for the sale or renewal of

      memberships.




        12. Tapes for org use.




        Examples of illegal uses of HCO Div Account monies in the past

      are: Staff member fares from Saint Hill, ES Comm Qual WW expenses

      and fares, Release pins and course certificates and flowers for

      staff members having babies.




        To be paid into the HCO Div Account are:




        1. All receipts for books, meters and material sales, (called

      Gross Book Sales).




        2. All membership fee receipts.




        3. All Congress receipts.




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder

                                      171









                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1967

      Remimeo

      All Staff

      Treasury Hats




                             ALLOCATION OF INCOME

               (Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 6 Feb '63, "HCO Area 5%'s")




        All orgs allocate their income as specified in this Policy Letter

      unless specifically exempted from doing so by The Guardian WW. (At

      present Saint Hill is the only org managed under different

      financial arrangements.)




        The basis of the proportionate income breakdown is only changed

      in that:




        1. The allocation between Salary Sum, Disbursement Sum and

      Building Sum reverts to 50%, 35% and 15% respectively.




        2. Minor changes have been made in the AC 1 report form to bring

      it into line with Policy changes since 1963.




        (Note - all additional information regarding the AC1 form must be

      written on a separate sheet and not on the form.)




        The increase in the Disbursement Sum from 30% to 35% of Corrected

      Gross Income has been found necessary to keep orgs solvent.




        As income expands, bills expand and if a sufficient proportion is

      not allotted to Disbursements, some bills cannot be paid, and debts

      accumulate.




        However, whatever the allocation to Disbursement Sum, IT IS THE

      PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY OF FINANCIAL PLANNING TO SEE THAT THE TOTAL

      OF EXPENDITURE APPROVED IN ANY PERIOD IS LESS THAN THE FUNDS

      AVAILABLE FOR EXPENDITURE IN THAT PERIOD.




        This of course includes making allowances for routine expenditure

      on electricity, telephone, telex, postage, and other utilities; it

      is part of each staff member's hat to see that no wasteful use of

      such utilities occurs.




        In order to improve the Cash-Bills ratio of an org, the local

      Executive Council may propose on lines to the Executive Council WW

      a further change towards reducing the percentage of the Salary Sum,

      while increasing the Disbursement Sum percentage. It is expected

      that the better the ratio of Cash-Bills of an org and its solvency

      is permitted to develop, the more scope there will be for expansion

      as well as an increase of pay. This is with reference to HCO Policy

      Letter "Financial Planning" of 15 December 1966.




        And if anyone commits the org to expenditures that have not been

      approved, this must be immediately reported to the Ethics Officer,

      who must see that the org is reimbursed out of that person's own

      pocket.




                                  SALARY SUM




        The reduction of Salary Sum to 50% of the Corrected Gross Income

      should make no difference at all to staff member incomes.




        If the org is kept solvent by having funds to pay bills, Execs

      will be able to put their full attention on (1) making Scientology

      more widely known, (2) promotion to




                                      172




        Scientologists, and (3) excellent delivery; the more efficient

      and effective the org becomes, the greater the flow will become and

      the faster Org and staff pay will rise-provided the number on staff

      is not increased beyond what is necessary to handle the increased

      flow efficiently.




                               NUMBER ON STAFF




        Too many people on staff in relation to the rate of delivery bogs

      an org down with Dev-T and poor rewards for good statistics.




        Too few people on staff in relation to the flow they have built

      up of services signed up results eventually in stagnation: the flow

      jams, efficiency falls off and the flow tends to dwindle and not

      increase, because THE FLOW OF PEOPLE DEMANDING SERVICES IS

      MONITORED SOLELY BY THE EXCELLENCE OF DELIVERY.




        Thus the optimum number on staff depends on the efforts of the

      whole org: THE OPTIMUM NUMBER ON STAFF IS WHEN EACH MEMBER OF TECH

      AND QUAL STAFF IS WORKING FLAT OUT AT HIGH EFFICIENCY AND THE

      TECH/ADMIN RATIO IS 1: 1. (Tech/Admin ratio = number in Tech &

      Qual: number in all other Divisions.)




        This does not mean that orgs must get rid of half their staff. It

      means that they must dismiss any deadwood (chronic low statistics

      personnel) and then get moving to increase the effectiveness of

      Distribution, Dissem, Tech, Qual, and all other org functions.




        Technology is firmly established, stable, and works when applied

      exactly. All that is needed for a fantastic boom is to get your job

      done well.




        Written by Ralph Pearcy, A/Div Org Treas WW




      George Galpin

      Dalene Regenass

      Brian Livingston




      Joan McNocher)

      Otto Roos

      Ken Delderfield

      Betty James




      Leon Steinberg )




           Fred Hare )




      Philip Quirino

      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW

      for

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      173







      Qual Sec SH

      HCO Area Sec SH

      Chairman

      Ad Council SH




      Exec Council SH




      LRH Comm SH

      Chairman

      Ad Council WW




                               Exec Council WW




                                 LRH Comm WW




      Div 3 WW Form AC 1 Pol Ltr 15 Feb 1967) Org




      PROPORTIONATE INCOME BREAKDOWN WORK SHEET FOR WEEK

      ENDING ...........




            Put down total




                                 A. GROSS INCOME

           B1. DONATIONS RECEIVED         A1 . ADVANCE PYMTS




           B2. MEMBERSHIPS........._.      REC'D




           C............................RENT COLLECTED  A2. Subtract A1

      from A.

           D............................LOANS COLLECTED... A3. ADV.

      PAYMENTS

           E............................PHONE CALLS USED ...




           COLLECTED ...............A4. ADD A3 to A2




      F. REFUNDS GIVEN .....




           FI. REPAYMENTS ....._




      F2. FSM COMMISSIONS

             PAID ...............

             Put down the total of all Congresses, books, tape monies and

             special event monies if any were invoiced by the org

             for HCO ............

             H. Put down total others ....................

             I. ADD B1, B2, C, D, E, F. F1, F2, G. H & put total

             here and in right-hand column (put down twice) ..

             J. CORRECTED GROSS INCOME Subtract I from




           A4 and put down here ......................




      K. HCO WW 10% Take 10% of J and put down here ...........

      L. PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT Subtract K from J

      and put down here ...............................

      M. SALARY SUM: 50% of L Take 50% of L and put down here ...

      N. DISBURSEMENT SUM Take 35% of L and put down here ....




           O.   Put down amount from line E




      Put down amount from line H ...........

      Add E and H and put total down twice .....

      P. TOTAL DISBURSEMENT SUM Add N & O and put total here

      Q. BUILDING SUM Take 15% of L and put down here .........




           R.   Put down amount from line B I




      Put down amount from line C ...........

      Put down amount from line D ...........




      Add and put total down twice ........... S. TOTAL BUILDING

      SUM Add Q & R and put total here ...... T. SUM TO AREA HCO Put

      down amount from line G ..............................




      Put down amount from line B2 ..........

      Add G & B2 and put total down twice .....




      BALANCE

      CHECK




      AA. Put down Gross Income corrected for Advance

      Payments from line A4 ...................




      BB. Put down Total Refunds from line F ..........




      CC. Put down Total Repayments from line F1 ......




      DD. Put down FSM Commissions Paid from line F2 ...




      EE. Put down HCO WW 10% from line K ..........




      FF. Put down Salary Sum from line M ............




      GG. Put down Total Disbursement Sum from line P ...




      HH. Put down Total Building Sum from line S .......




      II. Put down Total HCO Area Sum from line T .....




      JJ. Add BB, CC, DD, EE, FF, GG, HH & II and put down

      total here and at right-hand side .........




      KK. SUBTRACT JJ from AA and put down here (there

      should be NO BALANCE) ........




      ATTESTED BY




                                      174







      (Signature and Title)







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MAY 1968

                           (Reissue and Amendment to

                       HCO Policy Letter of 3 May 1966)

      Gen

      NonRemimeo




                                 RESERVE FUND




        1. Every Scientology Organization must accumulate a




        GENERAL LIABILITY FUND.




        The fund is to be built up against claims made against

      organizations or any Scientologist by the public or governments for

      legal costs, libel and slander costs, defence funds, destruction of

      repute and restraint of trade. Uninsured risks to buildings, lapsed

      insurance policies, acts of God, war, riot and civil disorder,

      usurpation of power, restraint of princes, radioactive fallout,

      atomic destruction, salvage of persons and property, reorganization

      costs due to departure or demise of Founder.




        This fund is Computed by taking the number of Scientologists on

      the mailing list and the value to each Scientologist is assigned at

      the manager's discretion. It is computed every year and added to

      the fund.




        Refuse to breakdown the calculations on how the fund is computed

      if demanded by an insurance inspector or tax collector, instead

      obtain an estimate of coverage cost from brokers recommended and

      approved by Legal WW, to confirm our cost assignment to fund. It

      should not be less than ?5.0.0 per year per Scientologist on our

      list.




        This fund may be kept as a reserve.




        A special bank account must be opened to care for this fund

      called "The General Liability Fund" account to which is added the

      local name of the organization. The signatories on this account are

      the Guardian WW and the Treasurer WW, these being Mary Sue Hubbard

      and Denny Gogerly jointly.




        Money is paid out of this fund only on claims and demands

      approved by the Board of Directors on subjects or requirements as

      covered in the description of the fund above.




        The fund may be retrospective - which is to say calculated for

      former years. Income Tax reports should be refiled for the former

      years.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Proposed by

             Lola Rossouw

             Denny Gogerly

             Kevin Kember

             Lenka Marinko

             Exec Council WW

             Allan Ferguson: O.E.S. WW

             Tony Dunleavy: P.E.S. WW

             Anne Tampion: D/HCO E.S. WW

             Ken Delderfield: LRH Comm WW

             Joan McNocher: D/Guardian WW




      : Treasury Liaison Off. WW

      : The Treasurer WW

      : Qual Sec WW

      : HCO Area Sec WW




                  Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW (Policy Review

      Section)

      for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      175










                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1968




      Limited Non-Remimeo




                                     BOOKS




      ALL STOCK NOW BELONG SH AS BEFORE ALL INCOME PUBS ORG

      SHOULD BE BANKED BY PUBS ORG AS SH ORGANIZATION BUT SEPARATE

      ACCOUNTS SH PAYS FOR AUDITOR AND PROMOTION AND SUBSIDIZES

      FUTURE BOOKSTOCKS PUBS SHOULD BE SOLVENT ON ITS OWN BUT LACK

      OF FUNDS SHOULD NOT MAKE PROMOTION, METERS OR BOOKSTOCKS



      BEHIND HAND AS THESE FORM THE FUTURE INCOME OF SAINT HILL. SH

      CONTINUES TO PAY FOR ITS BOOKS AND PRINTING.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                       HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE




                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968

                     (Corrects HCO Policy Letter 23 May 68

                          paragraphs 10 and 11 only)




      Remimeo

                                   HCO BOOK

                                    ACCOUNT




        HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored.




        No book meter etc monies subject to allocation of percentile and

      must be kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be

      subsidized by adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      176




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO WW POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1959




                              HANDLING OF MONIES




        Any cheques or postal orders coming in to HCO WW should be taken

      personally and handed to the person doing the invoicing.




        Once the money is invoiced it should be taken to Mrs. Shorney who

      deposits all monies in the bank.




        Never leave money on desks or in filing baskets over night.

      Always place the money in the safe or at least in a desk drawer.




      HCO Secretary WW

      NW:brb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      177







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1961




      sthil




                                PURCHASE ORDER

                                    SYSTEM

                         (Re-issued from Aug 25, 1959)




        Effective September 1st, 1959 and continuing, nothing may be

      bought for the Manor, Grounds or HCO Activity by any domestic or

      office staff at Saint Hill Manor without a purchase order made out

      and okayed before the purchase is made.




        Copies of these forms will be found in the domestic staff message

      center and in the staff office.




        This form must give the person or firm from which the purchase is

      to be made. It must give the item, quality, description and actual

      or estimated cost. If the item is for food, house supplies or such

      activities it is given the word "Domestic".




        All food, dishes, Calor gas, coal, petrol, garden supplies,

      seeds, paper, ink, stationery, printing, repairs, building

      materials, salaries on a continuing basis, casual labour and any

      and all items subject to being paid for are included in this

      Purchase Order system.




        Every Purchase Order must bear the initials of myself or Peter

      Hemery before the order can be phoned or placed.




        When bills are presented for payment each and every item on every

      bill must be covered by a Purchase Order. If it is not then the

      purchase shall be considered unlawful and may have to be paid for

      by the staff member who placed the order without authority.




        No cheque will be signed unless the bill it is paying and all

      Purchase Orders appertaining thereto accompany the cheque.




        The salary sum cheque likewise must be accompanied by a Purchase

      Order giving the pay rates and numbers of all persons.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      178







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1959

      STHIL

                        INVOICING, ACCOUNTS PROJECT 12

                         (Cancels Earlier Directives)




        Project 12 is assigned herewith to Mr. Godfrey in all aspects to

      permit Mrs. Shorney to assist me in correspondence and purchasing.




        All invoicing and disbursements must be done on proper machines.




                               RULES GOVERNING

                                  ACCOUNTING




        All income from whatever source is banked.




        All funds are disbursed by cheque even when disbursed again by

      cash.




        All transactions are recorded in full, and all invoices and

      disbursements are given any history known about them on the invoice

      or the voucher. There is no reason for making accounts history a

      matter of memory.




        All financial receipts and disbursements are reported weekly (by

      Monday 2 p.m.) by Accounts to the Executive Director. These are

      also reported by Project Supervisors on their Income and

      Disbursement Sheets.




        All purchases require purchase orders before made. If a purchase

      is made for Sthil with no order, the staff member making it must

      pay for it.




        The Accounts Project is responsible for enforcing financial

      policy on staff.




                              CURRENT BILLS FILE




        Every firm or person - even staff members, has a place in our

      accounts files in a separate file folder One firm or person = one

      folder. All records, bills, letters, etc relating to such are

      placed in one file. Any bank or other loan has its own file.




        Cancelled cheques and bank statements are kept in their own files

      by account. But a photostat of each cheque back and front is made

      and filed with the firm folder to which it was issued. So are

      Invoices and Disbursement copies also filed as they apply in these

      files.




        A summary sheet of billing and payments is kept in each folder.




        These folders are retired to dead file each year when actually

      dead.




                               STATEMENTS FILES




        Each debtor of any company we are handling has his own file.




        All invoices and papers relating to such debtors are kept in this

      file folder.




        A statement sheet is also kept.




        A copy of the contract (photostat) is kept in this file. The

      original is kept in a Valuable Document file in the safe.




        This applies to any company, firm or person who sends us money or

      owes us money.




                              INVOICING




        All monies received are invoiced with full data. The white goes

      to the payor as a receipt. The yellow goes to the Project

      Supervisor or person most interested. The red goes to Accounts for

      filing in folders. The blue stays in the machine and is never

      detached from its consecutive pad of




                                      179




      voucher.




        Invoices are used to sort out banking, reports, statements, etc.




                             DISBURSEMENT VOUCHERS




        All disbursements, whether by cash or cheque, are written on a

      disbursement




        Payroll vouchers are signed while still on the machine by the

      recipient.




        Cheque numbers, a firm's bill number, any data applying, is

      written on a voucher




        The white goes as a complimentary statement to the firm,

      obviating letters or other papers. It is all that goes with the

      cheque (we keep all bills)




        A copy of a voucher goes to the Project Supervisor most

      interested.




        A copy goes to Accounts for filing in the folders of the firms or

      persons.




        A copy remains in the machine and is not disconnected from its

      pad.




                                    BANKING




        All monies are placed in the safe once they are invoiced and are

      only removed to be banked.




        The Accountant is responsible for them from the moment the mail

      is delivered to him until they are banked.




        The Accountant should be bonded.




        All money banked is recorded on deposit slips stamped by the

      bank. These are filed then with bank records along with statements

      and cheques.




        Collections done by the bank are recorded with new invoice and

      must be sent to us by the bank.




        Adjustments and transfers in Accounts are subject to Disbursement

      Voucher recording and should be so recorded. These are done by

      cheque, not letter.




                                 PROJECT FILES




        When a Project Supervisor receives his invoices and vouchers, he

      records these on appropriate sheets and presents them by 2.00 p.m.

      Monday for the week passed to the Executive Director who then

      passes them to Accounts.




        These are filed by Accounts in appropriate folders. Supervisors

      may have access to these folders.




        Accounts also presents its own report.




                                 PAYING BILLS




        A cheque is made out on an account and is presented with the full

      folder of the firm or person to receive it.




        The total of cheques are added up on a separate slip.




        Current bank statements are also presented.




        These items are necessary to the payment of any bill.




        All bills being paid by bankers order are recorded routinely in

      the folders.




        Bills being paid by cash require the initials of the Executive

      Director on an authority to do so.




        GENERAL




        All tapes of addition and other accounting records and all rough

      computations are kept by Accounts and appropriately filed.




      LRH:dd.prd.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      180







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 MARCH 1960

      Sthil only

      All personnel




                                 ECONOMY WAVE




        Until the low collection period of November-December-January is

      cancelled out, strict economy of materials and contracture must be

      carried out at SthiL




        I will not sign any purchase orders except food, vital office

      supplies, needed petrol, enough sand and gravel and cement to

      complete construction using our night casuals. Conserve existing

      supplies. Scrounge what you can.




        No further contracts or major purchases will be undertaken until

      further notice.




        This does not mean we are suddenly poor or broke. It means that I

      want Sthil to run on available routine income without incurring

      capital losses.




        Please assist to wipe out the income - outgo inequality now

      existing.




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1960

      sthil

                                ACCOUNTS LINES




        All purchase orders, cheques and disbursements will be handled by

      myself until further notice and all such reports or requests should

      be sent to me.




        All income matters should be sent to Mrs Hubbard, with proper

      reports. She is responsible for income and collections, but for no

      other accounts, or administrative action.




        Each Monday I should be supplied, by accounts, with:




        1. Income sheet for preceding week, general and books income;




        2. Deposit slips of past week;




        3. The most recent statements; and




        4. Bills summary report, made fresh each week.




        We will only then disburse on bills. No bills except as below may

      be presented at other times or in any other manner.




        The only cheques that I will sign on other days than Monday are

      postal cheques and cheques to prevent shut-off of communications,

      lights or fuel but the last only if the shut-off is actually

      occurring; threats have no value.




        I wish to get the accounts up to the level of �4,000 or �5,000

      and until I do all economy measures will remain in effect.




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      181







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960

      Sthil

                                    LOSSES




        HCO WW is receiving about �600 per week and is spending about

      �700 per week. This data is gained from a review of the last year

      of operation and of current bills.




        Nobody's job is threatened by this providing it is resolved.




        Here are the plans for solvency and reduction of loss.




        We will cut �150 per week from the domestic bills and office

      supplies, postage and telex.




        We will increase our income �200 a week.




        By doing both we should have a 'black' in short order.




        Therefore, note that the following bills are too high.




      Postage

      Office Paper

      Electricity

      Office Supplies

      Contracts

      Food

      Soap

      Outside Laundry




        Peter Cowell is appointed Director of Economy to eradicate these

      overages, to remove three telexes and reduce supplies, paper and

      office costs.




        Antonio will do all food and service buying for cash and all such

      accounts will be cleared.




        By installing our new information centre and giving better

      service we can, by making an effort, increase income �200.




        These improvements and other economy actions are up to the staff

      to implement.




      LRH:dm.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1960

      Sthil

                                  PURCHASING




        Until further notice, all Purchase Orders for all needed

      materials, except kitchen and household supplies, must be passed to

      Dr Hubbard via Peter Cowell, who will review and co- ordinate the

      purchasing line as Director of Economy.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD




                                      182







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1961




        Sthil for Action HCOs and HASIs for info Only ACCOUNTS




        Modifies Earlier Directives - EFFECTIVE AT ONCE




        Two Accounts Divisions are created herewith. These are the Income

      Division and the Disbursement Division. They are in separate areas

      and are run by different persons. They must be kept separate.




                                    INCOME

                                   DIVISION




        The Income Division performs the following actions:




        A folder is made for every organization or person who pays HCO WW

      money. This includes all HCOs and all HASIs and all these income

      accounts are kept in no other place nor by any other person.




        The income Division sees that Statements, pre-addressed by

      Address on proper envelopes, go out to each foldered person or

      organization once each month. This is a Thermofax of the summary

      sheet in each folder, stuffed in these Pre-Addressed envelopes. New

      addresses for this list are routinely forwarded to address to be

      put on a silk screen stencil. Old addresses withdrawn are also

      routinely passed to Address to be deleted from the stencil file and

      sent to be re-silked.




        No ledgers are kept by the income Division. No notebooks or

      Journals are kept. All data is retained in folders. Each folder has

      a summary sheet for Thermofaxing. All accounts are written on this

      sheet.




        All invoicing is done by the income Division.




        Notice of all bank payments paid in go to Income Division and all

      Bank Statements.




        When invoicing, mark each invoice for what it is - Franchise,

      Books, Royalty, T HCO Payment, Training, etc.




        White copy goes as receipt in the next statement mailing.




        Next copy goes to the Department concerned. Next copy goes to

      basket for Income Summary and when summaried is filed in folders.




        Final machine copy is retained as income summary, not torn but

      kept consecutive.




        On Monday following a week, the basket copies are sorted into

      boxes, Franchise, books, etc. Each box is totalled and given an

      adding machine Tape which is marked Franchise, etc. The Tapes are

      then totalled and marked, the cash deposited or received in the

      bank must equal the final total.




        These tapes are stapled together and passed to LRH, MSH and Peter

      Hemery as income information. When returned to Income Division they

      are stapled to the machine copies. These are put in an envelope,

      dated for the week and filed. This is total accounting record.




        The basket copies are now filed in the folders and each figure is

      entered on the statements sheet in the folder. The filing is done

      all at once. Once a month the statements sheets are brought to date

      from these invoice slips. When a slip is put on the statements

      sheet an X is put on the invoice slip to show it is entered.




        On receipt of Adcomm reports, the 10% due HCO WW is calculated

      and the sum owing is written on the statements sheet in the folder

      as a debit. The filing and the entries are separate. The filing is

      done at one time, every week, the entries are done at another,

      every month. The Adcomm Accounts type report is filed in the

      folder. The other Adcomm type reports are filed for OIC elsewhere.

      The Income Division has only to do with the general accounts

      Department part of the report.




                                      183







        It does not matter if all statements are up to date when

      Thermofaxed for mailing. Bring them routinely to date as a

      continuing activity, not in a monthly rush. Folder statements

      sheets not up to date one month as to debit and credit, will be up

      to date the next.




        The Folder Statements sheets are mimeographed in general and

      lettered in particular.




        On invoicing books, this is the first operation of the day. The

      invoices go at once by hand to Shipping so books may be mailed same

      day. This is a rush invoice item.




        Folders are filed alphabetically by Class, which is to say Orgs

      form a group. Franchise forms a group, books form a group, etc.




        It is the responsibility of the Income Division to know what HCO

      WW is owed and to see that it is collected.




        The Income Division must insist on a disbursement copy of monies

      sent being forwarded us by each org when it is sent. This copy is

      never entered on our statements sheets, but is kept in the folder.

      It is Info Only. Only money received in our banks is entered.




        The income report from the income section also includes the

      amount shown on the last statement for each bank account. There is

      no further attempt to balance cash deposited but not shown on

      statement or cheques issued but not cashed in by the person or firm

      who received them. This weekly report is the Money On Hand report.

      It goes to LRH, MSH, then Peter Hemery. It is then filed with the

      week's income report. It is compiled and despatched when all

      statements for the week are in. It is not attached to the Income

      Report but is separate. In practice, if convenient, it could be so

      attached.




        The Income Division retains and has all invoicing machines but no

      Disbursing Machine.




                                 DISBURSEMENT

                                   DIVISION




        The Disbursement Division has the responsibility of correctly

      disbursing the money of HCO WW such as bills, wages, mortgage

      payments, etc.




        Each creditor, including staff members, has a red folder. Each

      folder has a statements sheet in it.




        Whenever a cheque is disbursed or a wage or cash is paid out, a

      Disbursement Voucher must be written giving all particulars.




        The White Voucher is sent to the creditor, the next copy is filed

      in the statements folders. The Machine copy is retained unseparated

      and filed in an envelope dated as of the week disbursed.




        The copy of the Disbursement Voucher for filing is placed in a

      basket for filing and then is filed without entering it at that

      time on the Statements Sheet in the folder of the firm or person

      disbursed to.




        All incoming bills are placed in a basket along with the

      Disbursement Vouchers. They are all filed at once at the same time

      as the Disbursement Vouchers. They are not entered on the

      statements sheet at that time.










        Once each month minimum or every two months maximum, the folders'

      Statements Sheets are brought to date. This is a routine and

      continuing action. All debits and credits are entered on the

      Statements Sheet. These sheets are kept in the folder.




        When Disb Voucher or a company's bill is entered on the

      Statements Sheet a large X is drawn on it. It is returned to the

      folder.




        These folders when brought up to date are brought up on the not

      X'ed bills and vouchers.




        The Purchase Orders are filed in these folders and bills are

      checked against them.




        Disbursement is from 30 to 60 days on bills.




        Wages are paid now by cheque. The cheques are signed by Peter

      Hemery over the stamp "On Authority of L. Ron Hubbard".




        Cheques are given out late Friday afternoon.




                                      184







        We will cash our own cheques but not on pay day, only the

      following week.




        Each cheque issued for wages or bills must be written on a

      disbursement voucher.




        Persons receiving wages do not have to initial or sign the

      voucher. They receive the White Copy. The Folder copy is filed in

      their folder. Their pay books, etc are kept in their folders not in

      any separate file.




        The Government has a folder of its own, one for each department

      of the Government to which we pay out. Other pay papers than in the

      folder are kept in the Government folder for pay. This folder is

      filed adjacent to the pay folders of staff. There must be no loose

      tables, folders or booklets kept anywhere but in folders. There may

      be no "miscellaneous" folders.




        BANK STATEMENTS are filed in folders provided for the banks.

      There is one folder for each bank account. The cheque books are in

      the same file drawer but not in the folder.




        Cancelled cheques are fled loose in the bank's folder for each

      account until a cheque book is empty. Then each cheque is scotch

      taped, not stapled, to its counterfoil.




        Counterfoils are kept only in date, and no other data (not even

      amount), as Disbursement Vouchers are used for record, not

      Counterfoils.




        Cheques may not be taped into cheque books in use, neither voided

      nor cancelled cheques.




        There is only one report and that is monthly. Mimeographed sheets

      carrying each Company's name to whom we disburse is marked with the

      last debit figure on the Statements Sheet and how long the amount

      is owing. It is expected that all such statements will be brought

      to date before the monthly report is made. This report totals all

      bills owing. When executive directions are given on them cheques

      are issued as directed against this monthly report.




        There are no other reports except when requested on some firm.




                                    SUMMARY




        The Disbursement Division makes no income reports or

      reconciliation of bank statements. The Income Division makes no

      reports on disbursement.




        Every quarter an accountant audits the books and submits a

      quarterly report in summation form. He does not make books. The law

      requires records be kept. We keep records. Actually we keep books

      as above, but their pages are folders.




        HISTORY: The bugbear of accounting is the failure to record all

      one knows about each transaction. An executive is later expected to

      remember it all and spend two or three weeks going over tangled




      accounts with each audit. This is circumvented by writing all you

      know about the transaction on the Disbursement Voucher or on the

      Invoice We are at this writing being a lot too brief on our

      History. If you know something about the transaction related to

      what it's for and why, or what's odd about it, put it on the

      Invoice or Disb machine, not in a despatch or in memory. Example:

      Joyce Bibbin orders �2 worth of books but sends �3,10.0. She wants

      us also to retain �1.10.0 for a future purchase. Make out one

      invoice for �2.0.0 and one for �1.10.0 but say on each what and

      why, and that it came out of �3.10.0. Also if you know a purchase

      was for the garden, when the bill is paid, put it on the Disb

      Voucher. This way we'll not be racking our brains and can have an

      audit without the place being torn down.




        The person doing the Audit should do it here. Do not part with

      folders and records.




        All correspondence relating to a firm or person and all data on

      that person is kept in the same folder. There are no "Business

      Files".




      LRH:imj.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      185







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JULY 1961




      Sthil




                                 PURCHASE ORDERS




        All authorities to sign purchase orders are hereby revoked.




        Only my signature and that of Mrs Hubbard may validate a purchase

      order before a purchase is actually made anywhere whether for cash

      or for charge account.




        This includes food and all petty cash.




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 AUGUST 1961

      Sthil

      Staff and Students




                       PRIVATE MAIL AND TELEPHONE CALLS




      L. RON HUBBARD




        All private telephone calls, telegrams and cables, of Staff

      members or Students, must be paid for in cash at the time of making

      the call or sending the telegram, etc.




        The charges for such services are obtainable from the operator.




        Private letters may also be stamped or franked on payment of the

      correct amount.




        These services may be extended as a courtesy, but it is

      understood that there is no obligation to do so. As far as

      possible, please use the ordinary public services in the town.




        During business hours, cash may be handed direct to the

      Switchboard operator in the front office. Outside of business

      hours, when the switchboard is unattended, place the cash in an

      envelope in the Switchboard operator's basket in the comm centre,

      with a note detailing the amount of the charge, and the exchange

      and number, or nature of Service. This facilitates the eventual

      checking of the account. If you have not the exact amount, place

      enough to cover it, and the Switchboard operator will hand back

      change next day.




        Students wishing to use the telephone must always obtain the help

      of the Switchboard operator, during business hours. At other times,

      they must ask an instructor or other Staff member.




      LRH:imj.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      186







       Issued by: Peter Hemery HCO

      Sec WW for L.

      RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 OCTOBER 1961




      Sthil Each Central

      Org for info

      Accounts Section




                                INCOME RECORDS




        The following is advices and procedure and policy on Income

      Records at Saint




        TO THE INCOME SECTION:




        You should have a way of dividing up all incoming data so you can

      summarize it readily on to reports.




        For instance, DCI Tape Inv. These should be filed as they arrive.

      All data should be filed as it arrives, as fast as it's received or

      invoiced. Therefore, you need a big




        TO BE FILED




        Basket in which to dump your filing copies.




        Then you should have a




        RECEIPTS Basket in which to dump all your invoices for summary at

      end of week.




        One copy of invoices you write goes into each. Everything you

      need for the week's summary goes into RECEIPTS.




        Then at week's end, Wednesday? Thursday? you only have to

      separate out the contents of Receipts to do an Income Report. For

      this you need a basket (cardboard box will do) for each type of

      thing you summarize in the Income Report. You add up each box. Then

      add up all totals and you have your report.




        You must have in your possession a folder for each Central Org,

      each City Office, each HCO. Into these and Franchise you file the

      contents of your






        TO BE FILED basket every few days.




        Only when your filing is up, you summarize these folders. You

      will have a complete Bills Statement in each folder. This is

      brought up to date before mailing any bill.




        Invoice everything you get from bank by way of info on deposits.

      Only file in these Org folders what is actually paid. Always

      invoice anything paid, whether to us directly or to bank.




        Always file in Org folders all DCI tape shipment copies of

      invoice.




        File in folders constantly. Then each month take a folder and

      enter on its Statements Sheet:




        1. Each 10% reported from Adcomm reports.




        2. Each DCI invoice of a tape shipped or any estimate of tapes

      sent if invoices are missing. 1 and 2 are in foreign currencies,

      dollars or rands or whatever.




        3. Enter in your own paid invoices in pounds sterling in paid

      column.




        4. Total each column in its own currency and/or dollars for DCI.




        5. Thermofax the resulting sheet and send it to Org.




        NOTE: Whenever you enter an invoice or an Adcomm report put an X

      across the income or Adcomm report. Then leave them in file.




                                  TO BE FILED




      basket contains or receives:




                                      187







        All material to go in Org folders.






        Every Adcomm financial report form received here. (Without

      correction or marking.)




        Every Invoice we write for books shipped to them.




        Every invoice we write of money received by them, either directly

      or through the bank.




        All Protest forms.




                                   RECEIPTS




        basket contains:




        All data on money actually received by Org, directly or through

      bank.




        Another copy of every invoice form we write on monies received

      from each Org directly or via bank.




        A copy of every invoice we write.




        TO BE FILED




        basket contents is filed every few days into Org folders.




        RECEIPTS




        basket contents are dealt into boxes each end of financial week.




        Each box is totalled.




        All totals are totalled.




        Income report consists then of the total of each box and its

      category; total of all totals; actual money banked.




        The report is made to be received on Monday by me. When report is

      looked over, it and all the contents of the boxes are put in a

      large envelope and marked for that week and filed separately.




        The Receipts basket stays empty of last week. This material waits

      in cardboard boxes until enveloped. Current week is filed in

      Receipts basket and only current week ever.




        No partial accounts may be sent to Orgs. I must see accounts

      statements of each org before it can be Thermofaxed.




        No correspondence may be engaged in with any org except DCI and

      then only to get complete tape records for collection.




        All efforts to collect are done by myself. All I want is complete

      data sheets.




        The Income Div is a recording, compiling and billing section, and

      attends to banking and bank records. It is not a collection

      activity.




        A file section exists in the Income Division for each of the

      following:




        1. A folder for each organizational creditor.




        2. By extension, a folder for each Franchise holder into which is

      filed their invoices.




        3. A file for envelopes in series for each week's banking

      material.




        4. A section for each separate bank account in which all

      statements. bank correspondence, etc. is filed.




                                      188







        An org folder contains:




        1. A WW Statement Sheet. And all previous Statement Sheets.




        2. Every Adcomm pink on finance received by Saint Hill.




        3. A copy of every invoice we write for books shipped.




        4. A copy of every invoice we write for money received.




        5. Copies of every protest.




        6. Copies of financial correspondence.




        We compile a Statements Sheet for a Central Org or City Office as

      follows:




        1. Enter at the top Accumulated Debt.




        2. Enter at the top right Accumulated Income




        3. Enter in the left column for each consecutive week 10% of the

      adjusted gross from each Adcomm report. If a report is missing

      enter 10% of �750 arbitrarily.




        4. Enter all Tape, E-Meter and books shipments if to the Central

      Org (not HCO) in the same column as 10%.




        5. Total the columns at the bottom when it is reached.




        6. Use foreign currencies dollars and their national currency for

      left hand column.




        7. Use pounds Sterling always in right hand column.




        Just because you are sending them a bill is no reason to total.




        An HCO organizational Statements Sheet contains:




        1. All debits and credits cumulative at the top.




        2. All debits in the left hand column in their National currency.




        3. All receipts in the right hand column in pounds Sterling.




        4. Every book, tape and E-Meter invoice of our shipment goes in

      left hand




        column with date and item.




        5. 33 1/3% of all Franchise money they have collected (S.A.,

      Australia, New




        Zealand only).




        6. 50% of every special course or Congress gross.




        If statements do not now reflect this, at least get a current

      statement going without a top summary. This avoids backlog.




        Catch up backlog by filing, not by recording. When all filing is

      done as above, then do a complete Statements Sheet.




        Never record before you file. Never short cut or add to above

      procedure.




        No further "books" or files or notations should exist in the

      Income Division. If they do, something is being done wrong.




        To lose track or to not have this system costs HCO WW a very

      large amount of money. Without money nobody can be paid at HCO WW,

      even the Accounts Department.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:imj.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      189







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1962




                            PART-TIME STAFF AND OVER-

                                     TIME

                           (For St Hill Staff only)




        Recently several upsets and emergencies have arisen over

      salaries. These upsets and emergencies have occurred because wages

      are collected from the Bank on Thursday afternoon or Friday morning

      in order for wage packets to be made up, but reports of overtime or

      exact number of hours of work done in the week were not submitted

      in time for inclusion in the wages cheque. These upsets and errors

      arose through poor timing and administration. In order to provide a

      service to you that is workable with the minimum or no upset or

      emergencies the following Policy will be in force from Friday, 21

      September 1962.




        PART-TIME STAFF




        Part-time staff will be employed for a minimum number of hours

      per week. These hours are fixed and will therefore allow us to pay

      that person a fixed wage each week. Any work done in excess of

      these minimum hours will be called "Overtime" and as such will be

      paid the following week.




        OVERTIME




        Overtime will not be paid in the week in which it is earned, but

      will be paid the following week.




        OVERTIME CLAIMS




        Any person claiming Overtime must fill in a time sheet and hand

      this time sheet to their Dept Head by Friday 12.00 (noon). The Dept

      Head will then make out the required Purchase Order for signature

      of LRH or MSH (provided the work was authorized and a true record)

      which must be submitted before the 1.30 p.m. basket post collection

      of that day. Upon receipt of the signed Purchase Order the accounts

      dept will draw the money due and pay it out the following Friday.




        The purpose of this Policy Letter is to enable the accounts

      department to provide you with a service. Give us the data in time

      and we can give you the service.




      Issued by: H G. Parkhouse HCO

      Treasurer WW for

      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      190







      Sthil




         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

      OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,

      Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 OCTOBER 1962




                                 SIGNING POs AND

                                     CHEQUES




        Effective immediately, Peter Hemery is authorized to sign routine

      cheques and Purchase Orders.




        All cheques and Purchase Orders should now be routed direct to

      Peter Hemery via the normal comm lines.




        Weekly account breakdowns and the monthly bills statement should

      be routed as before to me and Mary Sue Hubbard, and to Peter Hemery

      in addition.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                          HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                     Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1962

      Sthil

                                    ACCOUNTS

                                  IRREGULARITIES




        Specific, precise and definite policy in policy letters govern

      Accounts Income and Accounts Disbursement at Saint Hill.




        The only reason someone would not follow these simple procedures

      and think other procedures were needful would lie in a failure to

      examine the policy letters.




        If Saint Hill Disbursements and Income Systems are not followed

      to the letter, we could be cost hundreds of needless expenditures

      and gain a poor credit rating all because of careless accounting

      practice.




        Henceforth, if I find at any time that accounts policies are not

      being followed and legible records are not being kept, I shall

      dismiss all persons at once from that department and acquire new

      staff.




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      191







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1964

      sthil

                    PAYMENT OF MONIES FOR OVERTIME AND/OR

                                   MATERIEL




        All Staff are asked to note that no payments can be made, for

      overtime (where applicable) or materials, unless a Purchase Order

      for same is submitted to, and approved by, the Saint Hill

      Administrator.




        In the case of overtime, such Purchase Orders must tally with the

      time sheet which must also be submitted in respect of the overtime.




        For materials, Purchase Orders MUST be submitted, and approved,

      BEFORE a purchase is made, and the APPROXIMATE cost AND THE PURPOSE

      of the materials must be stated on the Purchase Order-or the exact

      cost is to be stated, if it is known.




        The correct use of the Purchase Order system is essential to the

      financial "health" of Saint Hill, and it is therefore very

      important to all Staff-in the interests of their own security as

      employees-to help in preserving that "health".




        PLEASE NOTE, THEREFORE: ACCOUNTS-PERSONNEL ARE NOT EMPOWERED TO

      PAY OUT ANY MONIES FOR OVERTIME OR MATERIALS UNLESS A PURCHASE

      ORDER FOR SAME HAS BEEN SUBMITTED AND APPROVED. FURTHER, AS FROM

      THIS DATE, ANY EMPLOYEE MAKING A PURCHASE OF MATERIALS WITHOUT

      FIRST HAVING AN APPROVED PURCHASE ORDER, RENDERS HIMSELF OR HERSELF

      LIABLE TO PAY - BY WAGE-DEDUCTIONS - FOR SUCH MATERIALS.




      LRH:dr.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: Saint Hill Administrator

      Re-statement of existing policy.

      Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1964

      HCO (WW) Ltd

      HCO (Sthil) Ltd

      Scn Library & Res Ltd




                                CONTRACTS AND

                                   SERVICES




        Contracts for services require the signed approval of the

      Executive Director.




        No existing contract may be extended for purposes beyond its

      original intention without the signed approval of the Executive

      Director.




        All types of contractual relations between the corporation and

      other companies, firms, banks, or individuals are included.

      Solicitors, service companies, architects, banks, typewriter

      service, lift service, etc. and any other type of binding contract

      involving expense to the corporation are included.




        Particularly included are contractors to be engaged for

      construction of any kind or services connected with construction.




        The Completed Staff Work and any papers for signature must

      accompany all requests for contractual approval.






        No requests for contractual approval will be entertained unless

      passed upon in the affirmative by the administrative head of the

      corporation requesting.




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      192







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MAY 1964




      Sthil Students

      Saint Hill.




                                  TRANSPORT




        Students desiring noon transport week days from Saint Hill to

      East Grinstead at noon and return at 12.50 may have it by procuring

      an invoice from the Income Section costing 5 shillings per week.




        The invoice should be plainly dated and displayed to the driver

      on departure from




        The reason for the charge is the limited transport space

      available.




        There is no charge for staff members.




      LRH:gl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1964

      Sthil

                                  TRANSPORT

                  (Adds to HCO Policy Letter of May 8, 1964)




        Regarding HCO Policy Letter of May 8, 1964, it should be clearly

      understood that there is no contract to carry passengers on the

      staff bus for fares.




        The 5/- payment by students should be invoiced by Accounts as a

      contribution to the upkeep of the bus. The student is then

      privileged to ride on the bus as and when available for one week.




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. Ron Hubbard




                                      193







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1964




      Sthil Staff Only




                                  STAFF BONUSES




                        (Effective Monday July 6, 1964)




        The following trial bonus plan is hereby released, to be

      effective from Monday July 6, 1964, and if found effective will be

      confirmed from that date.




        DEFINITIONS:




        HEAD OF DEPARTMENT:




        Head of a Production Department and of only that Production

      Department regardless of other appointments or appearance of name

      on the Organization Board.




        DEPARTMENT STAFF MEMBER:




        A member of a Production Department staff as posted on the

      Organization Board as different from a unit staff member.






        UNIT STAFF MEMBER:




        A staff member who is not a member of a production department but

      appears somewhere else on the Organization Board.




        THE ORGANIZATION SECRETARY:




        The person in general charge of all departments and units and the

      organization at Saint Hill, as listed on the Organization Board.




        THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR:




        The person in charge of all Scientology Organizations including

      Saint Hill.




        GENERAL BONUS:




        An amount of money paid in excess of salary on a six months or

      yearly basis.




        CHRISTMAS BONUS:




        One week's salary formerly paid at the discretion of the

      Executive Director at Christmas time and which is cancelled by this

      directive in favour of a larger and different bonus.




        NET PROFIT:




        The "net profit" of an organization is the amount an organization

      makes above its income that is then paid out to directors or

      stockholders as a profit. Net profit forms no. part of this

      directive or its calculations, and the general bonus is not paid on

      the basis of net profit as Saint Hill is not run on a profit basis.

      Net Profit also means taxable profit, which is not part of the

      plan, being a matter of accountancy.




                                      194







        CASH DIFFERENTIAL:




        This is a phrase used to describe the difference between what a

      department or organization receives in income and what it directly

      spends in costs. It does not include funds for research or the

      support of non-profit activities, gifts, royalties or other

      matters. It is a clean statement of SO many pounds received due to

      a department's or an organization's activities less how many pounds

      that department or organization spent for salaries, materials,

      supplies, printing, advertising, maintenance and a general share of

      quarters, utilities, and general service.




        DEPARTMENTAL CASH DIFFERENTIAL:




        The exact difference between the cash received by or for a

      Production Department and the cash spent by or on behalf of that

      department plus its share of the general cost, so long as the

      result shows receipts greater than expenses.




        ORGANIZATION CASH DIFFERENTIAL:




        Same as the Departmental Cash Differential but for the whole,

      organization.




        GENERAL SHARE:




        The cost of all personnel and activities which are not assigned

      to Production Departments.




        NEGATIVE CASH DIFFERENTIAL:




        Where a department or the organization receives less cash than

      its costs. In this the general share is taken into account as well

      as direct costs.




        ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE:




        Research, general managerial and administrative expenses on a

      broader basis are not included in Cash Differentials, thus making

      the Cash Differential quite different from "net profit". Thus we

      are not concerned with the corporate accounts but only with cash

      income and cash expenses in the bonus plan.




                                 DESCRIPTION




        At the end of every six months period, those staff members who

      have been with the organization for one year will receive a bonus

      based on certain percentages of the cash differential of a

      department or the organization.




        Those heads of departments who are in charge of Production

      Departments will receive 20% of the cash differential for that

      period, based on weeks, they are or have been the head of that

      department, providing the post was occupied for more than six

      months and providing that they have been with the organization in

      any capacity a full year and that they remain in any capacity with

      the organization for a minimum of six months after having ceased to

      be head of that department. A fraction of a six months period, in

      cases of removal as head of department before six months have been

      served is not then payable as such after removal and only for those

      weeks actually in charge of that department. This applies only to

      Production Departments, not to units.




        The staff member employed in a production department receives his

      share of 10% of that Department's Departmental Cash Differential.

      The exact share is arrived at by taking 10% of that Department's

      Departmental Cash Differential and dividing it by the number of

      staff members in that department who have been with the

      organization for one year. In case of a partial period with one

      department the bonus is paid on the basis of weeks of service in

      that department, the weeks being those actually served and the

      bonus being based generally on the cash differential of those weeks

      and the number of staff members in that department at that time.




                                      195







        A staff member who is a member of a unit, not a department,

      receives his or her share of 5% of the Organizational Cash

      Differential for the weeks in the six months employed on a unit,

      providing the unit staff member remains with the organization.

      Where a staff member is transferred from a unit to a Production

      Department the unit bonus is paid for the weeks on a unit and the

      Production Department bonus is paid for those actual weeks in the

      Production Department. A unit staff member's share is calculated by

      taking the Organization Cash Differential for any week and dividing

      it by the number of unit staff members on staff at that time.




        To arrive at a weekly departmental Cash Differential for any one

      department one takes the weeks of that month, adds the total cash

      receipts of the department for that month, subtracts the salaries

      and bills of that department and its general share for that month

      and divides the difference between receipts and expenses by 4 or 5

      depending on whether the month covered more nearly 4 weeks or 5

      weeks, a fact which averages. This becomes the Cash Differential

      Percentage for that week for that department. The actual

      calculation is done by that department.




        Similarly the Organization Cash Differential for any given week

      in the year is determined by adding up the cash receipts of the

      organization and its expenses for a month and dividing it by 4 or 5

      as above.




        The Organization Secretary receives 10% of the Organizational

      Cash Differential.




        The head of Department One receives no bonus and staff members of

      Department One are considered Unit Members except where they also

      belong to other departments




        A full time staff member is one who works a minimum of 40 hours

      in a week, not including the lunch hour. A part time staff member

      is one who works less than 40 hours a week. A bonus is calculated

      and paid on the basis of a full time staff member Part time staff

      members, regardless of what part of the 40 hour week worked are

      counted as half a bonus, and are paid half a bonus. In calculating

      the amount of the bonus part time staff members are used as half a

      staff member.




        No bonus is paid anyone for weeks he is on vacation or out sick

      for any part of the week, or weeks in which any part of a day was

      taken off.




        No person may receive a general bonus for two or more departments

      or a unit and a department share for the same week.




        The existence of the bonus in no way deprives management of

      transferring or dismissing personnel at its own discretion.




        All existing bonus or commission arrangements including the

      Christmas Bonus are cancelled.




        No monies received by myself personally or not paid for actual

      service or commodity given by the Saint Hill Organization form no

      part of this bonus plan. It applies only to cash received for

      service or commodities delivered at or by Saint Hill, such as

      Training books or percentages for service. It does not include US

      organization percentages.




        Any liability for Income Tax by reason of general bonus lies

      entirely with the receiving individual and not with the

      organization and acceptance of a general bonus is accepted only

      with this condition.




        The organization takes no responsibility for any matters of tax

      on the bonus and must report it when paid, by law.




        No advances on bonus owing will be paid.




        Heads of departments who serve less than 6 months in that

      capacity will be paid




                                      196







      only on the unit staff member basis from the percentage he would

      otherwise receive, and if departing from employ forfeits bonus.




        The General Bonus comes under the heading of a gift and is not

      owed to the employee as it forms no part of his work contract. This

      scheme may be altered or withdrawn at any time by the Organization

      at its discretion.




        It will be found that 3% of a Departmental Cash Differential is

      quite a sizeable




        It will also be found that 2% of a Departmental Cash Differential

      is a very goodly amount even when divided by the number of persons

      on that department's staff (less the head of department).




        It will also be found that 2% of the Organizational Cash

      Differential divided by unit staff members will be found to be a

      very nice amount of money. It does not matter whether they are in

      Department One or a unit as they would be part of the same bonus

      system even though domestic was transferred out of Department One.




        This is my answer to your rising living costs, tax troubles,

      desires to make more money and have a bigger share in things.




        If you make more money in a Department or help the organization

      make money by doing your job or promoting better or working harder

      and help the organization do its work at less cost, then you will

      receive your ample share of that difference. The earning potential

      of Saint Hill is high.




        If at the end of the first 3 months period this system is found

      ineffective or undesirable, it will be cancelled and no bonus for

      the trial period of 3 months will be paid, but if found effective

      and workable it will be confirmed and paid from July 6, 1964.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.oden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      197







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 1964




      Sthil Staff only

                                     BONUS




        In accordance with the last paragraph of HCO Policy Letter of 26

      June 1964, the Bonus System is modified as per this Policy Letter.




        All departments and the organization were deeply in debt as per

      July 6, 1964. This fact was only known partially at that time. In

      the ensuing months large numbers of bills were discovered and paid

      that had not been suspected.




        In April, when I resumed active management, the organization had

      been permitted to sink in very deep.




        Industrious promotion and reorganization in the following months

      began to bear fruit and when Mrs. Hubbard took over as Organization

      Secretary in mid-June and began to reorganize the actual activities

      of each department, the organization climbed well out of the crisis

      area.




        Thanks to the co-operation of each staff member and his or her

      excellent work in the past few months, expenses have fallen and

      income has risen.




        As we still have a long way to go before any department or the

      organization is out of the red, the bonus plan as such cannot yet

      be put into full effect as there is no excess with which to pay it.




        However, because the staff has co-operated so very well and done

      such a fine job helping us handle this, even though it drops the

      financial position back a bit, Mrs. Hubbard and I wish to show our

      gratitude by:




        1. restoring the Christmas bonus as per the original policy

      letter covering it so that the staff will at least have a bonus at

      Christmas, and




        2. doubling that bonus just to show that we really do appreciate

      the splendid effort everyone is making.




        Our review of the situation, undertaken on the 16th, shows that

      in September 1965, the organization, continuing at the same level

      of economy and income, will be level and able to pay a bonus from

      its overages, which should then exist.




        However, with good work and co-operation and great care in

      economy on the part of everyone, that date can be brought back many

      months, perhaps even to April 1965.




        When that date is reached, a bonus system based on a percentage

      of an easily computed ratio between amount owed and disbursed and

      amount received, will be put into effect for departments and

      general staff. As we are daily improving our effectiveness and as

      new promotional plans for overseas are right now going into effect,

      we should do very well if we all pull together.




        Meanwhile we hope you will have a Merry Christmas.




      LRH:jw.pm.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      198







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 NOVEMBER 1965




      St Hill only




                      TRANSFERS FROM SHSBC TO SOLO AUDIT

                                    COURSE




        Students wishing to transfer from the SHSBC to the Solo Audit

      Course may do so




        Only with permission of LRH.




        Full credit is allowed for any sums not consumed by the Saint

      Hill Special




        Briefing Course.




        Compute as follows-Number of weeks on SHSBC times �11.9.2

      subtracted from






        �275 equals amount to be credited toward the Solo Audit Course.




      LRH:ml.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. Ron Hubbard




                                      199







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JANUARY 1966




      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Applies to SH only

      Registrars

      Cashier

      Invoicing and

      Qual Div

      Info other orgs

                              CREDIT AND DISCOUNTS






                                   DISCOUNTS




        Relatives of staff and students are not entitled to discounts.




        Discounts are not additive on courses and processing. A person

      does not get a 50% discount as a student and then 50% of that as a

      staff member. Only one discount counts at a time. Also one cannot

      have a 50% discount as a student or staff member and then 20% more

      as a Life Member.




        The person receives only one discount on courses and processing.

      It may however be the largest single discount to which he is

      entitled.




        At Saint Hill Membership discounts count only on sales items such

      as books, insignia, meters. But if a student discount also exists

      it is not added to. The largest single discount only is given.




                                DEBIT INVOICES




        Students and pcs may not be extended into unpaid courses or hours

      of processing by debit invoice. When a person's paid processing is

      consumed, and he requires more he or she pays for it before being

      given more.




                                  ORG CREDIT




        Only credit for the Interneship was given to some orgs.




        No other courses or intensives are given for credit to org staff

      from other orgs.




        The Org Executive Course is awarded occasionally by SEC ED.

      Otherwise it is paid for.




        When an org has been given special credit for a certain Saint

      Hill service it is in writing and specifically arranged by the

      Executive Director beforehand. Unless this evidence is presented no

      org gets any credit.




                               CREDIT PROCESSING




        No further credit pcs, in whole or in part, will be accepted at

      Saint Hill, excepting only those specifically promised credit in

      writing or booked as credit pcs prior to this date.




        As with courses, processing is paid in full in advance.




        Further processing must also be paid in full in advance.




                                    QUAL CREDIT




        Qualifications (Review) actions may he signed up for credit hut

      only to the sum




        No certificates or awards are issued until a person has an

      Accounts Clearance marked paid in full at Saint Hill.




        COURSE CREDIT




        Credit for courses has never been permitted at Saint Hill.




        No Saint Hill course may be had on any credit, part or full. This

      applies to the SHSBC, the Solo Audit Course and the Clearing

      Course.




                                    REASON




        No organization can exist extending credit in vast quantities and

      the policy at Saint Hill has always been no credit.




        Therefore anyone extending credit at Saint Hill for Courses or

      the HGC Service after this date is liable to an Ethics charge of a

      crime as it is detrimental to the survival of this organization no

      matter what arrangements are made.




        Aside from material reasons when we give credit service-training

      and processing - we deny full attention to those who are paying.

      Thus we cannot but give poorer service all around if we give credit

      service




        Our purpose in this is to keep service quality at Saint Hill very

      very high. To do that we have to provide that service When we give

      credit, we spread ourselves too thin for quality.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. Ron Hubbard




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1966

                                 Issue II

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      SH only

      SH students

      Info other orgs

                                  CREDIT




                        (Modifies HCO Policy Letter

                      6 Jan 66 Credit and Discounts)




        Credit may be extended for Review actions without limit.




        Credit may be extended for small Tech and Qual Division

      specialities like S & D or Rehab when a person is ordered to it.




        Credit may not be extended for major courses or Power Processing

      Intensives.




        Credit is extended staff for their courses and unawarded

      processing and is deducted normally from weekly pay.




        Credit is extended to Orgs for Interneship but only when

      specifically arranged with the org itself by the Executive

      Director.




        No other credit is extended orgs.




        Orgs do not have to pay for awarded Executive Courses but have to

      pay any travel or living expenses involved.




        No certificate or award may be issued unless suitable financial

      arrangements have been made and an accounts clearance is then shown

      by the applicant.




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. Ron Hubbard




                                      201







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 FEBRUARY 1966

      Remimeo

      SH and WW only

      Executive Hats

      All HCO Mail Point Hats

      All 'Phone Point Hats

      To be enforced by

      Dir Comm and Ethics




                                   IMPORTANT




                            LEGAL, TAX, ACCOUNTANT

                                      AND

                              SOLICITOR, MAIL AND

                                 LEGAL OFFICER




        There is all manner of legal type letters, government letters,

      accounting notices, assessments and such and phone calls received

      by persons in the org and this Pol Ltr FORBIDS it being routed all

      over the org to anyone and everyone.




                       IT ALL GOES TO THE LEGAL OFFICER




        I don't care who it is addressed to, or who is being called for

      if it looks or sounds lawyer or legal or tax or T & C Planning or

      Council or anything like legal or government IT MAY NOT BE ROUTED

      TO ITS ADDRESSEE but must FIRST go to the Legal Officer only.




        Anyone found holding or receiving or finding any legal or tax or

      planning matter or letter or phone call without its being routed

      first and at once to the Legal Officer will be reported at once to

      Ethics and Ethics is to hold a hearing.




        The Legal Officer is hereby authorized to have a clerk. The clerk

      is to keep legal files and is to receive all such legal matters,

      letters, summonses, etc.




        The Legal Clerk may then Xerox a copy and send the copy only to

      the addressee. But must keep the original and must show it to the

      Legal Officer before even a copy is sent.




        ALL OUTGOING MAIL to attorneys, tax creds, the alleged

      government, the Council, etc. AND A FULL RECORD OF EVERY VERBAL

      CONFERENCE ON SUCH MATTERS must be sent to the Legal Officer BEFORE

      MAILING or before being held binding and must not be sealed or

      ratified before so sending it to the Legal Officer.




        NO STENO may mail a legal type letter or get it signed unless it

      is FIRST SENT TO THE LEGAL OFFICER FOR OK.




        Without that okay it may not be signed or mailed.




        No officer, executive or person in the organization may make

      legal contacts or commitments or arrangements that are not approved

      by the Legal Officer.




        Any phone or Telex operator receiving a request from an Executive

      for a legal or government outgoing connection must route it instead

      to the Legal Officer.




        RECEPTION MUST ROUTE ALL LEGAL TYPE BODIES ONLY TO THE LEGAL

      OFFICER AND TO NOBODY ELSE EVER.




        Note: The government is so dispersed it mails anyone's mail to

      anybody (absolute fact) and the most dangerous notices may get sent

      to the most unlikely places and parts of the org. In the recent

      accountancy emergency it was conclusively proven that a suppressive

      always selects wrong targets and that includes wrong addressees.

      The most vital notices were being sent to anyone whose name was

      handy.




                               THE LEGAL OFFICER




        The purpose of the Legal Officer is to help LRH handle every

      legal, government, suit, accounting and tax contact or action for

      the organization and by himself or employed representative, to

      protect the organization and its people from harm and to bring the

      greatest possible confusion and loss to its enemies.




                                      202




        This purpose can only be carried out if every piece of mail

      incoming and outgoing that has to do with legal matters, tax

      matters, Town and Country Planning matters, government matters,

      solicitor matters of any kind passes through his hands and is

      fitted by him into the tactics and strategy agreed upon or

      formulated by the Legal Section.




        The Legal Officer may not take direct orders from anyone but

      myself, Policy Letters and SEC EDs, and obstructing him in the

      performance of his duty is a crime and must be followed by a

      Committee of Evidence.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. Ron Hubbard




      To be enforced by LEGAL, TAX, ACCOUNTANT AND SOLICITOR

      Dir Comm & Ethics MAIL INCOMING AND OUT-GOING

      (Amends HCO Policy Letter of 3 February 1966)







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 OCTOBER 1966

      Remimeo

      SH & WW only

      Exec Hats

      All HCO Mail

      Point Hats

      All HCO Phone

      Point Hats




                                   IMPORTANT




        Any legal, accounting or governmental communication must be

      Xeroxed (duplicated) upon receipt with copies sent to the Guardian

      WW, the Board of Directors and the addressee BEFORE the original is

      routed to the Legal Officer. The responsibility for such Xeroxing

      and routing is directly that of the Internal Comm Flow Section.




        This responsibility for routing and informing of all terminals

      involved by Xerox copies is being turned over to the Internal Comm

      Flow Section as it has been seen that a breakdown within the Legal

      Section itself can cause urgent matters to be neglected and

      unhandled. This, therefore, changes the HCO Policy Letter of 3



      February, 1966 where such Xeroxing was the responsibility of the

      Legal Clerk.




        No legal, accounting, or governmental communication can leave the

      organization which has not been approved by the Legal Officer AND

      SIGNED BY THE SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. A copy of such

      communications is sent to the Guardian WW and to the addressee.

      This changes HCO Policy Letter of 3 February, 1966 in which the

      Legal Officer approved such Communications and such communications

      were then signed by the originating terminal. Now, no matter who

      originates such a communication, it is to be signed only by the

      Secretary of the Board of Directors as a communication from the

      Board of Directors, all Directors knowing about such.




        In this way the Guardian WW, the Board of Directors, and the

      addressee can be certain that ALL incoming matters of a legal,

      accounting, or governmental nature have been received and handled

      and that outgoing communications on these subjects are according to

      policy.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:Ib-r.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      203







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                                       ,

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1966

                                   Issue III

      Saint Hill

      Only




                             BONUSES FOR SERVICE

                                   DELIVERY

                         (Effective 25 February 1966)




                                 TECH BONUSES

                          Staff Auditors and Internes




        Every HGC completion passed by the Qual Examiner awards the staff

      auditor who completed that, a bonus of �1.




        Additionally each HGC completion awards the Case Supervisor, D of

      P and Tech Sec 2 shillings each.




        Course Supervisors




        Every Course completion passed by the Qual Examiner awards the

      Course Supervisor under which it was done �1 for each certificate

      or class awarded by Qual.




        Additionally 5 shillings is awarded the D of T and the Tech Sec

      each for every completion, (certificate or classification) awarded

      by Qual.




                                 QUAL BONUSES

                                  Pc Examiner




        Every pc completion flunked and sent to Review for Review

      auditing awards the Preclear Examiner �1.




        Additionally the Qual Sec and Director of Review are awarded 5s.

      each.




        Additionally each pc completion successfully completed by a

      Review Auditor awards that auditor �1.






        Student Examiner




        Every student flunked by the Qual Student Examiner awards that

      examiner �1 for every student sent to Cramming.




        Additionally the Director of Review and the Qual Sec get 5

      shillings each for each student flunk.




        Additionally the Cramming Supervisor who completes the student so

      that the Examiner will pass him receives �1.




                               Dir Tech Services




        The Director of Tech Services gets 10% of the total student and

      pc sum awarded the Tech Division each week.




                             Dir Certs and Awards

      The Director of Certs and Awards in Qual is awarded 10% of the

      total Qual Bonuses awarded each week.




                                      204







                              CLAIMS AND DISPUTES




        All Claims and Disputes must be referred to the Director of

      Inspection and Reports, HCO, who may Convene a Board or hear

      personally all disputes arising because of the bonus arrangements

      in this Sec ED.




        A False Claim for bonus only may be referred to Ethics. Otherwise

      no dispute because of these Bonus Arrangements may be made a matter

      of Ethics.




        Any disputants must abide by the decision of the HCO Area

      Secretary acting through the Director of Inspection and Reports.




                               OTHER DIVISIONS




        It is obvious that if Results in service are improved by this

      Bonus System all other staff members in all other Divisions will

      benefit by less frequent emergencies and more frequent affluences

      as technical service quality monitors income.




                               RIGHTS TO BONUS




        These bonuses are not a right. Voluntarily extended, the - system

      may be withdrawn without notice by the Executive Director.




        No pay claims may be made on the org by reason of this bonus or

      errors therein and no error may become a matter for "back pay".




        Those receiving such bonuses by accepting them agree to this

      clause.




                          NON-PAYING PCS OR STUDENTS




        This Bonus System is not extended to cover non-paying pcs or

      students.




                                 CALCULATION




        As all completions are invoiced in Qual, the Disbursement Section

      must receive copies of all such invoices which clearly state what

      they are and must evolve a ready accounting system to care for

      their payment.




        Disbursement must be careful not to pay doubly on the same person

      at the same time, pc or student, to both Tech and Qual.




        The Org Sec. Tech Sec and Qual Sec form a Committee to establish

      and correct the methods of calculation of these bonuses.




        The bonuses are paid one week late in every case. The wages and

      tax of the recipients is adjusted each week accordingly.




        All bonus records become part of the pay file of the recipients,

      and methods of duplicating records to permit cross filing must be

      evolved.




        The Bonus Week runs the same as the Accounting Week;




        Thurs 2.0 p.m. to




        Thurs 2.0 p.m.




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      205







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1966

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      St Hill Only




                               BONUSES ADJUSTED

                  (Correction to Bonuses For service Delivery

                        HCO Pol Ltr of 10th Feb 1966)




                                      HGC




        1. Internes are awarded 30/-d for successfully completing a

      preclear to Grade V without re-assignment. For completing a

      preclear to Grade VA - �1.




        2. Internes are awarded 10/-d for rehabilitating a pc to any

      Grade of Release, which is passed by the Examiner.




        3. 10/-d for each S & D successfully completed. There will be a

      two week delay on claims for S & Ds complete, and evidence must be

      presented to the Examiner that the pc has not Roller Coasted in

      that period.




        4. Where an auditor is re-assigned on Grade V, the auditor who

      completes the pc successfully will be awarded 15/-d. Where an

      auditor is re-assigned on VA, the auditor who completes is awarded

      10/-d.




        5. Auditing a pc to Release on Levels 0 to IV �1 each level.




                                    REVIEW




        1. Review auditor completing a pc on Grade V - �1.




        2. Review auditor completing a pc on Grade VA - 10/-d.




        3. Completing a pc who has flunked a Grade check 0 to IV - 10/-d.




                                   CRAMMING




        Cramming Officer is awarded 10/-d for each student passing his

      first re-exam. If he flunks re-exam no bonus awarded.






                                 EXAMINATIONS




        Pc Examiner is awarded 10/-d for each HGC pc flunked and 5/0d for

      any subsequent re-flunk when the pc comes from Review.




        Student Examiner is awarded 10/-d for each student flunked and

      5/-d for any flunk on a student coming for re-exam from Cramming.




                                    COURSE




        Dir of Tech Services is awarded 5% of the total student and pc

      sum awarded the Tech Division each week.




        Dir of Certs & Awards is awarded 5% of the total Qual Bonuses

      awarded each week.




        Course Supervisors are awarded �1 for each student successfully

      passing Exam for Certification Classification, and Clear Checkout.




        Course Supervisor is awarded 2/-d for each Grade VI passed by

      Examiner.




        Other bonuses are unchanged.




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      206







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JULY 1966




      Sthil

      Only

      All Staff




                              DISMISSAL OF STAFF




        When a Staff Member is dismissed, he or she must be given:




        1. One week's notice if employed continuously for more than one

      week, and up to one year; or given one week's pay in lieu of

      notice.




        Two weeks' notice if employed continuously for 2 years or more;

      or given two weeks' pay in lieu of notice.




        3. Four weeks' notice if employed continuously for 5 years or

      more; or given four weeks' pay in lieu of notice.




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 AUGUST 1966

                                   Issue II

      GenNon-Remimeo

      St Hill

      Only




                               BONUSES ADJUSTED

                       (An amendment and an addition to

                        HCO Policy Letter 9 May 1966)




        The Clearing Course Supervisor is awarded �1/10/0 and the

      Assistant Clearing Course Supervisor is awarded 10/-d for each

      student successfully passing the Clear check-out.




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      207







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966

           (Cancels HCO Policy Letter of 12 January 1966, Issue II)




      Gen Non-Remimeo

      St Hill only

      Receptionist

      Org Div

      All Personnel

                               INVOICE ROUTING




                            All Invoicing Stations




        Invoice copies are distributed as follows:




        WHITE




        PINK




        YELLOW




        To the customer.




        To the department concerned with the service or item purchased.




        Debit and credit invoices are kept in the Department of Income

      for collection purposes.




             YELLOW   -NOT debit or credit invoices for students and pcs

      are routed to Address then to CF via Reception, so that Reception

      can check the invoices against the In the Org List. Other not debit

      or credit are routed from Address straight to CF.




             BLUE




             GREEN




      LRH:rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        To the Department of Records, Assets and Materiel for record

      purposes.




        Consecutive series to be kept in the machine until the end of the

      accounting week.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




        [Note: HCO P/L 12 January 1966, Issue II. invoice Routing,

      differed from the above as follows it gave 1 January 1966 as the

      starting date for the system, an said "YELLOW - NOT debit or credit

      invoices are routed to Address and then CF."3




                                      208







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 OCTOBER 1966

                                   Issue II




      Sthil Only

                                    BONUSES




                 REVIEW AUDITORS, STAFF AUDITORS AND INTERNED




        Review Auditors, Staff Auditors and Internes are awarded for each

      completion as passed by the Qual Preclear Examiner as follows: -




        10/-  Per Grade Rehab, S & D, Assist or Sec Check




        20/- Per audited Grade of Release - 0, I, II, III, IV or VA




             30/-  Per audited Grade V Release.




        Further, Review Auditors, Staff Auditors and Internes are fined

      for each completion failed by the Qual Preclear Examiner as per the

      scale above.




                    COURSE SUPERVISORS AND CRAMMING OFFICER




        Every course completion passed by the Qual Student Examiner

      awards the Course Supervisor or Cramming Officer under whom it was

      done 20/- for each certificate or class awarded by Qual or a 20/-

      fine for each certificate or class failed by the Qual Student

      Examiner.




                                   TECH SEC




        The Tech Sec is awarded a bonus of 10/- for each Completion on a

      rising graph and no bonus for any completion on a falling graph,

      this graph being the total completions of preclear and student

      examinations passed by Qual for the week.




                          CASE SUPERVISOR AND D OF P




        The Case Supervisor and the D of P are each awarded a bonus of

      5/- for each completion on a rising graph and no bonus for any

      completions on a falling graph, this graph being the total HGC

      completions passed by Qual for the week.




                                     D OF T




        The D of T is awarded a bonus of 5/- for each completion on a

      rising graph and no bonus for any completion on a falling graph,

      this graph being the total completions of students examined and

      passed by the Qual Student Examiner for the week.




                               DIR TECH SERVICES




        The Director of Tech Services is awarded a bonus of 5/- for each

      completion on a rising graph and no bonus for any completion on a

      falling graph, this graph being the total completions of preclear

      and student examinations passed by Qual for the week.




                                   QUAL SEC




        The Qual Sec is awarded a bonus of 1/- for each �1/-/- rise in

      income on a rising graph and no bonus for any income on a falling

      graph, this graph being the total monies collected for Qual

      Services performed for the week.




                                 DIR OF REVIEW




        The Director of Review gets an award of 5/- for each completion

      on a rising graph and no bonus for any completions on a falling

      graph, this graph being the total completions of preclears and

      students handled in Review by the Case Section or the Cramming

      Section and passed by Qual Examiners.




                      QUAL PRECLEAR AND STUDENT EXAMINER




        The Qual Preclear and the Qual Student Examiner are each awarded

      a 5/- bonus for each preclear flunked on a rising statistic and no

      bonus for any preclear flunked on a falling statistic for the Qual

      Preclear Examiner or a 5/- bonus for each student on a




                                      209







      rising statistic and no bonus for any student on a falling statistic

      for the Qual Student Examiner.




                            DIR OF CERTS AND AWARDS




        The Dir of Certs and Awards is awarded a bonus of 6d for each

      �1/-/- rise in income on a rising graph and no bonus for any income

      on a falling graph, this graph being the total monies collected for

      Qual Services performed for the week.




                              CLAIMS AND DISPUTES




        All claims and disputes must be referred to the Director of

      Inspections and Reports, HCO, who may convene a Board or hear

      personally all disputes arising because of the bonus arrangements.




        A false claim for bonus may only be referred to Ethics, otherwise

      no dispute because of these bonus arrangements may be made a matter

      of Ethics.




        Any disputants must abide by the decision of the HCO Area

      Secretary acting through the Dir of Inspections and Reports.




                                RIGHTS TO BONUS




        These bonuses are not a right. Voluntarily extended, the system

      may be withdrawn without notice.




        No pay claims may be made on the org by reason of this bonus or

      errors therein and no error may become a matter for "back pay".




        Those receiving such bonuses by accepting them agree to this

      clause.




                           NON-PAYING PCS OR STUDENTS




        This Bonus System is not extended to cover non-paying pcs or

      students.




                                  CALCULATION




        As all completions are invoiced in Qual, the Disbursement Section

      must receive copies of all such invoices which clearly state what

      they are and must evolve a ready accounting system to care for

      their payment.




        Disbursement must be careful not to pay doubly on the same person

      at the same time, pc or student, to both Tech and Qual.




        The Org Sec. Tech Sec and Qual Sec form a Committee to establish

      and correct the methods of calculation of these bonuses.




        The bonuses are paid one week late in every case. The wages and

      tax of the recipients is adjusted each week accordingly.




        All bonus records become part of the pay file of the recipients,

      and methods of duplicating records to permit cross filing must be

      evolved.




        The Bonus Week runs the same as the Accounting Week: -




      Thursday 2.00 p.m. to

      Thursday 2.00 p.m.




      LRH:Ib-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      210







      L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1966

      Sthil

      only




                        ADDENDUM TO HCO POLICY LETTER

                                      OF

                          17 OCTOBER 1966, "BONUSES"




        Fines for Review Auditors, Staff Auditors and Internes for each

      completion failed by the Qual Preclear Examiner as per the Scale

      given in HCO Policy Letter of October 17, 1966 may not exceed the

      weekly basic pay of the Review Auditor, Staff Auditor or Interne.




        Such excess fines are carried forward from week to week and

      deducted from bonuses awarded.




        It was never thought possible that any Saint Hill Auditor could

      possibly have more failed completions than passed completions in

      any given week; however, this policy establishes how such can be

      handled when it does occur.




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1967

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      WW Only




                               BONUSES ADJUSTED

                (Addition to HCO Policy Letter 17 October 1966

                    Issue II, Cancels HCO Policy Letter of

                          22 August 1966, Issue II)




        The Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses is awarded 10/- and the

      Clearing or OT Course Supervisor or Assistant Supervisor who

      supervised the case, is awarded 10/-  for each student successfully

      passing the Clear Check-out, and 15/- the Section I or Section II

      OT Check-out.




        Chief Supervisor Advanced Courses: Janet Guilford Qual Sec SH:

      Helen Pollen HCO Area Sec WW: Len Regenass Exec Council WW: Tony

      Dunleavy Eunice Ford LRH Comm WW: Ken Delderfield D/Guardian WW:

      Joan McNocher




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW



      for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      211







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1967




      St Hill only

      Treas Div




                       BLUE AND GREEN ACCOUNTS INVOICES




        (Amends HCO Policy Letter 13 October 1966 'Invoice Routing')




        Due to the expansion and volume of traffic through Saint Hill, it

      is not practical to clear the accounts invoice machines of green

      invoices once a week only. It is also impractical to bank weekly.

      These actions will now be done daily. The green invoices will be

      kept continuous and removed from the machines at the end of each

      day and at 2 p.m. Thursdays. The money will be removed from the

      machines at the same time (leaving only the float). The in-series

      green invoices are used for the banking record per HCO Policy

      Letter 13 January 1966. The additional set of invoices which are

      separated and used for income analysis by separating into income

      types is the Blue set and are placed in the folder with the green

      invoices and Bank deposit records at the end of each week.




        Blue invoices will be routed with FSM Commission routing forms

      per HCO Policy Letter 9 January 1967, 'FSM Administration in

      Organizations'. The costly and time consuming practice of Xeroxing

      these invoices is to cease. When the FSM commission cheques have

      been signed at the end of the week, the Disbursements Officer

      detaches the Blue invoices from the routing forms and delivers by

      hand to the Records Officer in the Dept of RAM for inclusion in the

      set. If for any reason the weekly income sheets from departments do

      not add up to the gross income for the week, the Blue invoices may

      be divided into boxes with adding machine tapes taken as a quick

      method of checking the income reports. The Blue invoices are then

      returned to the appropriate folder.




        In the event of an FSM commission payment being queried by the

      Cheque Signers, the Blue invoice will be detached on return to the

      Disbursements Officer at the end of the week and replaced by a

      Xerox copy.




        This resolves the confusions which have persisted on accounts

      invoice policy at Saint Hill since SH have been banking daily and

      returns invoice usage to the way it was when the extra (Blue) copy

      was introduced and HCO Policy of 13 January 1966 written.




                                Treasury Sec SH




      Qual Sec SH

      HCO Area Sec SH

      Advisory Council SH

      Executive Council SH




      LRH Comm SH

      Executive Council WW




      LRH Comm WW

      D/Guardian WW




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      212







      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD

      Founder




      : Brian Livingston

      : Helen Pollen

      : Bene Neal

      : Helen Pollen

      : Barbara Gentry

      J.J. Delance

      : Irene Dunleavy

      : Tony Dunleavy

      Eunice Ford

      : Ken Delderfield

      : Joan McNocher







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 NOVEMBER AD19

      Remimeo

      Public Divisions

      Hats

      Accounts Hats




                              PES ACCOUNT VERSUS

                               HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        Since the beginning of Scientology no real special allocation has

      ever been made to promotion that the Public Division could call

      their own. The "PES ACCOUNT" is now created based on the idea that:




        IF THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS MAKE IT THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS GET IT TO

      MAKE




        MORE OF IT.




        MONIES THAT GO INTO THE ACCOUNT




        Dept 16 Ethnics




        Dept 17 Public Planning




        Membership fees.




        "FSM Magazine" Sales




        Dept 18 Public Communication




        $1 or 5s per New Name to C/F. (Emphasize that it is someone who

      has actually bought something from the Org.)




        Dept 19 Public Contact




        Congress profits and 25% of all services (except Pub Div services

      which go 100% into the PES Account) sold on the congress floor for

      cash at that congress, plus 10% of all booksales made at the

      congress.




        Ron's Journal Congress = 40% of the Org's income rise plus 10% of

      the booksales made for the congress.




        25% of Org signups made from monthly film presentations, tape

      presentations, RJ weekly presentations, open evenings, and testing.




        Income from the test centres other than book sales which go to

      the HCO Book Account.




        Dept 20 Public Supervision




        HAS Course fees, HQS Course fees, Anatomy of the Human Mind

      Course fees, Franchise Training Course fees, Extension Course fees,

      Basic Management Course fees, Personal and Family Management Course

      fees. Children's Course fees.




        Dept 21 Success




        Review fees for any pc not passing the 2 Key Questions, 10% of

      Org signups made due to a success story and success book sales.




        Dept 22 Clearing




        5% of signups for every selectee arriving at the Org for

      services. Field membership renewal fees, 10% of profits made from

      public programmes actually co-ordinated by the Programme Officer.

      (The rest going to the Gung-ho Groups who earned it.)




        Dept 23 Expansion




        Profits made from special projects, 5% on signups made of every

      franchise selectee arriving at the Org.




                                      213







        Dept 24 Public Relations




        Donations, 10% of signups from persons brought in by PRO TV,

      Radio and press, Marriage counselling fees, Chaplain's Court fees.




                              USE OF THE ACCOUNT




        Public Divisions promotional mailings, congress promotion,

      congress hall rental, Public Events, financing test centres, or

      testing, service and PE lecture Ads, success story publications,

      membership cards and promotion, Public Programmes, Public Division

      magazine printing and posting, Continental Mag printing and

      posting, financing open evenings, PRO Appearances and PRO

      Activities. Note: FSM Commissions are NOT paid out of the PES

      Account.




                                    BONUSES




        Two percent of the monthly gross income to the account goes to



      the PES of the Org. 1/2% goes to the PES Continental. In the case

      of an AO the (c) does not apply.




                           ITEMS ALLOCATED FOR BY FP




        Income from the sale of the bookstore items such as scarves,

      Scientology jewelry, insignia may be applied for by the Dissem Sec

      for use in purchase of more such items and would be subject to

      approval or not by FP.




                                  SIGNATORIES




        The signatories to the account are the PES, PAS and the OES

      jointly. Singly LRH and MSH are made signatories. Jointly the 2nd

      Guardian Finance and the PES WW. In the case of AOs, CS3 and the

      SBO are joint signatories instead of the latter.




                           OPERATION OF THE ACCOUNT




        The account is operated as any other account, by Division III.

      Every month Division III forwards an exact accounting of the PES

      Account expenditures and deposits to the PES of the Org. In AOs

      this is done weekly and copies of the summaries go on usual lines

      via FBo to the SBO. For other Orgs copies of summaries go to the

      2nd Deputy Guardian for Finance and the PES WW for their

      information. A cheque book is also forwarded to the PES WW via

      Treasury Sec WW,




                            PUBLIC DIVISION PRICES




        The prices of Public Division Services are all specified in

      policy. Follow these prices. As a guide HCO P/L 23rd September 1964

      outlining costs should be followed.




                               HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        Into this account now goes booksales and E-Meter sales. The use

      of this account is solely for books and their shipping and E-Meters

      and their shipping and book promotion. HCO Policy Letter of 11 May

      65 basically stands. HCO Policy Letter 6 October 66 is hereby

      cancelled.




                                POLICING ACTION




        PES's to ensure their account is paid its due, should make close

      liaison to the cashier and if he's really smart, make a short

      questionnaire for the Registrar to use in finding out what brought

      the public body to the Org.




      LRH:DH:nt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard

      CS-6 for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                                      214







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 DECEMBER 1969

                                  Issue III

      Remimeo

      Franchise WW

      Franchises




                                   PES WW

                                   ACCOUNT




        The Franchise Section WW by reason of good stats, and on the

      recommendation of CS- 6, are authorized to have a Bank Account of

      their own. Such an Account will be called the PES WW Account.




                                   PURPOSE




        The purpose of this Account is to enable the Franchise Section

      WW, through the availability of funds, to expand and improve their

      services with regard to Franchises in the field.




                                  PERCENTAGE




        Of the total monies received from Franchise 10%'s at WW each

      week, 5% of the total amount is automatically deposited to this

      Account.




                                 SIGNATORIES




        The signatories for this Account are L. Ron Hubbard, Singly, and

      any two of the following: PES WW, Distribution Sec WW or Franchise

      Officer WW, the Account is operated as any other Account by

      Division III.




                              USE OF THE ACCOUNT




        The allocation of monies from this Account lies at the discretion

      of the PES WW, Distribution Sec WW and Franchise Officer WW with

      regard to what promotional action will boost stats such as the

      mailing of an FSM Advice Letter or FSM Material Packs.




        NO MONIES MAY BE USED FROM THIS ACCOUNT OTHER THAN FOR OPERATING

      EXPENSES OF THE FRANCHISE SECTION WW AND IMPROVEMENT OF SERVICES TO

      FRANCHISES.




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




      LRH:RR.rs.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      215







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 DECEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      Public

      Divisions Hats

      Accounts Hats




                                  PES ACCOUNT




                                    AMENDED




        The use of this account for the Org's magazine is hereby

      cancelled and the Policy Letter of 12 November 1969, PES ACCOUNT

      VERSUS HCO BOOK ACCOUNT, is hereby amended. The duty of mailing and

      preparing the Org mag has never been a function of the Public

      Divisions. The finance for this will be allowed for by F/P.




      Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard

      CS-6 for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




      LRH:DH:rs.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      216







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1970

                     Cancels HCO PL 10 Dec 69, issue III

      Non Remimeo

      WW Only

      Franchise WW




                                   PES WW

                                   ACCOUNT




        The previous now cancelled PL allowed Franchise WW 5% of the 10%s

      received at WW from Franchise to expand services.




        The former PL proved unworkable due to reported denial of the 5%

      to F/O WW which was heavily involved in defense expenses.




        Two changes in this arrangement are therefore ordered effective

      on receipt of this




                                   FSM SUM




        The Franchise Officer WW is to have the sole management of an

      account which is to be used for additional expansion over and above

      the cost of running Franchise WW.




        The amount to be paid into this account each week from Franchise

      10% receipts shall be computed on the basis of 5% of the total sums

      of FSM commissions received by Franchises from orgs reported at WW

      in that week.




                                 ENFORCEMENT




        The Franchise Officer WW may appeal to the nearest station ship

      for assistance in the event the sum is not paid over.




                                 COMPUTATION




        It is clearly understood that the FSM sums are not themselves

      received but that only the 10%s are received at WW. The 5% is in

      the amount of 5% of the reported FSM receipts, but is paid from the

      10% receipts.




        The expenditure of this 5% is outside FP. The 5% is included in

      FP.




      LRH:dz.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      217







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1970

      Remimeo

      Public Divisions

      Treasury Division

      FBO Hats




                              PES ACCOUNT REVISED

                       (Cancels HCO PL 12 November 1969,

                         "PES Acct vs HCO Book Acct")




        The principle of the PES Account is that:




        IF THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS MAKE IT, THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS GET IT TO

      MAKE MORE OF IT.




        To reinforce that principle and the major actions of Public

      Divisions and to more closely align PES Acct income with the

      disbursement percentiles of orgs, PES Account policy is revised as

      follows:




                        WHAT GOES INTO THE PES ACCOUNT




        1. $2.00 for every New Name to CF which has newly bought

      something from that org that week.




             2.$1.00 for every $10.00 paid that week in FSM commissions

      (except Sea Org orgs which get 81.00 for every $15.00 paid in FSM

      commissions).




        3. All course fees from Public Division courses and income from

      test centres (except booksales).




        4. All ticket sales from congresses and ticket sales from any

      public event financed by Public Divisions.




        5. Sea Org orgs running Goodwill tours may deposit to their PES

      Accounts 2% of income they collect for their own org while on tour,

      provided that all tour expenses are paid by the PES Account.






        Memberships and donations, assigned previously to the PES Account

      are reassigned as follows:




        As book profits are affected by membership discounts, membership

      fees revert to the HCO Book Account. Donations belong to the

      Building Fund.




                            USE OF THE PES ACCOUNT




        Public Divisions promotional mailings, congress promotion,

      congress hall rental, and congress expenses for items and

      facilities used only for a congress, financing test centres or

      testing, newspaper ads for service or PE lectures, success story

      publications, public programmed printing and posting of Public

      Division magazines and advice letters, financing open evenings, PRO

      appearances and PRO activities.




        FSM Commissions may not be paid from the PES Account. Membership

      cards and promotion costs are payable from HCO Book Account.




                                       218




                                     BONUSES




        2% of the month's total deposits to the PES Account goes as a

      bonus to the PES of the org. (c) goes to PES Continental. These

      bonuses are not paid in Sea Org orgs, which are on a different pay

      scale.




                                   SIGNATORIES




        Signers on the PES Account are the PES, PAS and OES of which any

      two may sign. LRH and MSH sign singly and the Dep Guardian Finance

      WW with the PES WW jointly. Check signing policies apply to the PES

      Account as to any other. For Sea Org ores, CS-3 and CS-6 sign

      jointly in place of 2DGF WW and PES WW




                            OPERATION OF THE ACCOUNT




        PES Accounts are operated as any other account, by Division 3. A

      monthly accounting of all deposits to the account and expenditure

      from it goes to the PES of the org, with copies to the PES WW and

      Dep Guardian Finance WW. Sea Org orgs send the copies instead to

      the FBO (Flag Banking Officer) and via him one to CS-3.




        PES WW should have one spare checkbook for the PES Account of

      each org. CS-3 holds one for each SO org.




                             PUBLIC DIVISION PRICES




        Prices of Public Division services are given in policy and HCO PL

      23 Sept 1964 may be used as a guide.




                                HCO BOOK ACCOUNT




        HCO Book Account Policy has been restored. HCO PL 6 October 66

      ADDITION TO HCO DIV ACCOUNT POLICY applies except where



      specifically in conflict with this policy letter, as in Congress

      costs




                               INCOME ALLOCATION




        PES Account income is not subject to percentile allocation but is

      among deductions made in calculating corrected gross income on the

      weekly AC-I form. This also applies to Sea Org orgs.




        The attached form is mimeoed on the reverse side or as an

      attachment to the org's AC- I form to provide a breakdown of PES

      income that week.




        A wise PES will establish a close liaison with the cashier and

      check the PES figure against invoices from time to time.




        In a SO org the FBO checks it against invoices every week.




      LRH:VP:nt.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      219









      Ens. Vicki Polimeni

      CS-3




      for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      PES INCOME

      BREAKDOWN




      W/E_




        1. $2 for every New Name to CF which has newly bought something

      from this org this week.




        TOTAL _ 2.$1.00 for every $10.00 paid this week in FSM

      Commissions (except Sea Org orgs which get $1.00 for every $15.00

      paid in FSM Commissions). TOTAL




        3. All course fees from Public Division courses and income from

      test centres (except booksales).




        TOTAL




        4. All ticket sales from congresses and ticket sales from any

      public event financed by Public Divisions.




        TOTAL _




        5. Sea Org orgs running Goodwill Tours may deposit to their PES

      Accounts 2% of income they collect for their own org while on tour,

      provided that all tour expenses are paid by the PES Account.




        (SO orgs only) TOTAL




        TOTAL DEPOSIT TO PES ACCT




                                      220







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1970

                         (Cancels HCO PL 12 Nov AD19,

                             PES vs HCO Book Acct

                          and HCO PL 29 April 1970,

                             PES Account Revised)

      Remimeo

      Pub Divs

      TREAS SEC




                                 PES ACCOUNT




        (Two PLs [as above] sought to resolve the problem that orgs did

      not give their public divisions sufficient funds to promote. They

      are cancelled.)




        The basic outness in orgs is that they have in the past sought to

      economize by saving on promotion.




        Establishing a PES account was supposed to merely implement sums

      normally given in FP for promotion.




        A rough estimate of the amount of the money that should be

      allocated to promotion in a Class IV org would be about 40% of the

      Disbursement Account which is 35% of the gross income. This is

      about 14% of the corrected Gross income of the org (In an SO org it

      would be 14% of a sum allocated for the total bills of the org.)




        This is minimum promotion.




        Therefore, no FP can be considered passed or valid that does not

      provide 14% of the Corrected Gross Income for Promotion Expenses.




        In an org which has three public divisions and is running public

      service services and courses such as Testing (free), HAS, HQS,

      Group Auditing and Co-auditing and Congresses the small fees for

      these courses and larger Congress fees should be earmarked for and

      assigned to the cost of materials, advertising, quarters especially

      procured, Supervisors and other expenses directly related to giving

      these courses and services, (understanding that the public

      divisions stress Div IV training courses in their larger sales to

      such public). This is to prevent mobs of people being serviced free

      to such a degree that the org would become financially unable to

      continue such services.




        The full intention of this PL is to finance promotion and inhibit

      "saving" money at the expense of promotion.




        Complaints arising from unreal denial of promotional funds to

      Public Divisions which limits org income should be addressed to

      CS-6, Flag for arbitration.




        The continuance of PES accounts as such should be established

      after study of their use or value by the D/Guardian for Finance.

      Until so decided they may be used.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:nt.ka.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      221







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1969

                                   Issue II

                         (Reissued from LRH ED 146 SH)

      Remimeo

      Accounts Hats

      Star Rate

                                 ORG DIVISION




                                 Income Dept.




        The income Dept has three sections which must not tangle and

      cross.




        These are Area Cashier and Collections Section, invoicing Section

      and Collections




        The Area Cashier and Collections is total body traffic. It takes

      in all payments and collections in the area-meaning people who are

      on the premises. It must have its window, its own invoice machine,

      its own cash box and records, independent of the other sections.




        The invoicing Section handles the letter mail and sent in

      payments. It has its own invoice machine and records. It only

      receives money.




        Neither Area Cashier and Collections or invoice bank money.

      Banking is handled by the Dept of Records.




        The Collections Section sends out all mailed statements to

      individuals and statements to ores and acts and writes to collect

      any money owed the org from any source. It has its own statements

      books and files and receives whatever Area Cashier and Collections

      has uncollected when a person leaves the area. Collections can

      advise Area Cashier and Collections that a person now on the

      premises owes money and that Area Cashier and Collections might

      collect it. Usually files of people now on the premises are turned

      over by Collections to Area Cashier and Collections and are turned

      back when they leave, care being taken not to lose track of such

      files in making statements and mailing them. Collections should

      have a statement sheet for every person who owes the org money.




        The income Dept turns over all its funds to Records for

      safeguarding and for banking, bank reconciliation, etc. at the end

      of each day. Dept of Records attends to deposits, clean and

      streamline the flow lines of income and you raise gross income.




        Leave a lot of details belonging to other depts in the income

      Dept and you reduce income.




        Even where 1 person wears 2 income hats, the desks, files and

      equipment and actions must be separate for the Sections.




        Arrange the flow lines so Area Cashier and Collections does not

      trip up anywhere or the other two sections and can collect money in

      the area.




      LRH:ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      222







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      BLUE ON GOLD




                  ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTIVE OF 10 APRIL 1958




                              RE: 5TH LONDON ACC




        A DScn is charged full fee for lower courses than an ACC. ONLY

      ACCs are free to DScns. "Testing fee only" applies only to ACCs for

      DScns. Lower courses than ACC are paid for by DScns, as they can

      receive same instruction on an ACC.




        Assoc Sec per LRH comments to Tech Dir




                                      223







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                    HASI POLICY LETTER OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1958




      Distribution:

      ACC Admin

      Treasurer; Treasurer's Sec

      Registrar

      Association Secretary

      HCO




                               ACC ACCOUNTS AND

                                   PAYMENTS




        1. All ACC cash payments shall be paid into Account No. 1 in

      HASI's London Bank. These sums are to be left intact until further

      [disposition is made].




        Banker's Order payments by ACC students after beginning of course

      shall be paid into Account No. 1 until further disposition is made.




        2. No student may be admitted to the ACC (save staff as per

      below) either retread or new student for a price less than �40 cash

      before course beginning. No credit is allowed on retreads and no

      student is to be admitted who has not paid �40 cash or more

      (preferably a cash payment for course in full) before the course

      actually starts. This does not apply to "staff members", see below.




        3. All payments to be made by reason of notes incurred by course

      must be in the form of a banker's order. No other payments of any

      kind are acceptable. No notes of hand are acceptable to the

      Registrar on any processing or training except banker's orders in

      any event.




        4. "Staff Members" may enroll in the 5th London ACC only on the

      basis of special arrangement as given here.




        Definition: A "staff member" is one who holds a permanent staff

      certificate. This does not apply to persons on staff who do not

      hold such a certificate. Such a "staff member" may take the 5th

      London ACC by paying a deposit of �10 and by having deducted from

      his salary 20% per week until full amount of ACC fee is paid. The

      "staff member" must guarantee to work for the HASI until the full

      sum is paid and is to sign a contract to do so. A provision of the

      contract shall state that on leaving the employ of the HASI the

      full remaining sum shall become due and owing at once. No pay shall

      be paid a staff member during his time spent on course. All staff

      of whatever category may attend the lectures given by me-during the

      course as a precedent of some standing but this shall not

      constitute an enrollment or give the person attending the lectures

      any credit toward a degree.




        Any person not a permanent staff member who wishes to enroll in

      course must abide by all the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3)

      above.




        5. All students of the 5th London ACC must be enrolled before

      10.30 a.m. Monday October 20th, 1958. Publicly we want them

      enrolled before 8.30 a.m. but there are always stragglers and

      people who have not signed up everything. These will be sent back

      to the Registrar as soon as they appear. They must have a HASI

      white invoice receipt stating terms of sign-up which they will be

      required to show the ACC Administrator, Dr. Jan Halpern at 7

      Fitzroy Street Monday morning. Yellow copies of these invoices,

      showing everyone enrolled, shall be delivered to Dr. Halpern Monday

      morning.




        6. The HASI Registrar and The Assistant to the Treasurer shall

      have full enrollment and financial responsibility in enrolling the

      5th London ACC.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:rs:cden

      Copyright (c) 1958

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      224







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W I

                    HASI POLICY LETTER OF 19 JANUARY 1959




                             EXTRA WEEKS ON HPA

                                    COURSE




        The following is policy in relation to students who could not

      make the grade in the eight weeks HPA Course:




        If the course was paid in whole, in advance, the student is

      entitled to free weeks to finish his training.




        If he has not paid in advance he is only permitted eight weeks.




        Extra weeks will cost �7.10.0 per week.




      LRH:mp.vmm.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MAY 1959

                          (Convert into a Sec'l ED)




                             HPA/BSCN "RETREADS"




        There is no such thing as an HPA/BScn retread fee.




        If an HPA wants to retread to new HPA course, he can pay the

      usual price per week for training (about 15 gns).




        I know there is now a mish-mash in training because of a new

      course more basic than old courses. We'll just have to cope.




      LRH:cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      225







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1959

      CenOCon



                       PROCESSING OF CHILDREN ON THE HGC




        Children are to be charged full rates on the HGC. They are pretty

      difficult to audit so should be charged as much as grown-ups,

      unless there has been confirmation on this from LRH to do

      otherwise.




        The only exception to full rates would be auditors, their

      husbands/wives and children.




      LRH:js.fd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      HCO Secretary WW

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MARCH 1960

                               Reissued in Sthil

      CenOCon




                       HGC AND ACADEMY PRICES FOR MINORS




        (Cancels and replaces HCO Policy Letter of 27 October 1959)




        The following two categories of minors are instituted for

      Academies:




        1. A minor below the age of eleven (11) is not eligible for

      training at the Academy except by special permission of LRH.




        2. A minor, to qualify for training at the Academy, must have

      reached his/her eleventh (11th) birthday and not have reached

      his/her eighteenth (18th) birthday.




        The minor's training fee for the HPA and B.Scn. (HCA and HCS)

      courses shall be two thirds of the adult fee, whatever fee is in

      force.




        The reason for disallowing minors below the age of 11 to attend

      the Academy is that such beings are, usually, still in need of

      special attention that would normally tend to create a situation of

      specialized care that would consume too much of the instructor's

      time.




                             HGC PRICES FOR MINORS




        HGCs may accept a child of any age for processing (except psychos

      as per present policy).




        Below the age of 14 years, a child will be charged full price at

      HGCs. They are pretty difficult to audit, so should be charged as

      much as grown-ups, unless there has been confirmation on this from

      the Executive Director to do otherwise.




                               SPECIAL CATEGORY




        Between the ages of 14 and 18, minors will be charged two thirds

      of the HGC processing prices. (After the age of 14 children are

      easier to handle, and this price reduction is an encouragement to

      teen-agers to get processing.)




        In the case of minors directly related to Certificated Auditors

      (their immediate family), the current discounts apply as before.




      LRH:js.gh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD




                                      226







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 MAY 1960




      CenOCon




                           EXTENSION COURSE PRICES




             (Corrects HCO Policy Letter of May 20, 1960, same title)




        HCO Policy Letter of May 20, 1960, contained incorrect

      information. Please amend as follows:




        Prices for the Extension Course are as follows:




        HPA/HCA Extension Course - �12.0.0 or $34.00 B.Scn/HCS Extension

      Course - �12.0.0 or $34.00




        This course may be bought in units, one unit at a time. The price

      of each unit of each course is �3 or $8.50 per unit.




        Usual discounts allowed for cash payments. Lifetime

      Members/Shareholders are allowed to have the HPA/HCA Extension

      Course free, but must pay the normal fee for the B.Scn/HCS

      Extension Course.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD




      [Note: Revision was change of price from �15 or 542 to �12 or 534,

      also addition of second last paragraph.]




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1960




      HCOs

      Central Orgs






                                 HPA/HCA COURSE




        To avoid any confusion that may exist, it is emphasized that the

      Academy HPA/HCA Course is basically an eight week Course, and is

      sold as such. The student pays for any extra weeks he may take.







      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      227







      Issued by: Peter Hemery

      HCO Secretary WW

      for

      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1961

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Registrars

      Dir PrR




                                 FREE COURSES




        The only free course given is where the student signs a contract

      to audit HGC preclears under the D of P for at least one year.




        The penalty if they refuse to carry this out is 250 guineas for

      the training they receive.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MARCH 1961

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Registrars

      Dir PrR




                                 FREE COURSES

            (Revises HCO Pol Ltr of February 27, 1961, same title)




        This Policy Letter applies only to professional auditors and

      night training courses.




        The only free course given is where the student signs a contract

      to audit HGC preclears under the D of P for at least one year.




        The penalty if they refuse to carry this out is 250 guineas for

      the training they receive.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ph.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      228







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1961




      CenOCon




                        INTER-ORG EXCHANGE OF STUDENTS




        The following Policy Letter is written and requested to be issued

      by Assoc Sec London and is issued herewith:




        4.




      LRH:esc.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




        1. A student starting the Course in an Org, whose account has

      been paid for, can without further payment carry on in another Org

      to complete a Course begun but not finished.




        2. If his account has not been completely paid, then balance due

      is to be cancelled by the Org he is leaving and taken over by the

      Org he is joining The necessary papers to be completed thoroughly.




        In the case of (1) above, no funds need to be transferred from

      one Org to another. In the case of (2) above, each Org will receive

      what is obviously in the books, without any transfer of funds

      except the transfer of papers.




        In the past, a gentlemen's agreement was arrived at between D of

      Ts or Assoc Secs but it can create randomities about Accounts,

      transfer of currencies, right unexpired portion of Course (this is

      unworkable now) for assessing costs, etc.




        We have had three cases on hand - Joburg/London,

      London/Melbourne, London/Washington. Those here have spent 14 weeks

      on Course. If they finish in Melbourne, we would feel upset in

      disbursing some portion of what was paid for, and for which we have

      given 14 weeks. On the other hand, Melbourne will feel upset if in

      turn they had to give themselves another 10 weeks for example.




        On the other hand, only London and Washington could transfer

      monies, whereas the other Orgs are under strict exchange control.




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      229







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1962

      Sthil

      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs




                              SAINT HILL RETREADS

                   (Amends HCO Pol Ltr of December 19, 1961)




        If a student has exceeded eight weeks initially on the Saint Hill

      Special Briefing Course, he or she must pay for weeks of retread,

      if returning to Course for further training, at the rate of $50.00

      or �18.0.0 per week, which is half the weekly cost of the original

      course.




        When a student has been terminated he or she has the right to

      extend by paying the weekly retread fee from the date of

      termination.






      LRH:sf.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Note: The amendment is the addition of the last paragraph. - Ed.]




                       HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1962




      Franchise




                                    ACADEMY

                                  EXTRA WEEKS




        Any extra week payment being required of Academy students in any

      Organization is abolished herewith effective on receipt of this

      Policy Letter.




        The mission of an Academy is to make Auditors who can audit, and

      issue them their certificates.




        Should a student leave the Course and return after two weeks a

      retread fee of 30% without further grant or discount of the

      original HPA/HCA full course fee shall apply.




        The Academy course has no finite duration but every effort should

      be made to graduate the student at the end of twelve weeks.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      230







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1962




      CenOCon

      Franchise

      Field




                           SAINT HILL RETREAD FEE




        The retread fee for Saint Hill Special Briefing Course is 50% of

      the regular course




        A retread is sixteen weeks long.




        Weekly retread fees are discontinued.




        Once terminated, a student may only retread.




        There are no special arrangements for retread or less time

      offered.




        There is no time interval specified before a retread can be had.




        Acceptance of retread on the course follows routine channels just

      as in original




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 MAY 1963



      CenOCon

      SA Orgs




                    STUDENT RATES FOR HGC AUDITING IN SA

                                     ORGS




        Students on professional level courses in the Academy may be

      ordered to processing by the Director of Training if such

      processing is necessary to enable the student to complete his

      training.




        This processing may be supplied by the HGC at R100 per 25 hours

      (no further discounts).




        Processing of students in an HGC is always secondary to the

      processing of regular pcs in case of auditor scarcity




      LRH:jw.aap

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: Jack Parkhouse

      Continental Director Africa

      Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD




                                      231







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JULY 1963




      Orgs

      Sthil

      Franchise




                            RETREADS ON SAINT HILL

                           SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE




        Students on the Special Briefing Course who require leave of

      absence for emergencies may do so under the following conditions,

      otherwise they will be charged a re-tread fee irrespective of the

      length of time they have already been on Course.




        2 weeks absence (with permission only)




        3 months (by very special arrangements beforehand).




        Other than that, any student leaving Course for any reason

      whatsoever will be charged a re-tread fee on returning. No part of

      the original fee is returnable.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      232







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 OCTOBER AD 13

      Central Orgs

      Franchise

      Field




                   NEW SAINT HILL CERTIFICATES AND COURSE

                                   CHANGES




        Without changing the curriculum, units or instructors, on 1st

      December AD 13 the Saint Hill Course will be divided into two

      certificate levels and the cost will be reduced.




        Many Auditors have not been able to take the course because of

      fear they will be held over beyond the time they can afford




        As clearing has returned as a reality at Class III and as this

      was the basic purpose of the course, two certificates will now be

      issued




        HUBBARD SENIOR SCIENTOLOGIST (ST. HILL). This certificate will be

      issued to any student attending the course 16 weeks. If all course

      requirements are also met a Class III will be awarded. An

      additional four weeks only will be allowed for completion of check

      sheets, but no student enrolled will be held beyond sixteen weeks

      or extended on course more than an additional four weeks. The cost

      of the course has been dropped to �250 Sterling ($700). The student

      so enrolled is then assured of being able to return home after 16

      weeks of intensive training and is assured of receiving the

      certificate of HUBBARD SENIOR SCIENTOLOGIST (ST. HILL). HPA or HCA

      is prerequisite to enrollment. Our experience has been that nobody

      can go through the Saint Hill Course, whatever he or she did with

      grades, without becoming a remarkably superior auditor.




        The second course begins with the completion of the HSS (ST.

      HILL) Course, an HSS (ST. HILL) being prerequisite to it. This

      course is scheduled as a 20 week course It awards the certificate

      HUBBARD GRADUATE AUDITOR and, if all check sheets are completed,

      Class IV is also awarded. Class III may also be awarded on this

      certificate. This course takes the student from clearing to

      auditing to OT. Its subject materials are those now existing as

      Level Four. The cost of this course is additional to the HSS

      Course. The cost is �250 Sterling ($700) with a �50 grant available

      from Mary Sue to those she especially wants on this course.




        During the past year the original 20 week SHSBC has been extended

      in subject materials to cover all levels of auditing and as such

      has exceeded the original requirements.




        Students enrolled before 1st December, 1963 will receive the

      original course at the original cost and may extend into the second

      course at option without further cost.




        Retread students will be honoured as having completed the first

      course regardless of units they are assigned to and their cost will

      be that of the second course.




        Course materials have been stable for some time.




      LRH:dr.rd

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      233







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1965




      Remimeo




                                   RELEASES




        When any pc signed up and being audited on any 25 hour intensive

      reaches the state of First Stage Release, the processing is

      immediately ended (with a gentle That's It). The intensive is not

      completed. However, as the goal of the processing has been

      achieved, the money of the balance of the intensive is not

      refundable.




        However, in celebration of the person having reached the State of

      Release, the org may credit the person with that amount (of the

      unused balance of the intensive) toward training. If no training is

      going to be undertaken by the person, then, of course, there is no

      crediting. Training should be heavily encouraged since that is the

      route to Cl VI and Clear and it is not envisioned that there will

      not be plans on the part of the person for training.




        The fact that, in the case of Releasing the person before the

      completion of the 25 hours, the money will not be refunded, due to

      the goal of the processing having been achieved, should be added to

      the HGC Contract.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mh.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      234







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1965

                                   Issue VI

      Gen Non-Remimeo

                           SAINT HILL SERVICES AND

                                    PRICES

                     (Preserved policy from former Policy

                      Letters which have been cancelled)




        Saint Hill has just opened its Hubbard Guidance Centre in order

      to be in line with all orgs over the world in all departments.




        The Saint Hill Course now handles all levels of Training but

      these courses are review courses at the lower levels and HCA

      (classed or unclassed) or old Commonwealth HPA (classed or

      unclassed) remain the entrance requirement. Students go through all

      levels, usually the lower ones very rapidly, and are Classified for

      each Level with a Saint Hill Classification.




        Saint Hill Classification takes precedence over all other

      Classifications in any level. A student's own Classification is not

      taken away but for the duration of the course is invalid but may be

      resumed on departure from the course. However the student usually

      has a far higher Saint Hill Class on leaving.




        The purpose of the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course remains the

      same-to make the auditors and instructors who make the auditors and

      instructors over the world and to put the final polish on auditing.

      As auditors sometimes do not realize that an auditor of a higher

      level always audits at the pc's level, seeing and getting lower

      level results and clearing with them is very revelatory. One does

      not expect a Class VI auditor to run only Level VI. Quite the

      contrary. A Level VI auditor should be able to do Level 0 work

      superlatively well. Many release today at only Level 0; much less

      IV. So the Saint Hill Course enters all students today at Level 0

      and rapidly moves them right on up in quick time. Students who know

      the lower material of course get it checked out very readily.




                              SAINT HILL COURSE




        Any part of the Saint Hill Course or retread is �275 cash. There

      is no credit extended, no discounts. Credit is allowed on auditing

      and Review to Saint Hill Course students when on course.




                                SAINT HILL HGC




        Prices are 5500 or �180 public, $250 or �90 student and

      professional rates.




        Other HGC Grade Certificates are honoured in the Saint Hill HGC,

      but the holder is carefully checked and any unflat auditing

      detected and repaired before the pc is allowed to go on to the next

      certificate.




                                  NO CREDIT




        Credit is not extended at Saint Hill or Washington to Franchise

      Holders or members on books, tapes or meters, as it makes too much

      accounting.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      235







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JANUARY 1969




      Remimeo




                                 ADVANCED-ORG

                                    AWARDS




        When an AO service is awarded a staff member from another

      Scientology Organization for a job very well done, the org awarding

      the course forwards payment to the respective AO.




        Once payment is received the person will be enrolled on the

      course.




        An AO does not deliver such services free.




        The only exception is when an AO course is awarded by LRH

      personally.




      LRH:ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos

      CS-3

      for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD

      Commodore




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1969

      Remimeo

                               DIANETIC COURSE

                                    PRICING




        The cost of the Hubbard Dianetic Counsellor Course (HSDC) remains

      as already issued - $500 00 U.S. dollars and �125.0.0 UK sterling.




        The cost of the Supervisors Course (with an HDC, the graduate of

      this course becomes a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate) is 3125.00 U.S.

      dollars or �30.0.0 in UK sterling.




      LRH:ei.kd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      236







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      BPI

      Auditor




                               OLD ACC STUDENTS




        Any and all persons who have ever enrolled in an ACC (Advanced

      Clinical Course) providing only that a fee was paid in full, is

      entitled to the following:




        1. Full training as an HDC in the DAC of his nearest org or an SH

      or an AO.




        2. Student Auditing in Dianetics and org reviews to resolve any

      possible case difficulties.




        3. Assistance in obtaining any medical treatment indicated as

      necessary by competent medical examination.




        4. A retread to Class VI in a modern SH Course.




        No fees, except for any medical treatment indicated, may be

      charged for any of the services above.




        All orgs, AOs and SHes are ordered to deliver the above services.




        The Public Executive Secretary is to cause his division to

      unearth all past ACC records for names and addresses and to have

      his divisions send copies of this Policy Letter to all such former

      ACC students.




        Those ACC students who have recently paid for the new Standard

      Dianetic Course may have the amount credited to AO levels or AO

      reviews on presentation of invoice to AOs.




        It is the full intention of this Pol Ltr to ensure that old ACC

      students receive full benefit of modern technical developments.

      These students were once promised they would not have to pay for

      further training and this favour is offered to redeem that promise

      at least in part if not in full. I want them to be well and happy

      beings wherever they may not have fully achieved that goal.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:ldm.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      237







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      BPI

      The Auditor




                                 FORMER HDAs,

                                     HPAs




        All persons who had achieved prior to the advent of Standard

      Dianetics, the certificate of HDA (Hubbard Dianetic Auditor) or HPA

      (Hubbard Professional Auditor) and who paid in full for the course

      are awarded as follows:




        1. A Standard Dianetics Course at their local org full or part

      time.




        2. Student Auditing and Reviews in their local org.




        Both at 50% of the existing Standard Dianetics Course and Review

      fees.




        Any person who has paid for a new Standard Dianetics Course in

      full who had already paid for an old HDA or HPA Course in full MAY

      HAVE THE FULL AMOUNT PAID FOR THE STANDARD DIANETICS COURSE

      CREDITED TO SCIENTOLOGY ACADEMY COURSES, TO A SH COURSE IF HE HAS

      HAD THOSE OR TO A CLASS VIII COURSE OR AN AO GRADE.




        It is the full intention of this Policy Letter to assist any

      Dianetic Auditor to become an HDC and obtain thereby the excellent

      results available in using Standard Dianetics.




      LRH:ldm.ei.kd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE



                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo

      BPI




                            SUCCESSFUL CLASS VIIIs




        Any Class VIII auditor may have the new Standard Dianetics Course

      free of charge at his nearest org or an AO.




        The additional certificate of HDG is required of Class VIIIs so

      they can handle Case Supervision and Standard Dianetic Auditing as

      well as audit well in Standard Dianetics.




        The certificate of HDG is a prerequisite (along with a Class VI)

      for all new AO Class VIII enrollees after the date of receipt of

      this Policy Letter.




                              STANDARD DIANETICS




        The Course is available at AOs and SHes.




        It has been found that the ability to audit Standard Dianetics

      well in its simplicity speeds Academy, VI and VIII training greatly

      and reduces failed students in the Academy, VI and VIII Courses to

      zero.




        It is not the intention of this Pol Ltr to interrupt the plans or

      activities of Scientology Classed Auditors or applicants and all

      possible adjustment will be made in orgs to accommodate Scientology

      Classed Auditors to quickly obtain their HDG during this period of

      adjustment.




        We now have a smooth flowing tech training line and have found

      there are no failed cases where training is good and which follows

      this gradient.




      LRH:Idm.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      238







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1969




      Remimeo

      BPI

      Auditor




                              CLASS VIII RETREAD




        Retread of the Class VIII Course is free of charge to VIIIs who

      are actively working (whether on Tech duty or not) m a Central Org,

      Saint Hill Org, AO Org, Franchise or a Dianetic Counselling Group.




        Class VIIIs on the other hand who are not active-meaning not

      working at any of the above - are charged half price ($750.00) for

      retread of the Class VIII Course.




      LRH:RR:rs.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3 for

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 NOVEMBER 1969

              (HCO Policy Letter of 15 November 1969 Corrected)

      Remimeo

      BPI

      Auditor




                              CLASS VIII RETREAD







        Retread of the Class VIII Course is free of charge to VIIIs who

      are actively working (whether on Tech duty or not) in an Outer Org,

      Saint Hill Org, Advanced Org, Franchise or a Dianetic Counselling

      Group.




        Class VIIIs on the other hand who are not active - meaning not

      working at any of the above - are charged half price (3750.00) for

      retread of the Class VIII Course.




      LRH:RR:ldm.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos

      CS-3




      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 DECEMBER 1969

                        (Clarifies HCO P/L Dec 7, 1961)

      Remimeo

                             INTER-ORG EXCHANGE OF

                                   STUDENTS




        Orgs who transfer monies received for Scientology or Dianetic

      services to another org are doing nothing but GIVING AWAY THEIR

      INCOME.




        Students and preclears having paid for services at one org may

      receive or continue service elsewhere if they have:




        1. Paid in full for services whether begun or not.




        2. Partly paid for services.




        The rule is: THE MONEY WAS COLLECTED BY REASON OF GOOD WORK AND

      PROMOTION AND THEREFORE THE ORG THAT COLLECTED EARNS THE RIGHT TO

      KEEP IT.




        It might first seem unfair to the org delivering the service for

      which another org has collected the Income, but it should be

      remembered that the org delivering the service has the benefit of

      the body in the shop with all that this implies in terms of

      potential future sales of service to him, his family and friends.




        It is a Comm Evable offense for an org staff member to prevent a

      student from taking a service because funds were paid in at another

      org.




        NO ORG OR FRANCHISE MAY INTENTIONALLY COLLECT MONIES WHICH WOULD

      NORMALLY BE PAID TO ANOTHER ORG. SUCH MONIES MUST BE FORWARDED

      IMMEDIATELY TO THE ORG CONCERNED.




        NO ORG OR FRANCHISE MAY COLLECT MONEY FOR SERVICES DELIVERED ONLY

      BY HIGHER ORGS.




      LRH:RR.rs.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 DECEMBER 1969

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo

                           STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE

                                    PRICING




        The cost of a five hour Student Rescue Intensive is $225 U.S.

      Dollars, or the Sterling equivalent.




      LRH:RR.ldm.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos

      CS-3




                                      240




      for

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 DECEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      Div 1's Div

      2's Div 3's




                                ORG PROTECTION




        Orgs who send their staff for training to a higher org, must

      first demand of the staff member that he sign a Note to the extent

      of $5,000 in order that he may commence the course. (Each course

      received by the staff member at org expense, is priced at the value

      of $5,000.)




        Such a Note, as mentioned above, must be legally binding in that

      if he breaks his Contract, he is automatically in debt to the org

      for $5,000. Legal action is taken in the case of refusal to pay

      this debt, or failure to adhere to regular payments until the debt

      has been paid off fully. His Certs and Awards are suspended, and

      further training or processing is denied until the matter is

      handled. SH & AO Registrars are informed by the org of Contract

      breakers.




        Val Docs, Div 1, Dept 3, receives the original of the Note once

      it is signed and witnessed, and Accounts receives a copy for filing

      in the staff member's Accounts folder. A copy is retained by the

      staff member and presented to the Registrar prior to being enrolled

      on the course NO NOTE = INELIGIBLE FOR THE COURSE.




        The note is withdrawn and cancelled when the staff member has

      completed his Contract.




        It is the intention of this Policy Letter that before Contracts

      are signed and services taken at Org expense, due consideration is

      given to the consequences of Contract breakage.




      LRH:RR:rs.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JANUARY 1970

      Remimeo

        Div 1

        Div 2




                          PRICING - RESCUE INTENSIVES

                   (Cancels HCO PL 10 December 1969 STUDENT

                          RESCUE INTENSIVE PRICING)




        Every 5 hour Rescue intensive (whether a Dianetic or Scientology

      intensive) is priced at S 125.00 US or �22.10.0. sterling.




        Five-hour Student Rescue intensives fall under this category of

      service and anyone having purchased a Student Rescue intensive at

      the previous price of $225 may have the balance in excess of the

      new price credited to his account for future services.




      LRH:VP.nt.ei.cden

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      241







      W/O Vicki Polimeni

      CS-3




      for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1970

                (Corrects HCO Policy Letter of 28 November 1969

                  and HCO Policy Letter of 15 November 1969)

      Remimeo

      BPI

      Auditor




                              CLASS VIII RETREAD




        Retread of the Class VIII Course is free of charge to VIIIs who

      are actively working (whether on Tech duty or not) in an outer org,

      Saint Hill Org, Advanced Org or any Sea Org Unit, Pubs Org or World

      Wide.




        Class VIIIs who are not active or are working in a Franchise or

      independently - meaning not working at any of the above - are

      charged half price ($750.00) for retread of the Class VIII Course.




      LRH:VP:jz.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      W/O Vicki Polimeni

      CS - 3 Materiel Aide

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD

      Founder




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JULY 1970

      Remimeo

                                   RETREADS




        Academy Course retreads and retread packages are 50% of the

      current course or package price.




        SHSBC and Interneships give no discount for retread. However,

      Academy payments are credited to SHSBC retread as they would for

      any enrollee on SHSBC.




        Class VIII retread is as per HCO Policy Letter 20 Jan 1970, CLASS

      VIII RETREAD, free to org staff members, half price to others.




      LRH:VP:sb.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Vicki Polimeni

      CS-3 for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                                      242







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




      Remimeo

      BPI

      Auditors




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JULY 1970




      (Amends HCO P/L 13 Nov 1969 by adding Class 0, I, II, III,

      IV and VI CS Internships and HCO P/L 18 Apr 1970 Iss II which

      corrects HCO P/L 13 Nov 1969)




                             INTERNSHIPS AND CASE

                                  SUPERVISORS




        Due to the necessity for skilled Case Supervision in all orgs.

      franchises and groups, the following Internships are established in

      Advanced Orgs, Saint Hills and Class IV Orgs respectively.




                           CLASS VIII CS INTERNSHIP




        Class VIII CS - Requires an Internship in an Advanced Org after

      completion -of the Class VIII Course for a period of at least

      another six weeks.




        During this time the Interns do the Class VIII CS Internship

      Checksheet. On completion of the Checksheet the Interns do a daily

      training period, learn and do high level auditing, study Case

      Supervision under an expert Class VIII. Case Supervisors do actual

      Case Supervision and on successful completion are granted a Hubbard

      Scientist of Standard Tech Certificate. No Contract required.

      (Prerequisite: HDG and Class VIII.)




                            CLASS VII CS INTERNSHIP




        Requires an internship in a Saint Hill Org for a period of at

      least six weeks. Studies and does Power Processing and audits

      Dianetics, Progress and Advance Programs and Expanded Lower Grades.




        Completes or does the Org Exec Course. Studies and does the CSing

      of Power, Dianetics, Progress and Advance Programs and Expanded

      Lower Grades.




        No contract required. (Prerequisite: HDG and Provisional Class

      VI.)




                            CLASS VI CS INTERNSHIP




        Requires an Internship in a Saint Hill Org for a period of at

      least four weeks. Studies Progress and Advance Programs. Audits ail

      Class VI actions including Expanded Lower Grades in the HGC and as

      a Review Auditor. Studies and does the CSing of Progress and

      Advance Programs and Expanded Lower Grades.




        This Internship consolidates SHSBC training through practical

      application under a Class VIII.




        No contract required. (Prerequisite: Provisional Class VI.)




                             CLASS V CS INTERNSHIP




        Requires an Internship in a Saint Hill Org for a period of at

      least two weeks. Studies and does CSing of Progress and Advance

      Programs and Class V actions under Class VIII supervision.




        This Internship may be awarded if the Class V CS Checksheet is

      done well.




        No contract required. (Prerequisite: Class V Expanded Release.)




                   CLASS 0, I, II, III or IV CS INTERNSHIPS




        Requires an Internship at a Central Organization for a period of

      at least two




                                      243







      weeks for each level. Studies and does CSing of actions applicable

      to the Classification attained.




        Learns Tech and Qual Services and Admin.




        These internships may be awarded if the applicable Class 0, I,

      II, III or IV Checksheets are done well.




        No contract required. (Prerequisites:




           Class 0               Grade 0      for Class 0   CS Internship

           Class I               Grade I      for Class I   CS Internship

           Class II              Grade II     for Class II  CS Internship

           Class III             Grade III    for Class III CS Internship

           Class IV              Grade IV     for Class IV  CS Internship)




                               HDC CS INTERNSHIP




        Requires an Internship at any official Scientology Org which

      teaches HDG; Interning for a period of at least four weeks. Studies

      and practises Dianetic Auditing. Studies and learns to Case

      Supervise Dianetic sessions. Learns the handling and direction of

      other auditors. Studies Staff Status II to become familiar with

      general Administration.




        (Prerequisite: HDC with an excellent record of auditing.)




                                      HDG




        Requires taking the Hubbard Dianetic Graduate Course. Qualifies a

      person to teach the Hubbard Dianetic Counselor Course in orgs,

      franchises or groups and obtain certificates for his students from

      an official org. According to existing prices.




        (Prerequisite: HDC with an excellent record of auditing.)




        NOTE: All these Internships are taught in the Correction Division

      of the org, except HDG.




                               INTERNSHIP PRICES




      US, EUROPE,

      DK, AFRICA UK, ANZO




           CLASS VIII C/S INTERNSHIP        $500      �200

           CLASS VII C/S INTERNSHIP         $500      �200

           CLASS VI C/S INTERNSHIP          $250      �100

           CLASS V C/S INTERNSHIP           $125      �50

           CLASS 0 - IV INTERNSHIPS (per level)$50    �20

           CLASS 0 - IV C/S INTERNSHIPS (package

           rate for all 5 level internships)$200      �80

           HDC C/S INTERNSHIP               $125      �50




                                   DISCOUNTS




        All Internships offer 50% discount to contracted staff of

      official Scientology orgs.




      LRH:JF:rr.aap

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      D/CS - 5 for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




        [See also HCO P/L 6 November 1971, Issue II, Selling Internships,

      Volume 5 - page 325.]




                                      244







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1959

      CenOCon

                                 MEMBERSHIPS




        As of this date only memberships as follows may be sold:




        Associate Member - No discounts or services, Pin and Card only -

      5s. or $1.00.




        International Member - PAB Magazine, Continental Magazine, 10%

      discount on books, tapes and possibly congress. (Cash purchases

      only) - 5 gn. or $15.




        Lifetime Membership - PAB Magazine as available, Continental

      Magazine as available, 20% discount on Training, Processing, Books,

      Tapes. (Discount valid on cash purchases only) - �25 or $75.00.




        It will be seen that participating memberships will not now be

      sold and will vanish when expired. No magazine subscriptions may be

      sold.




        All members now on rolls except Associate Members will get the

      PAB Magazine until their memberships expire.




                            B/A AND REGISTRAR NOTE




        Note that no discounts are allowed on any but full cash

      purchases. In other words full or part credit purchases are not now

      subject to any discounts. If you have allowed discounts on credit

      purchases previously, it is condoned but no such discounts may be

      allowed in the future.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      245







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 DECEMBER 1959

      CenOCon

                             MEMBERSHIP DISCOUNTS




        Issue the following as a Sec ED.




        Only Lifetime Members, Shareholders, and International Members

      are entitled to discounts and only when the purchase is totally

      cash.




        Associate Members, Sustaining Members do not get any discount on

      anything.




        This cancels any earlier inference as to ALL members getting

      discounts.




      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Executive Director




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1960

      CenOCon

                          KEEPING MEMBERSHIPS IN FORCE




        In order to deal with the problem of professional auditors who

      allow their memberships to lapse, the following routine action is

      authorized:




        When a membership lapses, the memberships clerk should write

      three reminder letters. If the membership is not renewed HCO Area

      Sec should then be notified by the memberships clerk. The HCO Area

      Sec will then write a letter informing the person that if he does

      not renew his membership within one month, his Certificate will

      cease to be valid. If the membership is still not renewed,

      Memberships and Addressograph must then be notified by the HCO Area

      Sec. Addressograph should then remove the person's HPA or other

      qualifying letters from his Address plate. However, the tab should

      not be changed; in this way the person will still receive mailings

      to auditors, and there is still a chance that his interest will be

      revived and that he will eventually renew his membership.




      LRH:jsrd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD




                                      246







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE



                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1960

                              Reissued from Sthil




      CenOCon

                                LT MEMBERSHIP

                                  PRIVILEGES




        Some confusion may exist with regard to the privileges entailed

      in a Lifetime Membership. The purpose of this Policy Letter is to

      clarify the situation after review of this problem in various

      areas.




        It is possible that the details as indicated here will not

      coincides with the actual position in your area, or it may conflict

      with existing privileges which have actually been granted hitherto

      to the Life Members. However, since the advantages and privileges

      must be the same in any area of the world it will be necessary for

      all Scientology Orgs, in all areas to conform eventually to the

      rundown as shown here. Life Members in your area should be informed

      of any changes which may affect them as soon as possible.




        A Lifetime Member gets 20% discount on Processing, Training and

      Books. He does not get a discount on tapes or E-Meters or any other

      materials which may be supplied by a Book Department, but on books

      only. He does not get a discount on ACC fees, as the ACC is a

      specialized HCO activity. The discount on Training is given on any

      training taken in an Academy, including the Extension Course.




        If a LT Member is also an International Member, he receives a 30%

      discount on books instead of 20% (so long as he retains both

      memberships). The 30% discount applies only to books, not

      Processing or Training.




        If an International Member becomes a LT Member, he receives a

      refund of the unused portion of his International Membership

      (unless he wishes to retain the Int. Membership)




        Neither an International Member nor a LT Member receives any

      discount on Congress entrance fees.




        A LT Member gets the HPA/HCA portion of the Extension Course

      free, but pays the normal fee for the B.Scn/HCS portion of the

      Extension Course (less discount).




        The LT Membership does keep a Certificate in force. A

      professional Scientologist who is a LT Member does not need to take

      out an international Membership in order to keep his certificate

      valid.




        The LT Member receives the area magazine (Certainty, Ability,

      etc.) as he is on the mailing list (not because he is a LT Member).

      He does not receive the PAB magazine. The PAB magazine is sent only

      to the international Members. Addresso Departments should therefore

      not include the LT Members in the addressed envelopes or stickers

      which they send to HCO WW for the PAB mailings.




        All discounts are for cash purchases only. This Policy Letter

      does not countermand the usual rule that book discounts are not

      allowed on books costing 5/or less.




      LRH:PH.js.gh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD




        [Note: Paragraph 4 has been amended by the addition of "The 30%

      discount applies only to books, not Processing or Training" per HCO

      P/L 13 July 1960.]




                                      247







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960

                             (Reissued from Sthil)

      CenOCon

                           INTERNATIONAL MEMBERSHIP

                                  PRIVILEGES




        The privileges and discounts entailed in an international

      Membership at present are as follows:




        International Members receive the PAB Magazine monthly, and also

      the Continental Magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc.) monthly.




        International Members receive a discount of 20% on all books,

      charts and scales except those priced at 5/- ($1.25) or less. There

      is no discount on testing materials.






        International Members receive a 20% discount on tapes, and also

      20% discount on E-Meters supplied by HCO WW.




        If an International Member also holds a Lifetime Membership, he

      receives a 30% discount on books, charts and scales instead of 20%.

      The 30% discount applies only to books, charts and scales, not to

      tapes and E-Meters.




        International Members do not receive any discount on Congresses.




        All discounts are given on cash purchases only.




        This Policy is not intended to affect the discounts already in

      force for Lifetime Members and Franchise Holders, which remain

      unchanged.




      LRH:rf.gh.oden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for L.

      RON HUBBARD




                                      248







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 OCTOBER 1960

      CenOCon

                                 MEMBERSHIP

                                 RESTRICTIONS




        Effective 20th February 1961 no person may be retained as a

      professional certified member of Scientology organizations whose

      case level is that of the mentally deranged and/or who makes no

      arrangements with a Central Organization to improve an undesirable

      case level.




        Professional membership shall replace "International membership"

      on January 1, 1961.




        Professional memberships shall be annual.




        Professional membership is not covered by a share in HASI Ltd.




        No certificate may be considered in force if professional

      membership lapses.




        The price of a professional membership shall be the same as

      International Membership was.




        A certificate of any level or grade is required for a

      professional membership to be held.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1960

      SA only

      Info Cen Orgs




        There will be no professional rates allowed for processing as of

      February 1st, 1961.




        This does not affect special auditing rates to HASI Staff Members

      which will continue.




      Alison Parkhouse

      Dir Prom Reg SA

      for L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:AP:aecJs.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      249







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 DECEMBER 1960

                              Re-issued from Sthil




      Central Orgs




                                  MEMBERSHIP

                                    CHANGE




        HCO Policy Letter of October 25, 1960 is now null and void.




        Due to the many complaints of people desiring to get the PABs

      under an




        International Membership, the International Membership is

      re-instated.




      LRH:js.gh.cden

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Mary Sue Hubbard Deputy

      Executive Director for

      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1961

      BPI

                              PROFESSIONAL RATES

                                   RESTORED




        Concurrent with an intense campaign to maintain Central

      Organization and HGC staffs as the finest auditors in Scientology,

      we announce the following:




        Effective on Receipt, all persons holding a valid, in force, and

      in hand professional certificate in Dianetics or Scientology shall

      be entitled to a 50% discount on all HGC processing.




        This will be mandatory of acceptance by all HGCs.




        We have been clearing for some time. Clearing has certain

      preliminary steps. It is best to get these out of the way first.

      Further, nearly all offices have or will have in the very near

      future graduates from Saint Hill, qualified to find correct goals

      and terminals. It is very dangerous to run an incorrect goal and

      terminal. The ones found and run must be right. Only Saint Hill

      graduates are qualified to verify a pc's goal and terminal.




        Therefore this is the optimum solution - to restore professional

      rates so that all auditors can take the first and at last the final

      steps to clearing in fully competent hands.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      250







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MAY 1962




      BPI




                              PROFESSIONAL RATES

               (Adds to HCO Policy Letter of October 27, 1961,

                         Professional Rates Restored)




        Professional Rates for auditing in the HGC are hereby restored to

      the immediate families of professional auditors, as formerly.




        Registrars should use their discretion as to what constitutes

      "Immediate family", though normally it is taken to mean wife,

      husband or children of the professional auditor.




        All professional rates apply only to auditing in the HGC.




        The rate is 50% of the full rate for the first 25 hours, without

      any membership or Shareholder discount. There is no reduction by

      reason of buying more than one week.




        Professional rate is always 50% of the full rate of the 1st 25

      hours, never 50% of the 3 or 5 week rate.




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1962

      CenOCon

                               PERMANENT STAFF

                                  PRIVILEGE




        Staff Members who complete Permanent Staff requirements may

      receive the benefit of International Membership while they are on

      the staff of a Central Organization or City Office.




        A N/C invoice is made out by Accounts (so that records exist)

      upon application by a staff member.




        If a Permanent Staff Member leaves the Org voluntarily or is

      dismissed for a valid reason, the International Membership fee

      becomes payable (part of a year's membership to be worked out pro

      rata).




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      251







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 APRIL 1963




      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Accts Depts




                                 MEMBERSHIPS




             (Cancels HCO Pol Ltr of September 26, 1962, same title)




        HCO Policy Letter of September 26, 1962, Memberships, is

      cancelled.




        All International Membership monies will be received by HASI, and

      used as formerly to defray the cost of magazine mailings

      (Certainty, Ability, etc). HASI continues to pay for all expenses

      of the magazine.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD










                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1965

      BPI

      Gen Non-Remimeo




                                  MEMBERSHIP

                                 ATTESTATIONS




        Notary and Justice of the Peace notarizations are no longer

      necessary on any member application forms.




        These have been made unnecessary.




        A simple signature is adequate.




      LRH:wmc.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      252







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1965




      Gen Non Remimeo

      Franchise




                           CURRENT POLICY - FRANCHISE

                 (Preserved policy from former Policy Letters

                          which have been cancelled)




        Stable Franchise Centres are expected to become City Offices, and

      other Franchise Holders are expected to build stabilized Centres

      toward the end of becoming City Offices. Those not doing so may

      become individual Field Staff Members.




                       FRANCHISE BECOMING CITY OFFICES




        Successful Franchise Centres may become City Offices on

      application if their record and activity as a Franchise Holder is

      adequate.




        The requirements of a City Office are (a) corporate regularity by

      which is meant their incorporation must be passed up and in

      accordance with policy, (b) adequate premises, (c) the presence of

      a full time HCO Area Sec. (d) training of someone in org

      administration at their Central Org.




                               MEMBERSHIP SALES




        No Franchise Holder may sell memberships. Memberships may be sold

      only by City Offices or Central Orgs.




        All Membership money received by a Central Org or City Office

      must be paid into the HCO Book Account of that office and this

      money is used for dissemination. Salaries and general org bills may

      not be paid from the HCO Book Account.




        Franchise Holders receiving requests or monies for membership

      must forward the matter to the Central Organization, referring the

      requests and sending the money in its entirety.




        Franchise Holders who are Field Staff Members may, however,

      select members and receive FSM commission on such selections.




        A Franchise Holder should advise memberships as he will receive

      the benefit of it directly, membership monies being invested mainly

      in advertising of books and assisting his own sale of these as well

      as bringing other indirect benefits.




               FRANCHISE HOLDERS MUST CHARGE CENTRAL ORG PRICES




        Franchise Holders must keep to the scale of processing fees

      announced by Central Orgs for each year. These are precisely

      calculated.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      253







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1965

                                    Issue V

      Gen Non-Remimeo

                              MEMBERSHIP POLICIES

                     (Preserved Policy from former Policy

                      Letters which have been cancelled)




                                  Memberships




        Members enrolling must be furnished their cards at once. However,

      this is also done by application form and on that form the person

      signing must pledge himself to abide by the rules, codes and

      policies of the organization and that he understands there is no

      refund of membership and that he does not belong to or work for any

      hostile organization or group or any group undisclosed to us that

      is dedicated to the harming of Mankind.




        Only a signature is required, not a notary.




                                     Pins




        Wherever possible, make it easy for persons to obtain and wear

      Scientology pins, the S and double triangle.




        Such a pin as available should be given new members. Pins should

      be purchasable for a small sum along with books in the reception

      office.




        Policy as to who wears a Scientology pin is governed only by

      their being a member and subscribing to the membership application

      statement. However there is no penalty for non members wearing

      general pins that do not bear notation of class for grade or state

      of case.




                            Membership Not Part of

                                      10%




        No 10% administrative percentage is to be sent to Saint Hill on

      memberships sold. It all goes into the HCO Book Account in the area

      where the membership is bought and is not part of the

      organization's weekly gross income. Membership monies go to

      dissemination.




                                Memberships Non-

                                  Refundable




        No membership monies are ever refundable even for a portion of a

      year since the purchaser of one usually receives many times its

      value in discounts within a few days or months.




                      International Membership for Staff

                                    Members




        Staff members, full or part time, continuously employed and under

      contract are given their International Membership yearly without

      charge. Their Lifetime Membership must be purchased by themselves.

      On departure from staff a staff member's International Membership

      is cancelled as of that date, but may be renewed on proper payment.




      LRH:ml.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      254







                        FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

                               WASHINGTON, D.C.




                       FC POLICY LETTER OF 1 APRIL 1957




                             ALWAYS REGISTER AND

                                   INVOICE




        All students and pcs for whatever brief training or processing,

      must be registered by Registrar whether charge is made or not. All

      books issued anyone must be invoiced whether charged for or not.




      L. RON HUBBARD







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                                    LONDON




                     HASI POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1957




                                    INCOME




        The horrible truth about HASI income is that it comes from




        1. The Outflow of the Registrar and CF auditors;




        2. The expert handling of people by the Registrar and from her

      comm lines;




        3. Sale of books, memberships and tapes;




        4. Good ARC with the world;




        5. Good Service in training and processing.




        Thought you'd like to know -




        RON




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                                    LONDON




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1957




                                  INVOICING

                                    ITEMS




        No services, goods, memberships, books, tapes or any other item

      on which there would ordinarily be a financial transaction may be

      given or released without being invoiced even if the invoice states

      "no charge".




        This means that a free week of processing given to an outside

      preclear must be invoiced by the Registrar. This means that any

      item for which there would ordinarily be a charge must be invoiced

      before Shipping may ship or the service unit such as Academy or HGC

      may deliver or perform.




        There are no exceptions to this. It applies to all processing of

      staff and issuance of books to students.




      copy to all staff copy

      to HCO London




      L. RON HUBBARD




                 FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1957




                      ORDERING PEOPLE TO PROCESSING OR

                                   TRAINING




        When staff is to be processed or other people have special

      arrangements made for them, a pink slip must be originated and sent

      to the Registrar so that all terms of the processing or training

      may be expressed on an invoice.




        When I tell the Organization Secretary or the HCO Board of Review

      to send somebody to training or processing, the person told should

      originate a pink slip and get my initials on it. All terms and

      conditions and payments of the processing or training must be

      clearly expressed on the pink slip and the person ordered to

      training or processing should be informed.




      LRH:md.rd

      5-23-57




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      255







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959




      Convert to

      Sec ED




                         INVOICING AND COLLECTION OF

                                     MONEY




        Income apparently suffers in some instances by the failure of

      staff members to receive money for the organization from preclears

      and students of the Academy and PE Foundation.




        Incredible as it may seem this fundamental is sometimes

      overlooked to the embarrassment of the unit.




        Money must be taken at once on sign up always. The note if any

      and receipt invoice are made up. The money is taken, the note if

      any signed, the receipt given and then the pc or student is sent to

      processing, training or HAS.




        Even a no charge activity such as the first week of PE is given

      an invoice, even if it is "no charge". How else can you demonstrate

      value, collect the name and address and know if the person did

      enroll in the PE.




        All activities must invoice properly.




        Further, the D of T. the D of P and the D of PE must have an

      invoice copy for every person sent.




        If no invoice copy, no training or processing. No signed contract

      and release, no invoice, Accounts must require the note, contract

      and release to be in a signed form before any invoice can be

      written for pcs and pre-course students.




        No HAS or co-audit instructor may permit a student in his class,

      even a staff member, without receiving the yellow invoice copy of

      enrollment from them.




        In a matter of "lots of people to invoice before class begins"

      don't just collapse and let them m and "get it later" - what

      apathy. Put a Congress type multiple clerk line at the entrance

      point. Have more people there to do it and more machines. Cope.

      Give the enrollee their white and their yellow.




        Instructors in HAS and co-audit should collect the yellows

      rapidly at the start of class on the first night of the week and

      pass to the PE Fnd Director. Require the students to bring the

      white to show on other nights.




        The D of P and D of T should always receive the yellow from the

      enrolling pc or student and it must be right or no processing. On

      "later in the week payment" the invoice must be marked "later in

      the week such and such a sum" and it must be remembered and

      collected. A staff auditor should ask to look at the pc's white

      receipt before auditing begins.




        The Registrar has been found to do less well when the Registrar

      does not make out the note, contract and release and receive the

      cash. The Accts dept can invoice the cash then, but only if the

      note, contract and release are in order. Accts gives the white and

      the yellow to the pc and the pc is escorted to the D of P or D of T

      not left to wander.




        We spend vast sums to disseminate and get people in. Our solvency

      and size of




                                      256







      unit depends on precise 8C on the finance line.




        Note: Permitting a person to be trained, processed or co-audited

      without proper invoice or payment can result in deduction of the

      fee from pay. All HCO Area Secs see that this line works.




        ALL STAFF




        Get at cause over income lines and raise your unit.




                                    CREDIT




        Credit may not be extended to HAS co-audit people or book buyers.




        Credit may not be invited on pcs and students in any written form

      or literature. High interest rates should be used always on notes.

      No sum "as a minimum deposit" on training or processing may now be

      advised to a pc or student.




        Do not invite credit. We are a financial institution not a bank.




        Credit may not be extended to bad credit risks. The Registrar

      should be provided with a bad risk list by Accounts.




        Badly overdue accounts must now be sued.




        If you have to waste money, collect it and then buy white china

      dog doorstops for the coalheavers union. Don't waste it before it

      is paid out as a unit.




      LRH:mp.cden




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 JUNE 1959

                                   Issue II

      CenOCon

                                  INVOICING




        All invoicing is to be done hereafter by reception, modifying

      earlier directives.




        Only one invoice station will be used and that is reception.




      LRH:mp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      257







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1959




      Convert

        Sec ED




                        ATTENTION REGISTRARS AND BOOK

                                ADMINISTRATORS




        Discounts by reason of memberships, status as pro auditors or any

      other reason do not apply to credit purchases.




        Discounts may be given on cash sales only and sales or service

      paid in full.No businesses anywhere give discounts on credit

      purchases.




      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      BOOK ORDERS




      L. RON HUBBARD




        The following LRH order is taken from a despatch, date approx

      1960:




        IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT ALL BOOK ORDERS BE INVOICED RAPIDLY AND

      THAT THE APPROPRIATE COLORED INVOICE SLIP BE PASSED AT ONCE BY HAND

      TO THE BOOK SHIPPING SECTION. ORDERS ARE FILLED THE SAME DAY THEY

      ARE RECEIVED FIVE DAYS PER WEEK. THEREFORE THERE MUST BE RAPIDITY

      IN INVOICING AND GETTING THE SLIPS TO BOOK ADMIN FOR SHIPPING VERY

      EARLY IN THE DAY.




      LRH




                                      258







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 AUGUST 1961

      CenOCon

                                  BOOK SALES




        All book sales of whatever nature are handled by HCO and none are

      handled by any Central Organization.




        This Policy Letter, therefore, strictly prohibits the sale of

      books in Reception by any Central Organization. All Reception book

      sales shall be done by HCO and HCO only.




        This changes the Proportionate income Breakdown Work Sheet to the

      degree that ail books sold in Reception are now added in with the

      HCO Area 5%.




        If this policy is not in effect in your area, please put it into

      effect immediately. No Central Organization is exempt from this

      ruling.




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      259







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1963




      HCOs

      Central

      Orgs

      Reception




                                   [Excerpt]




                                   INVOICING




        FOUR: INVOICING (HCO WW note: These instructions may not be

      applicable to your Org.)




        All invoicing is done at Reception except Testing Materials which

      is handled by Julia Salmen or the Director of Accounts




        A. What is Invoiced.




        1. Anatomy of the Human Mind Lectures.




        2. Communication Course.




        3. Co-Audit Course.




        4. Books.




        5. Donations to the Church.




        6. Hubbard Guidance Center Processing.




        7. Academy of Scientology Training Courses.




        8. How to invoice.




        1. The final figure at the bottom right hand corner of the

      invoice should always equal the exact amount received. (Cash,

      cheque, or whatever.)




        2. The invoice should contain all pertinent data.




        (a) Buyer's name, address, phone number, date of purchase




        (b) Total charges, total on account, amount received, terms of

      payment.




        (c) Invoices should show clearly whether payment is for:

      Spiritual Training, Spiritual Processing, Books, or whatever. In

      addition to written words explaining the sale a large letter "B" is

      put on a Book Sale Invoice, a large letter "T" is put on a Training

      Invoice, a large letter "P" is put on a Processing Invoice.




        (d) On Book sales the retail price of the Book should be shown,

      any discounts deducted from that, charges, tax, etc. There is a tax

      table on the Invoicing Machine. You should also indicate that the

      Book was delivered to the person, or that the Book is to be mailed.




        (e) Invoices should show whether payment is by Cheque, Cash or

      Money Order.




        (f) If purchaser is making use of credit we owe him, it should be

      shown where this credit originated.




        (g) Initial every invoice written so that any question arising

      may be traced to the writer of the invoice.




        (h) Discounts:




        1. International Members: Get a 20% discount on books and tapes

      costing over 51.25; 20% discount on E-Meters.




        2. Franchised Auditors: Get a 40% discount on books costing over

      $1.25, and a 20% discount on E-Meters.




        3. Lifetime Members: Get a 20% discount on books, tapes,

      processing and training. Not on E Meters.




        4. Lifetime AND International Member: Gets a 30% discount on

      books and tapes, 20% discount on E-Meters.




        5. Staff Members: Get a 40% discount on books and tapes only.




        DISCOUNTS FOR ANY CATEGORY OF MEMBERSHIP APPLY TO CASH PURCHASES

      ONLY. THEY DO NOT APPLY TO CREDIT PURCHASES.




                                      260







      (i) Examples of Invoices




      1. Book Invoice:




      QUAN.




      DESCRIPTION




                            PRICE

                            4.00

                            1.25




           5.25

      1.05

      4.20

      Tax

      Total

      Mary Reception




      AMOUNT




      _ (c)

           17

           4 37




                       Dianetics, MSMH

                      Problems of Work




                          Less 20%

                    (Tax on this amount)




      Delivered: Date (or)

      To be mailed:




                         Received By




      2. Processing Invoice. Payment data taken from contract.




      QUAN.




      PRICE |

      700 _

      200

      __

      500

      Tax




           Total   _




      MR




      DESCRIPTION




                    25 Hours of Spiritual

                          Guidance

                          Cash down

                         Balance due




      AMOUNT




                             200

                             200




      11 pays $4 1.00

      1 pay $49.00

      First payment Jan 0, 19XX




      Received By_




      3. Training Course Invoice. Payment data taken from contract.




      QUAN.

      _




           PRICE  AMOUNT




      750.00




           250.00 250

           500.00

           Tax

           Total  250




      DESCRIPTION




      PICA Course

      Spiritual Training




      Cash down




      Balance due




      11 pays $41.00

       1 pay $49.00




      f




      First payment August X,19XX




                                      00

                                      00




      Received By_




        3. Distribution of Invoices.




        (a) White copy goes to the purchaser.




        (b) Yellow copy is put in a basket at your desk. When you have

      time, distribute Book invoices to the Comm Center basket of the

      Book Administrator; Training Invoices to the Comm Center basket of

      the Director of Training; Processing Invoices to the Comm Center

      basket of the Director of Processing; Memberships and other

      Invoices to the Director of Accounts.




        (c) Pink Copy goes to Central Files (Addressograph) for address

      check and inclusion in the person's CF folder.




        MR




        (d) Goldenrod copy remains in the machine, undetached, and is

      collected after 2 p.m. each Thursday by the Director of Accounts

      Dir Accounts will give you the invoice number starting the new

      week. Record this number on your desk calendar for the appropriate

      date.




        4. Incorrect Invoices.




        When an invoice is written incorrectly, void it and write one

      correctly. Don't try to make complicated corrections. VOID ALL

      COPIES, including the copy in the invoicing machine (Goldenrod

      copy). Write VOID in large letters across the face of the invoice,

      and in small letters across the final figures at the bottom right

      of the invoice. ALL copies of voided invoices including the white

      copy must go to the Director of Accounts. Failure to include all

      copies may result in difficulties in auditing the books.




      LRH:lr.rd

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: Peter Hemery

                 HCO Secretary WW

                 for

                 L. RON HUBBARD

      Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD




        [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter 31 October 1963, Reception Hat.

      A complete copy can be found in Volume 1, pages 64-72.]




                                      262







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1965

      Remimeo

      Tech Div

      Qual Div

      Dissem Div




                                FREE RELEASE

                                    CHECK




        When a person comes in for a Free Release Check only, the invoice

      is to be clearly marked FREE RELEASE CHECK, NO CHARGE.




        When a person comes in for a Free Release Check and

      Rehabilitation, the invoice is to be clearly marked FREE RELEASE

      CHECK AND REHABILITATION with the proper price for such invoiced.




        This is necessary so that no-one can be declared RELEASE unless

      signed up for Rehabilitation.




      LRH:ml.kd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 FEBRUARY 1966

      Gen Non-

      Remimeo

      Org Secs

      Dissem Secs

      Dir Pubs

      Dir of income

      Shipping Officer

      Income invoicing

      Officer




                                  SHIPPING

                                   CHARGES




        For any books or supplies sold at a 50% discount, the receiver

      must pay for any postage or shipping charges.




        The receiver is to pay for any special shipping costs, such as

      air mail, at any discount.




        Taped lectures are shipped airmail at no extra charge as per HCO

      Policy Letter 17 Dec 1964 "Tape Prices".




        To ensure this, the following procedure must be adhered to:




        1. Invoice and order is routed to Shipping Dept.




        2. If 50% discount or special shipping is indicated on the

      invoice, the Shipping Officer fills out a P O. indicating total

      postage costs, service performed, Invoice No.




        3. This is routed to the Org Division on normal P.O. lines.




        4. The Income Invoicing Officer fills out a "Debit invoice" for

      the receiver, indicating total postage, service performed, and

      invoice No. of the material ordered.




        Receipt of postage payment as noted in step (3) is not a

      requirement for shipping material. Orders are filled and shipped

      swiftly.




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      263







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 FEBRUARY 1966




      All orgs except

      Saint Hill

      Info SH Secs




                                INVOICE ROUTING

                        FOR ALL ORGS EXCEPT SAINT HILL

                    (For SH Invoice Routing - see HCO Pol Ltr

                            of 12 Jan 66 Issue II)

                            All Invoicing Stations




        From 1 January 1966, for all orgs except Saint Hill, new invoice

      packs are introduced which have 5 invoices, the original and 4

      copies.




        These invoice copies are distributed as follows:




      WHITE




      YELLOW




                                     BLUE




                                     BLUE




        To the customer.




        To the department concerned with the service or item purchased.




        Debit and Credit invoices are kept in the Department of income

      for collection purposes.




      NOT debit or credit invoices are routed to Address and then CF.




           GREEN  -  To the Department of Records, Assets and Materiel

                     for record purposes.

                     Consecutive series to be kept in the machine until

                     the end of the accounting week.




      PINK




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      264







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1966




      Gen Non-

      Remimeo

      Treasury Sec

      Dept Income

      Hats






                                   ACCOUNTS

                                   INVOICES




                              NAMES ON INVOICES




        In writing invoices, the Area Cashier and the Mail Invoicing

      Officer PRINT IN CAPITALS the person's name in the form the person

      would use for formal documents, e g., in signing cheques or legal

      documents.




        If the person is known in the org by a nickname this may be added

      in parentheses. Examples: John William (Bill) Jones, Herbert (Bert)

      Garfield Smith, etc.




                               INVOICE ROUTING




        Each terminal which originates Accounts Invoices is to have a

      stack of baskets, one basket for each separate destination to which

      invoices are routed.




        Immediately after writing an invoice, all the copies are torn off

      and distributed, the top copy to the person taking the service and

      the others to baskets for the correct terminals as per current

      Policy on invoice routing. The In-Series copy stays in the machine.




        Bundles of invoices are routed to their proper destinations from

      the baskets when convenient but at least once a day and at 2.00

      p.m. Thursday. The bundles are secured by a rubber band or paper

      clipped together, with a piece of despatch paper on top giving a

      clearly written and arrowed routing and the date.




      Written by a Board of Investigation

                David Ziff

                Otto Roos

                Ralph Pearcy

                George Galpin Qual Sec SH

                Gareth McCoy HCO Area Sec SH

                Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH

                Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW

                Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW




      for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      265







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 FEBRUARY 1967




      Gen Non-

      Remimeo

      Treas Sec

      Income Dept




                                  SECURITY OF

                                    INVOICES




        Invoices are the means of crediting someone with monies paid and

      thus the right to take services on the strength of these, or

      receive items from the Bookstore. As such they are, prima facie,

      worth something in terms of cash Thus if invoice packs are not

      administered carefully then it is open to anyone to pick up an

      invoice and credit himself for some goods or service.




        Invoices are the record, in time sequence, of monies received and

      unless the numbers of the Cashier's fourth and machine copies are

      seen to follow through consecutively, then there is no certainty

      that all monies are accounted for.




        Treasury invoice packs should be kept separate from any such

      packs used by other divisions such as Qual, and such divisions

      should arrange for the purchase of their own invoice packs (submit

      their own requisitions and not depend on Treasury Division supply).

      Also such other divisions using invoices such as Qual, for routing

      slips, should make sure that their invoices do not look like the

      invoices used by Treasury Division, in order to keep Treasury

      Division invoices completely unconfused. Otherwise the ease of

      checking through the consecutive numbers of Cashier's invoices is

      interrupted and made more difficult.




        From the viewpoint of the outside professional Accountant doing

      the Audit, the control of the invoicing system is fundamental to

      his check of monies received and he will expect it to be carefully

      controlled and in date and numerical sequence.




        The control of Voided invoices is also important and in these

      cases the original white copy and ALL duplicates should be retained

      and attached to the machine copy in the complete series. Without

      this there is no evidence that a top copy has not been given to a

      client in lieu of cash and duplicate copies only marked 'Void'.




        If the invoices are kept properly it will increase the speed of

      an audit and decrease accounting costs.




        Thus INVOICE PACKS MUST BE CONTROLLED AND ACCOUNTED FOR DOWN TO

      THE LAST INVOICE. Therefore:




        1. The Dir of Income is to keep a book detailing all the stocks

      of invoice packs and their numbers. Such packs in stock are in his

      charge and are to be kept under lock and key.




        2. He issues and books out new packs as needed, in the series of

      numbers following the just-completed pack. He issues the pack to

      the Cashier in those orgs where the Cashier does all the invoicing

      and, of course, in those orgs having also a Mail Invoicing Clerk,

      he may issue new packs to him as needed.




        3. He issues the new packs on request, but must check that the

      previous used series - the fourth copy and the machine copy - are

      all accounted for and that they were used, and that any Voided

      invoices are attached with duplicates to the machine copy.




        4. Thus his book should show three things under three separate

      columns.




                                      266







        (a) The stocks of packs, plus the additions of new packs coming

      into stock. The stocks of packs are entered in the book by number

      per pack, i.e. No. 062501-62750, if those were the series numbers

      in one pack.




        (b) New packs issued to the invoicing section(s) during the week.




        (c) In the last column is the actual invoices used by the

      section(s) in the week. The recording of the packs is obviously

      done by the numbers of the invoices and invoice packs concerned.




        Thus a complete accounting for every invoice can be easily

      maintained and its history of issue and usage traced. The second

      and third columns would show that invoices had been issued in

      consecutive series numbers and the third column not only shows the

      actual usage week by week but also enables one to see that the

      succeeding week follows on with the next number in series.




        The Dir of Income, in doing this, must not be content to make the

      entries in the above book only. He must actually physically check

      by examining the 4th copy and machine copy invoices for the week to

      see that the book actually records what happened with invoices

      during that week. Thus, what is recorded in column three for

      invoices used in the week must be the actual numbers of the 4th

      copy and machine copy put away in the weekly folder with the adding

      machine tape of income, and the paying in slips recording its

      banking.






      Marilynn Routsong

      Joe van Staden

      Dalene Regenass

      Brian Livingston




      Otto Roos )

      Joan McNocher )

      Ken Delderfield

      Betty James




      Treasurer WW

      Qual Sec

      HCO Area Sec

      Chairman,

      Ad Council SH




      Exec Council SH

      LRH Comm SH

      Chairman,

      Ad Council WW




      Fred Hare )

      Leon Steinberg ) Exec Council WW

      Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW

      Mary Sue Hubbard

      The Guardian WW




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      267







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MARCH 1971

                                    Issue I

      Remimeo

      Exec Dirs

      Prod Officers

      Org Officers

      Dissem Hats

      Registrar Hats

      Treas Hats

      CLOs for Compliance




                           REGISTRAR INVOICING LINE

                         (Cancels HCO PL 3 August 1970

                        "Registrars May now Talk Money

                      Only Accounts Talks Money Details"

                          Modifies HCO PL 15 Sept 65

                           "Only Accts Talks Money")




        Note: This P/L does not apply to Public Regs in Division 6 and

      does not change. existing Public Lines.




        Department 6 is now responsible for Income Greater Than Outgo

      Plus Reserves




        Gross Income is a stat of Department 6 and is the stat for the

      Registrar




        The Registrar, to control her stat and to achieve the Valuable

      Final Product of Income Greater than Outgo plus Reserves, obviously

      must talk money and collect it in bucketsfull.




        The way the line is set up now Bodies get lost somewhere between

      the Registrar and Cashier and because of this orgs are losing

      between $500 and $1000 daily.




        In one org there is known to be a one foot stack of sign-ups who

      never got to Cashier from the Reg!




        So where does all this lead us?




        It leads us back to the former successful line of the late '50s

      and early '60s when the Registrar would interview people, sign them

      up, AND TAKE THEIR MONEY for individual training and processing.




        This is the way the line was in in the first very affluent

      foundation.




        The line was changed, probably on a wrong WHY, and since then has

      only worked on personality and proximity of Registrar and Cashier.

      As evidenced at SH through 1965-67.




        Responsibility for the org's GI has been too long resting on the

      Dir Income's shoulders.




        With the way it is set up now, Department 7 mostly operates at

      the irreducible minimum of collecting cash over the counter, while

      its vital admin functions would be in total neglect.




        The point is, ALL ORGS HAVE DEBTORS, be it only Qual Services,

      and Freeloaders. Partially paid Advance Payments are also truly a

      debt to the org - they must be followed up and collected. And it is

      Dept 7's major action to see that ALL funds for org services and

      sales get collected.




                                      268







        It is a fact then that money worries begin when one doesn't

      produce and then when one doesn't collect what one is owed.




        From the above, we therefore get a split in Income functions:




        1. Dept 6 collects new Cash.




        2. Dept 7 collects Credit Owed and Advance Payments




        The Registrar is beefed up as an income Producer and Treasury is

      freed up to get in its standard collection actions.




        It now doesn't become a question of who takes in the most Income.




        BOTH DEPTS TAKE IT IN IN BUCKETLOADS.




                          THE NEW INCOME PRODUCING

                                     LINE




        1. The Registrar has an Invoice Machine on her desk. She is

      hatted on the subject of making out invoices.




        2. The Registrar must be totally familiar with all pricing and

      price structures of the Org.




        3. The Registrar has an Org Price List and Refund Notice posted

      by her desk.




        4. The Registrar is totally money-minded and gets that body into

      the shop. She is a cracker-jack at handling the Public Individual

      and producing Income.




        5. The Registrar has her lines fully in so that she never misses

      a Hot Prospect from the Public Divs or the Div 2 lines. She signs

      them up and takes their money.




        6. The Registrar interviews public pcs and students after

      training and processing and re- signs them up and takes their money

      and usually nets some 50% of the Org's Income for additional

      sign-ups in these "after Interviews".




                                  ADMIN SET-UP




         1. Dept 7 is responsible for the admin set-up necessary to Cash

      Collection for the Registrar.




         2. Invoice Packs are issued the Registrar by the Cashier and

      standardly logged in and out.




        3. The Registrar Invoices all monies received by her over the

      counter.




         4. The Cashier and Registrar work in close liaison. One could

      even set up a buzzer system between the Cashier and Registrar's

      office so that the Cashier could be called upon at a moment's

      notice to serve the Registrar.




         5. The Cashier makes change for the Registrar. The money and any

      notes are handled by the Registrar.




         6. The Registrar turns over to the Cashier the fourth copy of

      her invoice and any note, and the money received. As usual, Dept 7

      also gets the 3rd copy of any Debit/Credit invoice for collection

      purposes.




        7. The Cashier then checks for correctness of invoice, and sees

      that it matches the money received.




        8. The Cashier keeps the money until picked up by the FBO or RAM

      for banking.




                                      269







        9. Dir income remains responsible for doing weekly income

      breakdowns, combining Registrar takings and Income Dept receipts

      for the week.




        10. Body Collections are done by the Cashier on past due payments

      locally, and may also be done by FSMs.




        11. The Income Dept is mainly concerned with getting in monies

      owed to the org and advance payments through standard collection




      actions and monthly statements




        12. The above is done with a routine admin set-up which uses the

      xerox and address machine, but entails NO letter writing or typing

      statements. (Collection letters can of course be written to debtors

      who are not answering up to statements.)




        13. The Income Dept has a series of income folders. Each folder

      has in it a summary sheet for that account.




        14. Invoices are posted by hand to the summary sheets routinely.




        15. Once a month, summary sheets are xeroxed for statements.




        16. Dept 7 also uses a billing slip, which bears a "PLEASE REMIT"

      in bold letters, and which has a blank space to write down the

      balance of account.




        17. Dept 7 keeps in its own area and under its own control, a

      tray of address plates which matches exactly the set of collection

      folders.




        18. The billing slip gets run through the address machine and

      matched to its corresponding xeroxed summary sheet Both get stuffed

      into a pre-addressed envelope and sent out!




        19. When receiving a Debit-Credit invoice from the Registrar, the

      Cashier makes an address plate for the person's permanent address

      and makes up a folder and a statement form if one doesn't already

      exist in the file.




        20. An address check basket is set up in Income Dept. Before

      filing, all Debit/Credit Invoices, whether written on Reg lines or

      by the income Dept, and all other Income mail particles go through

      this basket so that plates can be checked and changed as needed or

      new plates made up.




        21. A whole Advance payment billing layout parallels the above.

      The same system with summary sheets and billing forms is used, but

      the full run off is sent to Advance Reservations Reg in Dept 6 so

      she can nudge along with the statement and mail the statement and

      letter out.




        This new line is guaranteed to raise your Org's Gross income, and

      if putting an Invoice Machine on the Registrar's desk doesn't do

      it, then she sure needs hatting and drilling on the subject of

      Producing Income.




        Do the above and become a Member of the BE VIABLE CLUB!




      LRH:RR:LQ:mes.rd

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      270







      Written by Dissem &

      Treas Aides from the notes of

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                     HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE LONDON




                        HCO BULLETIN OF 3 AUGUST 1956




                                  MAIL LINE




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




        As the mail line contains money, preclear and student

      applications and is in effect the income line of the organization,

      it must be secure in the extreme. Only the Accountant must

      originally touch the mail box and mail. He shall be provided with

      the single key to the box. While he may collect the mail from the

      box oftener, the Accountant's invoicing day begins at 10:30 a.m.

      and all mail is invoiced prior to that hour once per day.




        The Accountant opens all mail, whether personal or otherwise and

      no matter how marked on the cover, which is addressed to the

      organization or its personnel-excepting only mail for students

      and/or preclears, and packages. Example: Any letter addressed

      personally to a staff member and received at the HASI, even though

      marked personal, would be opened. (This regulation has been found

      important in this London operation three years ago.) (This

      discourages receipt of personal mail by staff at business address.)




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      271







      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO PROCEDURE LETTER OF 15 MAY 1957




                     METHOD OF OPENING & INVOICING MAIL,

                                   MODIFIED




        All Mail goes only to Accountant. Accountant opens all mail from

      whatever source.




        Accountant's first interest in mail is whether or not it contains

      money. Therefore, he rapidly opens mail and places it in either of

      two baskets.












        Basket No. 1: Accountant to Comm Centre. Receives all mail not

      containing money.




        Basket No. 2: Accountant to Invoice Clerk. Receives all mail and

      money (as further described).




        Basket No. 3: invoice Clerk to Comm Centre. Receives all mail as

      fast as invoiced.




        Cash Box: Beside invoice Clerk, receives all money.




        Accountant uses a stapler in fastening letters to envelopes. He

      staples all envelopes to their letters. He uses paper clips to

      fasten money and cheques to letters.




        Invoice Clerk never uses a stapler, always uses paper clips.




        Accountant does no further separation of mail than (1) mail with

      money or orders in it and (2) with no orders or money in it. He

      does not stamp mail as received.




        Mail with money orders in it is placed by Accountant in Basket

      No. 2. Invoice Clerk only invoices. Does not otherwise process

      mail. He writes name and address very clearly. He marks the invoice

      number on the order letter and with a paper clip attaches the white

      and the yellow to the letter. He writes any special directions

      about the order on the invoice slip. He puts any money in the cash

      box. He handles each order letter one at a time. He takes order

      letter from Basket No. 2, writes invoice, verifies sum of money,

      notes any discrepancy on the invoice or any credit due or amount

      still owing, marks number of invoice on the letter, removes money

      from order letter and puts money in cash box, clips white and

      yellow to the order letter and places it in Basket No. 3 before he

      touches another order from No. 2.




        When invoicing to more than one organization the money is

      invoiced to the organization giving the service, not necessarily

      the organization mentioned in the letter or on the cheque or money

      order. Such mis-naming on cheques or money orders by public is

      straightened out by Accountant at time he deposits by simply adding

      his pinks for any organization and taking that much money from cash

      box and depositing it to that organization. Cheques can be cross-

      endorsed as needed to make this balance. It is balanced with cash,

      not at time of invoicing. Further, a split of a cheque where part

      is a payment for a book on one corporation and part is a processing

      payment on another is simply invoiced with the proper amount to

      each corporation and the cheque placed in cash box.




        The moment the Accountant has finished with mail (he sets an hour

      such as noon for end of mail day and keeps all mail arriving after

      this hour to the next morning-thus invoicing only once a 24-hour

      day), he takes everything in Basket No. 1 to Comm Centre and gives

      it to Reception.




        The moment the Invoice Clerk is finished he takes everything in

      Basket No. 3 to Reception.




                                      272







        Neither the Accountant nor the invoice Clerk distribute.

      Reception distributes.




        Receptionist, being in charge of Comm Centre, does all

      distribution of mail.




        On receipt of any mail from Accountant or Invoice Clerk,

      Reception stamps it with receipt time. We only now consider it to

      be in the Comm lines of organization.




        Reception places the yellow and white Invoice slips only in -




        1. Shipping (books and tapes)




        2. Memberships (for membership payments)




        3. Accountant (payment on bills and notes)




        Reception places no letters in these three baskets. Only white

      and yellow invoice




        Reception detaches letters and places them in the indicated

      baskets.




        All letters accompanying orders or other such letters not

      prospect or applicant go to Central Files in Charge who herself

      writes answers to them while CF Clerk carries on CF.




        All applicant letters, meaning people who apply for training or

      processing, go to the Registrar.




        All prospect letters, people who are merely interested maybe, go



      to the auditor to whom they are addressed or, in case of doubt, to

      Registrar.




        Technical question letters go to the Registrar who tells them to

      come in for training.




        Complaints go to Director of Processing always.




        Business letters go to Director of Administration. HCO Letters or

      letters to LRH go to HCO. Non-classified letters go to CF in Charge

      for procurement purposes.




        This HASI Policy Letter is prompted by the following discoveries:

      (1) Everyone in an organization tries to act as a Comm Centre to

      some degree. (2) Comm Centre belongs to Reception. (3) Mail routing

      is not the business of the Accountant beyond finance.




        I expect this procedure to be adhered to. If it needs

      clarification or change, tell me.




      L. RON HUBBARD






                                      273







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 AUGUST 1965

      Gen Non-

      Remimeo




                                 MAIL OPENING




        The opening of mail is to be done in the Dept of Communications -

      HCO Division 1. Dept 2. Mail is opened and distributed only once a

      day which is after the first delivery. Any other deliveries of mail

      by the Post Office are to be kept locked up in a safe place until

      the next day.




        In opening mail, follow this procedure: first divide the mail

      into three categories:




        (a) letters into org (b) packages and parcels for the org (c)

      students' and pcs' letters and parcels.




        The mail is counted and the count is noted in the mail log.




        The students' and pcs' mail is sent to Tech Services for

      distribution. Org mail is opened and each despatch is date-stamped.

      If letters contain a cheque, money order, postal order, cash or any

      other negotiable form of money, they are to be logged in the mail

      log book with the name of the remitter, exact amount of money, what

      form the money takes and the letter is to be date-stamped in the

      usual way. When this has been done, distribute all the mail into

      the comm centre with the exception of mail with money. This is

      taken by hand to the invoicing cashier in Dept 7 Org Division.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Note Practice since 1966 has been for Dir Income or Invoicing

      Officer to be

      present when org

      mail is opened by Mail Opening Clerk. - Ed. (c)







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1970

                   (Amends HCO PL 31 Aug 1965, Mail Opening)

                (Amends HCO PL 7 Oct 1970, Issue II, Mail Line)




      Gen Non-

      Remimeo

      HCO Hats

      Gdn Office Hats




                            GUARDIAN'S OFFICE MAIL




        Mail to any Guardian's Office or its personnel is not opened by

      Dept of Comm, but is distributed directly to the Guardian's Office.




        This is for security reasons.




      LRH:MSH:JK:LW:nt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1970

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Leif Windle D/G Policy

      Knowledge WW for

      Jane Kember The

      Guardian WW for Mary

      Sue Hubbard The

      Controller for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      274







                 A 1957 Letter issued by HASI Accounts, London




                             WHAT YOUR MONEY HAS

                                    BOUGHT




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      NOT GREEN ON WHITE




        A research organisation functions first on intelligence, second

      on carefulness and, in this society, third on money.




        With research nearing fruition of the deepest understanding Man

      has ever possessed of Man, we must not falter now or fail to codify

      and disseminate what has been learned because of the lack of a few

      pounds.




        Night and day, thirty days a month, for more than six years L.

      Ron Hubbard and back of him the organizations of Dianetics and

      Scientology have laboured to give Man a chance. No other man or

      organizations on Earth have advanced so far or come so near

      completing Man's civilization.




        Measured in money this work, by all earlier standards, should

      have cost billions of pounds. It has not, even though the rigors

      and discipline have been far superior to earlier work.




        If we were to tell you now that this work, by the omission of a

      few to pay their organizational debts, has been seriously impeded,

      it might startle you. Perhaps you did not realise that these

      organizations were not selling service. They were giving service to

      obtain money for research, research that is being better done than

      that of the Atomic Energy Commission, we assure you.




        To codify this period of L. Ron Hubbard's work of the past three

      years, and to put it in proper book form, the HASI London needs

      only �5,000 or about a tenth of the money spent in the last hour by

      the public on pills.




        Additionally the HASI London, "camped out" for years, has been

      forced to find new staff headquarters and by October will need

      another �2,500 for its new building or conduct its business on the

      curb.




        Our staff has been cut to a bare operating minimum to accomplish

      what we must do. Yet this is not enough.




        Probably the most valuable work ever done by Man is being scanted

      by a lack of funds.




        Research, you see, doesn't consist of a random group of auditors

      getting some "hot ideas" and rushing them to the field. It consists

      of L. Ron Hubbard summating and mathematically predicting findings

      and finding them, then placing very exact codifications in the

      hands of staff auditors who test them against exact preclear result

      tests. No work undertaken by Man has been more carefully or

      successfully done. Thus we double, treble, quadruple older

      results-thus we advance, solidly, with care, with finality.




        As this work reaches a zenith, we must not now fail to support

      it.






        We are succeeding.




        Don't let us fail for lack of funds, withheld because it is not

      understood what is being done with those funds.




        Your intensive or course helped pay for this research and its

      dissemination.




        If Man succeeds on Earth it will be because of this work. We are

      certain of that now. Would you please do your part?




      Accountant for

      Hubbard Association of

      Scientologists Int

      Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace,

      London.




                                      275







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1

                 HASI FINANCE POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1958




                              REGARDING ACCOUNTS

                                  RECEIVABLE




        1. Find out how much is on Bankers' Orders.




        NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON PINK




        2. Find out how much is on Bankers' Orders only the person is no

      longer having his Bank pay out.




        Find out what statute of limitation of debt is.




        4. All those which are approaching statute of limitation should

      be turned over to Attorney for suit. What arrangements can be made

      on such suits? It is usual to pay filing fee for suit and Attorney

      keeps half of fees collected. In other words, the suit is done on a

      percentage basis.




        5. Also investigate possibility of selling notes-sometimes bank

      or collection agencies actually buy notes at 50% off.




        In other words, let's roll on this and see what we can do and

      how.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Executive Director

      HASI London




                                      276







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

                  HCO SECRETARIAL LETTER OF 26 DECEMBER 1958




      Distribution HCO

      Personnel Only HCO

      London for release to

      Sterling HCOs Sec'l ED

      for conversion




                           COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      NOT GREEN ON WHITE




        (This supersedes all earlier directives on the collection of

      delinquent accounts.) All accounts collections that are delinquent

      stem from two sources:




        1. ARC Breaks




        2. Premeditated fraud.




        ARC BREAKS




        Most failures to collect fall in category one. ARC Breaks

      received during training or processing or through the mails or

      errors in accounts cause a person to terminate the communication

      called money as well as other kinds.




        Suing such people does not collect money. Suits of this kind over

      a period of the last two years cost more money than they collected

      and worsened the ARC Break.




        The remedy of delinquent accounts depends on the following steps:




        1. Accounts prepares a list of delinquent debtors every thirty

      days. This list is sent by Accounts to the Assistant Registrar. (It

      is done at the same time as statements.)




        2. The PR Communicator gathers up the files to go with the list

      and gives to the Assistant Registrar.




        3. The Assistant Registrar writes these people on the basis of

      ARC Breaks (TRSN). No money is mentioned.




        The Assistant Registrar pulls these people into communication and

      repairs the breaks by continued correspondence at the time of each

      new list submission.




        Statements to the people are still sent out each month

      independent of the Assistant Registrar.






        No further action is taken than the above.




        PREMEDITATED FRAUD




        In the case of Premeditated Fraud we have a person who at the

      beginning never intended to pay, but intended to defraud.




        Such persons can usually be spotted by an insistence on courses

      and processing with no down payment. This is their hallmark.




        Records should be combed for a list of such names and each time a

      request for




                                      277







      totally credit arrangements is made by anyone, that name should be

      added tentatively to the list. This list is called the "Questionable

      Risk List", or the Q. R.




        Of these people must be demanded a payment adequate to cover the

      real cost of the training, processing or service and no departure

      from this may be made.




        In the cases of persons with proven past credit this caution may

      be relaxed.




        Suit of such persons is useless. They have, on the whole, no

      credit or possessions.




        The question now arises, when do we sue? We sue only when we have

      had to guarantee a credit company that we would, which does not

      apply in the United States.




        On the whole in the matter of credit, the registrar and accounts

      must learn to say, "This is a religious institution, not a credit

      agency. We are not interested in credit and indulge in such credit

      activity only for your convenience."




        It is not true we lose money by extending credit. We make money

      by doing so. Thus, cancellation of all credit - as has been tried -

      is a serious mistake. We can cut our income 2/3rds by trying to run

      on cash only. This is a tested fact, so credit problems will be

      with us for a long time.




        I believe that if we collect only 50% of our allowed credit, we

      are justified in advancing credit. To cut our losses from advancing

      credit, use the above procedures




        If a person is profiting by Dianetics or Scientology and has not

      paid his share in it and he owes us money and won't pay it, refer

      the matter to HCO for certificate cancellation. A great many such

      persons now exist. If they are an ARC Break with us they will harm

      us with the public. If they are a premeditated fraud they will harm

      us with the public. Therefore, if all efforts to collect do not

      avail, do the following:




        1. In the matter of a trained auditor, cancel his certificates

      and rights and sue him for illegal practice via a local HCO.




        2. in the matter of a pc, inform the person that the name will be

      published, forbidding all further processing by anyone. And sue.




        In other words, as a general financial policy, "Extend credit

      only when the down payment covers all cost or the past credit

      record guarantees future payment. Handle all failures to make

      payments as ARC Breaks and stretch patience to the limit in seeking

      to collect. When all else fails and apparently will never work out,

      play rougher than anyone would believe possible."




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      275







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1965

                                   Issue II

                                  [Excerpt]

      Gen Non-Remimeo

                           COLLECTION FROM SPs AND

                                     PTSs




        On any Declared Suppressive Person an additional condition for

      return to status (Steps A to E of HCO Pol Ltr 1 March 1965) is Step

      B(1) which is the requirement that the SP pay off all debts owed to

      Scientology organizations.




        Any Potential Trouble Source owing money to any Scientology

      organization is handled the same as any other Scientologist.

      Failure to discharge a financial obligation becomes a civil Ethics

      matter after normal, within-org avenues of collection have been

      exhausted.




        Civil Court action against SPs to effect collection of monies

      owed may be resorted to.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Note: The full text of this Policy Letter is found in Volume 1,

      page 430.]




                                      276







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 FEBRUARY 1968

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Income Hats




                              COLLECTIONS LETTERS




        An important function of the Income Department is to write

      letters encouraging payments. The Department of income must not

      depend entirely on the Dissemination Division to promote income.

      Dissem gets the person reaching for services, Treasury collects the

      fees and Tech Services then get the person in to take the services.

      The Dept of income writes letters as follows:




        1. After Dissem have interested a person in taking service and

      have sent an advance registration packet, the name and address is

      sent to income Dept. The Director of Income writes to the person

      establishing the post as a terminal for receipt of the fees,

      offering to answer any queries the person may have concerning fees,

      payments, or discounts, and expressing pleasure at the prospect of

      soon seeing the person at the Org taking services on their route to

      Clear.




        If the person has not paid within a few weeks, then send another

      letter telling the person to pay so that they may commence

      services. Keep the letters light and with high ARC. Remember that

      by collecting their money you are enabling them to advance on the

      only route to freedom.




        2. When a person makes a deposit payment in advance always send a

      letter out with the white copy of the invoice thanking them for the

      payment and encouraging further payments at an increased rate;

      again establishing Dir of income as a personal friendly terminal

      who is there to help the person get Clear.




        3. When sending out monthly statements send a personal letter

      with the debit statements but do not delay monthly statements by

      the action. The letter can be quite short but provides a terminal

      to which money can flow. If the person does not reply after several

      statements have been sent, then look through the correspondence in

      the CF and accounts files, check that you have the correct address

      and pick up the dropped comm. (The question the person asked that

      was never answered.) If there is no dropped comm and the address is

      correct, then inform the ARC Break Reg and send the account for FSM

      collection.




        The important thing is for the Dir of Income to establish the

      post as a terminal with




        (a) Affinity - a safe helpful terminal that does not make the

      person wrong for owing money.




        (b) Reality - correct account and data concerning payments. Give

      prices for courses that are within the person's reach and reality.




        (c) Communicate - write to the person and invite them to write to

      you. Establish the comm line then have them put money on that line.

      Keep your communication TRs well in.




      Treas Sec SH

      Qual Sec SH

      HCO Area Sec SH

      Ad Council SH

      Exec Council SH

      LRH Comm SH

      Ad Council WW

      Exec Council WW




      LRH Comm WW

      D/Guardian WW




      LRH:jp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Brian Livingston: Helen

      Pollen: Bene Neal : Helen

      Pollen: J.J. Delance : Irene

      Dunleavy: Mike Davidson :

      Tony Dunleavy Lenka

      Marinko: Ken Delderfield :

      Joan McNocher Mary Sue

      Hubbard The Guardian WW

      for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      280







                        FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

                   1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.




                FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF JANUARY 1957




                           MASS PURCHASES AND WORK

                                  CONTRACTS




        Any and all mass purchases or contracts for work should be

      submitted m writing by the other party and signed by him before any

      mass purchase is engaged or work is done.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:rd

      Copyright (c) 1957

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1

                            (Issued at Washington)




               ASSOCIATION SECRETARY DIRECTIVE OF 17 JUNE 1957

                       (Revised for HASI SOUTH AFRICA)




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      NOT GREEN ON WHITE




                        AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED FOR ALL

                                 EXPENDITURES




        No purchases may be made or orders given for materials, or

      equipment, or supplies, or paid overtime on behalf of the HASI

      without prior written authorisation being obtained from the

      Assistant Secretary.




        Should the Assistant Secretary doubt the necessity of any item or

      service requested the Department Head will be required to

      demonstrate the need. Any purchase made, or orders placed, without

      the prior authorization of the Assistant Secretary will be at the

      responsibility of the person so ordering and HASI payments for them

      will not be authorised.






      Jack Parkhouse




      JP:rd Copyright (c) 1957 by

      L. Ron Hubbard ALL

      RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      281







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      BLUE ON GOLD




              HASI LONDON ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTIVE OF 1 JUNE 1958




                                PURCHASE ORDERS

                            Effective 20 June 1958




        There are instances of foolish expenditures and bad accounting in

      the organization's past. This hurts the survival of Scientology. No

      Bill may be paid by Disbursement without the following checkup:




        Is the bill correct and not composed of bills already paid?




        2. Was the work actually ordered by an executive? Purchase or

      authorization record must come to hands of Disbursement Clerk

      before cheque may be written. Action to be taken if expenditure not

      authorized - deduction from pay of offender.




        3. Were the goods received or the work done? No bill can be paid

      without a slip from an inspecting executive certifying the goods

      are on hand or the work completed and satisfactory.




        4. In a circumstance of fund shortage, is payment of the bill

      necessary in order to continue an organization project - do we need

      further services of firm? If not, backlog bill behind more urgent

      bills.




        A check sheet should be made out at once by the Dir Admin, giving

      all above points. It originates as a Purchase and Service Order

      from any department, to which these slips are made available. It

      must then be okayed by head of that department requiring the goods

      or services. It must be okayed and ordered by Dir Admin. It must be

      inspected by the executive of the ordering department and/or the

      Dir Admin or the Org/Assoc Sec. or the Treasurer or the Executive

      Director. It must be certified as a proper billing by the

      Accountant or Disbursement Clerk. This slip, properly initialed in

      all places must accompany the made-out cheque for signature and

      must be inspected before signed. This applies as well to routine

      bills. It does not apply to salaries. These cannot be paid without

      the okay of the payroll by the Assoc/Org Sec and/or the Executive

      Director.




        These persons are responsible for correct paying of bills for

      supplies and services: (1) Assoc/Org Sec (2) Treasurer (3) Dir

      Admin (4) Disbursement Clerk or Accountant (5) Head of dept

      ordering goods or service. Any of these may have his pay checked if

      the goods or services are not considered needful and are ordered on

      a by-pass of the routine herein laid down. The person whose pay is

      checked must have been responsible for the irregularity.




        This directive applies to all purchases, demands for service and

      repairs and applies as well to goods or services ordered from

      businesses with which Organization has an account. This means oil,

      office supplies, long-distance phone, gasoline, furniture, et al

      and all services required. The only routine bills which can be run

      up without authorization at this time are local phone, already

      contracted, and rents, lights. New rents are by purchase order. The

      regular comm lines of the org must be used for transmission of such

      authorizations.




        The HCO Sec will check from time to time to see if this system

      remains in use and is to report to me at once if it does not.




        An additional form is provided for requisition of materials from

      Dir Admin. This is not a purchase order and is for use internally

      in the organization. Purchase Orders are external.




                                      282




      LRH

      President




      CONVERT TO

      SEC. E.D.




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1959




                        PURCHASING LIABILITY OF STAFF

                                    MEMBERS




        All purchases by a Scientology organization must be done by

      purchase order, duly agreed upon and signed by those in authority

      before any purchase or contract may be binding upon the

      organization.




        Should a purchase be made or a contract entered into for the

      organization by a staff member with no purchase order, the

      Association Secretary, Organization Secretary, HCO Secretary or

      person in overall charge of that organization may refute the

      purchase or contract and may require the offending staff member to

      pay for the purchase or contract out of his own pocket as a

      personally entered into arrangement.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:gh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED









                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 DECEMBER 1969

      Remimeo

      Exec Secs

      Asst Guardians

      Finance




                                   TRADING

                                  PROHIBITED




        Reports received from Mission Finance US have brought to light

      some orgs have been trading Dianetic and Scientology services in

      return for mest, or services from the business world.




        Up until now there has been no Policy regarding the above - hence

      the reason for this Policy Letter.




        RULE: EXCHANGING DIANETIC OR SCIENTOLOGY SERVICES IN RETURN FOR

      MEST OR SERVICES FROM THE BUSINESS WORLD IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN.




        REASON: The income of an org is allocated to cover the expenses

      of the Org as per the AC 1 form. By trading Scientology or

      Dianetics for other services, you not only violate the allocation

      set-up, but put the whole income of the org into its own pocket

      book, and rob WW of their 10% plus the Building Fund Account.




        Really amounts to over-spending!




      LRH:RR:rs.ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Lt. Robin Roos CS-3

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD Founder




                                      283







      Convert to

      SEC ED




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1959

                                   Issue II




                                 HANDLING OF

                                     BILLS




        When a bill is received it is the property of the Accounts Dept.




        The bill is instantly that moment recorded in the current bills

      book under the firm or person's name submitting and is filed

      "waiting payment".




        The bill must be reviewed against payments already made to that

      firm or person by the organization.




        Payment cheques on bills are made out from the current Bills Book

      only when verified and the cheque number and amount is entered on

      the firm or person's page in the current bills book and also on the

      Ledger Sheet.




        At once enter on the actual bill the amount paid and cheque

      number and date and send bill to Business Files.




        Business Files files it under the firm name for the year it is

      paid.




        Penalty.




      LRH:gh.pm.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1961

      CenOCon

                                 PAYMENT FOR

                                   MATERIALS




        It is a stable datum that the Central Org (HASI, FC, etc) pays

      for all materials which are used in or for the benefit of the

      Central Org, even though they may be supplied to the HCO and the

      HCO then forwards or takes care of them.




        At present, tapes are being copied and sent to the HCOs by the

      DCI in Washington D.C. These tapes are being invoiced to the HCO,

      since all books, tapes, and other such materials are always

      invoiced to HCO. All such invoices should be passed at once to the

      Central Org accounts dept for prompt payment. In the Commonwealth

      and Sterling area, all such payments should be made to HCO WW, who

      will pass the credit on to DCI in Washington D.C.




        In future, all such invoices will be marked "for the HASI". All

      past and future transactions which come into this category will be

      recorded on a separate sheet in the Central Org's title at HCO WW,

      so as to provide an up to date check on the payments.




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by: Peter Hemery

                 HCO Secretary WW

                 for

                 L. RON HUBBARD




                                      284







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1964

      Central

      Orgs




                        ORG PAYMENTS FOR TAPE-RECORDED

                                   LECTURES




        As certain Scientology Organizations owe large sums of money to

      HCO at Saint Hill for tapes previously supplied, such Orgs will, as

      from this date, be levied an additional 5% of their corrected gross

      income until this debt is paid in full.




        Further, in order that this debt does not increase, all tapes to

      Orgs will henceforth be sent on a CASH ON DELIVERY basis.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Issued by:HCO Tech Mat Sec WW

      for

      L. RON HUBBARD

      Authorized by:L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JUNE 1964

      CenOCon

                         CENTRAL ORGANIZATION & CITY

                                    OFFICE

                                 TAPE SERVICE




        Those organizations which have complied with HCO Pol Ltr of April

      21, 1964, which required 5% of the Disbursement fund applied to old

      tape bills, and are paying cash for current tapes, will continue to

      receive their tape lectures.




        Those organizations and offices which have not complied may not

      receive further tapes until satisfactory arrangements have been

      made with Saint Hill's Scientology Library and Research.




        Only those lectures which apply directly to general auditing and

      can be used by an organization will be sent as at this time Level

      VI materials are of no direct use to an organization. This reduces

      the cost of tapes by reducing the number sent.




        No Central Organization or Continental Headquarters may now

      recopy tapes and send them to smaller offices. All offices must

      procure their tapes directly from Saint Hill. The reason for this

      is tape quality. Only Saint Hill uses one for one speed Ampex

      professional copying.




        Current basic tapes are of great interest to HGCs and Academies,

      particularly since up to Grade III Saint Hill materials are now

      being written up in full with bulletins and check sheets for Grades

      I, II and III for Central organization use. Current basic tapes of

      the type that is being shipped are part of this programme.




      LRH:jw.cden

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      285







      HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

           Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

           Gen Non-Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 OCTOBER 1965




           HCO Exec Secs            (c)  --




      Org Exec Secs

      Org Sec

      Dir Disb

      Dish Hats




                                   Issue II




                                 Org Division




                                BILLS PAYMENTS




        (This is a summary of existing policy and has nothing new in it

      except penalty.) No executive may sign any cheque unless:




        1. All cheques for a period are presented en masse;




        2. The cheques are accompanied by a tape showing their amounts

      and total amounts;




        3. The current bank statement of the account on which the cheques

      are being drawn;




        4. The current monthly bills statement;




        5. Each cheque bearing on its face a brief description of what

      it's paying;




        6. Each cheque accompanied by a Disbursement Invoice giving

      everything known about the transaction.




        ISOLATED CHEQUES




        No accounts personnel may present isolated cheques for signature

      to executives for in this action all financial planning is thrown

      out.




                                 CONSEQUENCES




        Where the above steps are avoided, endless memory is demanded of

      the cheque signer even up to 3 years after. What was it for? Why?




        Credit standing evaporates on such accounts omissions. Bank

      accounts get overdrawn. Bills get overpaid. People you don't have

      to pay get paid and people you should have paid are neglected.




        The final penalty is destruction of credit and invalidation of

      the cheque signer's integrity.




        ROUTINE OF PAYING BILLS




        A monthly bills statement for that month only is prepared by

      Disbursement. To it is attached all earlier monthly bills

      statements which contain unpaid accounts.




        All unpaid bills are totalled.




        A total of monies in banks is listed at date of the Bills

      statement.




        These are sent to the Financial Planning Hat who then designates

      what is to be paid. Financial Planning sends this to any cheque

      co-signer for agreement.




        It then goes to Disbursement who prepares the cheques. These are

      prepared as per the first part of this Policy Letter.




        Each cheque signer sees that steps 1 to 6 above are in order and

      then checks off the cheques against the tape to be sure they are

      all there and no extra cheques are present (extra cheques to the

      tape can cause fatal errors).




        Only then does one sign the cheques.




                                WEEKLY CHEQUES




        There are some bills that run weekly.




        These are prepared for payment exactly as above but handed in



      with the past monthly statement.




        There is no difference of procedure. There must be no rush

      cheques.




                                   PENALTIES




        personnel avoiding this procedure are liable to Ethics actions

      which can order losses incurred by avoidance be paid by the

      offender.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      286







      L. RON HUBBARD




                          HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1965

      Gen Non-

      Remimeo




                               Executive Division

                                  Org Division




                                 CHEQUE SIGNING

                           (Modifies existing policy)

                               Effective at Once




        No cheque of any kind for any purpose no matter how reasonable or

      rush may be signed in any org without the following data before the

      eyes of the signing person each time any cheque is signed, for each

      cheque or any batch of cheques.




        1. The Total debts of the Org, every one listed;




        2. The total cash in bank;




        3. The total cheques being signed in that week from accounts;




        4. A tape giving the total of the cheques being presented for

      signature in the batch.




        The signer of the cheques:




        1. Checks to see what the total owed is and if all debts are on

      it and how many are already overdue;




        2. Looks over the bank statements and cash statement to see what

      the ratio of indebtedness and money assets really is at the moment;




        3. Counts the number of cheques listed on the tape and compares

      it to the number and amounts of the cheques submitted.




        Then and only then may one sign a cheque.




        This does not cancel the monthly bills statement or any other

      proceeding. It does not cancel dateline paying of bills.




        It does cancel and forbid any practice of putting before a cheque

      signer isolated batches of cheques or single cheques because they

      are "routine" or "rush"




        An org cannot conduct its business sensibly if its financial

      authorities do not know the above data every time a cheque is

      signed.




        It is a bit more trouble for Disbursement but it is a lot less

      trouble for the org.




        Did you know you could become insolvent by too sweepingly

      retiring debts?




        Do you know how fast small cheques add up to huge sums?




        And do you realize that the cheque you may be signing for Jiggs &

      Co is spending money which if paid to Gosh & Co would prevent suit?




        Credit and solvency depend upon sensible money handling. One

      can't handle money sensibly unless he knows how much he owes, what

      he has got, what he is paying and the correctness of the cheques.




        I saw London go ?22,000 in the red in 1959, Washington $20,000 in

      debt in 1959, and Saint Hill go ?18,000 in the red in 1963 all

      because the policy laid down herein was constantly violated by

      cheque signers. The accountants in every case had a practice of

      dropping casual cheques before cheque signers. And those cheques

      when signed and sent were in excess of income or any sensible

      procedure. Economy in each case should have started long before.

      But for lack of continual advices and because of casually presented

      and casually signed cheques the affairs of the org were suddenly

      exposed as in terrible condition, long after ordinary means would

      have salvaged them.




        It took in every case nearly a year and a half of furious work to

      save the above orgs.




        We must not keep repeating the error.




        We must be sensible.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [Note: A typographical error in the original mimeo issue of

      this Policy Letter has been corrected per HCO P/L 31

      Dec. 1965.]







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue IV

      Remimeo

      Exec Sec Hats

      Org Sec Hat

      Org Div Staff




                                  ACCOUNTING

                                CHEQUE SIGNERS




                           CHEQUE SIGNING PROCEDURE

                      (Modifies all earlier Pol Ltrs and

                   SEC EDs on the subject of cheque signing)




        An executive with the authority to sign cheques must for his own

      protection and that of the org, know and have the following BEFORE

      SIGNING ANY CHEQUE OF ANY KIND FOR ANYTHING:




        1. Amount of bills owed by the org, total and since when;




        2. Amount of cash in the bank by bank statement (not by

      adjustment of outstanding cheques);




        3. The adding machine tape of the cheques being presented;




        4. A disbursement voucher white clipped to each cheque.




        With these data one can see whether or not it is safe to sign a

      cheque or whether instead one must carefully plan one's way out of

      an impasse and preserve credit.




        Accounts presentations can be so complex the executive does not

      know what he is signing.




        Bank statements, huge folders, etc. are not needed by the

      executive. He or she only wants 1 to 4 above and in a very concise

      form.




        The totals of dateline paying sheets to date (monthly bills mimeo

      sheets) show the gross amount owed.




        A written list of bank accounts and the amount in each as per




      last statement is adequate. Adjusted or reconciled statements down

      to an hour ago are a waste of time - it all averages out if one

      always takes the sums on the statements with no adjustment for

      "outstanding cheques". "Adjustments" are often inaccurate and are a

      lot of needless work.




        The tape of the cheques to be signed should always be counted by

      the executive for the number of cheques on it and then the cheques

      should be counted before signing. The number should be the same. If

      one wishes one can also check the amounts on the cheque and the

      tape. By comparing the total to be signed to the amount in the bank

      one can see if it's safe to sign.




        By requiring that the white disbursement voucher be clipped to

      each cheque one cures any tendency to omit writing vouchers and

      fouling up audits of accounts (missing vouchers raise the mischief

      in an audit).




        Voided cheques should always be shown to the cheque signers so

      they can tear off the signature line and send the cheque back. One

      doesn't otherwise deface the cheque but Accounts personnel should

      write VOIDED across it.




        Every voided cheque is accompanied by a MINUS VOUCHER white copy

      showing a voucher has been written to subtract it. This is not the

      original disbursement voucher but a new one, called a MINUS VOUCHER

      which clearly has MINUS printed on it in caps.




                                      288







        Anyone who has a cheque signing power has his or her neck away

      out anyway, so be careful to adhere to the above.




        The skill of handling money to make an org solvent and its credit

      good are covered in Pol Ltrs of 1965. Anyone who signs cheques

      should know those Pol Ltrs. Dateline paying, how to bring about

      assets, these are very important.




        Money is a symbol. It represents success when you have it and

      defeat when you don't, no matter who is putting out propaganda to

      the contrary.




        Any cheque signer should be alert for rumours that "the accounts

      system is no good" or "everything is in a muddle" or "we need real

      books" or "we can't comply with policy because " for right away the

      cheque signer's neck is away away out.




        Somebody is making big errors and trying to cover them up. Or

      somebody is stealing. Or some nutty accounts firm is trying to make

      a million from the org by installing needless complexities the

      cheque signer won't ever grasp and so can't manage.




        When you can't get your cheque signing line in, promptly call in

      Ethics and start investigating. You won't ever be wrong.




        As in the old Chinese Proverb:




        He who sign cheque is person who hang, not clerk. Clerk, he

      always innocent. Cheque signer bad man even if just plain stupid.




        So don't say I didn't tell you.




      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 FEBRUARY 1971

                                     Issue I

      Remimeo

      Exec Dir Hat

      Treas Sec Hat

      Dir of Disb Hat

      Cheque Signer Hat

      Guardian Hat

      D/A/G Fin Hat



      FBO Hat




                                TRANSFERRING FUNDS




        In transferring monies from one account to another account or

      from one organization to another organization, all such cheques

      must either be made out to the organization or to the account

      concerned.




        NEVER ARE SUCH CHEQUES MADE OUT AS PAYABLE TO ANY INDIVIDUAL

      WHETHER A STAFF MEMBER OR A NON-STAFF MEMBER.




        The reasons for this policy are:




        1. A cheque made out to an individual, if lost, can more easily

      be cashed.




        2. A cheque made out to an individual can legally be cashed by

      that individual and the sums lost to the organization.




        Therefore, this policy must be applied by anyone on cheque lines.




                                                 L. RON HUBBARD

      LRH:sb.rd                                  Founder

      Copyright (c) 1971

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      289







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JULY 1962




      Accts Depts

      Assn Secs

      HCO Secs




                           ORG PAYMENTS FOR ST HILL

                                   STUDENTS




        Before a prospective student, sent by a Central Organization or

      City Office at organization expense, can be enrolled on the St Hill

      Special Briefing Course, one of the following financial

      arrangements must be made.




      EITHER: -




                                     OR: -




                                     OR: -




        (a) His or her course fee, in full, must have been paid for in

      advance by the organization concerned. (The current fee is

      ?285.15.0. British Sterling or $800 U.S. or equivalent.)




        (b) The prospective student must bring the full course fee with

      him/her (in the form of cheque, bank draft or other suitable

      means), and pay this amount to Accounts WW before enrolling.




        (c) The organization concerned may make special arrangements for

      payment at the discretion of L. Ron Hubbard or Mary Sue Hubbard,

      before the prospective student is sent. These arrangements may only

      be made through L. Ron Hubbard or Mary Sue Hubbard and are rarely

      granted.




        Failure to comply with this policy will result in the prospective

      student being debarred from the course until one of the above

      arrangements have been completed.




        We, by turning out St Hill graduates, are supplying you with

      fresh lifeblood and raised incomes. You will benefit from the

      increased prosperity brought by St Hill graduates.




        Then, do not force us to be debt-collectors from our friends.




      Issued by: Mike Rigby

      Director of Accounts WW

      for

      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      290







      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1963




      CenOCon

      Franchise




                         SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING

                                    COURSE

                          REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS




        Any Saint Hill Special Briefing Course Graduate, who has been

      classified minimally Class III after 30th June, 1962, and who paid

      for the Course, fares, etc., at his own expense, may apply for a

      reimbursement of these costs from his Area Org on the following

      conditions:




        1. That all arrangements are at the discretion of the HCO Area

      Secretary and the Association/Org Secretary of the applicant's Area

      Org.




        2. That he is a full-time Staff Member of that Org at the time of

      application for reimbursement.




        3. That he signs a 2-year Staff contract with that Org from the

      date of acceptance of application for reimbursement.




        4. That he receives reimbursement for Course expenses exactly

      similar as though he had attended the Course as a Staff Member from

      that Org, i.e.




        (a) Fares costing same as usual method for sending Staff students

      from that Org, providing that the applicant was resident in that

      area when he took the SHSBC. (Fares to another country made after

      completion of the SHSBC do not come under this agreement.)




        (b) Course fees at actual cost to student.




        (c) Expenses during Course at the standard Staff student pay

      allowance of ?10 p.w., or as arranged between the applicant and

      Assoc/Org Sec and HCO Area Sec. but for a maximum period of sixteen

      weeks only.




        5. That reimbursement is made over a period of time at a fixed

      weekly rate, this amount being debited to the disbursement account.

      The rate of reimbursement to be at the discretion of the Assoc/Org

      Sec who, whilst every endeavour is made to maintain a fixed rate of

      reimbursement, has the right to temporarily stop payments should he

      consider it necessary owing to disbursement fund levels. However,

      this should not be found necessary except very infrequently if at

      all.




        6. That, if the applicant is unacceptable to his Area Org, or if

      that Org has no vacancy, or it deems that it is not in any position

      to reimburse the applicant in question, the applicant may then

      apply to another Org for acceptance on Staff and Course

      reimbursement.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dr.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      291







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MAY AD13

      Orgs only

      Not Students

      or Franchise




                                    SEC ED

                            STAFF MEMBER ENROLMENTS




        Issue the following Secretarial Executive Director. It expands a

      cable already sent.




                 Staff Member Enrolments on Saint Hill Special

                                Briefing Course




        Under the general direction of the Association (Organization)

      Secretary and the immediate supervision of the Letter Registrar,

      and with the help of the Director of Training and the Director of

      Processing, the following programme is instituted.




        In that it is desirable to increase the number of Saint Hill

      graduates in any organization and area, and in that Saint Hill

      training costs for staff members should be less of a strain on an

      organization:




        For every four paying students sent by an organization from the

      public or field in the organization's geographical area, one staff

      member of that organization may be enrolled on the Saint Hill

      Course without course fee.




        Field or public prospective students who have already signified

      their purpose of enrolling on the Saint Hill Course to the Saint

      Hill Course Administrator are not to be included in the required

      number of students.




        This does not mean that for every four staff members sent to

      Saint Hill, one may be sent without fee. This does not mean that an

      organization may not send additional staff members and pay their

      fee.




        It does mean that if an organization is instrumental in enrolling

      four non-organization auditors on the Saint Hill Course, one staff

      member may also be enrolled from the organization without fee.




        Evidence of enrolment will be course fee received at Saint Hill.




        The staff member so enrolled may have his expenses paid,

      including any small salary for maintenance here, from the building

      fund, thus relieving the salary sum and disbursement account of any

      expense.




        Other staff members sent with fee paid will have their travel

      expenses taken from Disbursement Account and their salary (which

      includes their expenses at Saint Hill) taken from the salary sum.




        This has been instituted not because Saint Hill enrolments would

      not remain up, but to increase the number of Saint Hill graduates

      in each area and to make it easier on orgs to get trained staff. I

      also feel this may end any possibility of a games condition

      building up whereby individuation occurs.




        In getting people to enroll in the Saint Hill Course, remember

      that an HPA/HCA/HDA is a necessary requirement. However, there are

      not other burning rules such as age or field experience. People

      aren't too old or too inexperienced as auditors to enroll. The

      Course has gotten easier and is making excellent auditors out of

      its students regardless of age or experience.




        In selecting an organization staff member to come to Saint Hill,

      pick your better auditors, please. They finish faster. However,

      give priority to any staff member who overtly finds four enrolments

      for Saint Hill on his or her own. It is however to the benefit of

      all staff members to promote this programme as it means no loss of

      pay and a technical boost for the organization. This is my own

      training programme for raising technical and clearing people.




      LRH:gl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      292







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1




                            PROPORTIONATE PAY PLAN

                                   PROPOSAL




                                 5 April 1957




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT

      GREEN ON WHITE




        THE SITUATION:




        The Board cannot raise wages as such since it is also afraid that

      in some slack period, the payroll would swamp the Association. Thus

      even in a good period it cannot raise wages. All management is in

      this situation-hence its attitude on wages.




        WAGES:




        Working for a wage is one of the deadlier control mechanisms

      since it brings about an irresponsibility in the person for his

      job. Fixed wage is a means of suppressing a person into a slavery

      class, pegging him at no hope. This mechanism is one of the best

      modern society has for keeping people down. It is artificial and

      arbitrary and denies a person the fruits of his labour.




        THE ASSOCIATION:




        Since the publication of two new books and after a year and a

      half of hard work by myself and council and staff, the Association

      is a new organization. Its earning potential has not been realized

      yet. It is not the old Association. Its income is already rising

      above old levels.




        However the Association is stable. It has been here and

      functioning for 5 years without a falter and it is winning all the

      time.




        SCIENTOLOGY:




        While we have for years been far ahead of any of Man's earlier

      technology on the mind, new certainty and ease of auditing have

      been added in the past three months which eclipses earlier strides.

      That is why I am here. Had I not had so much to impart I would

      possibly not be here for this Congress.




        I am confident as never before concerning lower level and higher

      level cases. With what we know we can expect a soaring climb of

      Association business which has always been just as good as the

      subject worked. Today we have four times the preclears we had to

      this period last year. We're doing four times better.




        ORGANIZATION:




        With the proper organization of a procurement section,

      Association business is expected to rise.




        PAYROLL:




        As the Association books will show, wages comprise an average of

      about 44.89% of the Association's gross income.




        As the book sales of the Association are a minor part of its

      income, these can be and would be omitted from the gross on which

      this is based.




        With book sales omitted from income, the figure could be

      estimated at around 48% of the whole gross.




        With this pay plan proposal I am prepared to make the amount to



      be spent on wages 50% of the gross income less books and tapes.

      This would prove considerably more than it has been.




        THE PAY PLAN:




        Pegging salaries in proportion where they are and then using this

      as a unit value, we could divide these units into 50% of the gross

      income less books and tapes each week and pay on that basis the

      following week. This would then give each staff member or employee

      the benefit of any increases in income as are expected. There is no

      reason for the Association to pay it to Inland Revenue in profit

      tax.




                                      293







        In this way the Board would not be worried about salary

      increases. And the salaries would increase to the degree that the

      Association earned.




        Further, this is not a firm or corporation run for the profit of

      a small group at the top, What it earns should be shared since it

      is the product of the effort of all of us.




                               PROPORTION OF PAY




        Of the gross income less books and tapes, we would use all of 50%

      always for pay purposes. This would never be cut into for any other

      purpose or changed from "50% for pay.




        We would take 25% and pay from it the bills of the Association -

      utilities, building costs, supplies, phone, payments on property,

      etc as well as old bills of all kinds including books and printing.

      (Books, a small income factor, are really advertising.)




        We would take the remaining 25% of the gross and use it as an

      accumulating fund for new quarters outside London, for royalties

      and a sinking fund.




        All these percentiles are on the gross less books and tapes.




        The Book and Tape income we would set aside and out of it buy new

      book stocks, pay old printing bills and, in general, use it as

      though it were part of the expense 25% to which it would be weekly

      added.




                                    EXAMPLE




        We would take the pound as par. If one were now getting ?8 a

      week, he would have 8 units. If one were getting ?6.10.0 he would

      have 6.5 units, etc.




        We take all the pay for a week in terms of units. Let us say we

      have a gross of 250 units Let us say we have a week's income of

      ?500. 50% of ?500 would be ?250. We divide the units 250 into the

      50% 250 and we have pay for that week of par-unit is one pound.




        Now let us say we have an income of ?630 for one week. We would

      take 50% of this and we would have ?315. Divide 250 units into ?315

      and we have a unit value of 1.26. This gives us a pay unit of

      ?1.26. Multiply this times 8 units for a person getting 8 units of

      pay and we have a pay for that week for that person of ?10.1.3.




        What Pay Would Be Under This Plan




        We would hold staff units of pay between 200 and 225 (see staff

      meeting minutes on pay plan), this being the margin necessary for

      management to operate.




        We would convene regular staff meetings and change the number of

      units only on staff majority vote-a necessary restriction on

      management which could not be permitted to rearrange pay units so

      as to compensate for increased income. Management Would only have

      power to adjust units within the 200 to 225 but not to go above or

      below without a majority vote.




                             HISTORY OF THIS PLAN




        This exact plan has gone into use in Washington. The staff there

      voted to go all out on this. They have been paid about 10% better

      for the first few weeks of the plan but income is just now

      beginning to rise.




                                RECOMMENDATION




        I recommend that you study this well. You should realise your pay

      could go down as well as up. The primary reason this plan is

      advanced by me is to raise pay. However, a great change of

      operating could take place by reason of this plan. Think well. Then

      we'll have a staff meeting and vote on it. I've made my bid here to

      better things. Hope you see it that way too.




      RON




                                      294







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                     HASI POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1957




                             PROPORTIONATE PAY PLAN




        The staff of the organization except for "Part time" staff is

      paid in units under the following system.




        Staff is paid 50% of the gross income less Congress fees, books

      and tapes, of the organization.






        A Staff member is assigned units of pay. The value of the unit

      varies from week to week but is par at one pound.




        This system was proposed by the Agent for Great Britain, and

      accepted by a regular staff meeting on April 18, 1957, was endorsed

      by the Advisory Committee, and the staff minutes were legalized by

      the Agent for Great Britain.




        This system means in fact that an employee for the duration of

      his employment only is actually, with his fellow staff members, a

      proprietor of half a ?500,000 organization, a gift from the Agent

      for Great Britain m recognition of the fine work done by HASI

      staff.




        The Computation, minutes and endorsements follow.




                       PROPORTIONATE DISBURSEMENT PLAN

                                 COMPUTATION




        We compute the following figures to be called the Gross Income,

      the Building Fund, the Royalty Sum, the Congress Books & Tapes Sum,

      the Expense Sum, the Salary Sum, the Emergency Sum, and the

      Allocation Sum.




        DEFINITIONS:




        Gross income: is the complete income for any given week for the

      HASI less repayment of loans to HASI.




        Allocation Sum: is the gross income less the Congress, Books &

      Tapes Sum.




        The Building Fund: is 12 1/2% of the Allocation Sum.




        The Royalty Sum: is 12 1/2% of the Allocated Income plus 12 1/2%

      of the Congress, Books & Tapes Sum or 12 1/2% of the Gross Income.




        The Congress Books & Tapes Sum (The C B. T.): is the total

      receipts of Congresses, Book and Tape sales before any expense

      deduction is made.







        The Expense Sum: is 25% of the Allocation Sum plus the C.B.T. Sum

      less 12 1/2% of C.B.T.




        The Salary Sum: is 50% of the Allocation Sum (which is Gross

      Income less C.B.T.). This is calculated by first deducting part

      time staff and then proportioning balance to staff by units.




        The Emergency Sum: is 5% of the Expense Sum.




        (i)




                                  PROCEDURE




        (a) Deposit all sums received from whatever source into Account

      No. 1.




        (b) Deposit Building Fund into new Building Fund Account.




        (c) Deposit Royalty Sum into Royalty Account (Account No. 2).




        (d) Transfer entirety of remainder less loans repaid to Account

      No. 3 Disbursement Account.




        (e) Transfer 5% of Expense Sum to Emergency Account.




        (f) Calculate the Salary Sum which is 50% of the Gross income

      less C.B.T.




        (g) Deduct Part Time payroll from Salary Sum.




        (h) Add up the total of units for week. Divide remainder by this

      unit number to find unit value.




        (g) Multiply unit value by number of units to which staff member

      is entitled to get his gross individual pay for week.




                                      295







        (k) Deduct National Insurance and P.A.Y.E. from gross individual

      pay and this gives him his check and the government its hogshead of

      blood.




                   MINUTES OF STAFF MEETING, 18 APRIL, 1957




        The Staff Meeting scheduled for April 18, 1957 convened at 5 p.m.




        Whereas the Association Secretary is normally Chairman, the chair

      was taken on this occasion by the Agent for Great Britain, L. Ron

      Hubbard, at the Association Secretary's request and with the

      approval of all members.




        The purpose of the meeting was given, which was:




        To discuss the Proportionate Pay Plan, the acceptance or

      rejection of it, to discuss the number of units permitted to

      operate without the further consent of staff and whereafter there

      would have to be a staff meeting if the number is to be exceeded;

      and to discuss the point "What is a permanent staff member" and

      "What is a temporary staff member".




        The meeting was informed that each week the following would be

      posted:




        The number of units for the week, Gross Income for the week,

      Allocation Sum, etc. as laid out in the "Computation", and that

      when these were returned to Accounting they would be there for

      inspection by any staff member.




        Question: Are the amounts to be posted on the public board?




        Answer: They should be posted where the staff can see them.




        After due discussion a motion was then called for on the

      acceptance or rejection of the Pay Plan.




        It was proposed by Dr. Herbie Parkhouse and seconded by Dr.

      Johann Tempelhoff that the Proportionate Pay Plan as advanced,

      posted and discussed, be accepted. The motion was unanimously

      passed.




        A motion was called for regarding the maximum and minimum number

      of units to be maintained. Two figures of 200 minimum and 280

      maximum were suggested.




        It was proposed by George Gallifant and seconded by Rhona

      Swinburne that these figures be approved with the understanding

      that we try for at least the minimum figure. This was unanimously

      passed.




        A proposal was then made by Michael Pernetta that the plan go

      into operation starting 2 p.m. today. It was seconded by John

      Swinburne and passed unanimously.




        The status of the three types of staff member: "permanent",

      "temporary" and "part time" were then defined as such:




        A "part time" staff member is one who is brought on for a short

      period and who will be paid in pounds.




        A "temporary." staff member is one who is brought on and is going

      to be or has been here for some time and will be paid in units. He

      or she would be dismissible by the Association Secretary.




        A "permanent" staff member is paid in units and will be in the

      future taken on only at a staff meeting by majority vote. It was

      agreed that the Association Secretary in the first instance should

      designate which members of staff are to be regarded as permanent at

      this time and that thereafter the status of permanent staff member

      shall be granted only upon majority vote at a staff meeting and is

      then dismissible only upon majority vote at a staff meeting or by a

      unanimous vote of the Advisory Committee, both subject to further

      appeal and approval by the Association Secretary and the Agent for

      Great Britain.




        It was proposed by Eileen Hibberson that the above definitions be

      accepted. This was seconded by Bob Davies and passed unanimously.




        Shirley Marks nominated Jack Parkhouse as permanent Chairman of

      the Staff Meeting. This was seconded by John Swinburne and

      unanimously passed.




        A proposal that the Association Secretary be permitted to adjust

      unit pay comparable with the development of the position and the

      individual, subject to




                                      296







      ratification by the Agent for Great Britain or the Treasurer, but

      without prejudice to the right of the staff to recommend further

      consideration, was then made. It was moved by Patsy Dooley that

      this proposal be accepted. This was seconded by Mike Pernetta and

      unanimously passed.




        The matter of the proportionate pay plan then being settled to

      the great satisfaction of all present, Shirley Marks proposed that

      the staff meeting be brought to a close. This was seconded by Patsy

      Dooley and passed unanimously.




        The staff meeting was brought to a very successful conclusion at

      7 p.m.




                                    Signed:




      ADVISORY COMMITTEE ENDORSEMENT




      To: Association Secretary From:

      Chairman, Advisory Committee.




      Jack,




      CHAIRMAN




      17 April, 1957




        The Advisory Committee wholeheartedly endorse L. Ron Hubbard's

      proportionate pay plan.




      Best,

      Chairman

      (signed) John Northwood




                       HASI POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1957




        I, the Agent for Great Britain, custodian and trustee of the HASI

      do hereby ratify for the Treasurer and myself the minutes of the

      Staff Meeting of April 18, 1957 and do pronounce them valid and in

      full force.




        The Treasurer and the Association Secretary are directed herewith

      to take these measures and continue them.




      LRH:rs.cden




      truth:




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Agent for Great Britain

      L. RON HUBBARD

      19 April 1957




        Now that the Proportionate Pay Plan is in effect you should

      realize the horrible




        The Income of the HASI largely depends upon the outflow of

      Department of the Registrar and accurate, skilled handling of

      returns and the highest possible level of service by the Training

      and Processing Departments.




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      297







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. l




                       HASI POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1957




                                 HAT TURNOVER




        When you change or leave a post, your HAT FOLDER must be turned

      over by you to Accountant. He only then will give you your current

      or final cheque. Accountant turns folder over to Association Sec

      who then gives it to person taking over the post. The Association

      Sec. when he turns over folder, dispatches HCO for Organizational

      Board change.




      LRH:rd

      Copyright (c) 1957

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                         LONDON (Issued at Washington)




                 ORGANIZATION POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1958




                           INSPECTION OF HAT FOLDERS




        Any trustee or Organization Secretary or Assistant Secretary may

      call upon any staff member at any time to deliver up his hat folder

      in person at once for inspection.




        If the hat folder does not completely describe the post it covers

      and the duties and procedures thereof or if it is incomplete, or if

      it is in gross error, the officer inspecting the hat may direct the

      accountant to debit the offender's pay ?1.-.- in London or 310 in

      the U.S. If the folder is missing entirely, the fine shall be

      ?2.10- in London or $25 from the U.S.




        There is no limit to the number of times a folder may be called

      for or the number of fines save only that only one fine may be

      levied for each offense. Recentness of appointment shall be no

      excuse.




        The Accountant is authorized herewith to so deduct funds from pay

      on order of the fining officer.




        Any funds so derived shall be made part of the Building Fund

      after being deducted from the pay check of the person fined.




        Definition: A "hat" is a permanent folder, in the possession of a

      staff member, which describes his duties on that post in full and

      which contains general organization orders. The folder must be

      complete and up to date.




        Scientology Organizations are complicated structures. The

      know-how is contained in its hats. The structure becomes unworkable

      when posts and duties become lost.




                                                            L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:bt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1958

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [See also HCO P/L 1 January 1968, Vol. 0 - page 68.]




                                      298







                      THE FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

                   1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.




      D of M FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1958

      D of Accts

      D of P

      D of T

      D of PrR & Registrar

      Disbursements

      HCO info




                             SALARY AND UNIT PAY




        Hereinafter only maids, janitors and maintenance and part time

      accounting may be paid salary-all others are on unit pay.




        Policy - "Outside people" and Scientologists are paid alike.




      LRH:bt.rd

      Copyright (c) 1958

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1958

                            Effective Dec 1, 1958

                          First Pay Day: Dec 5, 1958




                                  PAY LIST




        Unit pay is proportional to HASI Unit for same week that 10% of

      gross was




        Allowed Units:




      Rhona Swinburne, HCO Exec Sec World - 25u

      Peter Hemery, HCO Communicator - 18u

      Gladys Wichelow - 16u




      HCO Steno - 15u




      Joan Ferguson- 16u




      LRH:mp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1958

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                HASI FINANCE POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1958




      Dear Department Head,




                                  STAFF LIST

                               NOTIFICATION TO

                                   PAYROLL




      L. RON HUBBARD




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH




      NOT GREEN ON WHITE




        You are responsible for seeing that notification of all persons

      on staff under you is sent promptly to the Accounting Department.




        There have been several mistakes lately when notice was not

      received that someone was put on the payroll and that someone was

      not on payroll, the latter having occurred more frequently.




        As failure to send notification of your weekly staff can affect

      the cheques of all, plus or minus, please see that you do not

      neglect this.




      LRH:rd

      Copyright (c) 1958

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      299







      L. RON HUBBARD

      Executive Director

      HASI London




                        FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

                               WASHINGTON, D.C.




                 FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 9 JULY 1958




        All clears on staff will draw an extra one-half unit in addition

      to regular units. Pay starts on receipt of clear bracelet by staff

      member.




      LRH:bt.rd




      L. RON HUBBARD







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1960

      CenOCon

                           YEARLY SALARY INCREMENTS




        It has been proposed and is now to be policy that the yearly

      increment of salary units for consecutive service in the Central

      Organization and HCO Office shall be limited to five yearly

      increments only.




        It is assumed by the end of a period of five years work with the

      Organizations that an individual staff member should have obtained

      adequate promotion because of his capabilities and thusly, no




      further increases in salary are necessary.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Sthil




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      Organizational Supervisor

      for L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JULY 1960




                                  SICK LEAVE




        Staff members who are paid on a weekly basis are entitled to 2

      days sick leave with pay each month.






        Sick leave is not cumulative from month to month.




        To qualify for sick leave, a doctor's certificate should be

      produced.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      300







      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 OCTOBER 1960




      sthil




                          HOLIDAY PAY AND SICK LEAVE

                                  (Reissued)




        This Policy Letter is intended to summarize and clarify the

      schemes for holiday pay and sick leave in operation at Saint Hill.

      Both schemes are in line with similar schemes which apply in other

      Scientology Organizations all over the world.




                                 HOLIDAY PAY




        Holiday pay is allowed to all staff who work full time on a

      weekly wage, on the following scale:




      3 months' service

      6 months' service

      9 months' service

      1 year's service




      3 days 5 days 7 days 10 days




        The "days" referred to are working days. For each year of

      continuous service, therefore, a staff member would receive two

      full weeks' holiday pay. Each day's pay for lesser periods would be

      estimated as one-fifth of the gross weekly wage.




        A full time staff worker is one who works 35 hours or more per

      week regularly.




        A part time staff worker is one who works less than 35 hours per

      week regularly




        Part time workers, or those who work on an hourly rate, do not

      normally receive any holiday pay.




        Holiday pay is not normally granted unless the staff member has

      been employed continuously for at least a year, even though a

      holiday may be taken by permission. In all such cases, special

      permission must be obtained before any holiday pay is granted. On

      leaving the organization, a staff member is not entitled to any

      holiday pay unless he has been employed continuously for at least a

      year.




        When taking a holiday, staff members who normally work Saturdays

      or Sundays should do so before starting on holiday, or have their

      pay docked for the time lost.




                                  SICK LEAVE




        Sick leave with pay is allowed to full time staff members at the

      rate of 2 days in every calendar month. Sick leave is not

      cumulative from one month to another. Such pay is granted upon the

      presentation of a Doctor's certificate.




      Issued by: Peter Hemery




      LRH:js.pm.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      HCO Secretary WW

      for L. RON

      HUBBARD




                                      301







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1961




      HCO Secs

      Assoc Secs

      Dir Accts

      Master File

      Do not remimeo




                            ACCOUNTS: HOW TO DO A

                                    PAYROLL




        Under the four-file accounts system, all monies received are

      invoiced. Every sum expended including petty cash is put on the

      Disbursement Voucher Machine. This means that payroll goes through

      the Disbursement Machine.




        There are two maxims that regulate this: One: The less copying

      from one piece of paper to another that an accountant does, the

      greater the resulting accuracy - entering or cross-entering of

      figures should be abolished as far as possible. Two: If you want to

      speed up a Communication Line you take MEST out of it. Thus in

      accounts, the use of long sheets of payroll computations and lists

      should be minimized.




        VOUCHER COMPUTATION




        The Accountant knows the number of people he will have to pay,

      their names and




        In a small organization he has a list. In a large organization he

      obtains it from the weekly departmental report (which arrives in

      his hand TUESDAY after Ad Comm) which lists personnel in each dept

      and their pay (Part of the One Departmental Report per week

      system).




        The Accountant has in the back of his creditor file a file for

      every active staff member. This file contains (in the Commonwealth)

      all the government books for the person as well as all papers and

      invoice copies relating to pay plus his staff application sheet.




        The first action in preparing a payroll is to take these folders

      out of the file cabinet and make sure that one has a folder for

      every active staff member to be paid and that any departed staff

      member file has been relegated to Inactive and is not included.

      This is done by checking them off against the personnel list of

      last week's Departmental Reports.




        Lay this mass of folders on a table and make up a folder for any

      new staff member and put in inactive files any folder for a

      departed staff member. Add up the number of units by going through

      the folders and complete salary sum calculations, obtaining the

      value of the unit. Carefully cross-check unit value to make sure it

      is absolutely right and that units x unit value equals salary sum

      before you go further.




        Take the Disbursement Voucher machine and place it to your right,

      leaving a blank area between machine and folders.




        Take file number one. Open it. Knowing the units of the person,

      the unit value and having any deductions to hand in the folder on

      the voucher in the machine do any and all calculation. If a

      calculator is used, put down its results on the voucher. Do not use

      scrap paper. Use the Disbursement Voucher in the Machine.




        Make any Govt calculation from any government tables and put the

      results down on the Voucher and in any Govt book from the person's

      folder.




                                      302




        Add up the pay and deductions on the voucher in the machine

      arriving at any amount the Govt gets, any amount deducted for the

      organization, and the actual money now coming to the person.




        Pull the machine handle. Bunch up the three vouchers to begin a

      pile away from the folders and machine. Put the folder that has

      been calculated furthest from you.




        Take the next folder and repeat the operation with it, again

      making all calculations on the new voucher in the machine. Even

      scribbles must be put on the voucher since we want accuracy and

      legibility not neatness.




        Crank the second three out of the machine and lay them on the

      first voucher crosswise. Put the second folder at the back of the

      pile.




        Repeat this operation throughout the folders.




        When all folders are so calculated and completed, put all the

      folders back in the file cabinet and close it. There are now no

      folders or books on the table, only the machine and the

      criss-crossed pile of vouchers. Take your data from the white. Do

      not separate other copies.




                       Remove the Disbursement Machine.




                      Put an adding machine in its place.




        Clear the adding machine.




        Take up the pile of vouchers. First add up the total of monies,

      if any, to be paid to the Govt by going through the vouchers. Get

      this or these final figures on a tape. Mark what the tape is on the

      tape with a pen. Put the tape aside for later reference.




        Go through the vouchers again, putting any Organization Deduction

      for each person on the adding machine.




        Total the figure. Extract the tape from the machine and mark it

      as Org Deduction.




        Lay the tape aside.




        Take the voucher pile again, and again from each white, put the

      pay of each person on the adding machine.




        Total and remove the tape. Mark it Pay.




        Total the three tapes and see if they compare with the salary sum

      you started with.




        If they do not, count the number of vouchers and the number of

      figures on the tape. Count the Org Deductions and the number of

      vouchers with Org Deductions. Count the number of Govt deductions

      and the number on that tape. If the error is not found by reason of

      an omission, start at the beginning as above, pulling out the

      folders and once more re-calculating the number of units and pay

      and the amount of a unit. Continue on through all calculations

      until error is located.




        If error means correction of a voucher have loose pieces of

      carbon paper to correct them with and be sure to correct the copy

      still in the machine. It is doubtful if more than one or two

      vouchers would have to be so corrected as they do not accumulate

      the error, each one being a separate computation.




        Take the three machine tapes, add them carefully




        Make out a cheque to this sum only. Enter cheque, its description

      and purpose on




                                      303







      the Disbursement Machine, giving on the voucher any Govt sum, Org

      sum and actual pay.




        Make out a separate cheque for any petty cash. Put its full

      description and purpose on the voucher.




        Take these two cheques and these two vouchers AND ALL VOUCHERS

      FOR PAY to cheque signing persons for their inspection.




        To get the exact right change for a payroll make a table before

      going to bank. Write down left to right across a sheet of plain

      paper pounds, ten shilling notes, two shilling coins, one shilling,

      sixpenoes, threepences, pennies, or in U.S., Ten Dollar Bills, Five

      Dollar Bills, One Dollar Bills, fifty Cent pieces, quarters, dimes,

      nickels, cents. Take the vouchers and do a sight breakdown of each

      pay sum to be paid in cash. Put down the number of pound notes etc

      it will take to pay that person and mark each monetary piece under

      the appropriate column. Then add up each column, which will give

      the exact number of each monetary piece required from the bank.

      Needless to say, addition across the bottom should add up to the

      amount of the gross pay cheque As you will also have coins in your

      petty cash cheque errors in pay-out can be remedied.




        Cash cheque at the bank, making sure you obtain enough change. Do

      not get the money in packets for each person. Just get a lump sum.




        Buy Govt stamps or postal order to give the Govt the amount it

      has coming from the cash you have in hand.




        The Org deductions are now invoiced on the invoice machine as

      loans or income. The money for this sum is taken from the cash you

      received at the bank and placed in the usual income cash box.




                                    PAY DAY




        All Disbursement copies and cash are laid out on a table.




        Persons to be paid come in person to the accountant or cashier.




        The person is given his white Disbursement voucher for

      inspection.




        By use of a carbon between them he signs the yellow and blue

      copies.




        The person is paid the pay sum from the Disbursement copy.




        The person retains the white.




        The accounts officer tosses the yellow and blue into his file

      basket as soon as that payment is done.




        All persons are paid. Anyone not there to be paid has the three

      vouchers and the cash placed in an envelope. It is sealed and left

      in cash box until picked up, at which time the yellow and blue must

      be signed as before.




                                    FILING




        The signed yellow copy is filed in the creditor folder of the

      staff member.




        The signed blue copy is filed in the weekly pay breakdown

      envelope.




        PAYING BY CHEQUE




        No staff member may be paid by cheque.




                                      304









                                  HOLDING PAY




        No staff member may leave his pay to accumulate on the books of

      the Org. If he is saving pay for something in the Org, he hands

      the amount he requires held back to Accts who at once invoices it

      saying exactly what it is on the invoice and gives the staff member

      the invoice white. Such a staff member should also be given a

      Debtor Folder at once. A copy of the invoice is then filed in it,

      since debtor folders may be plus or minus with the Org.




                               U.S. MODIFICATION




        As in the U.S. some Orgs may not pay the government anything, go

      over the above with a pencil and score out all references to Govt

      payments.




                                 COMMONWEALTH

                                    ACTION




        The Govt stamps bought as above should be posted to the books

      when the yellow is filed.




        Any Govt sums should be postal ordered as we don't want the

      amount going back through our system. The receipt for the order is

      filed in the creditor file marked Govt with all other bills, the

      Govt being only a creditor after all.




                                   ADDITIVES




        Additional files to handle pay other than those mentioned above

      are not allowed. Paybooks are not kept. Only pay folders,

      themselves complete.




                                    REPORTS




        If a payroll report person by person is required by an executive

      other than the departmental reports that come to accounts it is not

      made by copying or typing. The weekly pay blue vouchers, signed,

      are enveloped and sent to the executive who sends them back.




        A much better executive report is the weekly large envelope that

      contains the financial breakdown sheet for the week. (This does not

      exist in fixed pay Organizations. The blues should be sent

      instead.)




                            FIXED PAY ORGANIZATIONS




        Any Organization not on units but paid on fixed pay should go

      over the above and pencil out all references to unit calculation to

      simplify the use of this directive.




                                  COMPLIANCE




        This system is effective at once upon receipt. Make up creditor

      folders for staff members, obtain any of the above mentioned

      equipment and get this system in because it will save you time.




        If you are keeping pay books, etc. etc. drop them and file them

      in an extra folder at the back of the staff creditor folders so

      that they can be used for staff that wants yearly summations. All

      such summations should come in the future from the folder of the

      staff member since that will now contain all future data.




        Please realize it is easier to do this and that this is more

      accurate than the system you are using and get it in action now.




      LRH:js.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      305







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 MARCH 1961

      HCO Sec

      Assn Sec

      City Office Assn Sec

      City Office Area Sec




                        UNITS FOR ASSN SEC AND HCO SEC




        Each City Office Scientology Org shall add the Assn Sec

      Continental to its payroll to the sum of 2 units in the

      Commonwealth Area and 8 units in the dollar area.




        This shall be regularly paid to the Assn Sec Continental.




        Each HCO Area Office of a City Office shall add the HCO

      Continental Sec to its payroll to the sum of 2 units for the

      Commonwealth area and 8 units in the dollar area.




        This shall be paid regularly to the HCO Continental Secretary.




        The purpose of this is to increase the interest of Continental

      Assn Secs and HCO Secs in the problems and well being of City

      Offices.




        For the purposes of this directive at this time, Continental Assn

      Secs are designated as follows:




        FCDC, Washington: Senior Central Organization Assn Sec in the US

      is paid also from New York, Chicago when set up and any other City

      Office East of the Mississippi.




        C of S. California, Los Angeles: Continental Assn Sec West Coast

      is paid also from San Diego, Seattle and any other City Office set

      up West of the Mississippi.




        HASI Africa, Johannesburg: Continental Assn Sec Africa is paid

      also by Durban, Capetown and any other City Of fire in Africa.




        HASI Australia, Melbourne: Continental Assn Sec Australia, New

      Zealand and Oceania, is paid also from Perth, Sydney and Auckland

      and any other City Office that IS set up.




        HASI U.K., London: Assn Sec would also be paid if any other City

      Offices existed in its Continental Zone.




        For the purposes of this directive at this time HCO Continental

      Offices are designated as follows:




        HCO Continental US Washington DC: Senior US executive, HCO

      Continental Executive Secretary, is paid also from New York and

      Chicago when it exists and from any other east of the Mississippi

      City Office that is set up.




        HCO Continental West Coast: HCO Continental Secretary, West

      Coast, is paid also from Seattle and San Diego and any other West

      Coast City Office that is set up.




        HCO Continental Africa, Johannesburg: HCO Continental Secretary

      Africa is paid also from any City Office existing or to be set up

      in Africa.




        HCO Continental Australia, New Zealand and Oceania, Melbourne:

      HCO Continental Executive Secretary, is paid also from Perth,

      Sydney, Auckland, and any other City Office set up in this Zone.




        HCO Continental England, Wales and Scotland would be paid if any

      other City Offices existed.




        Effective on the week after receipt.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jl.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      306







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MARCH 1961




      CenOCon




                              PERSONNEL POLICIES

                           STAFF POST QUALIFICATIONS

                          PERMANENT EXECUTIVES TO BE

                                   APPROVED

                   (Modifying HCO Pol Ltr of Feb 17, 1961 )




        I desire now to approve of all executives appointed to post in

      Central Organizations, before the appointment is given permanent

      status.




        I desire a full report from HASI attendant to the dismissal of

      any permanent executive before the dismissal occurs.




        The data to be submitted to me, to qualify a department head as a

      permanent holder of post includes:




        1. A minimum of 45 days successful performance of duty on post




        2. A statement from the D of P taken from pc graphs of the

      Auditor quality and ability of the person being appointed.




        3. The appointee's own graph and IQ.




        4. A summary of his Scientology career.




        5. A security check sheet on the person.




        6. An E-Meter assessment, particularly on Help and Control.






        7. His exam results for permanent Staff Member.




        8. Report on Hat Check of post by HCO Sec.




        9. SOP Goals procedure fully flattened.




        No new executive, not approved by myself on the above basis, may

      draw the salary of his executive post, but only the salary formerly

      drawn on a non-executive post until my approval is received by the

      Assn Sec. effective on receipt of the letter.




        No executive may continue as an executive on permanent status,

      unless approved by myself, on or after 1 August 1961, and if not

      approved will revert to pay as a leading auditor even while

      retaining post.




        For the purpose of this Policy Letter the following posts are

      defined as Executive Posts:




        In HASI:




        Association (or Organization) Secretary




        PE Director




        Director of Training




        Director of Processing




        Director of Promotion and Registration




        Chief Registrar (Body)




        Letter Registrar




        Director of Material




        Director of Accounts.




        In HCO:




        HCO Continental Secretary




        HCO Area Secretary.







        All persons permanently so appointed by myself shall be given a

      small certificate to that effect.




        The assembly of the materials required, 1 to 9 above, is solely

      the responsibility of the person being appointed.






                                      307







             Temporary Executive Appointments to be Passed by HCO




        The HCO Continental Secretary must pass upon any temporary

      appointment of an executive, before the person is given post. This

      does not mean such temporary appointment may receive the pay of the

      post.




        The authorization to appoint a temporary executive may be refused

      only on the following grounds:




        1. Past unsuccessful experience with the appointee on that post.




        2. Graph points lower than centre.




        3. IQ less than 120.




        4. Security check not passed.




        5. Control and help buttons get very bad reaction on E-Meter.




        6. Examination of staff profiles and longevity show other persons

      better qualified for post.




        If no person can be found who qualifies for the temporary

      executive post, it may not be filled.




        In event of abuse or confusion of this section the Assn Secretary

      may stop any action in progress and send full details to me for

      decision.




                           Temporary and Permanent

                                    Defined




        A Temporary Executive fills the post on a temporary basis, using

      the word Temporary in the post title. He or she does not draw the

      executive post's units, but draws former units or the units of a

      leading auditor, whichever is higher. He or she may be removed from

      post with or without cause by the Assn Sec at any time, or a

      qualified HCO Sec during the time that HCO Sec is handling a State

      of Emergency.




        A Permanent Executive uses the full title of and draws the full

      units of a post.




        He or she may be transferred to a similar post by the Assn Sec.

      or by the HCO Sec who is handling a state of emergency that applies

      to that department. He or she may be suspended for no longer than

      two weeks in any three months from post without pay, to be

      processed in event of a consistent failure in that department. He

      or she may be removed from post only by myself after due

      investigation, and reports are received by me.




                          Appointment to Staff Posts




        No appointment may be made to any post on staff until the

      following procedure has been followed.




        An application form (green ink on pink since it belongs to

      Accounts and affects pay) is made available at the office of the

      Assn Sec's Secretary.




        People desiring employment are directed by Reception to the Assn

      Sec's Secretary (or a small stock of forms may be left with

      Reception).




        The application form is self-directing. The person fills in his

      own various qualifications and vital statistics. It then sends the

      person directly to Test in Charge to be given a test or (as is more

      likely) to receive the test from his files. The person then goes to

      the HCO Sec. The HCO Sec marks the application form in spaces to

      review the test, makes a brief security check and marks in that

      result and then states either (a) The person is employable on staff

      or (b) This person cannot be employed on staff until processed or

      (c) This person cannot be employed.




        If the results are (b) or (c) the person is so told at once. If

      the results are (a) the person is sent to the Assn Sec (or his

      Secretary) for interview and results of Interview are marked. The

      person is then told when to come to work or that he or she will be

      informed if there is an opening.




        If the person is employed (now or later), the application has the

      units or pay marked on it by the Assn Sec's Sec and is sent to the

      Accts Dept, when employment is begun.




        The Accounts Dept makes a folder for the person in the creditor

      file.




        Accounts may not pay out a cheque until the form is in the

      Accounts Dept, and is initialled OK, throughout.




                                      308







        The routing of the form is written on the left margin in each

      case.




        Important: After August 1, 1961 the Accounts Dept may not pay out

      pay even to old staff unless an application form is in the Accounts

      file.




                           Termination of Employment




        When employment is terminated, the person terminating, to receive

      his or her final pay, must be routed on a similar form.




        The form is obtained from the Assn Sec's Sec. who is custodian of

      all forms, by the Dept Head of the leaving person's department or

      by the Assn Sec.




        The form is self-routing on the left-hand margin. It is green ink

      on pink paper.




        The form is headed:




                               Termination Form

              Without this form you cannot receive your final pay

                  or any recommendation to future employers.




        The leaving person fills in name and date and writes his given

      reason for leaving.




        He gives the form to Dept Head for his or her remarks.




        The leaving person then reports to HCO and gets checked out for

      ARC breaks and withholds, and may be ordered to processing at

      Organization expense, but not longer than 12 1/2 hours, preferably

      5 hours,




        If the leaving person then changes his or her mind about leaving

      the form is destroyed by the Dept Head.




        The person reports again to Dept Head for the form to be

      continued, or destroyed in event of person staying, and then takes

      the form to Director of Material to turn in his supplies and any

      equipment, and get an initial. This includes E-Meter and any such

      and in the case of a Dept Head or an Assn Sec may require a full

      inventory by a paid company if the amount is great.




        The person now goes to Accounts with the form and receives with

      the form his or her final pay.




        Accounts, while keeping the creditor folder of the person in a

      "dead file" at the back of creditors file, until the year's storage

      of files is made, places the person's original application for

      employment and the termination form (stapled, termination at the

      back) into Comm lines to the Assn Sec's Sec who files.




        The person's final pay cheque is sent to HCO by Accounts and may

      not be paid directly by Accounts to the person. HCO hands over the

      final cheque when the person has been checked out by HCO or has

      received any auditing recommended.




                                   Seeking

                                   Personnel




        Dept Heads seeking personnel may procure it wherever they wish,

      and however they wish, but must first look in the job application

      file of the Assn Sec's Sec in order to save time.




        To keep the file straight, the Assn Sec's Sec should divide the

      file into live (with 3 months) and inactive segments.




        In times of expansion a mailing can be sent to the whole list.

      This would serve to freshen the file and the replies can be filed

      with the original applications. Until they lose a body, these

      applicant people do not get "dead filed".




        Keeping this application file up prevents the randomity of

      Emergency Hiring and by-passes of security.




        The most fruitful sources of new personnel are the PE and

      Academy, and permanent help wanted notices should be posted in each




      LRH:ph.cden

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [This 28 March 1961 reissue of HCO P/L 17 February 1961

      added the parts shown in this type style.]




                                      309







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JULY 1961




                                EXECUTIVES' PAY




        HCO Policy Letter of March 28, 1961 is modified as follows:




        All permanent Executives (who were to meet the August 1, 1961

      deadline or have their pay revert) are extended to October 1, 1961.




                               SOP GOALS CLAUSE




        The qualification of persons having to be flat on SOP Goals by

      August 1, 1961 as per HCO Policy Letter March 28, 1961, is changed

      to "Must be fiat on Routine IA by October 1, 1961."




      LRH:jl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED






      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1961

      CenOCon

                               PAY OF EXECUTIVES

                 (Modifies HCO Policy Letter of 22 July 1961)




        The deadline of executive pay is extended to February 1, 1962.




        The process to be flattened now is "Problems Intensive" as per

      Saint Hill data of October, 1961.




      LRH:iet.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL 1963

      Assn Sec To be

      passed by full staff

      meeting before



      implementation




                        AUDIT OF ORGANIZATIONAL BOOKS




        Here is a suggestion to help out those Orgs that get into deep

      water over the paying of their auditor's (book-keeping) annual

      fees. It is only a suggestion and carries no weight unless it is

      approved by a full staff meeting.




        Let's take a look at the situation. Our accounting system is

      ridiculously simple - it has to be or we'd need highly trained and

      very expensive personnel to keep it going. It is not our policy to

      do this. Much better to have a simple system that any reasonably

      intelligent person can operate efficiently and easily. This way we

      cut hundreds, even thousands, of pounds off the payroll each year

      by doing away with the necessity of having to employ highly skilled

      personnel.




        However, our system has this drawback - we have to (by law) in

      all countries, have balance sheets drawn up, audits done etc. for

      the Org. These balance sheets can also be of considerable help to

      ourselves by providing useful information, and to have these things

      done, we must employ professional accountants, who cost money

      (probably the equivalent of six or seven hundred pounds sterling

      per year). Now as these accountants are - in effect - taking the

      place of staff we should otherwise have to employ, I suggest that

      we, in effect, put them on the payroll!




        In other words, say the average annual audit fee is ?520 we put

      aside each week ?10 from the salary sum, to accumulate in the

      salary account until such time as the accountants present their

      bill, at which time a cheque is drawn on the salary account for the

      amount involved (?10 x 52 = ?520). Alternatively, if the account is

      to be paid by instalments, cheques could be drawn once a month or

      as necessary.




        Alternatively we hire as regular staff a permanent accountant.




        This Policy Letter is offered as a possible solution to a problem

      that has been upsetting some orgs for quite a while. I hope it

      helps.




      Issued by: Mike Rigby

                 HCO Director of Accounts WW

                 for

                 L. RON HUBBARD

      Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:dr.aap

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 NOVEMBER 1963

      Central Org

      Accounts




                                   PAY CARD




        The following pay card developed by HCO Area Sec. New York, is

      recommended for accounts use in Scientology Organizations. (Note:

      Card as used in New York is about 8 inches by 5 inches, made of

      light card, and is printed or mimeoed on two sides, as below.)




      NAME

      ADDRESS




      STAFF MEMBER PAY CARD




      CLASSIFICATIONS AND AWARDS-




      BASIS FOR PAY COMPUTATION

      STARTING DATE ON STAFF 1/1761




      STARTING POSTAccts Clk (Admin Clerical!

             DATE

             RAISE

             RECD

            7/1/61

            10/1/61

            1/1/62

            4/1/62

            7/1/62

            10/1/62

            7/1/64




      DATE OF BIRTH_ SEX _




      SIDE I




           STARTING UNIT PAY  60




      POST

      HELD




      Accts Clk

      Dir of Accts

      Dir of Accts

      Dir of Admin

      Org Sec

      Org Sec

      Org Sec




      TYPE

      OF

      POST

      HELD

      Admin, Clerical

      Dept Head

      Dept Head

      Dir of Admin

      Org Sec

      Org Sec

      Org Sec




      UNIT

           RAISE

           RECD

           10

           10

           10

           15

           15

           10




                                    REASON

                                      FOR

                                     RAISE




      3 Mos.

      Becoming Dept Head

      3 Mos.

      Becoming Dir Admin

      Becoming Org Sec




      Bonus - Theta Clear

      Service Units - Perm

      Staff Eff 7/1/64




      TOTAL

      UNITS

      RECD




      70

      80

      90

      105

      120

      125

      135




      DATE

      RAISE

      RECD




      POST

      HELD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                     TYPE

                                      OF

                                     POST

                                     HELD




      UNIT

      RAISE

      RECD




                                      312







                                    REASON

                                      FOR

                                     RAISE




      L. RON HUBBARD




      SIDE 2




      TOTAL

      UNITS

      RECD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1965

      Remimeo

      Staff Hats




                                ALL DIVISIONS




                                   BONUSES




        The only bonuses which may be awarded staff members shall consist

      of courses and intensives.




        Courses awarded will consist of one course under the Academy

      system employed after this date.




        Intensives shall consist of 12 1/2 hour or 25 hour intensives

      according to the bonus awarded.




                                STAFF CO-AUDIT




        All routinely scheduled staff co-auditing is cancelled effective

      1 July 1965, except for assists including ARC Break, PTP and Missed

      W/H assists.




        Solo auditing successfully carried out, but subject to D of P

      supervision, is permitted, and solo auditors are permitted to do

      auditing by list to give each other assists.




                                    REVIEW




        Bonus auditing award may include Department Review auditing to

      handle various case types and ease scheduling.




                                    GRADES




        Staff Members must be audited up through the Grades properly in

      the HGC or in




        The additional processes of a Grade may also be run.




                               POWER PROCESSES




        No staff member may be run on a Power Process except by an

      auditor properly qualified in the Review Case Cracking Unit.




                                  EMERGENCY




        No staff member or executive of a section, department or division

      or org under Emergency Condition may have auditing.




                                  AFFLUENCE




        Staff members in a section, department, or division designated as

      in Affluent Condition are favoured in bonus awards.




                             FIELD STAFF MEMBERS




        A Field Staff Member who has sent twenty persons into the org may

      have a course or a 12 1/2 hour intensive at his or her election.




                                 EXTRA STAFF




        Enough Tech or Review extra staff must be on hand to give every

      staff member in the org a 12 1/2 hour intensive every 6 weeks




        But this staff may not be counted in computing the tech-admin

      ratio. These are the staff staff auditors.




        This balance may not be cancelled out by overload. But other

      auditors may be used, such as Review Auditors in this programme.




                                   QUALITY




        Staff members should have fully qualified auditors in their

      auditing.




        To qualify additionally as a staff staff auditor, a staff auditor

      must also have an




                                      313







      excellent record of personal case gains and good T.A.




                     STAFF STAFF AUDITORS DURING EMERGENCY




        When an entire org is under Emergency, staff staff auditors are

      assigned to promotion duties such as mailings, etc.




                                    COURSES




        A staff member awarded a Course instead of an intensive may have

      only one course and may be only on quarter pay or units for that

      period.




                            SAINT HILL COURSE AWARD




        Only the higher status staff member may be sent to the Saint Hill

      Course as an award and only for a very praiseworthy accomplishment.




        The Saint Hill Course is awarded a staff member only by the

      Office of LRH.




        This does not prevent staff members from undertaking their own

      training at Saint Hill with some org assistance on expenses.




                              SAINT HILL AUDITING




        A staff member of very high status in any org may be awarded

      auditing at Saint Hill, but only for praiseworthy accomplishments.




        This award is only at the personal orders of LRH.




                                LIMITED AMOUNTS




        A staff member may only have 12 1/2 hours at a time in the HGC

      from staff staff auditors of the HGC or, in Review, only to a

      result, which may vary from 8 hours to 50. But unless specified no

      staff member may be awarded Review auditing more than once in an

      org which has a Case Cracking Section.




        There are no Review staff staff auditors. Auditing there is done

      only by the regular Review staff.




                                  PARTIALITY




        Aside from Emergency and Affluent Conditions the bonus of

      auditing and courses should be spread evenly.




        No executive has any right to order a staff member to auditing

      for several intensives at the expense of other staff.




        Staff of portions of an org in other Conditions than Emergency

      and Affluence should be treated fairly.




                             STAFF MEMBER FAMILIES




        No members of families of staff may have staff staff auditing.

      They may however, as a special favour, be given professional rates.

      An org does not owe auditing to a staff member's family.




        The Hardship Section of the Department of Certificates and Awards

      often will have auditors on list for the auditing of the staff

      members' families.




                                    COMM EV




        No Comm Ev or Court or executive may after this date sentence

      anyone to auditing.




        Such Ethics bodies may, however, deprive a person of auditing or

      training or technical communication or any communication.




                                    RECORDS




        All records of course and auditing awards and rotation thereof

      amongst staff are kept by the Department of Certificates and

      Awards.




                              AUTHORITY OF AWARDS




        All authorities for bonuses for intensives or courses must stem

      only from the Office of LRH in the org.




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      314







      L. RON HUBBARD







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 SEPTEMBER 1965

                                   Issue II

      GenNon-

      Remimeo HCO

      Exec Secs Org

      Exec Secs




                       UNITS AND BONUSES FOR ORG EXEC

                                     SECS

                              AND HCO EXEC SECS

                  (Revises HCO Policy Letter 24 March 1961:

                       Units for Assn Sec and HCO Sec)




        Each City Office Scientology Org shall add the Org Executive

      Secretary of the Continental Org of the zone to its payroll to the

      sum of 2 units in the Commonwealth area and 8 units in the dollar

      area.




        This shall be regularly paid to the Org Exec Sec of the

      Continental Org.




        Each HCO Area Office of a City Office shall add the HCO Exec Sec

      of the Continental HCO of the zone to its payroll to the sum of 2

      units for the Commonwealth area and 8 units in the dollar area.




        This shall be paid regularly to the HCO Exec Sec of the

      Continental HCO.




        The purpose of this is to increase the interest of the

      Continental Org Exec Secs and HCO Exec Secs in the problems and

      well being of City Offices.




        For the purposes of this directive at this time? Continental Org

      Exec Secs are designated as follows:




        FCDC, Washington, DC: John Higginbotham, senior Central

      Organization Acting Org Exec Sec in the US, is paid also from New

      York, Miami, Twin Cities, Detroit, Chicago (when set up) and any

      other City Office East of the Mississippi.




        C of S. California, Los Angeles, Org Exec Sec West Coast is paid

      also from Hawaii, Portland and any other City Office set up West of

      the Mississippi.




        HASI, Africa, Johannesburg: The Org Exec Sec is paid also by

      Durban, Cape Town, Port Elizabeth and any other City Office set up

      in Africa.




        HASI, Australia, Melbourne: Denny Gogerly, Acting Org Exec Sec.

      is also paid from Perth, Sydney, Adelaide and any other City Office

      that is set up in continental Australia.




        HASI, New Zealand, Auckland: The Org Exec Sec Auckland is also

      paid if any other City Offices are set up and exist in New Zealand.




        HASI, UK, London: The Acting Org Exec Sec. Ray Thacker, would

      also be paid if any City Offices existed in its continental zone.




        For the purposes of this directive at this time HCO Continental

      Offices are designated as follows:




        HCO Continental US, Washington, DC, Donna Fisk Reeve, Acting HCO

      Exec Sec. is paid also from New York, Miami, Twin Cities, Detroit

      and any other East of the Mississippi City Office that is set up.




        HCO Continental West Coast: The HCO Exec Sec of Los Angeles is

      paid also from Hawaii, Portland and any other City Office that is

      set up West of the Mississippi.




                                      315




        HCO Continental Africa, Johannesburg: The HCO Exec Sec is paid

      also from Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth and any other City

      Office set up in Africa.




        HCO Continental Australia, Melbourne: Catherine Layton, Acting

      HCO Exec Sec. is paid also from Perth, Sydney, Adelaide and any

      other City Office set up in Australia.




        HCO Continental New Zealand, Auckland: The HCO Exec Sec would be

      paid if any other City Offices existed in New Zealand.




        HCO Continental UK, London: Joan De Veulle, Acting HCO Exec Sec.

      when on the post would be paid if any other City Offices existed.




                            HCO BOOK ACCOUNT POLICY

                    (Corrects HCO Policy Letter of 11 May

                                     AD15)




                                 HCO EXEC SEC

                                     BONUS




        The HCO Exec Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross

      receipts of the local Book Account.




        The HCO Exec Sec of a Continental HCO is paid 1/2 of one percent

      of the gross receipts of each Book Account in his or her

      continental zone.




                                 ORG EXEC SEC

                                     BONUS




        The Org Exec Sec is granted 2 percent of the gross receipts of

      the HCO Book Account, but may not be a signatory to that account.




        The Org Exec Sec of a Continental Org is paid 1/2 of one percent

      of the gross receipts of each Book Account in his or her

      continental zone.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.rd



      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      316







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1965

      Remimeo




                                  ADVISORY

                                 COMMITTEES




        It is up to AdComms to assign conditions of Emergency to

      Departments.




        If the ADVISORY COUNCIL discovers an even slightly down statistic

      in the Gross Divisional Statistic and finds that that AdComm in its

      meeting the previous Friday did not locate the cause and assign an

      emergency to it, the Advisory Council may assign a Condition of

      Emergency to the entire division regardless of the slightness of

      the gross drop.




        AdComms must establish and assign statistics for their

      departments and sections or units and individuals.




        An AdComm may assign a personal state of emergency to any person

      in that division.




                               PAY ADJUSTMENTS

                       Applies to all orgs on Unit Pay




        An individual, unit, section, department or Division will,

      effective 15 November 1965, have a unit pay reduction of 20% of its

      units if it is assigned a state of emergency.




        An individual, unit, section, department or division, effective

      15 November 1965, will receive an increase of 20% of its units if

      assigned a state of affluence.




                           STATES ASSIGNMENT TABLE




        Exec Division - States assigned for the whole Exec Division by

      Saint Hill only in accordance with gross income.




        Divisions - States assigned by the local Advisory Council on the

      basis of the Gross Divisional Statistic.




        Departments - States assigned by the Advisory Committee of that

      Division, by the Advisory Council or the HCO Secretary.




        Sections: - States assigned by the AdComm of that Division or by

      the Advisory Council or by the HCO Secretary.




        Units - Same as sections.




        Individuals - Same as sections.




                                    POLICY




        No org, portion or individual in an org may be without an

      assigned state. No states may be assigned anything or anyone save

      on the basis of a graphable statistic.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      317







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JULY 1966

      St Hill Manor

      Remimeo

      Area Orgs

      Pay Roll

      Preparation

      Dir Disbursement

      Org Sec

      Org Area Sec

      All Staff except

      SH




                          PROPORTIONAL PAY PLAN 1966




        The basic basis of pay in terms of units shall be by post, on the

      basis of the post held being 'Acting'. A Deputy retains the pay of

      his former post, (or his last post held just prior to his most

      recent promotion if he is promoted to Deputy before being confirmed

      as Acting on a post), and receives an increase in units appropriate

      to the post when and if he is confirmed in the post as 'Acting'.




        The basic units shall be as follows:




      Executive Director Guardian

      Acting Executive Secretary

      Acting Secretary Acting Director

      (except LRH Communicator)

      LRH Communicator Acting

      Officer Acting In Charge

      Provisional non-executive staff

      Temporary staff (any staff prior

      to attaining Staff Status I)




                                     Units

                                      200

                                      175

                                      150

                                      120

      100

      110

      85

      75

      65

      60




        Increase in a staff member's units may only be by his having been

      promoted, with the exception of the following:




        1. For being in continuous service on staff - 5 units for each

      year up to five years. To receive service units the staff member

      must have Staff Status 2.




        After a staff member has been in continuous service for 10 years

      he receives an additional bonus of 10 units. However, he must have

      Staff Status 2.




        A leave of absence, if granted by the area Advisory Council and

      confirmed by the Advisory Council WW for a specific period, does

      not break the continuity of service IF such leave of absence has

      been granted "with no loss of seniority".




        By continuous service is meant CONSECUTIVE SERVICE OVER A PERIOD

      OF TIME in any Scientology official organization - i.e. City

      Office, Central Org (Day or Foundation) or Saint Hill. In other

      words, if a staff member transfers to another org, his service time

      in the previous org does count.




        2. For Staff Status. For a non-executive post, attainment of

      Staff Status I raises his pay by 5 units. For any current executive

      from Officer up who does not have Staff Status I, his pay is to be

      reduced by 5 units until he achieves it.




        For attainment of Staff Status 2, the staff member's units are

      raised by receiving his service units for whatever period he has

      served on staff continuously.




        As other Staff Status check sheets are issued, attainment of

      those status numbers will draw additional units, the amount to be

      stated when the check sheet is issued.




        3. Staff who are trained in Scientology will receive additional

      units as follows:




                                      318







        a) Old HDA,IF the staff member has attained Staff Status 2, has

      had continuous service for at least 5 years, and has had Scientology

      training to at least Level II Classification. (This would mean the

      staff member was a veteran.)




        b) Had attended ACCs




        c) Has a Level II Classification




        d) Has a Level III Classification




        e) Has a Level VII Provisional Classification  6




        f) Has a Level IV Classification




        g) Has a Level VI Provisional Classification




        h) Attains Clear




        The above are additive The intention here is to reflect in the

      units of staff members their experience in Scientology.




                           TECH AND QUAL PERSONNEL




        Staff auditors, the Case Supervisor, the D of P. Course

      Supervisors, the D of T and the Tech Sec. the Qual Sec. D of

      Review, D of Examinations, Pc and Student Examiner(s), Review Case

      Officer, Review Auditors and Cramming Supervisors are to receive an

      additional 5 units for being in Tech and Qual. These additional 5

      units are per personnel and are not additive in the event 2 or more

      posts mentioned are held by one person.




        In the event that-an Exec post held as 'Acting' is confirmed at

      the end of a year's successful service, the staff member holding

      the post in full (would have to have the Staff Status number of the

      post to qualify), is granted an additional 5 units with the

      confirmation, which must be confirmed by the HCO Exec Sec at WW.




                           LEAVES AND VACATION PAY




        A staff member is eligible for vacation after he or she has

      worked one year on staff. After he or she has worked one full

      (continuous) year a vacation with pay of 2 working weeks is

      allowed. This is non-accumulative (i.e. a staff member may not skip

      vacation one year and be granted 4 weeks the next year). No

      vacation time is collectible except in the one year period.

      However, after the year is worked, the vacation itself may be

      split-one week taken separately from the other week, but may not be

      further split than one week at a time. A staff member may be

      granted an advance against his vacation pay just prior to his

      leaving for his vacation and at no other time. Such an advance is

      based on the unit value of the last week before his vacation and is

      to be adjusted up or down according to the units of the following

      week, or two weeks, such adjustments to be immediate and not long

      and drawn out. He may not otherwise draw against vacation pay. No

      staff member may be paid double for two weeks in lieu of vacation.

      If he or she doesn't take it, he or she merely loses out.




        All vacation time (as to dates of vacation) must be okayed by the

      staff member's seniors up to Secretary (Secretaries by Exec Secs

      and Exec Secs by Ad Council) and must also be OK'd by HCO Personnel

      Control, who is responsible for scheduling the times of vacation

      granted so as not to endanger the org through having insufficient

      personnel on post to handle the org functions and activities.




                               PART TIME STAFF




        Part time staff are paid on the basis of 1 1/2 units an hour or 2

      units an hour for Tech and Qual personnel. Orgs should not be

      heavily staffed by part time staff.




                                  FIXED PAY




        Only the following posts may be paid on the basis of fixed pay

      and this should be discouraged. However, sometimes it is hard to

      fill these posts except on the basis of fixed pay.




                                      319.







        1. Janitors or Cleaners.




        2. Typists for Letter Reg. It is often more expedient to pay

      typists at a fixed rate per letter, rather than by time.




        3. Construction personnel, in the event buildings are being

      built.




        4. Accountant, if the org is okayed to have one.




        A Staff member does not receive multiple basic units if he holds

      more than one post. He receives the basic units of the highest post

      held.






                               FOUNDATION UNITS




        If a Foundation is in FULLY - i.e. nights and weekends, (the same

      staff working both nights and weekends), then the pay is the same

      as in the Day org.




        If a Foundation is evenings only, or weekends only, or if the

      staff of evenings and weekends are different, then the units are as

      follows:




      Acting Exec Sec Acting

      Secretary Acting Director (LRH

      Communicator) Acting Officer

      Acting In-Charge Provisional non-

      executive staff Temporary staff

      (any staff prior to attaining Staff

      Status 1)




      50

      40

      33

      36

      28

      25

                                      22

                                      20




        Increase in units may be only on the basis of promotion except

      for the following:




        1. Continuous service (only if the staff member is Staff Status

      2)-2 units per year. By continuous service here is meant continuous

      service in the Foundation only since the staff member working also

      in the Day Org is paid his service units for such in his Day pay.




        2. Staff Status. For a non-executive post, attainment of Staff

      Status I raises his pay by 2 units. For any current Exec from

      Officer up who does not have Staff Status I, his pay is to be

      reduced by 2 units until he achieves it.




        Staff Status achieved in the Day Org, of Course, counts in the

      Foundation.




        As other Staff Status check sheets are issued, attainment of

      these status numbers will draw additional units as announced with

      issuance of check sheets.




        3. Staff trained in Scientology will receive additional units as

      follows:




        The above are additive.*




      a) Old HDA IF the staff member has attained

      Staff Status 2, has worked in a Day or

      Foundation for at least 5 years, and has at

      least Level II Classification b) Had attended

      ACCs c) Has Level II Classification d) Has

      Level III Classification e) Has Level IV

      Classification f) Has Level VI Provisional

      Classification g) Has Level VII Provisional

      Classification h) Attains Clear




                                      320







                                     Units




                                       2




        The Introductory Lecturer receives an additional 5 units.




        For having an Exec post held as 'Acting' confirmed as in full

      (same requirements as Day Org apply)-2 units additionally.




        For staff to work only part time in the Foundation seems an

      unlikely situation. However, if there is such, they would receive

      an hourly rate of 1 unit.




        There is no fixed pay in the Foundation except, if necessary,

      Letter Reg Typists.




        Vacation and leave rules are the same as for the Day org.




        NO DAY ORG PERSONNEL, EXEC OR OTHERWISE, MAY BE PAID AS

      FOUNDATION, WHO ARE DOING THEIR DAY WORK DURING THESE HOURS. TO BE

      PAID ON THE FOUNDATION, THE STAFF MEMBER MUST WORK ON FOUNDATION

      DUTIES EXCLUSIVELY. THIS INCLUDES EXEC SECS.




        Scientology executives do not receive overtime pay for extra

      hours worked on their posts, as they are paid for being responsible

      for the duties of the post, which includes management of work loads

      and management of posts and lines under them. Any Exec having to

      work overtime for many hours routinely should analyze his lines for

      Dev-T, or off- line work, or he should shed some hats. When one has

      to work late and long, it means that the lines at that point are

      jamming or that the work is being handled inefficiently and

      ineffectively. This should serve as an indicator for investigation.




        The intention of the system outlined here, in addition to paying

      for the responsibilities entailed in the rank of the post, is to

      pay staff on the basis of experience in the org and experience in

      Scientology. As this is the Day of Expansion for Scientology, it is

      conceived that persons new on staff will be promoted (and hence

      increase their pay) on the basis of their statistics and will

      improve their level of training in Scientology both technically and

      administratively through taking courses at night and through the

      attainment of staff status.




        (c) In the event training took place in the period that lower

      levels were not being classified, or the SHSBC - only the top level

      achieved, a VI or VII, is understood to include the lower levels

      and these are to be added in as per above.)




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:lb-r,cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      321







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1967

                                   Issue II

      Remimeo



      Div 3 Dept 8

      Div 5 Dept 13




                               EXAMINER BONUSES

                             (Effective 15 Oct 67)




         (Cancels any and all local or Pol Ltr or ED Examiner Bonuses)




        The Clear who is chosen as an Examiner in the Pol Ltr Issue I of

      this date is entitled to the following bonuses on preclears only

      (not Academy students study awards):




        For every Correct examination for grade for any grade of release

      or Clear, whether passed or failed by the pc, the Examiner shall

      receive personally the sum of ?1 or $2.50 US or similar sum in

      other currencies of an even amount.




        If at any time within 90 days after-examination the examination

      is found to be incorrect the Examiner shall pay the org ?5 or

      $12.50 or similar sum but always 5 times the examination fee

      received.




        The sum is paid by the Org not the pc and is paid for any

      declaration examination including multiple declares. The 5 times

      fine is paid to the org not to any person.




        The examination fee is paid even when the org offers free

      examination. It is free to the public but the org pays the

      Examiner.




        The fee is paid (or 5 times it is forfeited) on re-examinations

      also.




        The Examiner receives the fee regardless of whether the result is

      a declare or a flunk. If the pc passes and is certified in grade or

      if the pc does not pass and is not certified makes no difference -

      the fee is still paid.




        The forfeit for a misdeclare or failure to declare is paid by the

      Examiner if he declares a pc to have made it who has not or who

      fails to declare a pc who has made it. Either one is an INCORRECT

      examination.




        The way an Examination is found to be incorrect is if the pc,

      within 90 days:




        1. Becomes the subject of an Ethics Order of any kind; or




        2. Fails to carry on with further processing or fails to signify

      he is going to; or




        3. Does not signify his intention to get training or further

      training; or




        4. Becomes the subject of a review for case; or




        5. Is found by a board to have been the subject of an examination

      leading to an incorrect result; or




        6. Goes out of comm with the org.




        If the pc by any subsequent Examiner at the next or higher grade

      or grades is found to have been incorrectly declared or incorrectly

      denied a declare, at ANY FUTURE DATE, the Examiner who did the

      incorrect examination shall pay the forfeit to the org. The

      Examiner threatened with such a penalty by reason of this paragraph

      only, may ask for a Board of Investigation on the matter.




        The full intent of this policy letter is to make it worthwhile

      for an Examiner to make a completely honest examination without

      regard to anyone's statistic and to be immune from any pressure to

      declare or not declare, the whole repute of Scientology depending

      as it does in HONEST examination.




        This system is also aimed to make it worthwhile for a Clear to be

      an Examiner and provide adequate reward for same.




      LRH:jp.bp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      [See also HCO P/L 2 March 1968, Qual Sec

      Must Be Clear, Volume 5 - page 74.]




                                      322







      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      CORRECT COLOUR FLASH

      BLUE ON WHITE




      EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH ED 64 INT




      Date 10 December 1968




        The attached is a Proposed Policy Letter. It is for staff

      examination and discussion all orgs save WW, SH and Asho which are

      already more or less doing it.




        Staffs should be given this data and it should be




        (a) found acceptable




        (b) amended by specific suggestions or




        (c) rejected.




        All in open staff meeting which only staff members may attend.




        The EC should then advise the Deputy Guardian for Finance WW via

      EC WW.




        If a majority of orgs favour this, it will then be implemented as

      an actual Policy Letter by WW and other Pol Ltrs amend




      [seal]




                                      323







      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 DECEMBER 1968

      Remimeo

      All Staff

      Treas Hats

      Guardian

      Fin. Hats




                                 ADJUSTMENTS




                       PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS AND FIXED

                                   SALARIES

                         (Effective 1st January 1969)

                 (Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 3 May 1966 Reserve Fund)

               (Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 21 July 1966 Prop Pay Plan)

            (Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 15 Feb 1967 Allocation of Income)




        The current financial structure of outer orgs has been partly

      successful but on am overall basis, has failed to:




        1. accumulate a large reserve to handle unexpected financial

      needs and ensure solvency;




        2. provide staff with a reliable and stable source of personal

      income;




        3 permit long range financial planning with any degree of

      certainty.




        Saint Hill and the Sea Organization on the other hand have

      succeeded very well m all three of the above, and upon inspection

      the most successful aspects of financial procedures in these orgs

      were found to be:




        1. fixed salaries as opposed to proportionate pay;




        2. a disbursement sum well below the gross income of the

      organization.




        To bring outer org finance in line with the above the following

      changes are made, effective 1st January, 1969.




        All orgs are required to operate on a fixed sum.




        This sum is derived from a percentage of past quarterly Corrected

      Gross Income of the organization. This figure is then set as a

      ceiling for expenditure for the coming quarter and is obtained as

      follows:




        (a) Add the Corrected Gross Income each week for the past quarter

      Day and Foundation combined.




        (b) Divide this figure by the number of weeks in this period.




        (c) 70% of the figure in (b) above establishes the ceiling for

      expenditure in the coming quarter.




        THE TERM "CEILING" IS DEFINED AS THE SET FIGURE ON WHICH AN

      ORGANIZATION OPERATES WEEKLY, REGARDLESS OF THE INCOME.




        The day org being the senior org handles the Financial Planning

      for both Orgs (Day and Fdn) based on the allocated amount.




        The ceiling figure once established, would normally remain the

      same throughout the quarter but, in actual practice, a major

      increase or decrease in average income during the quarter could

      warrant a change of the ceiling amount if the established figure

      proved unworkable. Any proposal for such a change would be approved

      at the discretion of the Deputy Guardian for Finance WW.




                                      324







        While the ceiling establishes how much can be spent it would be

      wise for the Executive Council to bear in mind that the corrected

      Gross Income for any week may go below the allowed amount.

      Provision for this is made by always spending less than the

      allocated amount.




                                FIXED SALARIES




        In an org which pays wages on a unit system (proportionate pay)

      the wages vary wildly from one week to the next, a factor which in

      itself discourages expansion-while at the same time a large

      percentage of weekly income is consumed by payroll.




        Fixed salaries, as currently paid by Saint Hill and the Sea

      Organization, provide a stable wage for staff members, while

      consuming a smaller portion of gross income, thereby permitting the

      accumulation of a substantial reserve.




        It is the function of the Executive Council to set the basic

      salary for each staff member within the allotted percentage. This

      is then approved by the Assistant Guardian for the org or the

      Continental Assistant Guardian for Finance.




        No wage scale will be approved which consumes the entire salary

      amount thereby leaving no room for expansion.




                                RESERVE ACCOUNT




        This account replaces the General Liability Fund and Building

      Fund Accounts.




        The Reserve Account has a purpose similar to the General

      Liability Fund and Building Fund Accounts, and is established for

      organizations to put aside monies for Legal Fees, new buildings,

      Mission Payments to Sea Org, etc. It is also designed to provide a

      cushion of cash for organizations to fall back on if ever needed.




        This account is set-up to be a Trustee Account for the outer orgs

      which is controlled by the Guardian's Office WW and the Sea

      Organization. The weekly deposits are considered disbursements to

      the Sea Org but the money, in actual fact, still belongs to the org

      for the purpose of its Cash-Bills statistic.




        As will be seen from the new AC 1 Form, the weekly deposit to

      reserve consists of the difference between the established ceiling

      figure and the week's Corrected Gross Income less the WW 10%. This

      figure will vary considerably from week to week.




        Orgs which are not restricted by Exchange Control remit their

      weekly cheque made payable to the OTS service Account, to the

      Reserve Liaison Officer Sea Org for deposit.




        The Reserve Account for South Africa orgs is situated in

      Johannesburg, for Australian orgs in Sydney, and New Zealand org in

      Auckland. Cheques for deposit to the Reserve Account of these orgs

      are forwarded to the respective Assistant Guardians for Finance for

      banking, who forwards a copy of the weekly deposit slips and

      vouchers to the Reserve Liaison Officer. It is the responsibility

      of the Assistant Guardians for Finance of the above mentioned orgs

      to open such a bank account.




        As of 1st January, 1969 the General Liability Fund and Building

      Fund Accounts will be closed and the monies transferred by cheque

      to the respective Reserve Accounts via the Reserve Liaison Officer.




        Monthly rent payments for those orgs which currently pay their

      rent from the Building Fund Account will be handled exactly as

      before except the rent payments will come from the Reserve Account.




                                  SIGNATORIES




        The signatories for the Reserve Accounts are L. Ron Hubbard, Mary

      Sue Hubbard, singly, or CS-3 Material Aide with anyone of the

      following-2nd Deputy Guardian for Finance WW, Treasurer WW and the

      Reserve Liaison Officer.




                       THE LRH GOODWILL PAYMENT ACCOUNT




        The weekly deposit to this account (which comes from the

      allocated disbursement sum) is a set figure determined by the org's

      Executive Council and approved by the Assistant Guardian for

      Finance of the org, or by the Assistant Guardian for Finance of the

      Continental Office.




        The 10% routinely sent by orgs to WW remains unchanged.




        It is the intention of this Policy Letter to bring about a

      substantial Reserve for Scientology organizations which is

      controlled by the Guardian's Office and the Sea Organization, and

      secondly to establish in the outer orgs a financial structure

      similar to that which has proved successful at Saint Hill and WW.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:ei.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      GFC 12




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      BLUE ON PINK




      GUARDIAN FINANCIAL ORDER




                      HCO POLICY LETTER 10 DECEMBER 1968

                       PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS AND FIXED

                                   SALARIES




      31st January 1969




        Following the non acceptance by the Majority of Orgs at Staff

      meetings of the above Policy Letter all Orgs will retain the

      Proportionate pay Plan as before with the exception of WW, SH, ASHO

      and Pubs who remain on fixed pay.




      H.G. Parkhouse Second

      Dep/Guard F WW for




                                    [seal]




      Jane Kember

      The Guardian WW




                                      326







      WW Form AC 1 Pol Ltr 10 December

      1968 Amends Pol Ltr 15 February 1967




      Org ..............




           PROPORTIONATE INCOME BREAKDOWN WORK SHEET FOR WEEK ENDING

                                  ...........




                                 Put down total




           B1. DONATIONS RECEIVED       A. GROSS

      INCOME




           B2                           MEMBERSHIPS A 1ADVANCE  PAYMTS




      C.

      D.

      E.

      F.

      F1.



      F2.

      G.




           MEMBERSHIPS

           RENT COLLECTED           REC'D _

           LOANS COLLECTED          A2. Subtract Al from A

           PHONE CALLS COLLECTED    A3. ADV PAYMENTS USED _____

           REFUNDS GIVEN            A4. ADD A3 to A2

           REPAYMENTS

           FSM COMMISSIONS PAID _____




      Put down the total of all Congresses, books, tapes, monies, and

      special event monies if any were invoiced by the org

      for HCO .............




      H. Put down total others .................... I. ADD B1, B2, C,

      D, E, F. F2, G, H and put total here and in right-hand

      column (put down twice) ......




      J. CORRECTED GROSS INCOME Subtract I from A4




           and put down here




      K. HCO WW 10% of J and put down here .........

      L. Subtract K from J and put down here ..........

      M. Take ceiling figure for this quarter and put down here




      N.




      O.




      RESERVE  AMOUNT - Subtract M from L.

      Put down amount from Line B1 ........ Put

      down amount from Line C ......... Put down

      amount from Line D ......... ADD and put total

      down twice .........




      P. TOTAL RESERVE  SUM Add N and O ....




      Q. Put down amount from Line M ..............




      R. DISBURSEMENT SUM Take 45% of Q and put




           down here ...................  ...




      S. Put down amount from Line E ............ Put down

      amount from Line H ............. ADD E and H and put

      total down twice ........




      T. TOTAL DISBURSEMENT SUM Add R and S and put

      down here .........................




      U. SALARY  SUM Take 55% of Q and put down here




      V. SUM TO AREA HCO Put down amount from Line

      G................................

      .. Put down amount from Line B2 ............. ADD G

      and B2 and put total down twice .......




                                    BALANCE

                                     CHECK




      AA. Put down Gross Income corrected for Advance

      Payments from Line A4 ...................




      BB. Put down total refunds from Line F ........... CC. Put

      down total repayments from Line F1 ....... DD. Put down

      FSM Comms paid from Line F2 ....... EE. Put down HCO

      WW 10% from Line K .......... FF. Put down Reserve sum

      from Line P ........... GG. Put down total

      Disbursement sum from Line T ... HH. Put down total

      Salary Sum from Line U ........ II. Put down total sum to

      Area HCO from Line V .... JJ. Add BB, CC, DD, EE, FF,

      GG, HH & II and put down total here and at right-hand

      side .........




      KK. SUBTRACT JJ from AA and put down here (there

      should be NO BALANCE) .................




      ATTESTED BY ...............................




      (Signature and Title)




                                      327







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY AD I5

                     (Revised & Reissued 14 January 1968)




      Remimeo

      Franchise

      Saint Hill Students

      Post Public B. Board




                          FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF

              (Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs March 26 '65 & March 30 '65)




        All field auditors of the level of HBA and above are appointed

      herewith FIELD STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology

      organization.




        Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).




        They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of

      Clearing of their nearest org.




        The purpose of the Field Staff Member is:




        TO HELP LRH CONTACT, HANDLE, SALVAGE AND BRING TO UNDERSTANDING

      THE INDIVIDUAL AND THUS THE PEOPLES OF EARTH.




        Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should

      be equal to that of general staff members in the orgs themselves,

      depending only on the activity of the Field Staff Member. The Field

      Staff Member is not on proportionate pay and is not on payroll for

      tax purposes.




        The situation is this: the idea of the practitioner setting up a

      practice to audit preclears must be wrong because it is used with

      poor success by new doctors and psychiatrists; it also has worked

      poorly for doctors as groups as they more and more require

      government subsidy, personally require large borrowed sums to set

      up new practices and depend for affluence on laws passed to protect

      them and give them a monopoly; a monopoly held in place by force

      alone soon vanishes. Further, their system took over 700 years to

      establish them to a point where they could demand the legislation

      needed to protect them - proof: examine the status of a medical man

      in the centuries between the Great Plague and today century by

      century and see the tiny progress each century in the standing of

      their profession and their security.




        We neither have nor need 700 years.




        Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The

      individual in our present society has a rough time.




        We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard.

      Hence the appointment.




        This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting

      only for the completion of technology to press the boom buttons.

      And one of them was to reclaim and enrol as staff members everyone

      we have ever trained.




                                  COMMISSIONS




        The official Scientology Organization to which the Field Staff

      Member is attached will pay the Field Staff Member a percentage of

      all training and processing fees received by that organization

      through its Field Staff Members.




        This system has already been piloted some years ago and its

      administration design is now smoothed out. However it must be

      followed closely.




        The Field Staff Member selects the person to be trained or

      processed after direct personal contact with the person and issues

      to that person a paper stating the contacted person has been

      selected. This paper bears the HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the

      selection.




        The paper is in quadruplicate. The original goes to the person

      selected (selectee), the second copy is sent promptly to the Field

      Staff Member's org's Advanced Booking Registrar, the third to the

      Director of Clearing and the fourth copy is held by the Field Staff

      Member.




                                      328







        If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER

      to the Cashier and enrols for training and processing, and pays,

      the org sends at once a commission of 10% for total cash There is

      no waiting in sending the commission. The org sends the sum at

      once. 10% is also paid in memberships bought by the selectee if

      accompanied by another selection paper marked Membership also

      issued by the Field Staff Member.




        Example of Commission: A selectee presents the Selection Paper at

      the Org Accounts Office and pays for the services bought totally in

      cash. The org promptly sends the Field Staff Member 10% of the

      whole payment. Example: A selectee presents the Selection Paper of

      the Field Staff Member at the org accounts office and pays for the

      service in cash. The org promptly sends the Field Staff Member 10%

      of the total sum. These both end the transaction. There is no later

      amount owing the Field Staff Member when the credit extended is

      paid off. If any Field Staff Member gave the selectee another later

      paper the selectee then used, again commission would be paid by the

      org.




        The person selected is directed by the Field Staff Member to

      Reception at the nearest organization, the name and address of

      which is given to the selectee.




        No cash for memberships may be taken by the Field Staff Member as

      Memberships must be paid for only to the org Accounts Cashier.




        The preclear or student may be selected as often or as many times

      as the Field Staff Member can do so.




        If the person is not, however, selected again by the Field Staff

      Member after training or processing, the org may select the person

      once more and no commission is paid. The org does not have to have

      a selection paper to train or process a person.




        The org will honour and pay commission on the selection papers

      presented to Accounts by the selectee. It is the responsibility of

      the Field Staff Member to inform the selectee to present his or her

      selection paper.




                               EXISTING CENTRES




        Existing Scientology Centres are not official orgs. The Field

      Staff Member is not attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre

      or group or group of auditors may send a selectee as a student or

      PC providing it is a Field Staff Member that signs the selection

      form Centres may not have Field Staff Members of their own unless

      the Centre is owned and operated by Scientology, and Field Staff

      Members may not send PCs or students to any but official orgs. To

      do so constitutes suppression of Scientology official orgs as this

      is a Scientology org activity not designed for centres or franchise

      holders to use until they are officialized and their service can be

      supervised. Remember, to use this system all a centre has to do to

      use the Field Staff Member system is become official and meet

      requirements for a new org




                                     FORMS




        Where no forms exist the Field Staff Member can write on plain

      paper, preferably pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters)

      and using carbon or hand copying can make the forms himself.




        The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed

      name and address of the selectee and the block printed name and

      address and certificate initials and certificate number of the

      Field Staff Member and what the selectee is selected for

      (membership, training or processing) and some approximation of

      arrival date at the org.




        Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.




                           MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS




        The Field Staff Member should be supplied with book lists,

      membership descriptions and the org rate card. He or she should

      give copies of these to the selectee if the Field Staff Member has

      them.




                                     BOOKS




        The Field Staff Member may buy books from an org and sell them

      for his own profit. Any discounts are arranged with the org and

      regulated by the Director of Publications, Saint Hill.




                                      329







                                  ORG MEMBERS




        Other org staff members may not use this system as they are

      general, not field, staff members but where they have had personal

      PCs before taking org employment they may handle the matter as a

      Field Staff Member would if done within the first three months of

      Org employment and the selection was done before org employment.




                             CERTIFICATE REQUIRED




        Any auditor who has any certificate including Hubbard Book

      Auditor may become a Field Staff Member.




        No classification is required.




        No other stipulations may be locally made.




                                    PITFALL




        This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only

      field auditor there was.




        I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite

      overworked. I was only saved by org formation to which I could turn

      over my traffic.




        The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he

      becomes too pinned down to promote and in a year or so fails

      therefore or has to turn to other activities.




        I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book

      circulate (the Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I

      ran a PE type course (not as high as an HAS) and at one time had

      even psychiatrists demanding I process their wives after they had

      heard one lecture.




        The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly

      stopped everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got

      on with my local public promotion.




        I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of

      expansion. Only an org, with its organization and facilities and

      teamwork can handle PCs and students. Even a very small org doesn't

      dare process PCs or train students. It does best when it only

      promotes. And it should send its PCs to a bigger org. It should

      limit itself as I did after orgs took my PCs over, to short

      assists, PE courses and small co-audits.




                             DISSEMINATION FORMULA




        I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so

      long and it's easy. Central orgs have it and train Field Staff

      Members on it in the staff training programme. Being tech it has no

      part of this Policy Letter. It takes four or five hours to learn,

      theory and practical. The org will have all such programmes of

      staff training.




                             PAYMENT OF COMMISSION




        Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the

      selectee when that person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts

      must write on the invoice the auditor's name who did the selection.




        Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out

      a cheque for 10% of the cash payment made to the Field Staff Member

      and mail it to him or her.




        When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of

      the payment and of the PC or student's training, processing or

      membership payment to the Dept of Clearing. The department staples

      these to the Field Staff Member's copy and files it under the Field

      Staff Member's name.




        The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee

      paid. In intensives this should be for at least one intensive.

      However if at that appearance the selectee bought several grades

      worth of intensives or several courses, the commission is also

      given for those.




        TIME




        There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be

      selected and the org has no period of grace wherein a person may

      only be selected by the org itself If an org procures a PC or

      student however, directly, the org, not one of its general staff

      members, gets the commission.




                                      330







                              PROFESSIONAL RATES




        Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the

      auditor himself or a "friend" who will refund the commission. The

      professional rate applies only to auditing. There is no

      professional rate for training or courses.




                                   DISPUTES




        Where one Field Staff Member claims he or she sent in a PC or

      student and another also claims it, the Director of Clearing should

      be appealed to to settle the dispute.




        The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the

      selectee, not on the earliest contact.




        At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not

      be paid on the same matter to settle a dispute.




        A Field Staff Member who feels an error has been made can write

      the Director of Inspections and Reports in his nearest Org who will

      handle it.




                     DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS




        In any disputes between two Field Staff Members, either may

      appeal to the Chaplain's Court, Department of Success, in their

      nearest org, which may "hear" the matter by mail and render a

      decision. Such an action does not make any Scientologist liable to

      further action.




                                 FORMING ORGS




        As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as

      distant service is not as easy as close service, the HCO Area Sec

      should be approached concerning the formation of a new local org.

      Such an org would be owned and operated by Scientology from Saint

      Hill. The HCO Area Sec will base decision upon the amount of

      traffic coming from that area and the successfulness of the Field

      Staff Members there. Final permission for a new Org must come from

      Saint Hill. The new org will be only a Class Zero org at first with

      very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be formed

      and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an

      old org to finance a new org in any way.




        The new org pays a percentage of its gross to the founding

      official org. And the new org pays 10% commissions as above to the

      Field Staff Members on its staff but only if it is fully official

      and only when authorized to have an HGC. Until it has an official

      HGC it continues to operate on commissions and pays no percentage

      to the forming org, but still receives them. Its PE and Co-audit

      activities and commissions paid, in students and PCs sent into the

      founding org, support it.




                              HGCs AND ACADEMIES




        Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs

      and Academies of Scientology only may be sent students by Field

      Staff Members as long and arduous experience has determined that

      great quantities of trouble can come from courses and clinics which

      are unofficial and usually official orgs have to clean the

      resulting mess up. Notable examples were Sydney, and the US Pacific

      North West in '54. There have been dozens of such instances with

      many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance Centres and Academies

      of Scientology are protected by law. Only their service is

      supervised by Saint Hill or myself.




                         FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION




        A Field Staff Member comes under the same discipline as any other

      org staff member and is subject to the same codes of ethics.

      Auditing org PCs or students is forbidden to all staff members.




                                  ACCEPTANCE




        The field auditor should write his or her nearest official

      Organization addressing his letter to the Director of Clearing, who

      would be his superior in an org, giving his acceptance of

      appointment or declining it. In return he will receive his

      credentials as a Field Staff Member (Provisional) which consist of

      a letter signed by the HCO Secretary signifying his or her

      appointment, to be followed after a year by more formal

      credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter

      "Re Field Staff Member




                                      331







        Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars.

      If there are any questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.




                                  PROVISIONAL




        The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At

      the end of one year, the appointment expires unless renewed. On

      being confirmed at the end of one year, the "Provisional" is

      removed and more extensive credentials are issued.




        When a Field Staff Member (Provisional) has been one for ten

      months, he or she should write the Director of Field Activities

      requesting the full appointment be made and giving any evidence of

      good work. At that time the Director of Clearing will cause to be

      issued a new set of credentials to the Field Staff Member,

      declaring him or her to be a Field Staff Member. Activity is the

      criteria of issuing full credentials. If any difficulty develops in

      obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.




        The names or short lists sent to the Field Staff Member for

      selection or collection are considered to be org prospects. The

      Field Staff Member may only select them to the org or collect from

      them for the org, and if the Field Staff Member processes or trains



      for his own fee prospect names sent by the org he is subject to

      discipline by the Distribution Secretary.




                               PRIVATE PRACTICE




        Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it

      should advise his Organization or Association Secretary of the

      nearest official org and explain why.




                                    CENTRES




        Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise the

      HCO Area Sec of their nearest org. They are accepted when

      authorized by the Office of LRH and when the earlier mentioned

      conditions for a new org are met. Meanwhile they operate in

      relation to their nearest org as a group of Field Staff Members if

      they accept appointment as Field Staff Members...




                               FRANCHISE HOLDERS




        Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status

      so long as they remain in good standing at Saint Hill.




                          NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING




        Field Staff Members HCA and above may have the professional rate

      now for HGC intensives if International Members in good standing.




        Courses for Field Staff Members are given at the same fees as for

      any other International Member or Staff Member. There is no

      professional rate for courses, only for intensives. They are

      however given short briefings on pertinent subjects at such times

      as the secretary of their org makes it available. However, the

      better trained a Field Staff Member is, the better he will succeed

      and therefore this appointment should not interrupt training plans.




                                     DEBTS




        Field Staff Members may be requested by the Department of

      Accounts to collect overdue accounts on which 10% commission of any

      sums collected will be paid by the org. But they may not be ordered

      to do this.




        Accounts may release to Field Staff Members in an area lists of

      overdue accounts in that area. By using ARC Break technology and

      assists the Field Staff Member may collect the sums in cheque form

      only payable to the org and forward it with any details to Accounts

      in the org. Accounts must inform Inspections and Reports of any

      such issue of lists or any collections received by this method. All

      such assists are given at the Field Staff Member's own discretion

      without org reimbursement.




                 GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE STAFF MEMBER SELECTIONS




        The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or

      memberships applicants by issuing them Selection Papers to their

      own orgs. In this case any commission is paid to the staff member's

      own org and the Selection Paper is of a different appearance. The

      general or Executive staff member receives any benefit through org

      pay along with the rest of staff




                                      332







                        SAINT HILL FIELD STAFF MEMBERS




        Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly

      appointed by this Policy Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore

      appointed FIELD STAFF MEMBERS SAINT HILL. When working as a general

      staff member or executive for an org, the 10% is paid to that org,

      not the staff member personally so that all its staff may benefit.

      They may select to the Saint Hill Course or HGC.




        The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above

      in this Policy Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.




        Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint

      Hill HGC if the student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill

      as above.




        Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being

      as well a Field Staff Member of a local org.




                             SENIOR ORG PREFERENCE




        A Field Staff Member trained and certified at a senior org may be

      a Field Staff Member of that org even while employed on staff by a

      junior org but the commission is paid to the junior org. The junior

      org is paid the commission on any PC or student he sends to the

      senior org (not his own). Memberships alone are denied commission

      in such a case as the junior org can also sell them.




        Such a Field Staff Member for a senior org employed in a junior

      org must not distract students or PCs already selected by a Field

      Staff Member of the junior org before they can present selection

      papers.




                              BEING ON TWO STAFFS




        Any field auditor can be a Field Staff Member to more than one

      org but is actually on the staff of the nearest org to his address

      and may not use another appointment to another org or Saint Hill to

      set aside the nearer org's requirements of him or her. In changing

      location the Field Staff Member must inform the Director of

      Clearing of the Org he has been nearest to and inform the Director

      of Clearing of the Org he will now be nearest to. In case he is a

      Field Staff Member Saint Hill also he should inform the Director of

      Clearing Saint Hill.




      LRH:Jwjp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965, 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST 1966




                        Addition to HCO Policy Letter of

                          26 March 1965, Field Auditor

      Remimeo

      Org Sec

      Registrar

      Area Cashier

      Dist Sec

      Dir Clearing

                             SELECTION REGULATIONS




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




        The following regulations are laid down as regards the payment of

      commissions in the Field Staff Member programme:




        1. A husband and wife cannot cross-select each other for

      commission purposes.




        2. Once a student or preclear arrives in an organization for a

      service or services, no other student or preclear may select him or

      her for commission purposes.




        The reason for such regulations is that the Field Staff Member

      programme was not intended as a means of obtaining a 10% discount

      on a cross-selection basis.




      LRH:Ib-r.rd

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




      [See also the section entitled FSM PROGRAMME-The

      Field Staff Member System, Volume 6, pages 304-349.]




                                      333







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1965

      Remimeo

      Dist Div Hats

      Registration Hats

      Income Hats

      Dish Hats

      Every Field

      Staff Member

                              FIELD STAFF MEMBER

                             SELECTION PAPERS AND

                                 COMMISSIONS




        The Field Staff Member gives a selection paper to prospective

      students and preclears he or she selects to go into a Central Org

      or Saint Hill.




        Previously the Selectee was supposed to present this paper to the

      Cashier of the org when signing up and only then was a Commission

      paid.




        I now find the selectee seldom remembers to present the paper in

      the hurly-burly of arrival at an org.




        Therefore policy on this is modified as follows:




        The preclear or student may, but need not, present the selection

      paper personally to the cashier of the org for a commission to be

      paid. The Field Staff Member's commission will be paid anyway. In

      the event of two Field Staff Members selecting the same person, the

      paper the selectee acted upon will be credited. In case of disputes

      Ethics is to settle the matter equitably between Field Staff

      Members involved.




        The procedure is changed only as follows:




        The Commission of the Field Staff Member is paid when the

      selectee signs up. Payment is on the same terms as before. But the

      responsibility for the payment of commission lies with the Director

      of Clearing.




        FIELD STAFF MEMBERS MUST SEND AN ADDITIONAL COPY OF THE SELECTION

      PAPER TO THE ADVANCE SCHEDULE REGISTRAR, DEPT OF REGISTRATION,

      DEPARTMENT 6, DIVISION 2.




        The Advance Schedule Registrar notes it in her Advance Schedule

      book and gives the Selection Paper Copy to the Body Registrar.

      These copies of the Selection Paper are kept by the Body Reg in a

      file alphabetically arranged. This is the SELECTEE FILE.




        When any person comes to sign up who might be a selectee, the

      Body Registrar looks for the person's name in the Selectee File and

      if it is there marks the conditions of sign up on the Selection

      Paper from the file and sends it to the Disbursement Dept for

      commission to be paid. Disbursement pays the commission on the

      basis of this copy.




        The Field Staff Member also sends his usual copy of the Selection

      Paper to the Director of Clearing, Dept 17, Division 6,

      Distribution Division.




        This means then that the Field Staff Member selects a student or

      preclear to an org, the Field Staff member must also send two

      copies of the selection paper to the org, one to the Advance

      Schedule Registrar and one to the Director of Clearing.




        In this way there is a cross check possible and none will lose

      out on commissions.




        An org, as a Field Staff Member, selecting to another org or

      Saint Hill follows the same procedure - original to the selectee, a

      copy to the Advance Schedule Registrar and a copy to the Director

      of Clearing of the org to which the person is selected.




                             DIRECTOR OF CLEARING




        Each week, on Friday before attending his divisional AdComm

      meeting in the last hours of that day, the Director of Clearing

      must obtain a list of every student and pc signed up that week and

      compare these to his complete file of selection papers and find if

      they have been selected. He notes which ones have and sends this

      list to Disbursement for guidance.




                              DISBURSEMENT ACTION




        Disbursement checks off the commissions it is paying and how much

      and sends the list back to the Director of Clearing. This is used

      in the AdComm of the Dist Div to quote as a statistic.




                                      334







                                 RECONCILIATION




        If there is a difference in the lists Disbursement receives from

      the Registrar, the amount of money received by income or the list

      submitted by the Director of Clearing, Disbursement informs the

      Director of Clearing during the following week.




        Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure

      that there is no error or omission m paying commissions.




        If Disbursement does not pay commissions properly owed Field

      Staff Members the Director of Clearing makes a statement to that

      effect in his Dist Div AdComm meeting for inclusion in the minutes

      and also reports it to Inspection and Reports and does not rest on

      the matter until he is sure his Field Staff Members have all been

      paid.




        If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org

      taking service on whom no commission has been paid, then it must be

      reported at once to the Director of Clearing. The Director of

      Clearing must then follow through to make sure that a commission is

      paid.




        Policy is: No Field Staff Member who selects a person for

      training or processing may remain unpaid.




        The Field Staff Member is responsible for sending in two copies

      of any Selection Paper to the org and giving one to the selectee.

      He may keep a copy for himself. Any pieces of paper serve so long

      as they have the selectee's name and address and date of selection,

      for what selected and the name of the Field Staff Member.




        Proper forms may be furnished, proper routings on them, by the

      Director of Clearing to the Field Staff Members.




                          UNPAID FIELD STAFF MEMBERS




        If a Field Staff Member finds a person he or she selected has

      actually entered an org for service and no commission has been

      received within three weeks, the Field Staff Member must report the

      omission to the Ethics Officer of the org who should investigate

      and see that the matter is cared for. The Ethics Officer must

      report the matter and its final disposition to the AdCouncil as

      soon as findings and actions are complete.




        Errors in payment must also be so reported by the Field Staff

      Member to the Ethics Officer.




        The gravest possible view will be taken of any irregularities in

      Field Staff Member commissions resulting in incorrect or

      non-existent payment of Field Staff Member Commissions and should

      the Registrars, Disbursement or the Director of Clearing especially

      become lax in this matter Ethics action must be taken and reported

      as well to the Office of LRH, Saint Hill.




                       FIELD STAFF MEMBER APPOINTMENTS




        Any eligible person may become a Field Staff Member. A

      Provisional Appointment must be sent promptly to any eligible

      person applying.




        Furthermore, as some auditors being eligible take their

      appointment for granted and simply send in selection papers, the

      Director of Clearing on receiving a selection paper from a person

      not on his list must at once establish the eligibility of the

      person and if eligible must send an appointment as Provisional

      Field Staff Member to the person at once, although no application

      was made.




                                   SUMMARY




        Field Staff Members' Commissions do not depend upon

      administrative facts but upon the actual presence of a student or

      pc in an org taking service and directed there by the Field Staff

      Member.




        To guarantee speed and smoothness in receiving commissions the

      Field Staff Member should do all possible to help by sending in two

      legible copies of a selection paper to the org and giving one to

      the selectee and keeping a record himself.




        The proof of an owed commission is however the presence in the

      org, taking service of a selectee sent by a Field Staff Member.




      LRH:ml.bp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      335







      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1966

                                   Issue III

      Remimeo




                              FIELD STAFF MEMBER

                   (Corrects HCO Pol Ltr 26 Mar 1965, Field

                    Auditors Become Staff, Page 3, 5th Para

                              from top of page.)




        The paragraph which reads "The Commission is only given on the

      actual amount the selectee paid or obtained credit for on his first

      appearance at the org-" and the remainder of this paragraph is

      cancelled.




        It is changed to read as follows:




        The commission paid the Field Staff Member will be paid on all

      services consecutively bought during one appearance at the org.

      This means that after reporting in to an org and signing up for and

      paying one service or more, if the selectee on the completion of

      that service buys another service, the FSM Commission will be paid

      on the second service and so on. If, however, there is no re-sign

      and the selectee departs from the org as a completion, he or she

      must again be selected with a fresh selection slip and must come to

      the org again and sign up before another commission can be paid the

      FSM.




        This does not include Review services, books or meters or

      insignia. It does apply to memberships bought. An FSM may, however,

      send a person to an org for an S & D and receive a commission

      thereon. This means that an FSM's selection slips of a selectee

      become out dated and invalid after the departure of the selectee

      from an org after buying service The selectee may then at once be

      re-selected for his next or additional services.




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Note: HCO P/L 26 March 1965, corrected by the above, can

      be found in the FSM System section of Volume 6.]




                                      336







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1967

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Reg Hats

      Income Hats

      Dish Hats

      Dept Clearing Hats




                         FSM SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION IN

                                 ORGANIZATIONS

                     (Modifies the following HCO Pol Ltrs:

                     9 May '65 Field Auditors Become Staff

                15 Oct '65 FSM Selection Papers and Commissions)




                                  COMMISSIONS




        The important points to be covered in administration of the FSM

      system within an org, as regards Commissions, are:




        1. The Registrar having selection slips to hand when the selectee

      appears at the org, and signing the person up for as many services

      as possible;




        2. The Registrar finding ding out, when the selectee has been

      selected by more than one FSM for services, which FSM the selectee

      considers selected him or her;




        3. The Registrar informing the Area Cashier as to whether the

      person signed up was selected by an FSM;




        4. The Area Cashier writing invoices clearly showing whether a

      service has been fully paid for;




        5. The Director of Tech Services noting that the person has

      started taking services in the org;




        6. The Director of Disbursements getting written attestations

      from the Registrar as to what was signed up for and when, and

      whether the service was selected and when and by whom; from the

      Area Cashier that the service was fully paid for or (exceptionally)

      that proper credit arrangements were made; and from Tech Services

      that the person has started taking services in the org, and when;




        7. The Dir of Clearing and the Dir of Disbursements each

      independently keeping a record of all FSM payments made, so that

      there is a double check on possible double or incorrect payments of

      commission;




        8. Full CSW including attestations as above being available to

      the Cheque Signers who sign the FSM Commission cheques;




        9. The Dir of Clearing being vigilant that no valid FSM

      Commission remains unpaid.




                                RESERVATIONS I/C




        The Reservations I/C notes the selection in his Advance

      Reservations book and thus reserves for the person an appropriate

      date.




        He has the Letter Registrar write to the selectee a personal

      letter (not a form letter) on the lines that he is "pleased to hear

      that you have been selected by ......... (FSM) for

      .................(services selected) on about  (approximate date

      given on the selection slip)", and that he has provisionally

      scheduled the person for ....service starting on (date). The Letter

      Registrar asks for confirmation of the reserved date and adds that

      Reservations I/C will be shortly sending a packet of information

      material (which is later done).




        The Reservations I/C acknowledges the selectee for setting a date

      but encourages him to come earlier. The Reservations I/C should

      drive in as much business as possible on the Tech Division as soon

      as possible without regard to overloading the Tech Division.




                                      337







        The Reservations I/C then initials the selection slip, with date,

      and routes it to the Body Registrar.




                                BODY REGISTRAR




        The Body Registrar keeps a file of all selection slips received

      from the Reservations I/C, filed alphabetically for easy access.




        When a person comes to him to sign up for a service the Body

      Registrar takes from the file all selection slips relating to that

      person and uses them as a guide to the person's interests. But of

      course the Body Registrar from her interview with the person and

      her knowledge of org services decides what services the person

      should take, always encouraging the person to sign up for many

      services




        When the person has signed up, if there are selections by more

      than one FSM, the Body Registrar asks the person whom he considers

      selected him or her.




                            SELECTION ROUTING FORM




        The Body Registrar initiates a Selection Routing Form, which is a

      document routing form, not a body routing form. A separate form is

      used for each service signed up.




        The form has spaces to be filled in by the Body Registrar as to

      person's name; service signed up for; hour and date of sign up;

      name of FSM who selected the person for that service date service

      is to start; and initials of the Body Registrar attesting to these

      data.




        The Body Registrar staples the selection slip to the appropriate

      Selection Routing Form and hands it to the Area Cashier when

      passing the person on for him to pay for the services signed up.




        When there is only one selection slip and more than one service

      signed up, the Body Registrar attaches the slip to the Selection

      Routing Form for the first service to be taken, and notes on the

      other Selection Routing Forms that this has been done. Thus later

      recipients of the Form know where to find the slip if needed.




        If there are no selection slips to hand, the Body Registrar asks

      the person if he has been selected by a Field Staff Member, and if

      so, gets details and writes these on the Selection Routing Form,

      noting on it that there was no selection slip and getting the

      selectee to attest on the form in the space provided that the

      details given are correct.




        The Body Registar keeps a record of all sign ups, Selection

      Routing Forms started, and whether a selection slip was attached.

      Thus when the person comes back for re-sign up, Body Registrar has

      a record of what was done at previous sign ups.




        AREA CASHIER




        The Area Cashier gets the person to pay in full for all the

      services signed up for. If an Advance Payment has partly paid for

      the services this is of course taken into account.




        Any service must be fully paid for before the person starts

      taking it, unless credit is specifically permitted by Policy and

      proper arrangements (note signed) have been made for payment, or

      unless it is Review auditing.




        If the Area Cashier fails to persuade the person to pay for the

      other services signed up, he tries to get a partial payment in

      advance. But FSM COMMISSION IS NOT PAYABLE UNTIL THE SERVICE IS

      SIGNED UP AND FULLY PAID FOR, AND THE PRECLEAR OR STUDENT IS IN THE

      ORG TAKING A SERVICE.




        The Selection Routing Form for each service has a space for the

      Area Cashier to write the date, amount paid, invoice number, and



      "Yes" to the question, "Is this service fully paid for?", and to

      attest with initial and date.




        If the service is one for which credit is permitted by Policy,

      the Area Cashier, having made the necessary arrangements, writes

      "Credit" in answer to the above question. If credit is not

      permitted for the service, the Area Cashier does not write on the

      form but tells the person that the service cannot start until

      payment is complete. In




                                      338







      such a case the Area Cashier files the form in the person's Advance

      Payment folder or in his Collections folder.




        If the service is fully paid for or if credit has been allowed,

      the Area Cashier routes the Selection Routing Form with the blue

      copy of the invoice to Tech services If more than one service has

      been signed up and paid for, all the relevant Selection Routing

      Forms are routed to Tech services




                                TECH SERVICES




        The Director of Tech services attests on the Selection Routing

      Form that the person has started taking a service in the org. This

      is done on each form that has been received from the Area Cashier

      at that time, even though only one service is being taken and the

      other forms relate to services to be taken later (but before the

      person leaves the org as a completion).




        If the person is delayed in starting taking service the Director

      of Tech services holds the Selection Routing Forms pending, but

      completes the attestation immediately the person starts taking

      service and ensures that the Forms do not get overlooked.




        The Director of Tech services routes the completed forms to the

      Director of Disbursements.




                          DIRECTOR OF DISBURSEMENTS




        The Director of Disbursements checks from the selection slip and

      the Selection Routing Form that the Commission to the FSM is valid

      as per current Policy, and that there is a complete set of

      attestations on the form.




        He also checks from a record kept by the Disbursements Officer of

      all payments made to FSMs, filed alphabetically under names of

      persons taking service, that no previous payment has been made in

      respect of the service detailed on the Selection Routing Form. He

      attests on the Form that this is all in order.




        He then passes the documents to the Disbursements Officer.




                            DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER




        The Disbursements Officer prepares a cheque for presentation to

      the Cheque Signers and attaches it to the documents, having entered

      on a space provided on the form the amount of the commission,

      cheque number and date, name of bank and bank account, and having

      attested to these with initial and date.




        Since FSM Commissions may not be budgeted but must be permitted

      to rise to any level as long as the commissions are valid, no

      Purchase Order or Financial Planning approval is needed.




        All the prerequisites as set in in HCO Pol Ltr of 30 Jan 1966,

      Issue IV, "Cheque Signing Procedure", must be provided to the

      Cheque Signers with any FSM Commission cheques.




        When the Disbursements Officer receives the signed cheque, he

      immediately mails the Cheque to the FSM and the Selection Routing

      Form and attached selection slip are routed to the Director of

      Clearing, together with the second copy of the Disbursement

      Voucher.




        The Director of Disbursements must report via the Treasury Sec to

      Inspections and Reports and to the Advisory Council for inclusion

      in their minutes any effort by the Director of Clearing to falsely

      pay any commission not allowed by Policy or which may appear

      contrary to Policy.




                             DIRECTOR OF CLEARING




        Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure

      that there is no error or omission to paying commissions.




        If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org

      taking service on whom no commission has been paid, then it must be

      reported at once to the Director of Clearing. The Director of

      Clearing must then follow through to make sure that any commission,

      validly due according to Policy, is paid. This is done by

      originating the




                                      339







        Selection Routing Form, clearly marked "Originated by Dir of

      Clearing", with the Director of Clearing's copy of the selection

      slip to the Body Registrar, who must fill in the details, and

      similarly for all the other terminals indicated on the Selection

      Routing Form. Some students and preclears may not have been

      selected. It is not the job of the Director of Clearing to force

      selection upon them.




        If Disbursements does not pay commissions properly owed FSMs, the

      Director of Clearing makes a statement to that effect in writing to

      his Secretary, who must report it at the next Ad Council meeting

      for inclusion in the minutes. The Director of Clearing also reports

      the matter to Inspections and Reports and does not rest on the

      matter until he is sure his Field Staff Members have all been

      properly paid. Likewise, the Director of Clearing must be sure no

      false commission or commission contrary to Policy is paid.




        The Director of Clearing is also responsible for seeing that the

      line as described above flows smoothly and that papers are not

      backlogged anywhere. However, he is not to abuse this authority and

      Dev-T personnel solely to obtain inclusion of any FSM payment in an

      earlier week's statistic. But he must certainly see that there is

      no tardiness in payment of FSM Commissions.




                                 WEEKLY LISTS




        In order to assist the Director of Clearing in this duty, the

      Body Registrar prepares each week a list of all students and pcs

      signed up during the week, and routes it to the Director of

      Clearing as soon as possible after 2.00 p.m. Thursday.




        Certs and Awards similarly prepare a weekly list of all

      Memberships sold and route it to Director of Clearing each

      Thursday.




        The Director of Clearing compares these lists with the second

      copies of selection slips, which have been routed to him by FSMs,

      and if it appears that commissions properly due have not been paid

      he follows the matter up.




        The Director of Clearing also gets the Selection Routing Forms

      after the cheques have been mailed, and files them alphabetically

      by name of FSM.




        He uses the file of Selection Routing Forms as a record of FSM

      activity and in answering queries from FSMs.




        The following Selection Routing Form is to be mimeoed with black

      ink on pink paper and one copy used for every FSM Commission to be

      paid.




      Written by a Board of Investigation

               Monica Quirino

               Graham McNamee

               Ralph Pearcy

               George Galpin Qual Sec SH

               Gareth McCoy HCO Area Sec SH

               Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH

               Ad Council SH

               Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW

               Ad Council WW

      Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW

      Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian

      WW for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:jp.rd

      Copyright (c) 1967

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      340







                             SELECTION ROUTING FORM

               for routing documents for FSM Commission payments




      A. BODY REGISTRAR

      Name of Selectee-




           service Selected           (each service on a separate form)

           Name of FSM

           Date of Selection        Hour            Place

           Date signed up for service                           Hour

           Attested                              (Body Reg)

           Selection slip attached              not attached-

           why not

           Selection attested                    (Selectee)




           B. AREA CASHIER

           service

           Invoice Number(s)

           AND date(s)

           Amount paid for this service

           Attested                 (Area Cashier) Date




      C. DIRECTOR OF TECH SERVICES

      Date Selectee started taking a service

      (First service of current appearance at org)

      Attested (Dir Tech Services) Date




           .....   _




           D. DIRECTOR OF DISBURSEMENTS

           FSM Commission valid on current Policy

           Above attestations in order   No previous FSM Commission

           paid for this service




      Blue copy of Income Invoice attached in proof of money having been

      received




                                     Initial

           Attested                  (Dir Disbursements) Date




      Is this service fully paid for? _




      E. DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER

      Cheque Number

      Amount of Cheque

      Attested




      _ Bank Account

                  Date of Cheque

                  _ (Disbursements Officer) Date_




           F. CHEQUE SIGNER

           Cheque Signed           Date                Initial_




           G. DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER

           FSM Commission mailed   Date _

           Dish Voucher attached




           Address commission mailed to




              Initial _

      _ (staple copy for Dir

      Clearing to this form)




           Copy of blue Invoice routed back to Department of RAM Initial




      H. DIRECTOR OF CLEARING




           Payment on this service complete   Date

                                              Initial

           _Attested                          (Dir of Clearing)

           Date




      Not double paid _




      (Form to be filed by Director of Clearing under name of FSM)




                                      341







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1968

      Execs

      Distr

      Treas

      Franchise

      FSM

                              FIELD STAFF MEMBER

                                  COMMISSIONS




        Advanced Org FSM commissions can on application be credited

      towards the account of the FSM.




        Treasury in such case sends the white invoice copy to the FSM as

      a receipt, clearly showing the credit transfer to account.




      O.J. Roos, Org Exec Sec AO for

      LRH:MSH:OJR.adv.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      Flag Banking Officer

      for




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Commodore




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968

                                   Issue III

      Remimeo

                                    F.S.M.

                                  COMMISSIONS




        F.S.M. percentages are corrected and established as follows.




        15% will be paid for any selectee routed on for auditor training.




        10% will be paid for any selectee routed on the solo line.




        Auditors route has not been promoted heavily enough and thus this

      additional award is made.




        Auditors are needed.




        The planet needs Clears.




        The 4th Dynamic needs auditing.




        Get auditors in.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      342







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1962

      Franchise

      CenOCon




                         REFUND OF FEE POLICY REVISED




        (Revised from HCO Policy Letter of 12 October 1961, which it

      replaces)




        A Central Organization is bound by the Code of a Scientologist.

      If a person has not received any results from processing, his fees,

      as paid, may be refunded.




        The following STRICT POLICIES govern fee refunds and must be

      followed implicitly by HCO, the Assn Sec. the D of P and the Chief

      Registrar on all such cases. I will make no exceptions.




        Policy 1: Processing refunds may never be given until the person

      has completed all the hours for which he is signed up, even if he

      has not paid for them.




        Policy 2: Anyone asking for money back who has no more hours

      signed for may have his money back.




        Policy 3: No person who refuses a Processing Check devised by the

      Tech Director during processing or before refund may have his or

      her money returned as processing is thereby refused.




        Policy 4: Persons buying processing and then refusing processing

      may not have a refund.




        Policy 5: The organization may give any past failed case a

      Processing Check, standard processes only, at organization expense

      but not more than 25 hours.




        Policy 6: All organization release forms and contracts must

      contain these clauses above signature.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:sf.rd

      Copyright (c) 1962

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      [Note: The above HCO Pol Ltr was originally issued on 4 June 1961

      and revised on 12 October 1961.




        Policy 3 in both the 4 June and 12 October issues stated, "No

      person who refuses a Joburg Security Check during processing or

      before refund may have his or her money returned as processing is

      thereby refused."




        Policy 5 in the original stated, "The organization may give any

      past failed case a Joburg Security Check HCO WW Form 3 (or higher

      form number as issued) at organization expense." This was changed

      in 12 October 1961 revision to, "The organization may give any past

      failed case a Problems Intensive, HCO Auditing Form type only, at

      organization expense but not more than 25 hours."




                                      343










                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1963

      Franchise

      CenOCon




                                 REFUND POLICY

                   (Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs of October 12,1961

                             and February 27,1962)




                                REFUNDED MONIES




        In a careful review of refunds and in the light of my own

      experience with persons demanding refunds, and due to two recent

      upsets in organizations (Australia and London) regarding refunds,

      the following data may be of assistance.




        In 13 years involving hundreds of thousands of hours of

      processing and millions of dollars of income, in any organization

      where I was assuming direct command I have always promptly and

      immediately caused to be refunded every penny of the money paid by

      any person who was dissatisfied with his or her processing. This

      has been the Consistent policy I myself have worked with.




        In all that time I have only refunded about $3,500.




        This is due in part to ensuring a certainty of results in any HGC

      and working hard to make sure the pc gets results, regardless of

      the current style or mode of processing.




        This low amount of refund is also due in part to my firm policy

      that persons who demand refunds may have them exactly according to

      the Code of a Scientologist, but that any person demanding or

      accepting refunds thereafter shall be refused as an HGC preclear

      and posted for the information of field auditors.




        I have only worked then with these three policies:




        1. Refund at once in full any refund demanded;




        2. Work hard with tech staff to ensure good results;




        3. Forbid the sale of further processing to anyone receiving a

      refund and make the case known to Scientologists.




        It is notable that all but one refund were made to persons with

      histories of insanity who had been accepted unwittingly for

      processing.




        Recently Australia was sufficiently remiss in following the Code

      of a Scientologist as to incur potential legal action. I did not

      understand why and investigated. The facts resulted in my sending a

      cable to the Continental Director requesting that he do the

      usual-Refund the money and locate the by-passed charge. The case

      promptly resolved. What was shocking to me is that he had not

      immediately refunded, whatever else he did. Of course he was absent

      when the incident occurred, but still his first thought on finding

      the matter out should have been to refund the money, not because of

      threatened legal action, but because AN ORGANIZATION IS BOUND BY

      THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST.




        A Central Organization is as successful as it gives good

      technical service.




        A tough refund policy injects aberrated stable data against the

      confusion of bad or poor technical service. A mild refund policy

      keeps technical on its toes.




                                      344







        The world of Scientology is based on ARC and held together with

      ARC. Bad technical and tough attitudes concerning the remedy of

      poor service break down this world.




        My own often repeated policy to my personal staff is "Give them

      what they want and keep them happy." That sounds like a very

      indefinite policy indeed. But it makes people face up to and handle

      individual confusions as they occur, each on its own merits, it

      presupposes people are basically good and it is successful.




        The more thetan you have present, the less policy you need and

      the better things run. Only a thetan can handle a post or a pc. All

      he needs is the know-how of minds as contained in Scientology. That

      was all he ever lacked. So, given that, sheer policy is poor stuff

      as it seeks to make a datum stand where a being should be. That's

      the whole story of the GPM's. So why not have live orgs?




        Policy is only vital where agreement must exist between two or

      more thetans working together. Beyond that it fails. A needful

      policy is "We'll start work on time" since without it the org goes

      ragged. A useless policy would be "The registrar must always smile

      at an applicant" for that puts a datum where a person should be.




        So there are two kinds of policies-those needed to obtain

      work-together ease and those which seek to put a datum instead of a

      being in a position. The less you have of the latter the better

      things will get. The more reasonable the former, the more work will

      be done.




        A refund policy is an agreement type policy. Needful. But it must

      be very mild indeed or it will stand in lieu of good service.




        The new policy then is:




        Refund any fees when and as demanded whether for training or for

      processing;




        2. Refuse further and all future training or processing to anyone

      demanding a refund as the condition of refund;




        3. If (2) is not acceptable to the person demanding the refund,

      then do all possible to smooth out the case or training situation;




        4. Count only on high technical results in the HGC and Academy to

      inhibit or reduce demands for refunds.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:jw.rd

      Copyright (c) 1963

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      345







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                    Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1965

                                   Issue II

      Gen Non Remimeo

      Tech Div HATS

      Registrar HATS

                             ACCTS HATS REBATES




        No rebate may be given any preclear for any reason on his or her

      processing.




        Some cases are more difficult than others and give auditors more

      trouble.




        A case can be sufficiently enturbulative that an auditor can be

      diverted from his task and commit minor errors resulting in an

      apparent loss of time.




        The more resistive case also causes a D of P to fumble on

      occasion.




        The auditors and case supervisors try their best and do the best

      possible under the circumstances.




        To claim a pc "lost time" in auditing because of an error in

      choosing processes or having to reflatten one, is highly

      fallacious.






        The usual pc does not lose such time under the same auditors and

      D of Ps.




        We do our job as best we possibly can and when we know more we do

      more.




        We are already the only agency anywhere that can increase IQ and

      resolve human problems.




        We handle a living thing-life.




        We do our best.




        Sometimes a pc throws us a curve with a rough case, bad between

      session behaviour, roughing up auditors and D of Ps. It is natural

      that goofs occur on such cases.




        We retrain auditors who are routinely erring and we do all we can

      to ensure good case gains. We don't permit squirreling. Our Ethics

      are stronger than any other organization's.




        Pcs who claim "lost time" or ask for rebates of part of their

      auditing time for any reason except no auditing whatever (meaning

      no session of any kind, no auditor or pc in the room) should be

      turned over to Ethics. They are rough cases and tend to be

      suppressive.




        We are selling hours of auditing and what that is is for us to

      judge.




        Further, no auditor may rebate any part of a pc's fee personally

      or be made to rebate it, as to do so is to shatter any possibility

      of delivering auditing at all.




        Auditing is already the cheapest form of treatment there is. It

      is cheaper without any argument in favour of time taken to get a

      result - that is bonus. Medicos, surgeons, psychiatrists,

      psycho-analysts charge the Moon for nothing or even for damage. We

      are not in their line of business. But fees can be compared. It is

      nothing for a psycho-analyst to charge ?9,000 for a course of

      treatment! A US surgeon thinks nothing of a $5,000 bill. The Mayo

      Clinic doesn't think twice to send a bill for 335,000 or more to

      the widow of their patient.




        The government pays in some countries. And that too is high.




        By rights our minimum fee for a 25 Hour Intensive should be ?250

      or in the US $820. If we only processed, we would have to charge

      that. It takes several people to deliver real auditing to a

      preclear The field auditor usually goes broke even on high fees. He

      just doesn't pay out the salary needed to give the pc proper

      service.




        How much is a man's life worth to him? How much is it worth not

      to die at all? I'm afraid it has no price tag.




        We are selling actual salvage from Death itself.




        Rebate. How silly. The person was lucky we were around at all and

      took an interest. We don't have to do anything for anybody.

      Remember that. We can lose interest in certain people, too, you

      know.




        No org has to accept anyone it doesn't want to for training or

      processing.




        No Auditor has to accept a pc he doesn't honestly want to help.




        No Supervisor has to train any student he doesn't want to train.




        We sell pearls for pennies already.




      LRH:mh.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      346







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JULY 1966




      Gen Non-Remimeo

      HCO Exec Sec

      Org Exec Sec

      HCO Area Sec

                                REFUND NOTICE




        It is IMPORTANT that every posted scale of fees and every rate

      card bear the following notice prominently displayed at the bottom:




                          FEES PROMPTLY REFUNDED TO

                           ANY DISSATISFIED STUDENT

                                 OR PRECLEAR




        The full regulation of this is not varied except that no Grade VI

      or VII fee will be refunded as this is the student as his own

      auditor and is his own responsibility which is somewhat beyond our

      control in some cases.




        The person requesting refund must sign a guarantee that he will

      not further undertake or apply for training or processing from any

      org or auditor and even if later reinstated may not ever enroll for

      Grades VI and VII.




        The reason for this is that our rate cards and boards attract

      attention from the press and by adding this line their story goes

      sour on them.




        We only refund the current fee paid and orgs never refund private

      auditor fees but may help recover them from private auditors.




        DO NOT OMIT THIS ACTION.




        Remimeo




        Junk all rate cards that do not carry it or stamp or type it on

      them while ordering




        L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 AUGUST 1966




                               REFUND ADDITION

                          (Adds to HCO Policy Ltr of

                         31 July 1966, Refund Notice)




                               TIME LIMITATION




        No refund may be applied for successfully after three months from

      the end of the last service rendered.




        This means that a refund applied for three months after the end

      of an intensive's last auditing session or last day of attendance

      on a course may NOT be granted.




                              MEMBERSHIP REFUNDS




        There are no membership refunds of any kind as refund policy

      applies to service and as membership holders usually have already

      realized discounts.




      LRH:lb-r.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      347







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 APRIL 1968

                   (Cancels HCO Policy Letter 13 June 1966)

      Remimeo

                         SIGNATORIES ON BANK ACCOUNTS

                (Modified. The second paragraph has been added

                to the original. Cancels ED 16 US and 1075 WW.)




        As Financial Planning is the Exec Council, all bank accounts

      except those on which only the Guardian and Treasurer WW sign, must

      have the Exec Council as check signatories. These accounts are: The

      Main Account, The Salary Account, The Disbursement Account, The

      Reserved Payment Account and the HCO Div Account. The signatories

      for these Accounts are Mary Sue Hubbard and The Treasurer WW

      singly, and jointly the HCO Exec Sec and the Org Exec Sec.




        Continental Exec Secs are jointly signatories on all accounts in

      orgs in that Continental Area. Only the Guardian WW and Treasurer

      WW are signatories in the Building Fund Account and the LRH

      Goodwill Payment Account.




        Although signatories, in the event of the absence of one of the

      above, are the Treasury Sec and HCO Area Sec (these being deputies

      to the Org Exec Sec and HCO Exec Sec), the alternates would only

      sign in the absence of the Exec Sec they are a Deputy to, i.e.

      while they were acting as Deputy.




        In any org whose bank signatories are not as outlined in this

      Policy Letter, the Exec Council is to take immediate action to put

      this Policy Letter into effect.




      LRH:jc.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




        [Note: The Disbursement Account is added in the first paragraph

      per correction in HCO PL 3 August 1966.]




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1968

                                   Issue III

                     (Modifies HCO Pol. 1 September 1966,

                            HCO Pol. 2 April 1968)

      Remimeo

                           COMMODORE AND FOUNDER AS

                           SIGNATORY ON EVERY BANK

                                    ACCOUNT




        As the omission of including me as a signatory on an account has

      resulted in unnecessary Dev-T, I have decided to remain as

      signatory on every account which exists in the organizations in

      order to assist directors when signatories are otherwise

      unavailable as has recently occurred.




        The Treasury Secretary, Director or Officer as the case may be is

      to immediately on receipt of this Policy Letter obtain the

      necessary forms making me a signatory and to submit these to CO OTL

      WW: The Banking Officers of the Advanced Organisations and Sea

      Organisation are to take similar action as per FO 916.




        As signatory of the Account I demand and expect that exact

      Scientology Treasury Policy be followed.




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




                                      348







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                        37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1959




                       JACK PARKHOUSE WRITES FROM SOUTH

                                    AFRICA




        "In letter from our Insurance Broker he mentioned possibility of

      'hidden costs' which could be involved in re-writing records, etc

      in the event of fire. This made me think as I don't know what we

      would re-write such records from if the originals were destroyed by

      fire.




        "I think the two main lines we should afford ourselves protection

      on are:




        1. Names and addresses (in addition to Membership lists)




        2. Financial Records.




        "For instance on item 2. HASI SA has about ?5,000 in Bills

      Receivable and HASI US has I believe about $100,000 on record and

      London about ?8,000. No doubt other offices have large amounts

      owing to them also. The system I advise for a modicum of protection

      on this would be merely that when the monthly statements are

      prepared we should prepare them with 2 carbon copies - one copy to

      remain with the Accountant the other set of copies to be shipped by

      registered mail to the nearest HASI office for safe keeping. This

      set of copies to be destroyed on receipt of the following month's

      set.




        "In this manner the most we could lose record of would be the

      current month's business and most of that would be sufficiently

      fresh in staff's minds that most of it would be remembered.




        "On item 1. when Addresses is preparing the sticky labels of new

      addresses they merely make one extra copy and ship all the new ones

      off weekly to another HASI office. This would not involve much work

      as there would be no expiries as in Memberships.




        "Then should the records of any office be destroyed, the other

      office could immediately post all labels and make up a mailing list

      from them - send out a mailing to everyone on the list giving any

      necessary information such as new temporary address of the unlucky

      office, etc. Love. Jack."




        I approve of this.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:mp.cden




                                      349







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1959

      HCO WW

      London Accts

      Assn Sec

      London HCO Sec

      All Personnel

      St Hill House

      dr Office




                            ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND

                                     BILLS




        Any and all items that may be considered to be Accounts Records,

      meaning: -




      Bills

      Cancelled cheques

      Invoices

      Receipts

      Chits

      Lists

      Record Books




        and any other item that may be considered by you to have to do

      with accounts:




                              MUST BE GIVEN IN AS

                               SOON AS RECEIVED

                              TO THE ACCOUNTANT.




        Any records you have on hand at this moment should be turned over

      to Accounts. Any cancelled cheques should be turned over to

      Accounts. Any bank statements that have anything to do with HCO or

      LRH should be turned over to Accounts.




        Our whole accounts system is based on the collection and

      compilation of records. Therefore we must take the first step of

      pulling all accounts data together in one pile at HCO WW.




        This has nothing to do with HASI Accounts Records; these belong

      to the Dept of Accounts HASI. This has to do with Accounts HCO, and

      anything with HCO on it belongs at Saint Hill.




        Only if we all co-operate in giving Accounts all our records when

      we receive them, as well as records we are now holding, can we the

      rest of us be relieved of accounts problems.




        If you know of any accounts records send them to Accounts HCO.




        There will be a project supervisor income and disbursement

      reporting system, but even these go to Accounts when complete.




      LRH:iet.cden

      Copyright (c) 1959

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      350







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JUNE 1960

      Assoc Secs

      HCO Secs

      Accounts Dept




                              ACCOUNTS PROCEDURE




        The Hubbard Communications Office is considered, as far as tax

      purposes is concerned, to be part of the organization to which it

      is attached; therefore, for example, the income, expenditures, the

      assets, and the liabilities of the HCO Office in Melbourne, would

      be reported as part of the income, assets, and the liabilities of

      the Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International, Melbourne

      in the latter's report to the tax authorities. It has been

      considered so in London by Inland Revenue, and as such, has set the

      pattern for the Commonwealth, which can not be escaped, at least

      not until HASI, Ltd. and HCO Ltd. have been completely established.




        As to the matter of reporting the payments of 10% to HCO WW, it

      should be reported as an expenditure for overseas administrative

      costs and management. From a tax viewpoint and factually, HCO WW is

      the office of the governing Directors of the Hubbard Association of

      Scientologists, International.




        All taxation matters and queries should be addressed to me, as

      Treasurer




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      Treasurer for L.

      RON HUBBARD




      LRH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      351







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue III

      Gen Non-Remimeo

      Exec Secs Hats Org

      Secs Hats HCO Secs

      Hats Ethics Hats




                            ACCOUNTS, INVALIDATING




        I have just noted an accountant racket that may have injured your

      org.




        The accountant or firm declares your records are "unauditable"

      unless very expensive bookkeeping is done.




        The harm of this is that they excite tax people and our attorneys

      against us by making us look poor as record keepers and all because

      they want work or a fee or an award from the government by forcing

      us to pay illegal tax assessments "because our records are bad".




        Beware of any person invalidating your accounts records or saying

      they or your system is bad.




        This is only done for three reasons:




        1. When done internally, to cover pilfering or mistakes by

      convincing executives they haven't any good accounts records that

      will detect them;




        2. When done externally, to drive us into expensive useless

      bookkeeping actions and collect large fees;




        3. To prevent us from making up tax accounts and get a portion of

      the penalty and fine or assessment from the government that results

      from our failure to file.




        All three have the common denominator "to make money by

      slandering our records system".




        Ours is the most basic system. It can be audited easily if

      properly kept. We bank all our money and we pay everything by

      cheque. We invoice all we get. We file all our bills. Out of this

      we can make up any record or balance sheet required quickly.




        I will not manage an org that "keeps books" only such as "double

      entry" as such systems can be "fiddled".






        Our system is so easily investigated the dishonest hate it. So do

      it.




        Keep good records. Adhere efficiently to our system.




        And act fast and hard if anyone is invalidating your accounts

      records or saying they cannot be made up into balance sheets. That

      statement, if you use our system, will uncover one of the ulterior

      motives listed above.




        Instances of the above have occurred in Washington DC and England

      that had far reaching consequences.




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      352







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




      Remimeo

      Org Exec Sec

      Org Secs

      Div 3 Personnel




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JANUARY 1966

                                   Issue II




                               RECORDS OF BANK

                                   DEPOSITS




        As the importance of keeping proper records is so vital for

      accounting purposes, it will be a crime for personnel responsible

      to fail to keep in consecutive date order duplicate deposit slips

      of all weekly deposits of money into any organizational bank

      account and to fail to keep a copy of such deposit slips along with

      the weekly invoices and adding machine tapes of these invoices in

      envelopes for the week.




                         PROCEDURE FOR RECORDS OF SUCH




        A. 1. All the invoices for the week in consecutive numerical

      order are placed in brown envelopes for the week.




        2. Put into brown envelopes all adding machine tapes of such

      invoices for the week.




        3. Put into the brown envelopes a duplicate of all deposit slips

      for all accounts for the week. Duplicates of such deposit slips can

      easily be made by placing a piece of carbon paper and a pink slip

      of paper under the bank deposit slips in the bank deposit books or

      bank deposit slip forms (for countries where banks do not supply

      bank deposit books).




        Be sure that all pertinent information goes on to the pink slip:




      (a) Date of deposit

      (b) W/E date for the accounts period

      (c) The name of the account into which the deposit is made

      (d) The full record of cash, postal orders and cheques being

      deposited.




        B. Always have in the bank deposit book the original deposit slip

      and keep these books as a full record of weekly deposits for all

      accounts, a separate deposit book for each account.




        If your bank supplies no bank deposit book, keep the weekly bank

      deposit slips provided by the bank in consecutive order, either

      pasted into a note book or kept in a ringed note book for each

      account.




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1966

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JANUARY 1968




                                  CHARTERED

                                  ACCOUNTANTS







        THE USE OF OUTSIDE CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS IS FORBIDDEN IN




        ENGLAND. SIXTEEN YEARS OF PANICS AND CATASTROPHES IS ENOUGH.




      LRH:jp.cden

      Copyright (c) 1968

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      353







      L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                        HCO BULLETIN OF 11 AUGUST 1959

      CenOCon

                               COST OF SUPPLIES




      NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

      ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

      GREEN ON GOLD




        In Washington, a price list of the most necessary supplies was

      drawn up for issue to all staff, giving supplier and the price of

      each item.




        This was done in an effort to give everyone a better reality on

      supplies and their cost and to cut down supply requisite from

      people who "need" things in order to do.




        People who "need" supplies are those people who waste a lot and

      require reams of paper in their desk, ten boxes of paper clips, and

      so forth. It is a certainty that Directors of Materiel in

      organisations are continually surprised at how fast supplies

      disappear and how upon the removal of people from different posts,

      supplies en masse are returned to him for his stocks.




        Each Central Organisation should prepare such a list for their

      staffs. The following should be filled in by the Director of

      Materiel of each organization and submitted to the Sec'l ED to make

      out and route to all staff members:




        PRICE LIST OF SUPPLIES




        Mimeo Paper and Supplies:




        Company




        Stationery




        Supplies




      Blue Mimeo Paper

      8 1/2 X 11 sub 20

      81/2 x 14 sub 20

      81/2 x 11 sub 24

      8 1/2 X 14. sub 24




      Goldenrod

      8 1/2 X 11 sub 20

      8 1/2 X 14 sub 20




      White

      8 1/2 X 11 sub 16

      8 1/2 X 11 sub 20

      8 1/2 14 sub 20

      8 1/2 X 11 sub 24

      8 1/2 14 sub 24




      Ink (black) one tube




           Ink (green)', (c)




      Ink (blue)

      Stencils




      ....




      one quire (24)




      HASI letterhead




      HASI envelopes




      Dispatch Paper (green,

      goldenrod, pink, yellow,

      white)




      per ream ...




                                   per ream




      per ream




      2000

           1500

           1000

           500




      2000




      per ream




                                      354







      Staples

      File Folders

      Typewriter Ribbons

      Duplistickers

      Typewriter Erasers

      Carbon Paper

      Paper clips

      Wire Baskets

      Large

      Small (regular size)

      Set of 4 Connectors

      Window Envelopes

      Sealing Tape for packages

      2" roll

      3" roll

      Coloured pencils

      Ball Point Pens

      Scotch Tape




      MSH:brb.rd Copyright (c)

      1959 by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Ltd.




      box of 5000

      box of 100




      each




      per box per

      dozen per

      box per

      carton




      each each

      set of 4 box

      of 500




      per roll per

      roll per

      box per

      dozen per

      roll




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1960




      Mary Sue Hubbard

      Treasurer WW




                                     HCO

                                 INVENTORIES




        Every year on 1st January, or as soon as possible after that

      date, the HCO Area Sec should make up a complete inventory of HCO

      furniture and equipment. This includes furniture, office equipment,

      approximate stationery stocks, every MEST article which the HCO

      owns, including LRH office equipment.




        Keep one copy of the HCO Inventory in the HCO Area files, and

      send another copy to HCO WW, Saint Hill.






        Make up your own inventory this year as soon as you receive this

      Policy Letter. Thereafter it should be made every year on 1st

      January, to reach Saint Hill not later than 31st January.




      PH:js.rd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery

      HCO Secretary WW




                                      355







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 FEBRUARY 1960




      CenOCon






                                   HCO KEYS




        HCO keys of whatever kind are issued only to HCO personnel. A

      Central Organization does not issue or list HCO keys. The HCO

      Secretary issues HCO keys to HCO personnel. HCO Secretary keeps a

      list of HCO keys and has the person sign for them. If a personnel

      leaves HCO he must turn over his keys to the HCO Secretary, who

      then records this HCO Secretary may keep a key list m HCO files.




        HCO door keys are issued to all HCO personnel. Keys to Petty Cash

      Box are issued only to person handling petty cash. Keys to LRH

      personal office are issued only to LRH, LRH Personal Secretary, HCO

      Communicator and HCO Secretary. File keys are issued only to HCO

      Communicator and anyone else designated by the HCO Secretary.




      LRH:jsrd

      Copyright (c) 1960

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      Peter Hemery HCO

      Secretary WW for

      L. RON

      HUBBARD




                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 MARCH 1961

                                   Issue II

      CenOCon

                                  SUPPLIES OF

                             CENTRAL ORGANIZATION

                                     FORMS




        All supplies of organizational forms shall be kept and stored

      ready for issue by the Assn Sec's Secretary, or if such post is

      vacant, by the Assn Sec.




        Staff personnel requiring such forms shall obtain them from the

      Assn Sec's Sec. or from the Assn Sec if he has no secretary.




        The Assn Sec's Sec. or in his or her absence, the Assn Sec. is

      responsible for getting such forms run off and replaced when about

      to be out of supply.




        A list of available forms should be posted on the staff bulletin

      board.




      LRH:ph.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      356







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961




      Sthil

      Hills.




                             GENERAL OFFICE ORDERS




                                  PHOTOSTATS




        All use of the Polyprint Photostat machine should be done by only

      one person.




        The machine should be kept clean.




        The fluid must be emptied out after every use, into the plastic

      bottles.




        Do not remove thin tubes from the plastic bottles. It is air that

      causes colour of fluid to darken.




        If a fair copy is not obtained, or if figures are dim, or

      finished photostat is pink, it is operator error. Study the

      instruction book. If it's missing, get a new one.




        Check all lamps when leaving room. Do not leave a safelight on by

      error. They are hard to see in a lighted room.




        Don't splash fluid on yourself, table or floor. It leaves very

      dark stains.




        Do not waste paper. It is very costly.




        BOXES AND CARDBOARD




        Do not throw away boxes and cardboard or brown paper.




        Turn it all over to Shipping.




        Shipping is to use as much used paper and cardboard as possible

      to reduce paper




                                   POSTAGE




        Careless use of postage can cause our postal bill to rise from

      ?25 a week to ?75 a week, all on the same volume.




        Know your postal rates. Post airmail and surface rates

      prominently.




        Use SECOND CLASS AIRMAIL wherever possible despite earlier

      orders.




        Don't ever send a parcel by air unless you can collect back the

      postage.




        Send heavy packets by surface mail only, cheapest rate.




                                   SUPPLIES




        Keep supply costs down by not losing ball points, by conserving

      paper and by making do.




        Our stationer bills are fantastic. Cut them down.




      LRH:jl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1961

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      357







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1964

      All Heads of

      Organizations HCO

      Secs Dir Admin

      Administrators and

      Supervisors of

      Companies.




                               THE EQUIPMENT OF

                                 ORGANIZATIONS




        The person in possession of organization equipment is

      responsible for the equipment. On its loss or damage through

      carelessness or neglect the person in whose charge it had been

      placed, not only the person who damaged or neglected it, is liable

      to have to recompense the company or myself for the cost of the

      repairs or loss of the equipment or some portion thereof.




        Stock cards for all equipment possession or issue in

      organizations shall be prepared by the administrative head of the

      organization. If equipment is not so accounted for and is lost or

      damaged the administrator of the company, not having a stock card

      of issue on it, becomes liable financially to the organization or

      myself for its repair or replacement.




        The idea of "company property" is both stupid and dangerous.

      That which is "owned by everyone" is actually owned by no one and

      falls apart. A company, corporation or state does not live or

      breathe and so it cannot care for anything. The doubtless noble

      experiments of totalitarian communal states such as Cuba or Russia

      starve and fail because of this one idee fixe: only the state owns.

      That leaves nobody to have or take care of anything. Their enormous

      five year plans never materialize because their tractors will not

      run. Their tractors won't run because they belong to nobody. Saying

      they belong to the state is a way of abandoning them. A company

      can't really own anything since it has no concept of ownership. And

      you see how "company property" falls apart.




        Look at it this way: You own those things that are in your

      charge. When you take over a position you become richer by the

      things that go with it. You stay rich as long as you keep them in

      good shape. You get poor to the degree they go bad or won't work or

      get abused because you incautiously lent them to a careless fellow

      worker. Righteous indignation because "you messed up my typewriter"

      or "you scarred up my auditing table" is not peculiar, it's quite

      in order.




        Look around you and see what you own in your position. If two

      people use it, only one, even so, can own it.




        It is curious that around orgs my own personal possessions are

      given good care. I never worry about my Mest being in org hands.

      And a lot of it is. If it's Ron's, it's taken care of. That's a

      long standing observation. But "company property" gets badly abused

      at times. If you figure that I own everything in Scientology and

      you own the things that go with your position, we'll have more and

      have it longer.




        There are three kinds of possessions in Scientology

      organizations.




        TITLE A: These are permanent installations, buildings, walls,

      radiators, anything fixed in place.






        TITLE B: Valuable equipment which is not expendable. These are

      desks, typewriters, mimeo machines, blackboards, chairs, furniture,

      rugs, decorations, cars, etc.




        TITLE C: These are expendables. Office supplies, paper, chalk,

      stencils, dust rags, mops, etc. They are issued on the

      understanding they will get used up.




                                      358







        In inventorying and making up cards of issue to persons in

      charge, Title A is issued to the head of the organization or

      department exclusively using them. Title B is made up to the head

      of the department or the person who is actually using them. Title C

      is issued to the person using the material.




        Stock cards are kept on Title A and Title B. The administrative

      head has to have a signature for Title A and Title B as having

      given it to somebody who then signs for it.




        No stock cards may be written or "Issued to Training Dept" or

      "Director of Training". They are issued to Richard Roe, the person

      himself The main building is not issued to "Organization

      Secretary". It is issued to George George, a person who happens

      also to be organization secretary. A car is not issued to

      "Department of Materiel". It is issued to John John, who happens

      also to be Director of Materiel.




        When a person is transferred, his possessions are signed for by

      the person, as a person, who takes over that position. And so long

      as the person who owned them has failed to transfer them to the new

      person, he or she can be charged up for them. Regardless of post

      transfers, the person on the Stock Card remains the owner and is

      liable for any loss or abuse until the possessions are actually

      signed for by somebody else.




        If it exists somebody owns it and has signed for it. And until

      a new person signs for it the old owner is liable for it regardless

      of his whereabouts or new post.




        Until it is signed for initially it is owned by the

      administrative head and if anything happens to it or it is lost,

      the administrative head is liable for it.




        The stock cards should be stiff cards of good size kept in a

      box that fits them. There is only one card per piece of equipment.

      The card says where it is and what it is and when bought and has

      ample area for owning and transferring signatures.




        Cards are prepared from inventory and are checked by Accounts

      records.




        A new acquisition brings about a new card which is then signed

      for.




        The head of the organization is accountable personally for any

      losses up to July 1, 1964, which occurred during his term of

      office.




        To dispose of Title A or Title B. or account for its loss, it is

      necessary to survey it. This is done by a board of three executives

      of departments who must see the equipment being disposed of or

      certify it as lost. A Survey Board is liable for any falsification

      of records.




        In organizations that have no Director of Administration, the

      head of the organization acts in his capacity and is responsible

      for having Stock Cards.




        We are pretty good withal on the subject of equipment. Its loss

      or damage is not one of our major problems. Only one organization,

      Johannesburg, has gone mad on the subject where one Senogles,

      temporary head of it, had a passion for "losing tapes and tape

      recorders".




        However, we are expanding. Expansion needs some orderly

      ownership. There is not very much Title A and Title B about so it

      is not a very heavy task to organize it. If we straighten this out

      now, we'll save ourselves a mess later.




        Further, at this time inventories for corporation transfers have

      to be done anyway, so we may as well get it all done at once.




      LRH:gl.rd

      Copyright (c) 1964

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      359







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1965

      Gen Non-

      Remimeo Applies

      to Saint Hill

      Specifications

      apply to all orgs




                           SCIENTOLOGY ORG UNIFORMS

                                  SAINT HILL




      (Other orgs may follow, if and when their Income warrants it.

                  Only the specifications below may be used.)




        Every permanent staff member is to wear a uniform.




        For Male staff members the uniform is grey trousers, Scientology

      ties and a navy blue blazer with preferably a white shirt and black

      shoes with dark socks.




        The Ladies' uniform is a grey straight skirt with a box pleat at

      the back and a box jacket loosely cut in navy blue with lapels. The

      buttons the same as on the men's blazers. There are no pockets.




        The men will wear a badge on the breast pocket and the ladies

      will wear a badge on the top left hand side of the jacket. Badges

      will be for HCO personnel (Divisions 7, 1 and 2) the HCO badge. For

      the org personnel (Divisions 3, 4, 5 and 6) the HASI badge.




        All executives have the word "Executive" matching the badge set

      in a curved bar under the badge.




        On the left sleeve of both jackets and blazers appears the number

      of the division in the division colour. The numbers are made in

      felt about an inch in height and are worn on the outside of the

      sleeve and about three inches above the cuff. These numbers have no

      background material but are sewn on just as themselves.




        Division 2 staff members in charge of the Mimeo machine and also

      in charge of the actual packing for shipping will wear a khaki

      overall made of drill material.




        All household staff in Division 7, Department 21, will wear white

      overalls made of drill material, and also the appropriate

      traditional domestic dress.




        Outside staff, such as gardeners and constructions workers, etc

      will wear a bib and brace of blue drill material. This outfit is

      comprised of over-trousers and a bib attachment which continues up

      from the trousers to cover the chest, and is kept in place by

      straps which are attached to the back of the over-trousers. With

      this is a short coat in the same material.




        Any photographic staff wear an overall of blue drill material.






                                   ISSUANCE




        Permanent staff members will be issued an outfit.




        The clothing remains the property of the org and is turned in on

      leaving. It may not be sold or pawned or loaned. Loss of items will

      require reimbursement. Ordinary wear and tear is excepted.




        The khaki, blue, and white working uniforms are turned in weekly

      to the Supply Officer for fresh issue. Failure to turn in such

      working clothes weekly as scheduled can result in being docked for

      their value.




                                      360







                                   QUANTITY




        The standard blazer and trouser uniform will have two pairs of

      trousers. One should be more carefully guarded than the other to

      save it for "best". This also applies to skirts two of which will

      be issued each girl.




        The working uniforms will be issued one set each week on the turn

      in of the other set. Two sets may not be held by a staff member and

      all spares will be kept under lock by the Supply Officer.




        If things go well, a yearly issue of a blazer or a jacket and

      another pair of trousers or a skirt will be made.




                                    CHARGES




        No charges may be laid against a permanent staff member for his

      or her uniform on its original issue. Pay may be withheld on

      failure to turn in one's uniform if leaving or on failure to turn

      in one's working clothes weekly for a fresh set.




        ALL CLOTHING ISSUED MUST BE SIGNED FOR BY THE STAFF MEMBER and

      the receipt carefully preserved in Valuable Documents.




        Each staff member to whom a uniform or clothes are issued is

      responsible for their good care and upkeep. Except for working

      clothes, cleaning and pressing of uniforms is borne by the staff

      member as well as any repair If a staff member severely damages any

      clothing issued he must pay for a new issue himself and must obtain

      it. If the damage was unavoidable and in the line of duty, the

      matter, investigated and attested by Ethics, may be adjusted and

      new clothing replacing the lost or damaged items may be issued.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      361







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1965




      Gen Non-Remimeo




                                SUPPLY OFFICER




        All divisions should have a quantity of Internal Requisition

      Forms to be filled in whenever supplies are needed.




        The person who requests the goods, signs his name at the bottom

      of the form and so does his department head. The exact reason why

      these goods are required should also be included on the Internal

      Requisition Form.




        Only one type of requirement should be asked for on one form,

      e.g. "A Black Biro and a Red Biro". This would be OK as it is just

      on the subject of pens. But "A Black Biro and a ream of foolscap

      paper" should be entered on two forms. This shows how many items

      each division orders per week.






        Do not order extravagantly - you can only write with one pen at a

      time; otherwise the Supply Officer has to do the cutting down of

      requirements and this can lead to unnecessary ARC breaks.




        All Internal Requisition Forms should be in the Supply Officer's

      basket by 12.00 p.m. each day. If you have ordered goods since

      12.00 p.m. the previous day, then you or a representative should go

      to the place appointed by the Supply Officer between 1.00 p.m. and

      1.30 p.m., where the Supply Officer will issue the requirements.




        The Supplies that are available at short notice are such items

      as: Folders of each division colour, paper of each division colour,

      black, red, green Biro pens, felt pens for poster work and make-up

      department, most envelopes, paper clips, drawing pins, typewriter

      ribbons, Sellotape, foolscap paper, ink for stamp pads, rubber

      bands, gummed labels and carbon paper.




        However, if in doubt, present yourself at the appointed place

      between 1.00 and 1.30 p.m. The Supply Officer will then inform you

      if the requirement is in stock or if it has had to be ordered.




        When a requirement has to be ordered, the Supply Officer will

      inform you when it arrives at Saint Hill. If it is a rush item, it

      can be issued as soon as it arrives, otherwise it is collected at

      the correct time.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      362







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1965




      Gen Non-Remimeo




                                     KEYS




        When a person receives a key from the Key Officer, he or she must

      immediately sign for it in the key book.






        If at any time a person leaves that space for which he or she has

      a key, then sometime during that same day, that person MUST take

      the key back to the Key Officer, who will then give the key to the

      new occupier who then signs for it.




        If the Key Officer finds that a space has been taken over by

      someone and that he or she has a key which has not been signed for

      in the key book, then the previous owner of that space gets fined

      10/- as he did not return the key to the proper source.




        The new owner also gets fined 10/- as he is using the space

      illegally.




        A person is also fined 10/- if he or she loses a key.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1965




                                  EQUIPMENT




        Equipment of all types in HCO and the Org must be specifically

      assigned to divisions and departments and the Inventory Officer

      must have a signature for every piece of equipment in the

      organization.




        No single piece of equipment may be across two or more divisions.

      Each piece must be wholly in one.




        By equipment is meant any item costing more than ?5 or $10.




        If a piece of equipment is lost or damaged or neglected there

      must be a division, department and a person that can be named.




      LRH:ml.rd

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




      L. RON HUBBARD




                                      363







                         HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1965




      Remimeo

      All Staff




                            REPORTING OF THEFT AND

                                    ACTION

                                  TO BE TAKEN




        When a theft occurs in the Organisation, a routine set of actions

      should occur. These actions are as follows:




        1. The person discovering the theft goes immediately to the

      Ethics Officer and makes a full verbal report of the

      article/articles stolen, when they were last there - who was

      responsible for their safety - and any further data that he has on

      it.




        2. The Ethics Officer writes down all details of the theft and

      the articles stolen.




        In the cases where large objects such as a machine, car, or the

      building has been broken into and something taken, he calls the

      Police immediately giving full details of the theft.




        3. The Ethics Officer then makes a Xerox copy of the details of

      the theft and takes it to the Insurance Officer, Dept of Records,

      Assets and Materiel, Org Division.




        4. The Insurance Officer takes the Report and immediately

      notifies the Insurance Company with which the article was insured.




        These actions should be done speedily as in some cases unless a

      theft is reported immediately to the Police and the Insurance

      Company, the Insurance is not collectable.




        It is the responsibility of the Insurance Officer to see that all

      articles of value are insured.




      L. RON HUBBARD




      LRH:ml.cden

      Copyright (c) 1965

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      364







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex




                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1969

                                   Issue IV




      Remimeo

      OEC

      Finance Course

      Chksht

      OES Hat

      Treas Sec Hat

      Dir RAM Hat

      Salvage Officer Hat




                             DISPOSAL OF ORG ASSETS




        It should never be possible for the property of the organization

      to be disposed of with consequent loss to the org, without the

      knowledge of Dept 9, Treasury Sec or Org Exec Sec.




        Items which are routinely intended for sale or distribution

      (bookstore items, mailings, info packs, etc) are not subject to

      this policy inasmuch as such are issued against an invoice.

      Publications items are issued to other departments for distribution

      against a No Charge invoice authorized by a signed PO for the items

      concerned, and Bookstore Sales are made against cash invoices.




        But where actual property belonging to the organization and

      property kept within the organization's premises for use, such as

      equipment, tools, furnishings, fixtures and fittings, are to be

      removed from the org premises for sale or transfer elsewhere, it

      MUST be made known to and AUTHORIZED by Dept 9 and FP.




        Where an item is to be sold, Dept 9 arranges the sale. The sale

      is made against a PO which (a) authorizes the sale, (b) gives an

      okay on the selling price before any action is taken.




        Where an item is to be transferred elsewhere (a CF file for

      example), Dept 9 raises a PO stating what is going where and why,

      and its value, which MUST be okayed by FP before the item is

      removed.




        PC Folders are logged out in Tech Services, so an inspection

      point already exists for them. Ethics folders do not get moved out

      - summaries or copies are sent as required.




        Items paid for out of the PES Account remain under the PES,

      subject to this same policy.




        The Org Exec Sec of every org is well advised to check on and

      make a list of every article except communication particles such as

      dispatches, authorized Mimeo items, which each department is

      selling or giving away, and to see how many of such are listed in

      the Department's inventory.




        It will surprise him to find out how many of his assets can

      disappear without his knowledge.




        CF folders, for example, could have been stopped from leaving the

      org had proper note been taken of such action.




        No legitimate outflow from the org is included m this policy. But

      the Org Exec Sec sure better know what is going out.




      K. Urquhart CS-7

      for L. RON HUBBARD

      Founder




      LRH:KU.rs.cden

      Copyright (c) 1969

      by L. Ron Hubbard

      ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                                      365







                        CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF CONTENTS







                                      1956




      3  Aug.  Mail Line (HCOB)                                        271

      9  Nov.  Accounting & Financial (HCOB)                             6




                                      1957




               What Your Money has Bought

               (Letter Issued by HASI Accounts, London)                275

         Jan.  Mass Purchases and Work Contracts                       281

      11 Mar.  Income Reports (Financial Procedure Letter)               7

      1  Apr.  Always Register and Invoice                             255

      5  Apr.  Proportionate Pay Plan Proposal                         293

      17 Apr.  Advisory Committee Endorsement                          297

      18 Apr.  Minutes of Staff Meeting                                296

      19 Apr.  Proportionate Pay Plan                                  295

      19 Apr.  Trustee Endorsement of 18 April 1957

               Staff Meeting Minutes                                   297

      19 Apr.  Note on source of Income                                297

      21 Apr.  Income                                                  255

      14 May   Hat Turnover                                            298

      15 May   Method of Opening & Invoicing Mail,

               Modified (HCO Procedure Letter)                         272

      16 May   Invoicing Items                                         255

      23 May   Ordering People to Processing or Training               255

      17 June  Authorization Required for all Expenditures

               (Association Secretary Directive)                       281

      3  Sept. Method of Opening & Invoicing Mail             Vol. 1 - 173




                                      1955




      10 Jan.  Inspection of Hat Folders

      26 Mar.  Salary and Unit Pay

      10 Apr.  Re: 5th London ACC (Administrative Directive)           223

      1  May   Financial Management (reissued 15 May 1970)              26

      1  June  Purchase Orders (HASI London Admin

               Directive) (reissued 15 May 1970)                       282

      9  July  All clears on staff ...                                 300

      22 Sept. ACC Accounts and Payments                               224

      27 Nov.  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                              6

      27 Nov.  Pay List                                                299

      9  Dec.  Regarding Accounts Receivable

               (HASI Finance Policy Letter)                            276

      9  Dec.  Staff List - Notification to Payroll

               (HASI Finance Policy Letter)                            299

      26 Dec.  Collection of Accounts

               (HCO Secretarial Letter)                                277




                                      1959




      19 Jan.  Extra Weeks on HPA Course                               225

      6  Feb.  HCO Accounts Worldwide                                    7

      16 Apr.  Books Cost of                                            82

      23 Apr.  Jack Parkhouse Writes from South Africa                 349

      27 Apr.  Why New Books are Few                                   137

      11 May   HPA/BScn "Retreads"                                     225

      14 May   How to Establish Price of Books and Tapes                 3

      21 May   HCO Monies and Book Stocks                              139

      28 May   Promotional Writing Fund                                140

      2  June  Purchasing Liability of Staff Members                   283

      3  June  Financial Management                                     29

      4  June  Invoicing and Collection of Money                       256



      5  June  Income Report Required                                    8

      5  June  Handling of Bills                                       284

      9  June  HCO Special Fund                                        141

      24 June  Status of HCO Offices and HCO Secs

               and HCO Volunteer Secs In US                            142

      27 June  Invoicing                                               257

      19 July  Accounts Inspection                                      31

      22 July  Monies Intended for Scientology

               Research & Investigation Fund                           143

      24 July  Handling of Monies                                      177

      25 July  Membership Monies                                       143

      10 Aug.  Franchise 10%s to WW                                    144

      11 Aug.  Cost of Supplies (HCOB)                                 354

      24 Aug.  HCO Financial Arrangements Altered                      145

      25 Aug.  Purchase Order System

               (reissued 20 June 1961)                                 178




                                  1959 (cont.)




      26 Aug.  Promotional Functions of Dept of Accts                    2

      3  Sept. HCO Book Account                                        147

      25 Sept. Accounting Records and Bills                            350

      13 Oct.  Invoicing, Accounts, Project 12                         179

      14 Oct.  Division of HCO Percentage Revised                      148

      23 Oct.  Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st Melbourne

               ACC and Pre-ACC Congress                       Vol. 2 - 217

      23 Oct.  Attention Registrars and Book Administrators            258

      26 Oct.  Memberships                                             245

      27 Oct.  Processing sing of Children on the HGC                  226

      29 Oct.  International Membership                                150

      18 Nov.  HCO Central Org Financial Modifications                 151

      27 Nov.  Dept of Accounts (excerpt)                                2

      28 Dec.  Membership Discounts                                    246




                                      1960




               Book Orders (LRH Despatch)                              258

      7  Jan.  HCO Inventories                                         355

      27 Jan.  Accounts Policies                                         9

      3  Feb.  HCO Keys                                                356

      21 Mar.  Economy Wave                                            181

      29 Mar.  HGC and Academy Prices for Minors

               (cancels & replaces 27 Oct. 1959)                       226

      31 Mar.  Accounts Lines                                          181

      28 Apr.  Yearly Salary Increments                                300

      3  May   Keeping Memberships In Force                            246

      20 May   Extension Course Prices                           see - 227

      24 May   Extension Course Prices

               (corrects 20 May 1960)                                  227

      13 June  Accounts Procedure                                      351

      6  July  LT Membership Privileges                                247

      13 July  LT Membership Privileges (amends 6 July 1960)           247

      13 July  Sick Leave                                              300

      28 July  Losses                                                  182

      28 July  International Membership Privileges                     248

      3  Aug.  Purchasing                                              152

      3  Oct.  Holiday Pay and Sick Leave                              301

      25 Oct.  Membership Restrictions                                 249

      2  Nov.  HPA/HCA Course                                          227

      22 Nov.  There will be no professional rates.,,(SA only)         249

      29 Dec.  Membership Change                                       250

      30 Dec.  Revision of HCO Percentages (cancels 14 Oct. 1959)      152






                                      1961




      10 Feb.  Professional Charges                                     84

      14 Feb.  The Pattern of a Central Organization (excerpt: Dept

               of Material, Dept of Accounts, Admin Report Forms)       11

      19 Feb.  Accounts: How to do a Payroll                           302

      27 Feb.  Free Courses                                            228

      12 Mar.  Supplies of Central Organization Forms                  356

      13 Mar.  Free Courses (revises 27 Feb. 1961)                     228

      24 Mar.  Units for Assn Sec and HCO Sec                          306

      25 Mar.  Personnel Policies-Staff Post Qualifications

               Permanent Executives to be Approved                     307

      6  Apr.  Remittance of HCO Monies to HCO WW                      152

      4  June  Refund of Fee Policy                              see - 343

      20 June  Purchase Order System                                   175

      6  July  Accounts                                                183

      11 July  Purchase Orders                                         186

      22 July  Executives' Pay                                         310

      4  Aug.  Private Mail and Telephone Calls                        186

      9  Aug.  Book Sales                                              259



      12 Sept. Payment for Materials                                   284

      13 Sept. General Office Orders                                   357

      12 Oct.  Refund of Fee Policy Revised

               (revises & replaces 4 June 1961)                  see - 343

      16 Oct.  Income Records                                          187

      23 Oct.  Pay of Executives (modifies 22 July 1961)               310

      27 Oct.  Professional Rates Restored                             250

      23 Nov.  Accounts                                                 13

      7  Dec.  Inter-Org Exchange of Students                          229

      19 Dec.  Saint Hill Retreads                               see - 230




                                      1962




      14 Feb.  Saint Hill Retreads (amends 19 Dec. 1961)               230

      27 Feb.  Refund of Fee Policy Revised

               (revises & replaces 12 Oct. 1961)                       343

      29 May   Professional Rates (adds to 27 Oct. 1961)               251

      5  June  Permanent Staff Privilege                               251

      14 June  Professional Charges

               (amends & amplifies 10 Feb. 1961)                        84

      17 July  Accounts:- Bank Charges on Remittances                  153

      24 July  Academy Extra Weeks                                     230

      31 July  Org Payments for St Hill Students                       290

      19 Sept. HCO WW Form AC 1                                        154

      20 Sept. Part-Time Staff and Over-Time                           190

      26 Sept. HCO WW Form AC 1                                        154

               AC 1 Form                                               155

      26 Sept. ACCs and Special Events Courses                         156

      26 Sept. Hubbard Scientology Research Foundation                 157

      26 Sept. Memberships                                             157

      4  Oct.  Signing POs and Cheques                                 191

      6  Oct.  Accounts Irregularities                                 191

      23 Nov.  Saint Hill Retread Fee                                  231




                                      1963




      1  Feb.  HCO Area 5%s                                            158

               AC 1 Form                                               159

      13 Feb.  HCO 10%s Due to WW                                      160

      14 Feb.  Saint Hill Special Briefing Course

               Reimbursement Arrangements                              291

      5  Apr.  Audit of Organizational Books                           311

      11 Apr.  Memberships (cancels 26 Sept. 1962)                     252

      16 Apr.  Revision of Congress Payments to HCO WW                 160

      5  May   Staff Member Enrolments                                 292

      10 May   Student Rates for HGC Auditing In SA Orgs               231

      23 July  Retreads on Saint Hill Special Briefing Course          232

      8  Oct.  New Saint Hill Certificates and Course Changes          233

      23 Oct.  Refund Policy (cancels 12 Oct. 1961 & 27 Feb. 1962)     344

      31 Oct.  Reception Hat (excerpt: Invoicing)                      260

      4  Nov.  Pay Card                                                312




                                      1964




      7  Jan.  Payment of Monies for Overtime and/or Materiel          192

      14 Jan.  Continental and Area HCO Finance Policies               161

      15 Feb.  The Equipment of Organizations                          358

      24 Feb.  Org Programming - Solve It with Scientology              26

      2  Mar.  Contracts and Services                                  192

      10 Apr.  Balancing Income Outgo Paper, Postage and

               Printing                                        Vol. 2 - 95

      21 Apr.  Org Payments for Tape-Recorded Lectures                 255

      6  May   Accounts Policies                                        17

      8  May   Transport                                               193

      13 May   Transport (adds to 8 May 1964)                          193

      15 May   Accounts Policies (Addenda to 6 May 1964)                20

      11 June  Central Organization & City Office Tape Service         285

      26 June  Staff Bonuses                                           194

      23 Sept. Policies: Dissemination and Programmes

               (excerpt: Cost of Service)                               85

      19 Oct.  Pricing Formulas                                         95

      30 Oct.  Mailing Lists for Franchise Holders                     102

      31 Oct.  Current Policies Orgs & Franchise                       106

      15 Nov.  Transport Arrangements                         Vol. 1 - 293

      17 Nov.  Bonus                                                   198

      30 Nov.  HCO Book Account                                        162

      3  Dec.  Pricing Meetings Final Policy                           109

      23 Dec.  Field and Public Programming                            117




                                      1965




               Treasury Division 3 Org Board Outline                     1

      18 Jan.  Financial Management Building Fund Account               32

      19 Jan.  Finance-Org Accounts Building Fund Account               37

      20 Jan.  Currency Regulations and 10%s                           164

      28 Jan.  How to Maintain Credit Standing & Solvency               39




                                  1965 (cont.)




      10 Feb.  Ad & Book Policies (excerpt: Book Pricing Formula)       83

      2  Mar.  Purchase Order Filing                                    43

      4  Mar.  Reserved Payment Account                                 44

      15 Mar.  Only Accounts Talks Money                               120

      22 Mar.  Saint Hill Services, Prices and Discounts               127

      22 Mar.  Current Promotion and Org Programme Summary             128

      28 Mar.  Emergencies and Account Personnel                        46

      29 Mar.  Staff Member Loans                Vol. 0 - 53, Vol. 1 - 587

      2  Apr.  Heed Heavy Traffic Warnings                    Vol. 0 - 111

      18 Apr.  Prices Lowered Because of New Organization Streamline    93

      21 Apr.  Membership-Attestations                                 252

      26 Apr.  Cancellation of 19 Jan. 1965                             47

      27 Apr.  Price Engram                                             91

      29 Apr.  Bonuses                                                 313

      9  May   Auditing Fees-Preferential Treatment of

               Preclears-Scale of Preference                            56

      9  May   Field Auditors Become Staff (revised & reissued          14

               Jan. 1968, cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965)         328

      11 May   HCO Book Account Policy                                 165

      23 May   Rebates                                                 346

      21 June  Orgs are SH FSMs                 Vol. 2 - 325, Vol. 6 - 325

      6  July  Releases234

      16 Aug.  Collection from SPs and PTSs                            279

      20 Aug.  Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill                     360

      31 Aug.  Mail Opening                                            274

      1  Sept. Saint Hill Services and Prices                          235

      1  Sept. Current: Policy-Franchise                               253

      1  Sept. Membership Policies                                     254

      8  Sept. Supply Officer                                          362

      14 Sept. Units and Bonuses for Org Exec Secs and

               HCO Exec Secs (revises 24 Mar. 1961)                    315

      15 Sept. Only Accounts Talks Money                      Vol. 0 - 275

      22 Sept. Keys                                                    363

      24 Sept. Free Release Check                                      263

      30 Sept. Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Org Division 3)        3

      12 Oct.  Advisory Committees                                     317

      15 Oct.  Field Staff Member Selection Papers and Commissions     334

      21 Oct.  Bills Payments                                          286

      3  Nov.  Equipment                                               363

      7  Nov.  Reception Log-In the Org List                   Vol. 1 - 73

      12 Nov.  Transfers from SHSBC to Solo Audit Course               199

      15 Nov.  Reporting of Theft and Action to be Taken               364

      20 Nov.  The Promotional Actions of an Organization

               (excerpt: Treasury Division 3)                            3

      21 Nov.  Cheque Signing                                          287

      26 Nov.  Financial Planning                                       48

      9  Dec.  HCO Income Memberships-Congresses-Tape Plays            168

      21 Dec.  LRH Financial Relationships to Orgs                      51

      30 Dec.  PTS Auditing and Routing (S & D price)

                                                Vol. 1 - 439, Vol. 4 - 578




                                      1966




      4  Jan.  LRH Relationships to Orgs                                53

      6  Jan.  Credit and Discounts                                    200

      7  Jan.  Leaving Post - Writing Your Hat                 Vol. 0 - 70

      7  Jan.  Credit (modifies 6 Jan. 1966)                           201

      9  Jan.  Accounts, Invalidating                                  352

      13 Jan.  Records of Bank Deposits                                353

      14 Jan.  Hiring Personnel-Line for  (amended 22 May 1968)         57

      15 Jan.  Office of the Treasurer                                  59

      23 Jan.  Accounting Policies of Scientology Companies             21

      30 Jan.  Accounts Procedures                                      23

      30 Jan.  Cheque Signing Procedure                                288

      3  Feb.  Legal, Tax, Accountant & Solicitor, Mail and Legal

               Officer                                                 202

      10 Feb.  Bonuses for Service Delivery                            204

      11 Feb.  Shipping Charges                                        263

      16 Feb.  Invoice Routing                                         264

      3  Apr.  Dianetic Auditors Course         Vol. 2 - 120, Vol. 4 - 228

      26 Apr.  South Africa 10%s                                       168

      3  May   Reserve Fund                                            169




                                  1966 (cont.)




      9  May   Bonuses Adjusted (correction to 10 Feb. 1966)           206

      13 June  Signatories on Bank Accounts                      see - 348

      14 July  Dismissal of Staff                                      207

      21 July  Proportional Pay Plan 1966                              318

      31 July  Refund Notice                                           347

      1  Aug.  sign Ups and Discounts           Vol. 2 - 280, Vol. 5 - 198

      1  Aug.  Refund Addition (adds to 31 July 1966)                  347

      2  Aug.  Graph Change-Ad Council Statistic                        25

      3  Aug.  Correction to HCO Policy Letter                   see - 348

      5  Aug.  Registered Mail                                Vol. 1 - 178

      22 Aug.  Bonuses Adjusted (amendment & addition to 9 May 1966)   207

      30 Aug.  Selection Regulations (addition to 26 Mar. 1965)        333

      6  Oct.  Addition to HCO Div Account Policy (amplifies 11

               May 1965)                                               170

      11 Oct.  Legal, Tax, Accountant & Solicitor-Mail

               Incoming & Out-going (amends 3 Feb. 1966)               203

      13 Oct.  Invoice Routing (cancels 12 Jan. 1966)                  208

      17 Oct.  Bonuses                                                 209

      10 Nov.  Field Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965)              336

      21 Nov.  Addendum to HCO Policy Letter of 17 October 1966

               "Bonuses"                                               211

      15 Dec.  Financial  Planning 61

      23 Dec.  Accounts Invoices - Names on Invoices                   265




                                      1967




      9  Jan.  FSM System Administration In Organizations

               (modifies 9 May 1965 & 15 Oct. 1965)                    337

      15 Feb.  Allocation of Income                                    172

      20 Feb.  Security of Invoices                                    266

      25 June  Scientology Orgs Tax and Balance Sheets                  63

      15 Sept. Examiner Bonuses                                        322

      12 Oct.  Charges                                                  88

      18 Nov.  Blue and Green Accounts Invoices (amends 13 Oct. 1966)  212

      27 Nov.  Bonuses Adjusted (addition to 17 Oct. 1966 cancels

               22 Aug. 1966)                                           211




                                      1968




      1  Jan.  Hat Write Ups and Folders Inspection of

               Hat Folders                                     Vol. 0 - 58

      14 Jan.  Field Auditors Become Staff                             328

      21 Jan.  Chartered Accountants                                   353

      13 Feb.  Collections Letters                                     280

      17 Feb.  Field Staff Member Commissions                          342

      15 Mar.  Student & Staff Program                                 135

      2  Apr.  Signatories on Bank Accounts  (cancels 13 June 1966)    345

      15 May   Reserve Fund (reissue & amendment to 3 May 1966)        175

      22 May   Hiring Personnel - Line for (amendment of 14 Jan. 1966)  57

      28 May   Books                                                   176

      5  June  FSM Commissions                                         342

      17 June  HCO Book Account                                        176

      20 June  Commodore and Founder as Signatory  on Every Bank

               Account (modifies 1 Sept. 1966 & 2 Apr. 1965)           348

      10 Dec.  LRH ED 64 INT (concerns P/L 10 Dec. 1968)               323

      10 Dec.  Percentage Adjustments and Fixed Salaries               324




                                      1969




      18 Jan.  Advanced Org Awards                                     236

      31 Jan.  Percentage Adjustments and Fixed Salaries

      3  Feb.  Legal Standard Waiver                          Vol. 1 - 582

      18 Apl.  Org Division - Income Dept                              222

      20 Apr.  AO-SH Financial Control                                  67

      19 May   Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course Policy

                                                Vol. 2 - 286, Vol. 4 - 241

      23 May   Dianetic Contract                Vol. 2 - 287, Vol. 4 - 247

      3  June  Dianetic Course Pricing                                 236

      16 June  AO-SH Finance Control (amends 20 April 1969)             69

      10 July  Org Personnel Recruitment                       Vol. 1 - 88

      2  Sept. Old ACC Students                                        237




                                  1969 (cont.)




      3  Sept. Former HDAs, HPAs                                       235

      3  Sept. Successful Class VIIIs  238

      9  Oct.  Publications Depts and Orgs How to

               Straighten Out                                 Vol. 2 - 210

      16 Oct.  Finance Course - Vital Action                            25

      11 Nov.  Accounts and PRO                                         71

      12 Nov.  PES Account versus HCO Book Account                     213

      15 Nov.  Class VIII Retread                                      239

      18 Nov.  Disposal of Org Assets                                  365

      28 Nov.  Class VIII Retread (corrects 15 Nov. 1969)              239

      6  Dec.  Inter-Org Exchange of Students                          240

      10 Dec.  PES WW Account                                          215

      10 Dec.  Student Rescue Intensive Pricing                        240

      14 Dec.  Org Protection                                          241

      20 Dec.  Trading Prohibited                                      283

      24 Dec.  PES Account Amended                                     216




                                      1970




      11 Jan.  Pricing - Rescue Intensive (cancels 10 Dec. 1969)       241

      13 Jan.  Org Personnel Recruitment (Revised) Vol. 1- 93

      20 Jan.  Class VIII Retread (corrects 28 Nov. 1969 & 15

               Nov. 1969)                                              242

      5 Feb.   Scientology Refunds Writ of Expulsion and

               Waiver                                         Vol. 1 - 553

      19 Apr.  PES UAV Account (cancels 10 Dec. 1969)                  217

      29 Apr.  PES Account Revised (cancels 12 Nov. 1969)              218

      15 May   Financial Management (reissued 1 May 1958)               26

      15 may   Purchase Orders                                   see - 282

      12 June  PES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969 & 29 Apr. 1970)       221

      15 July  Retreads                                                242

      20 July  Internships and Case Supervisors                        243

      27 Sept  Cutative Prices                                          89

      30 Sept. Credit Collections Defined                                4

      4  Nov.  Estimated Purchase Orders                                73




                                      1971




      31 Jan.  FSM Contest Awards (modifies 27 Sept. 1970)              90

      5  Feb.  Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised

               (excerpt: Treasury Division 3)                            4

      6  Feb.  Transferring Funds                                      259

      13 Feb.  Financial Planning Tips                                  79

      27 Feb.  First Financial Policy                                   81

      11 Mar.  Registrar Invoicing Line                                265

      12 Mar.  Treasury Divisions GDSes - All Orgs                       5




           HCOBs AND ISSUES OTHER THAN POLICY LETTERS IN THIS VOLUME




      3  Aug.  1956  Mail Line (HCOB)                                  271

      9  Nov.  1956  Accounting & Financial (HCOB)                       6

               1957  What Your Money has Bought (Letter issued

                     by HASI Accounts, London)                         275

      11 Mar.  1957  Income Reports (Financial Procedure Letter)         7

      5  Apr.  1957  Proportionate Pay Plan Proposal                   293

      15 May   1957  Method of Opening & Invoicing Mail,

                     Modified (HCO Procedure Letter)                   272

      17 June  1957  Authorization Required for all Expenditures

                     (Association Secretary Directive)                 281

      10 Apr.  1958  Re: 5th London ACC (Administrative Directive)     223

      1  June  1958  Purchase Orders (HASI London Admin

                     Directive (reissued 15 May 1970)                  252

      27 Nov.  1955  Basic Financial Policy - HCO                        6

      26 Dec.  1955  Collection of Accounts (HCO Secretarial Letter)   277

      11 Aug.  1959  Cost of Supplies (HCOB)                           354

               1960  Book Orders (LRH Despatch)                        255

               1965  Treasury Division 3 Org Board Outline               1

      10 Dec.  1968  LRH ED 64 INT

                     (concerns HCO P/L 10 Dee. 1968)                   323

      31 Jan.  1969  Percentage Adjustments and Fixed

                     Salaries (Guardian Finance Order 12)              326










                       HUBBARD SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS




                          THE CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY




                             ADVANCED ORGANIZATIONS




      Church of Scientology of California

      Advanced Organization

      of LOS Angeles

      916 South Westlake Street

      Los Angeles, California 90006




      Church of Scientology

      Advanced Organization United Kingdom

      Saint Hill Manor

      East Grinstead, Sussex, England




      Church of Scientology

      Advanced Organization Denmark

      Jernbanegade 6

      1608 Copenhagen V

      Denmark




                       HUBBARD COLLEGES OF SCIENTOLOGY







      Church of Scientology of California

      American Saint Hill Organization

      2723 West Temple Street

      Los Angeles, California 90026




      Church of Scientology

      Hubbard College of Scientology

      Saint Hill Manor

      East Grinstead, Sussex, England




      Church of Scientology

      Saint Hill Denmark

      Jernbanegade 6

      1608 Copenhagen V

      Denmark




                       CONTINENTAL AND AREA ORGANIZATIONS










      UNITED STATES




      PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION




      Church of Scientology of California

      Publications Organization

      C/O ASHO

      2723 West Temple Street

      Los Angeles, California 90926




      CELEBRITY CENTRES




      Church of Scientology of California

      Celebrity Centre

      1661 North La Brea Avenue

      Hollywood, California 90026




      Church of Scientology

      Celebrity Centre New York

      65 East 82nd Street

      New York, New York 10028




      LOCAL CHURCHES




      WASHINGTON, D.C.




      Founding Church of Scientology

      2125 S Street, N.W.

      Washington, D.C. 20008




      AUSTIN




      Church of Scientology

      2504 Rio Grande

      Austin, Texas 78705




      HAWAII




      Church of Scientology

      143 Nenue Street

      Honolulu, Hawaii 96821




      SAN DIEGO




      Church of Scientology

      926 "C" Street

      San Diego, California 92102




      SAN FRANCISCO




      Church of Scientology of California

      414 Mason Street

      San Francisco, California 94102




      LAS VEGAS




      Church of Scientology

      2108 Industrial Road

      Las Vegas, Nevada 89102




      LOS ANGELES




      Church of Scientology of California

      2005 West 9th Street

      Los Angeles, California 90006




      PORTLAND




      Church of Scientology

      1607 N.E. 41st Street

      Portland, Oregon 97232




      SEATTLE




      Church of Scientology

      1531 4th Avenue

      Seattle, Washington 98101




      ST. LOUIS




      Church of Scientology

      3730 Lindell Boulevard

      St. Louis, Missouri 63108




      TWIN CITIES




      Church of Scientology

      730 Hennepin Avenue

      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403




      BOSTON




      Church of Scientology

      448 Beacon Street

      Boston, Massachusetts 02115




      BUFFALO

      Church of Scientology

      1116 Elmwood Avenue

      Buffalo, New York 14222




      DETROIT




      Church of Scientology

      19 Clifford Street

      Detroit, Michigan 48226




      MIAMI




      Church of Scientology

      1235 Brickell Avenue

      Miami, Florida 33131




      NEW YORK




      Church of Scientology of New York

      25-30 West 74th Street

      New York, New York 10023




      PHILADELPHIA




      Church of Scientology

      8 West Lancaster Avenue

      Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003




      SACRAMENTO




      Church of Scientology of California

      819 19th Street

      Sacramento, California 95814




      CHICAGO




      Church of Scientology

      1555 Maple Street

      Evanston, Illinois 60201




      CANADA




      TORONTO




      Church of Scientology

      124 Avenue Road

      Toronto 180, Ontario




      VANCOUVER




      Church of Scientology

      4857 Main Street

      Vancouver 10.

      British Columbia




      OTTAWA




      Church of Scientology

      292 Somerset Street, West

      Ottawa




      MONTREAL




      Church of Scientology

      1168 St. Catherine Street, W.101

      Montreal, Quebec H2Y 1B5




      UNITED KINGDOM




      LOCAL CHURCHES




      Saint Hill Foundation

      Saint Hill Manor

      East Grinstead, Sussex




      PLYMOUTH




      Hubbard Scientology Organization

      39, Portland Square

      Sherwell

      Plymouth, Devon




      MANCHESTER




      Hubbard Scientology Organization

      43 Faulkner Street

      Manchester




      LONDON




      Hubbard Scientology Organization

      68, Tottenham Court Road

      London W.1.




      SCOTLAND




      HAPI




      Fleet House

      20 South Bridge

      Edinburgh Scotland




      AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND




      ADELAIDE




      Church of the New Faith

      57 Pulteney Street

      Fullarton, Adelaide 5000

      South Australia




      MELBOURNE




      Church of the New Faith

      724 Inkerman Road

      North Caulfield 3161

      Melbourne, Victoria, Australia




      PERTH




      Church of the New Faith

      Pastoral House

      St. George's Terrace

      Perth 5000

      Western Australia




      SYDNEY




      Church of the New Faith

      1 Lee Street

      Sydney 2000

      New South Wales Australia




      AUCKLAND




      Church of Scientology

      New Imperial Buildings

      44 Queen Street

      Auckland, New Zealand




      EUROPE




      PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION




      Church of Scientology

      Publications Organization

      C/O SH Denmark

      Jernbanegade 6

      1608 Copenhagen V

      Denmark




      LOCAL CHURCHES




      COPENHAGEN




      Church of Scientology

      Hovedvagispade 6

      1103 Copenhagen K

      Denmark




      Church of Scientology

      Frederiksborgvej 5

      2400 Copenhagen V

      Denmark






      PARIS




      Church of Scientology

      12, rue de la Montagne Ste Genevieve

      75005 Paris, France




      VIENNA




      Scientology-Osterreich

      A-1070 Wien

      Marlahilferstrasse 88A/Stg. 3/1/9

      Vienna, Austria




      BRUSSELS




      Church of Scientology

      45A, Rue de l'Ecuyer

      1000 Brussels, Belgium




      AMSTERDAM




      Church of Scientology

      Singel 261

      Amsterdam, Netherlands




      BERLIN




      Church of Scientology

      1000 Berlin 12

      Giesebrechstrasse 10

      Berlin, Germany




      MUNICH




      Church of Scientology

      8000 Munich 2

      Lindwurmstrasse 29

      West Germany




      GOTEBORG




      Church of Scientology

      Magasinsgatan 12

      S-411 18 Goteborg, Sweden




      STOCKHOLM




      Scientology Kyrkan

      Kammakaregatan 46

      S-111 60 Stockholm, Sweden




      MALMO




      Church of Scientology

      Skomakaregatan 12

      S-211 34 Malmo, Sweden




      AFRICA




      JOHANNESBURG




      Church of Scientology

      99 Polly Street

      Johannesburg, South Africa




      CAPE TOWN




      Church of Scientology

      3rd Floor, Garmour House

      127 Plein Street

      Cape Town, South Africa




      PORT ELIZABETH




      Church of Scientology

      2 St Christopher's

      27 Westbourne Road

      Port Elizabeth, South Africa 6001




      DURBAN




      Church of Scientology

      57 College Lane

      Durban, South Africa




      PRETORIA




      Church of Scientology

      224 Central House

      Cnr Central & Pretorious Streets

      Pretoria, South Africa




      BULAWAYO




      Church of Scientology

      508 Kirrie Bldgs.

      Abercorn Street

      Bulawayo Rhodesia